Telechargé par Fa Te

English Practice Grammar For Intermediate Learners of English

publicité
NEW EDITION
English
Practice
Grammar
For intermediate learners of English
For home-study and classroom use
Authentic examples of language in use
Full answer key and self-assessment test
Michael Macfarlane
NEW EDITION
English
Practice
Grammar
For intermediate learners of English
For home-study and classroom use
Authentic examples of language in use
Full answer key and self-assessment test
Michael Macfarlane
Published by
Garnet Publishing Ltd.
8 Southern Court
South Street
Reading RG1 4QS, UK
Acknowledgements
The publishers would like to thank the following for their kind permission
to reproduce images and copyright material:
Copyright © 2013 Garnet Publishing Ltd.
Page 24: English Heritage plaque reproduced with kind permission of English
Heritage, ©English Heritage.
Reprinted 2014.
The right of Michael Macfarlane to be identified as the author of this
work has been asserted by him in accordance with the Copyright,
Designs and Patents Act 1988.
Page 22: Text from the website of the Gulf Bank’s Blood Donation
Movement, in collaboration with Kuwait Central Blood Bank.
Page 31: “excerpt” from UNDER MILK WOOD, ©1952 by Dylan Thomas.
Reprinted by permission of New Directions Publishing Corp.
Pages 84 and 166: Texts reproduced with kind permission of The Donkey
Sanctuary.
All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior
permission of the Publisher. Any person who does any unauthorized
act in relation to this publication may be liable to criminal prosecution
and civil claims for damages.
ISBN 978 1 85964 688 5
British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
Production
Project manager: Kayleigh Buller
Editorial team:
Kayleigh Buller, Sue Coll, Kate Kemp, Rachel
Lovering, Kevin McNicholas, Sarah Whiting
Design and layout: Mike Hinks, Nick Asher
Illustration:
Doug Nash
Photography:
istockphoto.com, clipart.com, Corbis, Getty Images
Every effort has been made to trace the copyright holders and we
apologize in advance for any unintentional omissions. We will be happy
to insert the appropriate acknowledgements in any subsequent editions.
Printed and bound
in Lebanon by International Press: [email protected]
Page 170: Article reproduced with kind permission of The Independent,
©The Independent 1998.
Page 226: Bottom text reproduced with kind permission of The Wilts
and Berks Canal Trust.
Page 230: Use of the red cross emblem and designation in this publication
has been authorized by the British Red Cross Society. The red cross emblem
is a symbol of neutrality and protection whose use is restricted under
international and national laws.
Page 232: RSPB logo reprinted with kind permission of The Royal Society
for the Protection of Birds. Second text on page reprinted with kind
permission of Thames Valley Local Resilience Forum from their “Are you
ready?” booklet.
Contents
Introduction for the student
7
Introduction for the teacher
9
The sentence and its parts
1
Word classes
2
The sentence: types and structures
10
12
Basic verb forms
3
Imperatives
4
Present simple
5
Present simple: be
6
Present continuous
7
Present simple or present continuous?
8
Past simple
9
Past simple: be
10 Past continuous
11 Present perfect 1
12 Present perfect 2
13 Present perfect or past simple?
14 Present perfect continuous
15 Past perfect and past simple
16 Future with going to
17 Future with will
18 Future continuous
19 Future perfect
20 Review: the future
21 have and have got
22 Review: main verb forms
23 Review: auxiliary verb forms
24 Short form or full form?
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
60
Question forms and answers
25 Yes/No questions
26 Wh~ questions
27 Tag questions
28 Short answers
29 Indirect forms; question word + infinitive
30 So and Neither/Nor; so and not
62
64
66
68
70
72
3
4
Modal forms
31 Ability and possibility
32 Requests, permission and offers
33 Advice and criticism
34 Necessity and obligation
35 Non-necessity and negative obligation
36 Certainty and uncertainty
37 Review: past modal forms
38 Review: modal forms
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
Passive verb forms
39 Passive: formation and uses
40 Passive tenses and modal forms
41 Other passive structures
92
94
96
Infinitives and ~ing forms
42 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1?
43 Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2?
44 Verb + object + infinitive
45 Verb + preposition + ~ing form
46 Adjective + preposition + ~ing form; be/get used to and used to
47 Structures with ~ing clauses
48 Common expressions with ~ing forms
98
100
104
106
108
110
114
Conditional forms
49 Zero and first conditionals
50 Second conditionals
51 Third conditionals
52 wish and if only; other conditional forms
116
118
120
122
Reported speech
53 Reported statements
54 Reported questions
55 Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs
124
126
128
Nouns and articles
56 Nouns: singular and plural
57 Irregular noun forms
58 Countable and uncountable nouns
59 Two-word nouns
60 Articles 1: a/an, the and some
61 Articles 2: general and specific
62 Direct and indirect objects
130
132
134
136
138
142
146
Determiners and pronouns
63 Demonstrative forms; one and ones
64 some or any
65 something, anybody, everyone, etc.
66 there is, there are; it, they, them, etc.
67 Quantity
68 Quantifier + of
69 Personal pronouns: subject and object
70 Possessive forms
71 Reflexive pronouns
148
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
164
Relative clauses
72 Relative clauses with who, which, that
73 Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom
74 Relative clauses with whose, what, when, where, why
75 Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms
76 Defining and ‘adding extra’ relative clauses
166
168
170
172
174
Adjectives and adverbs
77 Use of adjectives; word order
78 Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young
79 Adjectives and adverbs
80 Adverb positions
81 Adverb types
82 Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs
83 Comparison 2: sentence patterns
84 too and enough
85 a bit, very; much, a lot; so, such
176
178
180
184
186
190
194
196
198
5
6
Prepositions
86 Prepositions 1: place and movement
87 Prepositions 2: place
88 Prepositions 3: time 1
89 Prepositions 4: time 2
90 Preposition + noun; noun + preposition
91 Adjective + preposition
200
204
206
210
212
214
Prepositional and phrasal verbs
92 Prepositional verbs
93 Phrasal verbs
216
218
Linking ideas, sentences and discourse
94 Linking ideas in a single clause
95 Linking ideas in sentences 1: overview
96 Linking ideas in sentences 2: contrast
97 Linking ideas in sentences 3: purpose, reason and result
98 Linking ideas in sentences 4: conditions and future time connections
99 Connecting sentences
100 Shaping discourse
222
224
226
228
230
232
234
Answer key
236
Checkpoint self-test
263
Checkpoint self-test answer key
270
Appendices
1 Irregular verbs
2 Some spelling rules
3 Punctuation
4 Numbers
5 Days, dates and times
6 British and American English
271
273
276
278
280
281
Index
285
Introduction for the student
Is English Practice Grammar right for me?
Yes, if you are no longer a beginner.
Yes, if you are not yet an advanced user of English.
Yes, if you find examples of English in real-life contexts useful.
Yes, if you want to master the 100 essential areas of English grammar.
How can this book help me?
You can use English Practice Grammar to go straight to the grammar area you know you need to study.
Or you can use the Checkpoint self-test first if you are not sure which areas of grammar you need to
practise. Whichever route you choose, this book will help you to understand the grammar, see it in use
and practise it.
Do not try to use this book from start to finish. It is not a course book!
What does the book contain and why?
The Contents (pages 3–6) and the Index (pages 285–295) help you to find the specific piece of
grammar you are looking for. The Checkpoint self-test (pages 263–269) helps you to find out which
areas of grammar you most need to study. You can also use the Checkpoint self-test after you
have studied a piece of grammar to make sure you have really understood it.
The 100 units explain the essential grammar of English and provide practice exercises for each
point. Most of the units have two pages – a page of grammar and contextualized examples, and
a page of practice exercises. Some particularly important grammar areas have two pages of
explanation and two pages of exercises.
From Unit 2 onwards, references at the bottom of the grammar pages direct you to other units that
deal with related areas of grammar.
The Answer key (pages 236–262) allows you to check your work with the exercises. The Checkpoint
self-test allows you to check your understanding further.
The Appendices (pages 271–284) give you information about irregular verbs, spelling rules,
punctuation, numbers, days, dates and times, and differences between British and American English.
7
What’s in a unit?
Grammatical forms.
Exercises
35
Illustrated
grammar
situations.
needn’t, mustn’t, didn’t need to, didn’t have to, needn’t have
FORMS
1 Complete the statements. Use needn’t or mustn’t.
needn’t and mustn’t
Examples:
I mustn’t forget his phone number. I have to phone him tonight.
She doesn’t need to do any housework. She’s got a maid.
didn’t need to and needn’t have
1 Don’t you like it? Well, you ____________ drink it if you don’t
want to.
3 You ____________ make so much noise. This is a library.
4 You ____________ finish the report today, but please can I
have it tomorrow?
ACROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
B
mustn’t
Use must for saying something is necessary.
We must get there by 11:00.
Use need not (or not need to/not have to) for no necessity to act.
We needn’t go to the cinema to see it. We can get the DVD.
We don’t need to buy the DVD. We can rent it.
We don’t have to rent it. We can borrow it from Peter.
Use mustn’t for necessity not to do something.
You mustn’t play with that knife. You’ll cut yourself.
You mustn’t cross the road when the lights are red.
didn’t need to
Use didn’t need to (or didn’t have to) + infinitive when something was
not necessary, so it did not happen.
She’s clever, so she didn’t need to work for the test. She still got top marks!
needn’t have
Use needn’t have + past participle when something was not necessary,
but it still happened.
Poor Sam needn’t have worked so hard for the test. It was
cancelled!
You needn’t have paid him any money. He was happy to work
for nothing.
We can also use it when an action was not necessary, but it still
happened – like needn’t have.
You didn’t need to pay him any money. He was happy to work for nothing.
How much is it going to cost?
Neil:
It’s £400, but you 5____________ pay it all yet. The letter
says you only 6____________ pay half now.
5 Children ____________ play with knives. They’re dangerous
8
£200? (we)
Neil:
2 Reorder the words to make positive and negative statements
and questions.
Examples:
Good. We 7____________ spend too much now because
we haven’t got much money this month. How soon
________________________ give the school the first
things.
6 Ann ____________ stay. Carol can do everything.
(there/he/go/to/have/doesn’t)
_____________________________
He
doesn’t have to go there.
(need/what/buy/we/do/to)
__________________________
What do we need to buy?
1 (work/to/I/late/have)
You 9____________ send it by next Friday.
Mum: It sounds a lot of fun.
Neil:
Yes, but they’ve made a special rule. As soon as we get on
the bus we 10____________ speak English any more. We
can only speak French for a whole week!
4 Complete the statements. Use didn’t need to or needn’t have.
Examples:
_________________________________________________
3 (she/need/go/does/to/so soon)
Players must
not wear
shoes with
coloured
soles on
court.
82
Necessity and obligation
/
_________________________________________________
4 (tomorrow/you/do/to/have/work)
_________________________________________________
The loss of the Titanic in
April 1912 was a disaster that
need never have happened.
It was the result of a long
series of errors that began
even before construction of
the great ship started.
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2
/
RIGHT
PRICE
5 (need/I/homework/don’t/do/my/to)
_________________________________________________
6 (learn/why/to/they/French/do/need)
_________________________________________________
Kids! School uniform
s needn’t be boring!
Parents! Good quality
needn’
t be expensive!
Check out our fashiona
RIGHT PRICE clothes ble ranges at a
store near you.
needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody
I _____________
else was there.
Yesterday was a holiday, so I didn’t
________________
need to
2 (they/go/to/where/have/do)
_________________________________________________
Explanations
and examples.
Examples of grammar
points in real-life
contexts (some are
highlighted for easy
identification, and
others are for you
to find).
Dad:
Dad:
needn’t
Use need to (or have to) for saying something is necessary.
Come on! We need to hurry.
________________________ wear your school uniform?
No, we 2____________ do that. We can wear our ordinary
clothes. We also 3____________ take clothes for outdoor
activities – jeans, boots and jackets. You 4____________
look at this list of clothes and equipment, and this letter
from school.
trouble.
I needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody else was there!
A
1
(you)
Neil:
2 Listen! You ____________ be late again or you’ll be in bad
I didn’t need to buy any meat as there was some in the fridge.
Crosscheck sections
to highlight differences
bet ween related
grammar points.
Mum: What clothes do you _________
need to take with you?
We needn’t
________ hurry. We’ve got lots of time.
mustn’t swim here. It’s dangerous.
We ________
We needn’t buy any food. We’ve got lots.
go to work.
1 At my school we ___________________________ wear a
uniform. People just wore their ordinary clothes.
2 They ___________________________ worked so hard.
Nobody even noticed all the work they did.
3 We ___________________________ hurried. Everybody else
was late too.
4 Sally’s brother gave her a very nice coat, so she ___________
_____________________ buy one.
3 Complete the conversation. Use need to, needn’t or
mustn’t. You may need to use a question form.
5 I ___________________________ send the money. Mr Brant
came for it.
Neil is telling his parents about his school trip to France:
6 You ___________________________ written to them. I’d
already told them your answer.
Neil:
On the day we go, __________
I need to be at school at 7:45. The
bus goes at 8:00.
83
British and American English
References to other units on
related grammar areas.
Exercises.
How do I use the book?
1 Find the area of grammar you want to study in the Contents or the Index.
Or:
Use sections of the Checkpoint self-test to find out which areas of grammar you most need to
study. (Like the book, it is divided into sections – Basic verb forms, Question forms and answers,
etc. – so that you can focus on particular areas of English grammar.)
2 Turn to the correct unit. Study the illustrated situation, the grammatical forms and the
explanations and examples of different points. Then look at the real-life contexts of use to see
how the grammar of English really works.
3 If you wish, follow the references at the foot of the grammar page to study related grammar areas.
4 Do the exercises.
5 Check your answers in the Answer key.
6 If you have made any mistakes, read the grammar explanation again to understand what you
did wrong.
7 If you wish, perhaps for later revision, use parts of the Checkpoint self-test that relate to areas
of grammar that you have been studying.
8 At any time, you can turn to the Appendices for information about irregular verbs, spelling rules,
punctuation, numbers, days, dates and times, and differences between British and American
English.
8
Introduction for the teacher
English Practice Grammar is designed mainly for self-study by students who may be learning at
secondary school, college or adult levels at pre-intermediate to upper intermediate (CEF A2 to B2). You
may want to use all or part of the Checkpoint self-test material either as a diagnostic test early in the
course of study, or later for revision, or as an exit test.
You may want to ask individual students to study particular units to supplement, reinforce or revise work
that has been done in class. The exercise material can of course also be used in class, the reference
materials in this case being used as a reminder and summary of your own language presentations.
9
Word classes
1
Verb, adverb, noun, adjective, etc.
FORMS
There are eight different word classes in English.
They are:
High winds hit Skyride cable cars. Specially trained firemen safely
brought down 59 people from 30 metres above the ground.
A
Verb:
Noun:
Pronoun:
Determiner:
Adjective:
Adverb:
Preposition:
Conjunction:
One word – different word classes, different meanings
We often use one word in different ways. It may be just a different
word class with a similar meaning.
n Did they climb? (verb)
n It’s a long climb. (noun)
n Some needed first aid. (part of a noun)
n We climbed along first. (adverb)
hit, use, climb, need, have to
day, Weston Towers, danger
they, them, nobody
a/an, the, their, some, three
enjoyable, high, special
yesterday, successfully, down, safely
at, from, above, along
and, although, when
Or a word may have different meanings.
n High winds hit the cable cars. (adjective = strong)
n The tower is 30 metres high. (adjective = off the ground)
n The price of tickets is too high. (adjective = expensive)
CROSSCHECK
There are different kinds of determiners and pronouns.
B
Determiners
Articles:
Quantifiers:
Demonstratives:
Possessives:
C
a/an, the
some, a lot of, no (+ noun)
this, those (+ noun)
my, your (+ noun)
Use a determiner before a noun.
High winds hit the cable cars.
n Firemen rescued all the people.
n Five people were rescued from that cable car.
n Is it my newspaper or your newspaper?
n
EXMOUTH MARKETS
East Devon’s New-Look
Premier Market
Look no further for all your shopping needs
Everything you need under one roof
10
Pronouns
Personal:
Quantifiers:
Demonstratives:
Possessives:
I, he, she (subject)
me, him, her (object)
some, a lot, nobody (+ verb)
this, those (+ verb)
mine, yours (+ verb)
Use a pronoun instead of a determiner + noun.
High winds hit them.
n Firemen rescued everybody.
n That is one of the cable car passengers.
n Is it mine or yours?
n
Is a festival season ticket
the best buy?
• Season tickets give priority access to all events at a bargain holiday price.
• They give exclusive access to our Late Night Extra.
• They give you FREE parking in all festival car parks.
• A SEASON TICKET IS DEFINITELY THE BEST BUY!
BUY YOURS NOW!
Exercises
1 Label the words in italics with these word classes.
Adjective, Adverb, Determiner, Conjunction, Noun, Preposition,
Pronoun, Verb
Example:
We _______
Pronoun
4 Complete the conversation with adjectives or adverbs.
Another ordinary morning
Peter: I ______
really don’t want to go to school ______.
today I’m _____!
ill
(ill, really, today)
We are an ordinary 1 English family – a mother, 2 father and 3 two
children – 4 and we 5 live very 6 ordinarily in a small town 7 near
London.
Lisa:
1 __________________
5 __________________
2 __________________
6 __________________
Mum: I think Lisa is 4_________. You look 5_________, Peter. So
finish your breakfast as 6_________ as you can, and let’s
go. It’s 7_________ 8:00. (fast, fine, nearly, right )
3 __________________
7 __________________
Dad:
2
3
4 __________________
2 Complete the paragraph. Use the correct forms of these nouns.
bathroom, bedroom, dining room, dish, flower, food, garden, house,
kitchen, living room, supermarket, television, time, vegetable, visitor
Upstairs in our _______
house there are three ________________
2
and a ________________. Downstairs there is a
3
________________, where we sometimes watch
4
________________. Then there is a 5________________,
but we only eat there when we have 6________________.
When there are only four of us, we usually eat in the
7
________________. It’s easier to serve 8__________________
there and clear away the dirty 9________________. Outside,
there is a large 10________________. We spend a lot of
11
________________ out there, so we keep it looking nice
with lots of 12________________. We also grow our own
13
________________. They taste better than the ones from
the local 14________________!
3 Complete the paragraph. Use the correct forms of these verbs
in the present simple.
be, cook, drive, drop, get, have, have, leave, make, take, work
Ordinary weekday mornings
_________ exam and you know you’re going to do
_________! (badly, big, only )
Yes, come on, everybody. Let’s go 8_______________ or
I’ll be 9_______________ for the train, and I
10
_______________ mustn’t miss it this morning. I have
to get to an important meeting. (certainly, late, quickly )
5 Complete the story with pronouns, determiners or
prepositions.
An ordinary English home
1
You’re 1_________ saying that because you’ve got a
Finally … a very unusual day
we took Peter and Lisa ___
to Alton Towers. 1______
Last weekend, ___
was 2______ nice day, but rather windy. (a, it, to, we)
When 3_________ arrived, 4_________ decided to take
5
_________ cable car. Soon after 6_________ started,
7
_________ wind got worse. Then 8_________ 9_________ cable
car system stopped and 10_________ cars stopped moving.
(a, it, the, the, the, we, we, whole)
11
______ was over 12______ deep valley. 13______ people
______ our car waited calmly, but 15______ child kept crying.
(a, in, most, one, ours)
14
16
______ hour later, 17______ group 18______ rescuers climbed
19
_________ 20______ cable to help 21______. 22_________
helped 23______ climb down 24______ 25______ ground.
(a, along, an, of, the, the, they, to, us, us)
In the morning, I always _____
make tea for everybody. Then Rosie
_________ breakfast while Peter and Lisa 2_________ ready for
school. We all 3_________ the house at 8:00. Rosie 4_________
always the driver. First, she 5_________ me at the station because I
6
_________ in London and I 7_________ to catch the 8:20 train.
Next she 8_________ the children to school. Then she 9_________
back into town, where she 10_________ a job at a bank.
1
11
The sentence: types and structures
2
Statement, question, etc.
Subject, verb, object, etc.
You’re driving very
fast, Tom … Look out!
Clauses and sentences
FORMS
Sentence types
There are four types of sentence in English:
Statement:
You’re driving very fast.
Question:
How fast are you driving?
Order:
Don’t drive so fast.
Exclamation:
Look out! How dangerous! What a crazy driver!
Sentence structures
There are several possible parts of a sentence:
A
B
Sentence types
n A statement gives information.
n A question requests information or action.
n An order requires action.
n An exclamation expresses an emotion.
In writing, a sentence starts with a capital letter, e.g., You’re, How,
Don’t, Look.
It ends with a full stop (.), a question mark (?) or an exclamation mark (!).
Sentence structures
Possible parts of a sentence: subject, verb, object, complement and
adverbial.
n A subject (S) is the focus of a sentence, e.g., You, the car.
n A verb (V) shows an action (e.g., drive) or a state (e.g., be).
n An object (O) is the thing or person affected by the verb.
n A complement (comp) gives more information about the subject.
n An adverbial (adv) gives more information about the verb.
Look at the different parts of these simple statements. (Note: A statement
or other type of sentence can contain many more parts than this, e.g., two
or more verbs.)
S
1
2
Tom
Verb
Complement
Tom
is
a dangerous driver.
Subject
Verb
Object
Adverbial
He
is driving
his car
too fast.
These statements all have a subject and a verb in that order. For word
order in questions, ∆ Unit 25. A complement comes after the verb.
An adverbial can come at the end – see 4 – but also in other places:
e.g., Stupidly, Tom has probably got himself into big trouble.
(∆ Unit 80.) Some verbs take one object and some take two –
see 2 and 5. (∆ Unit 62)
C
V
Clauses and sentences
A clause has at least a subject and a verb, and so does a sentence.
Tom is driving is both a clause and a sentence.
But many sentences contain more than one clause. The following
sentence contains two independent or main clauses.
Independent clause 1
Independent clause 2
n Tom is driving too fast and Ann wants him to slow down.
is driving.
S
V
Tom
is driving
Clauses 1 and 2 above are equally important. Each could be a
complete, separate sentence. However, many other sentences
contain a dependent or subordinate clause. This sort of clause could
not exist as a separate sentence. Here are a few examples.
Independent clause
Dependent clause
n Ann will be angry with Tom if he doesn’t slow down soon.
n Tom will be in big trouble
because he is driving too fast.
n Tom isn’t slowing down yet even though Ann is shouting at him.
O
his new car.
S
V
comp
3
Tom
is
S
V
4
Tom
is driving
S
V
O
O
5
Tom
is giving
Julie
a ride.
the driver.
adv
dangerously.
What the
critics say:
12
Subject
Imperatives ∆ 3
/
‘Don’t miss this play!’
Daily Herald
‘Have I ever seen acting like
this? I don’t think so.’
Capital Theatre Magazine
Question forms ∆ 25–26
/
Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62
/
‘If you enjoyed Tom Carver’s
Words of Love, you’ll love
this new romantic comedy.’
Sunday Review
‘Amazing!’ The Courier
Adverb positions ∆ 80
/
Clauses and sentences ∆ 94–98
Exercises
1 Label the sentences with the following.
Exclamation, Order, Question, Statement
3 Reorder the words to form various types of sentences.
Example:
S
we
Are you all right? __________
Question
Example:
1 How much money have you got? ___________________
Question (the/now/we/can/buy/car)
Can
V
2 Take these letters to the post office. ___________________
4 John’s birthday is next week. ___________________
6 I don’t like this sort of music. ___________________
7 Absolutely amazing! ___________________
8 Don’t spend any more time on this job. ___________________
Adverbial (A), Complement (C), Object (O), Subject (S), Verb (V)
A
V
V
O
A
3 Question (see/you/the/did/yesterday/news)
S
_________________________________________________
V
Is Lucy singing well?
C
_______________________________________________
__
S
O
A
4 Add words to join the independent clauses. Choose from:
and, but, or.
A
has become
O
2 Order (there/the/put/over/don’t/boxes)
2 Label the sentence parts with the following.
1 Lucy
now?
_______________________________________________
S
5 We all understand what we’ve got to do, don’t we?
___________________
V
the car
1 Statement (seems/brother/tired/very/your)
3 Fantastic! ___________________
Example:
buy
Example:
a great singer.
You can get there by train, ___
or you can travel by bus.
1 Let’s finish our shopping, _____ then let’s stop for a coffee.
2 Don’t drop
3 The boys
2 Do you want to go with us, _____ do you prefer to stay here?
those glasses.
quickly
mended
the bike.
3 I’m going to wash the dishes, _____ I’m not going to put them
away tonight.
5 Add words to join the independent and subordinate clauses.
Choose from: because, even though, if, in order to.
4 Quickly
write down
these addresses.
Example:
I have to go home now ________
because it’s getting late.
1 What are we going to do ____________ we run out of money?
2 Magda is training hard ______________ win the big race.
5 Has
anybody
seen
my glasses?
3 Annie gives her brother half her money ______________ she
does not have enough for herself.
6 Are
the pictures
safe?
4 I want to see my old home again ____________ I was so
happy there when I was young.
7 When will
the boys
see
their parents?
13
3
Imperatives
Light the firework.
FORMS
Positive
Light the firework.
Be careful!
Negative
Do not hold the firework.
Light the firework … and stand back!
A
Don’t be stupid!
Forming imperatives
Use the infinitive (dictionary) form of a verb.
n Light the firework … and stand back !
For warnings.
n Look out! It’s going to fall!
n Don’t play with that knife or you’ll hurt yourself.
n Be careful not to hurt yourself.
For a negative imperative, use Do not or Don’t.
n Do not hold the firework. (formal, usually written)
n Don’t hold the firework. (informal, usually spoken)
For friendly advice.
n Relax! Don’t worry! Everything will be all right.
Use be + adjective.
n Be careful! Don’t be stupid!
B
Uses of imperatives
For giving orders, instructions and directions.
n Be quiet! Don’t talk!
n Please turn to page 15.
n Turn the handle and press the red button.
n Go straight on, take the first left and the bank is on the right.
Healthy Eating for Kids
14
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
C
Let us (Let’s) + infinitive
Use Let’s + infinitive to suggest doing something together. If the leader
of a group says this, it can be nearly as strong as an order.
n Let’s buy some fireworks.
Form the negative with Let’s not.
n Let’s not go out today.
ENROLMENT FORM
1 Only buy the foods you want your child
ren to eat.
Then let them make their own choices
from the
careful selection you provide.
2 Encourage children to help plan and
prepare meals.
For example, children who help make their
packed
lunches are more likely to eat them.
3 Set an example by eating the right
foods and having
regular mealtimes. Make all mealtimes
an occasion
and avoid distractions such as television
.
Follow London Road until you come
to a large roundabout, and then
take the third exit. After two
kilometres you will see a sign for
two left turns. Do not take the first
turn. Continue a short distance
further and take the second turn.
For invitations.
n Come and have dinner on Saturday.
n Hello! Come in and sit down. Make yourself at home.
tick boxes
Please write clearly, using block capitals, and
where appropriate.
Time
Day
Course no. Course title
(Office use) Method of payment
Type of card
‘And now, let’s not wait any
longer. Let’s go straight to
the Oscars. Emma, tell us,
what’s happening?’
London Road
Cash
Visa
Card
Mastercard
Exercises
1 Complete the imperative sentences with the correct form
of to be.
Example:
Sam:
pull down a plastic cup from this hole on the
OK, first __________
right. Then 1____________ your money. Now
2
____________ the cup under here and 3____________
the sugar button. Now 4____________ your drink –
black coffee. 5____________ your cup under here,
6
____________ the button and the coffee comes out.
And now just 7____________ your coffee and
8
____________ it!
Ben:
Thanks, Sam.
The bus leaves at exactly 4:00, so __________
don’t be late.
1 ____________ quiet, everyone. You’re too noisy.
2
Is the plane going to crash?
Oh, ____________ silly. Of course it isn’t.
3 ____________ careful with that knife. It’s sharp.
4 ____________ mean, Joe. Give Sam the toys.
5 ____________ quick, Larry. There isn’t much time.
6 Drive carefully. ____________ such an idiot!
4 Study the map and complete the directions to May’s Garage. Use
the verbs provided.
cross, drive, follow, go, pass, take, turn
7 ____________ helpful to your mother. She’s very busy.
8 Why are you crying? ____________ so sad.
Pos
offi t
ce
2 Complete the imperative sentences with these verbs.
drive, forget, go, play, press, take, talk, turn off, write
1 __________________ with matches. They’re dangerous.
Ban
k
Riv er
___
Go home now. It’s late.
High Street
Example:
Plaza Hotel
May’s
Garage
2 __________________ this money to the bank, please.
3 It’s time to sleep now. __________________ the lights.
You
ar
e he
re
4 __________________ to your sister like that. It’s rude.
5 __________________ to collect the tickets on your way to
the airport.
6 To open the machine, __________________ this button.
7 __________________ so fast. You’ll have an accident.
8 __________________ your name, age and address here
please, madam.
3 Complete the instructions with these verbs. Sometimes more
than one answer is possible.
Example:
To get to May’s Garage, ____
go to the end of this road.
1 __________________ right into the High Street.
2 __________________ right again at the first set of traffic lights.
3 __________________ the second left opposite the Plaza Hotel.
4 __________________ the bank on the right.
5 __________________ the road to the end and …
6 … __________________ right at the post office.
choose, enjoy, place, press, pull down, push, put, put in, take
Ben:
How do I work this drinks machine, Sam? I’d really like
some coffee.
Sam:
It’s easy. Do you want milk and sugar?
Ben:
Sugar, please, but no milk.
7 __________________ the bridge and …
8 … __________________ right.
9 __________________ along the river and …
10 … __________________ the third left. May’s Garage is near
the corner, on the left.
15
4
Present simple
Ann works at A.B.C.
FORMS
Statements
Yes/No questions
I
Do
work.
I
You
We
do not work.
we
They
He
they
works.
Does
She
It
Ann works from 8:00 to 4:30 every day.
A
Positive statements
In positive statements, only the 3rd person singular has an ending.
n I work.
n You talk.
n We move.
n They write.
n He works.
n She talks. n It moves.
If the verb ends in ~o, ~ch, ~sh, ~ss or ~x, add ~es.
go ➞ goes
watch ➞ watches wish ➞ wishes
miss ➞ misses
box ➞ boxes
C
Wh~ questions
Where do you work?
When does Ann start work?
Full answers
I work at A.B.C.
She starts work at 8:00.
Short forms: • do not = don’t
• does not = doesn’t
WIMBLEDON
The British, and even world, tennis event
of the year gets underway tomorrow
once again at the famous Lawn Tennis
Association grounds in south-west
London.
The weather promises to be kind this year,
after last year’s washout. Forecasters
predict a warm, south-westerly breeze
and sun with light cloud.
D
For facts about events at a fixed future time.
n The president and his wife arrive at midday tomorrow.
n Flight 765 leaves at 10:30 the day after tomorrow.
For instructions on how to do – or not to do – something.
n No, you don’t do it like that. First, you turn the key. Then you press …
Present simple or present continuous? ∆ 7
it
OPENS TOMORROW
Uses of the present simple
For permanent states and situations.
n I live in London.
n Bill has two sisters.
For do as a main verb and as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23.
/
does not work.
A nice cup of tea
Negative statements and questions
Verbs in negative statements and questions* need the auxiliary do. In the
3rd person singular, the auxiliary (not the main verb) takes the ~s ending.
n I don’t like this music.
n She doesn’t talk.
n Do you know him?
n How does it work?
*But ∆ Unit 26, Section C on subject questions without the auxiliary do.
Present simple: be ∆ 5
work?
Tea bushes grow in warm, wet countries like China, India, Sri
Lanka and Kenya. Tea pickers harvest the tea by hand. ey
take just the top two leaves and bud from each branch of each
tea plant. e leaves are then dried and crushed and sorted into
different grades. e tea is ready to use when it turns black.
For things which always happen and for actions and repeated processes.
n The sun rises in the east.
n Plants always grow fast in spring.
n I get up at 7:00 most days.
n Ann often makes coffee at 11:00 and then takes a break.
16
he
she
38 Whatever your problem, just ask Jenny Slater
My parents don’t let me go out in the evening, although I’m 15
years old. All my friends go to parties and events, but I have to
stay in. What can I do?
Mike, a bored teenager
If the verb ends in a ~y, change the ~y to ~ies.
cry ➞ cries
fly ➞ flies
try ➞ tries
B
work?
you
/
Bet You
Never Knew!
Some people have more than
206 bones. People who spend
most of their time riding horses
often develop extra bones in their
thighs. Some people have an
extra pair of ribs and a few
people even have extra fingers
and toes!
Stative verbs
These usually take the present simple and not the present continuous.
(∆ Unit 7 for a list.)
n I know what to do next.
n Susan doesn’t like cold weather.
n Do they understand English?
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Wh~ questions ∆ 26
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Example:
watches TV. (watch)
Rob often _________
2 (you/know/Ann Smith)
______________________________________________
Yes, I do. She’s an old friend.
1 We ____________ in London. (live)
2 I really ____________ this picture of you. (like)
3 That baby ____________ every night! (cry)
4 Ann and Mary ____________ work at 8:30. (start)
5 Ann ____________ home at 4:30. (go)
6 Mary’s husband ____________ her from work at 5:00. (fetch)
7 Our cat ____________ fish for lunch every day. (have)
2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms.
Examples:
need to explain again. She ________
doesn’t
We _____
understand . (need) (not/understand)
____________
1 I ____________ to visit Rome again. I really ____________
the city. (want) (love)
2 We sometimes ____________ the stereo, but it
_____________________ very well. (use) (not/work)
3 Charlie’s fat! He _____________________ any exercise, and
he ____________ too much! (not/get) (eat)
4 They aren’t interested in sport. They __________________
football, and they _____________________ volleyball either.
(not/like) (not/enjoy)
5 Roy _____________________ very often, but Andy
____________ swimming every day. (not/swim) (go)
6 I __________________ coffee before bedtime because it
____________ me awake. (not/drink) (keep)
7 Sally _____________________, so she always
____________ to work. (not/drive) (walk)
3 Write the questions for the answers.
Example:
(come/from Britain)
Do
you come from Britain?
____________________________
Yes, I do. I’m from London.
1 (Tom/drive)
______________________________________________
Yes, he does. He’s got a blue Honda.
3 (the TV/work)
______________________________________________
No, it doesn’t. It’s broken.
4 (you/go out/much)
______________________________________________
No, we don’t. We usually stay at home.
5 (Marie/speak/French)
______________________________________________
Yes, she does. She’s fluent.
6 (Fred and Mary/live/near here)
______________________________________________
Yes, they do. They live in the next road.
4 Turn the statements into questions.
Example:
You go swimming. (How often)
_________________________________________
How
often do you go swimming?
1 Tom goes to work. (How)
_________________________________________________
2 Sally visits her parents. (When)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 They go on holiday every year. (Where)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Mark gets home in the evening. (What time)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 We always make mistakes. (Why)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 The children watch TV after school. (How long)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Lucy usually buys a newspaper on Sunday. (Which)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
17
5
Present simple: be
Jim is a really good player.
FORMS
Statements
Jim is a really
good player.
I
am
Yes/No questions
Jim.
Am
I
Jim?
fast.
Is
he
fast?
am not
He
is
She
she
It
is not
We
are
it
players.
You
They
Are
we
players?
you
are not
Wh~ questions
How old is Jim?
Where are you from?
they
Full answers
He is 22.
I am from England.
Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s
• we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not
• he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not
A
Uses of be
With there, for talking about things that exist.
Is there a post office near here?
Yes, there’s one in the next street.
Or:
No, sorry, there isn’t a post office in this part of town.
With adjectives and nouns, for different types of state.
Age:
I’m 22. Amy isn’t 20 yet. She’s 19.
Description: Jim is young and he’s very noisy! What’s Ann like?
Height:
She’s 1 metre 70. Are you as tall as me/I am?
Weight:
Jim is 78 kilos. How heavy are the boxes?
Feelings:
I’m sure you’re very tired and hungry.
Distance:
Those hills are about five kilometres away.
Size:
The room is five metres by six.
Price:
How much are these shoes, please?
Time:
What time is it?/What’s the time? It’s 5:00.
For be as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23.
B
Short answers
You can reply to Yes/No questions with short answers that finish with
the verb.
Is she clever?
Yes, she is.
Are the students in Room 1?
No, they aren’t.
LOOKING AFTER YOUR BONES
YOUR QUESTIONS ANSWERED
Q Is calcium important for strong bones and
teeth?
A Yes, it is. Ninety-nine per cent of the calcium
in our bodies is found in the skeleton.
Q I’m 75 years old. Am I too old to exercise?
A No, you aren’t. No one is too old to exercise.
Exercise strengthens our bones and reduces
the risk of developing osteoporosis.
There’s more
choice at
SUPERWAYS
Where there’s
always a
welcome
When it is a Yes answer, we always use full forms.
n Yes, I am.
n Yes, he is.
n Yes, they are.
When it is a No answer, we usually use short forms.
n No, she isn’t.
n No, we aren’t. ( But No, I’m not.)
Is it a bird? Is it a plane?
No. It’s Superman.
18
Present simple ∆ 4
/
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
Exercises
1 Complete the statements and questions.
Examples:
n This is
__ my book.
n
4 Answer the questions. Use short forms.
Examples:
____ these your books?
Are
Are you from Britain? (Yes)
__________
Yes,
I am.
1 Those ______ your shoes.
Is Sam from LA? (No) (Miami)
2 ______ that your teacher?
_______________________________
No,
he isn’t. He’s from Miami.
3 The time ______ 10:30.
1
Is Sally from London? (Yes)
______________________________________________
2
Are we on time? (No) (very late)
______________________________________________
3
Is it 1st May today? (No) (30th April)
______________________________________________
4
Are there any people on the beach? (Yes)
______________________________________________
5
Are you 30? (No) (only 28)
______________________________________________
4 ______ I late for the bus? Oh, no!
5 ______ they the new students?
6 Ann ______ Rosie’s best friend.
7 ______ you from Japan?
8 Dear Sir,
My brother and I are writing in reply to your advertisement today
in the Daily Times. I ______ 20 years old, and he ______ 19.
We ______ both experienced drivers.
2 Write the short forms.
Examples:
5 Read. Then write questions and answer them.
n she is ______
she’s
n we are not ______________________
we aren’t / we’re not
1 I am _________
5 I am not ____________________
2 he is _________
6 he is not ____________________
3 they are _________
7 they are not _________________
4 you are _________
8 you are not __________________
3 Correct the statements.
Example:
Sue is a nurse. (doctor)
___________________________________
Sue
isn’t a nurse. She’s a doctor.
1 I’m 80 kilos. (85)
I _______________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Alan is in Berlin. (Paris)
Alan _____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 You’re 1 metre 75. (1 metre 80)
You ______________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 They’re at home. (school)
They _____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Example:
(What/name)
n W
_____________________
hat’s his name?
n __________
It’s Nick.
Nick is 25. He is a designer at A.B.C. His office is on the second
floor, and his desk is the one by the window. There are six other
people in the same room.
1 (How old)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (What/job)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (Where/office)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (Which/desk)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 (How many people/in his office)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
19
6
Present continuous
I’m flying!
FORMS
Look! I’m flying!
Statements
I
am
Yes/No questions
flying.
Am
I
flying?
moving.
Is
he
moving?
am not
He
is
She
she
It
is not
We
are
it
stopping.
You
are not
Wh~ questions
What is he doing?
Why are we stopping?
Forming the present continuous
Form the present continuous with am, is, are* + main verb + ~ing.
n ‘I am flying now!’ Peter said.
n He is not flying very high.
n Are you learning to fly, too?
*From be. For be as an auxiliary verb and as a main verb, ∆ Unit 23.
Full answers
He is swimming.
We are stopping for lunch.
ALL-OUT
RIOT
If the main verb ends in ~ie, change ~ie to ~y.
die ➞ dying lie ➞ lying
20
they
MUSIC ON THE MOVE
If the main verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double
the consonant.
stop ➞ stopping run ➞ running swim ➞ swimming
C
stopping?
Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s
• we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not
• he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not
If the main verb ends in ~e, leave it out.
move ➞ moving come ➞ coming drive ➞ driving
B
we
you
They
A
Are
Uses of the present continuous
For things which are happening now.
n Look! I’m flying now!
n Listen! The phone is ringing.
After outselling every
other rap band in the
UK, this Manchesterbased band are now
recording their second
album. Taking time out
from recording, Raze
O’Dwigher talked to
Buzz magazine about
how it is going.
For temporary states and activities.
n I’m staying with friends for a month.
n Paul is painting his house this week.
NEW SPACE • NEW IMAGES • NEW ARTISTS • NEW
For future plans.
n Sam is playing football tomorrow.
n Are you doing anything on Saturday?
is opening its doors for the first time next week.
The New Space Gallery
Stative verbs
These usually take the present simple and not the present continuous.
(∆ Unit 7 for a list.)
n I know what to do next.
n Susan doesn’t like cold weather.
n Do they understand English?
Present simple ∆ 4
/
Present simple or present continuous? ∆ 7
SPA
/
For our inaugural exhibition we are showing a group of
local West London artists. The artists themselves are
presenting their work to the press on Saturday 12 April.
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
Exercises
1 Write the short forms.
Examples:
4
________________________ to the party? (Sally/go)
No, she _________. She’s very tired. (isn’t)
5
How fast ________________________ (we/fly)
________________________ 700 kph. (we/do)
6
_______________________________________ the car?
(the boys/wash)
No, ____________________________________
the grass. (they/cut)
7
What _______________________________________
(the cat/eat)
_____________________ some fish. (it/eat)
n She is going. ____________
She’s going.
n We are not going. _________________________
We aren’t/We’re not going.
1 I am going. ______________________________
2 You are not going. ______________________________
3 He is not going. ______________________________
4 They are going. ______________________________
5 It is not going. ______________________________
2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms.
Examples:
n You’re
___________
talking too much. (talk)
isn’t raining now. (not/rain)
n Let’s go out. It ______________
1 Stop the car. I ________________________ well. (not/feel)
2 It’s dark! The lights ________________________. (not/work)
3 The phone __________________, but Cathy
________________________ it. (ring) (not/answer)
4
5
I ________________________ Tim. Is he here? (look for)
I’m sorry. He _______________________ here this week.
(not/work) He ________________________ our Paris
office. (visit)
Hello. Can I speak to Alice, please?
I’m afraid not. She __________________ a bath at the
moment. (have)
6 Paul and Pat ___________________________ television.
(not/watch) They __________________________ to some of
their favourite music. (listen)
4 Write these verbs in the correct forms.
choose, cut, get, have, leave, make, plan, write
Example:
She ’s
_________
having a cup of tea.
1 He __________________ his tools from the garage.
2 The boys ________________________ a library book.
3 _____________________________ a new book, professor?
4 I ______________________ to visit Canada next year.
5 We __________________ in a minute. Give me your case.
6 Why ___________________________ the wood into pieces,
Dad?
7 Sarah __________________ a cake.
5 Write these verbs in the correct forms.
build, do, go, start, study, train, work
Two old college friends meet by chance.
3 Complete the questions and answers.
Nina:
are you ______
doing here?
Hello, Alan! What ___
Alan:
What ________________________________________
(the children/do)
_______________________ in the garden. (they/play)
Oh, hi! I 1___________________ for my uncle’s
construction company. We 2___________________ some
offices here in London. Tell me, 3_______ you still
4
_______________ at college?
Nina:
______________________________ the film? (you/enjoy)
Yes, I ______. It’s really good. (am)
No, I 5__________. I 6__________________ to be a
banker.
Alan:
And 7______ your brother still 8____________ to school?
Nina:
No, he’s left school now. He 9_________________ at
college next month.
Examples:
What ________________
are you doing? (you/do)
I _____________
’m mending the door. (mend)
1
2
3
Why ________________________ so much? (Bill/train)
_________________ to get into the team. (he/try)
21
7
Present simple or present continuous?
He usually plays.
Today he’s watching.
FORMS
Present simple
Jim usually plays for his team.
Present continuous
He is not playing for them today.
He is watching them on TV.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
A
You are noW enTerIng
Uses of the present simple
For regular actions or events.
n Jim usually plays for his team.
n Alan usually works in the office.
Present simple + always means every
time:
n Lisa always phones me on Sunday.
B
Uses of the present continuous
For things which are happening now.
n Today he’s watching them on TV.
n Today he’s working in the factory.
Present continuous + always means
very/too often:
n Lisa is always phoning me!
now
regular actions/events
A NEIGHBOURHOOD
WATCH AREA
SHOPLIFTING
IS A CRIME
RADSTOCK
WELCOMES
CAREFUL
DRIVERS
WE ALWAYS
PROSECUTE
a continuing action/event happening now
C
D
For things which are always true –
permanent states.
n Ann lives in Rome.
n Rome stands on the River Tiber.
For things which are true around now –
temporary states.
n I’m living in Rome for a year.
n Ann is standing at the bus stop.
For facts about future events.
n The game starts at 2:30.
n When does college start next term?
For future plans.
n We’re playing again next week.
n What are you doing tomorrow?
Stative verbs
Verbs which say what you feel, know or sense are usually in a simple tense. These are
‘stative’ verbs, and the most common are: appear, believe, belong, detest, forget, hate,
hear, know, like, look, love, mean, need, own, prefer, realize, remember, see (understand),
seem, smell, sound, taste, understand.
n I know the way to town.
n Jenny loves old American films.
n What sort of music do you like?
n They don’t understand.
Different tenses – different meanings
We can use a few verbs in both the present simple and the present continuous – with a
change of meaning. The most common are think and have.
n I think we’ll win. (I believe.)
n I’m thinking about the future. (I’m looking at ideas.)
n Terry has three houses. (He owns.)
n Terry is having dinner. (He’s eating.)
BEING A
BLOOD
DONOR
AS YOU READ THIS
LEAFLET …
… a child in hospital is receiving
a blood transfusion …
… a girl is learning how to smile
again while recovering from
leukaemia …
… on another ward, an old man
is receiving treatment for severe
burns …
… they all rely on blood donations
from healthy people like you
entertainment
for everyone
We believe in making the arts accessible to
all. The Theatre Royal has special facilities
for those with hearing difficulties and the
visually impaired, and we are striving to
make the building accessible to all patrons.
‘We are all in the gutter, but some of us are
looking at the stars.’
(Lady Windermere’s Fan, Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900)
22
Present simple ∆ 4
/
Present continuous ∆ 6
/
Review: the future ∆ 20
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the
present continuous.
Pam is calling her brother, Tom.
Pam:
are you doing today? (you/do)
What _______________
1
___________________________ out anywhere? (you/go)
Tom:
No, we aren’t. What about you?
2
___________________________ anything? (you/do)
9 The Jones brothers _________ across the park to college every
day. (walk)
10 We can go out or we can stay at home.
I _____________________. (not/mind)
11 ________________________ the way home? (you/know)
Pam:
3
Yes, we are. You know that Marie __________________
with me. (stay) Well, I 4_____________________ her to
Windsor today. (take)
That’s very near us.
Pam:
Yes, so can we visit you after Windsor – if you
5
_______________________ anything? (not/do)
Pam:
Tom:
Examples:
n I ______
don’t go out much these days.
are the boys doing?
n What ____
1 Stop! You ____________ going the wrong way.
Tom:
Tom:
3 Complete the statements and questions.
2 I __________ understand this problem.
3 What ____________ Ann doing at the moment?
6
Of course you can. We ______________________
anywhere. (not/go) How long 7_____________________
to stay in Windsor? (you/plan)
Until about 5:00, I think.
4 ____________ Nick and Sally going home soon?
5 What time ____________ the plane leave?
6 How ____________ you say this in English?
8
Well, _____________________ a barbecue this
evening. (we have) You’re very welcome.
7 He’s busy, so he ____________ coming to the party.
8 I’m sure Tom ____________ know the answer.
2 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the
present simple.
Examples:
____
has its food at 5:00 every day. (have)
It’s full now. It ______________
doesn’t want any more. (not/want)
How much _____________
does it eat a day? (it/eat)
n The cat
n
n
1 We’ve got enough money. We __________________ any more.
(not/need)
2 Go to bed. You _________ tired. (look)
3 How _____________________ this word? (you/say)
4 I hate winter. I _________________ the cold. (not/like)
5 ____________________________________ here?
(the bus/stop)
6 Rob’s school report is bad. He _____________________ any
work. (not/do)
7 What time ___________________________ the office?
(Lisa/leave)
8 Jim _________ to work by bike every morning. (go)
9 ____________ the children want dinner?
10 It’s a holiday, so I ____________ not working today.
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Mark is a new student in New York. He is e-mailing his parents
in London.
Hi Mum and Dad,
’m well and I__________
’m having a wonderful
How are you all? I_______
1
time. (be) (have) I ______________________ a lot of new friends
and I 2_______________________ with three of them until I can
find my own place to live. (make) (stay)
Let me tell you what I 3______ every day here. (do) I 4__________
early because classes 5____________ at 8:00 in the morning. (get
up) (start) Later, I usually 6______ lunch with Rod. (eat) His parents
7
_________ the house where I 8__________________ at the
moment. (own) (live) He 9________________ the same classes as
me. (take) We often 10____________ at the gym in the afternoon,
but not today. (train) He 11________________________ some
work for college, and I 12_____________________ all my e-mails.
(finish) (write)
23
8
Past simple
I washed them yesterday.
FORMS
I washed those clothes
just yesterday!
Statements
Yes/No questions
I
Did
washed them.
You
He
I
wash them?
you
did not wash them.
he
She
she
It
it
We
we
They
they
Wh~ questions
What did she do?
When did she do it?
Full answers
She washed his jeans.
She did it yesterday.
Short form: • did not = didn’t
A
Forming the past simple of main verbs
In positive past simple statements, regular verbs end with ~ed.
n She washed his jeans.
n He played with his friends all morning.
If the verb ends in ~e, add ~d.
n We moved to our new house a month ago.
But questions and negatives need the auxiliary verb did.
What did you see? Did you enjoy it?
I saw Robocop 4. I didn’t enjoy it much.
For do (also be and have) as both auxiliary and main verbs, ∆ Unit 23.
B
Verbs ending in ~y usually change the ~y to ~ied.
carry ➞ carried hurry ➞ hurried
But note these special cases:
say ➞ said pay ➞ paid lay ➞ laid
For actions that often happened in the past, we can say used to + verb.
n I used to go training every day.
n I didn’t use to eat meat.
n How often did Alan use to travel abroad?
If the verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double the
consonant.
plan ➞ planned fit ➞ fitted stop ➞ stopped
A lot of important verbs are irregular and their past forms do not end in
~ed. (See Appendix 1 for a list.)
come ➞ came go ➞ went drink ➞ drank eat ➞ ate
Positive statements need only a main verb.
I went to the cinema last night. I enjoyed the film.
n
Use of the past simple and signal words; used to
For actions which started and finished in the past. Look for past simple
‘signal’ words such as yesterday and (three days) ago.
n Ben phoned us yesterday morning.
n Amy arrived home a week ago.
C
Stative verbs
For stative verbs, you need the past simple, not the past continuous.
(∆ Unit 7 for a list.)
n I knew what to do next.
n Susan didn’t like the cold weather.
Ancient Egypt
POLICE NOTICE
Accident
ry
Monday 16 Februa
ng?
Did you see anythi
e.
lic
po
e
Phone th
24
Egyptian civilization grew up on
the banks of the Nile about
5,000 years ago. It was a single
nation and, unlike other
civilizations which came before,
had a single ruler. Egypt had a
strict class system. The lowest class, slaves, did not have any
rights, and they were the ones who used to do all the hard work.
Past continuous ∆ 10 / Present perfect or past simple? ∆ 13 / Past perfect and past simple ∆ 15
Review: past modal forms ∆ 37 / Irregular verbs ∆ appendix 1
/
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Exercises
1 Write the past forms.
Examples:
4 Write questions and short answers.
clean __________
cleaned
sell _______
sold
Example:
I went to the beach. (Ben) (Yes)
_________________________________
Did Ben go to the beach too?
_____________
Yes, he did.
1 ask ____________
11 invite ____________
2 be ____________
12 jump ____________
3 break ____________
13 keep ____________
4 call ____________
14 leave ____________
5 do ____________
15 meet ____________
6 drive ____________
16 need ____________
__________________________________________
7 eat ____________
17 open ____________
__________________________________________
8 find ____________
18 run ____________
9 go ____________
19 see ____________
10 have ____________
1 Andy visited Paris last year. (Tim and Fred) (No)
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
2 Sue ran well in the race. (Ann) (Yes)
3 They had a Maths test. (French) (No)
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
20 wake up ____________
Which verbs are irregular?
___________________________________________________
4 Peter practised the violin. (piano) (Yes)
__________________________________________
Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs?
___________________________________________________
2 Complete the paragraph with verbs from Exercise 1.
This morning, I _________
woke up late. When I 1____________ the time, I
2
____________ out of bed and I 3____________ downstairs. I
4
____________ a piece of bread and I 5____________ a glass of
orange juice. I 6____________ the house at 8:00 and I
7
____________ at 100 kph all the way to work!
3 Write statements with positive and negative forms.
Example:
(see/his parents 3) (see/his sister 7)
Sam _________________
saw his parents last night, but he
__________________________________________
5 Read. Then write questions for the answers. Use these
question words.
How, What time, When, Where, Who, Why
Example:
She went to London.
Susan went to London last Thursday because she wanted to buy a
wedding present for her sister. She went by train and she got there
at 10:30. She met an old school friend at the station and they went
shopping together.
1
__________________________________________
She went there last Thursday.
2
___________________________________________
She went by train.
3
___________________________________________
Because she wanted to buy a wedding present.
4
____________________________________________
She got there at 10:30.
5
___________________________________________
She met an old school friend.
didn’t see his sister
______________________.
1 (find/my old suit 3) (find/my new one 7)
I _________________________________ yesterday, but I
________________________________________________
2 (clean/her red shoes 3) (clean/her black ones 7)
Tina ____________________________ this morning, but she
________________________________________________
3 (call/their mother 3) (call/their sister 7)
They ___________________________ the other day, but they
________________________________________________
___________________________
Where did Susan go?
25
9
Past simple: be
They were by my bed.
FORMS
Statements
I
was
Yes/No questions
there.
Was
He
She
was not
she
it
We
They were by my
bed all the time!
there?
he
It
Where were they?
I
were
You
They
at home.
Were
we
at home?
you
were not
Wh~ questions
What was that noise?
Where were they?
they
Full answers
It was an animal.
They were at home.
Short forms: • was not = wasn’t • were not = weren’t
A
Uses of be
With there, for talking about things that existed in the past.
Was there a bookshop on this street a long time ago?
Yes, there was a lovely old bookshop just over there.
Or:
No, there wasn’t anything like that around here.
With adjectives and nouns, for many sorts of states in the past.
Age:
The boys weren’t 15. They were 16.
Description: She was tall with brown hair and blue eyes.
Height:
He was only 1 metre 50 when he was 13.
Weight:
I was 80 kilos last week.
The books weren’t very heavy.
Feelings:
Were you sad at the end of the holiday?
Distance:
How far were they from the sea?
Size:
The house was about 700 square metres.
Price:
Was that watch expensive?
Time:
What time was your lesson yesterday?
For be as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23.
B
Short answers
You can reply to Yes/No questions with short answers that finish with
the verb.
Was she clever?
Yes, she was.
Were the students in Room 1?
No, they weren’t.
When the answer is Yes, we always use full forms.
n Yes, I was.
n Yes, he was.
n Yes, they were.
When the answer is No, we usually use short forms.
No, she wasn’t.
n No, we weren’t.
n
26
Past simple ∆ 8
/
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
25
Dinosaurs were reptiles
and lived on land. There
were hundreds of different
types, divided into two main
groups. Some dinosaurs, such
as Tyrannosaurus (right), were
carnivores (meat eaters); others,
such as Stegosaurus, were herbivores
(plant eaters). Spinosaurus was the largest
carnivorous dinosaur.
Competition
UFO SIGHTED
News!
Last week’s lucky
winner was
Margaret Richards
from north London,
who won a fabulous
weekend for two in
Paris. And what was
the answer to the
question? It was
‘Marie Antoinette’.
John Dale of Fleet, Hampshire,
had the shock of his life when
he saw a UFO land in his back
garden. ‘It was really big,’ said
Mr Dale. ‘It was bright blue
and there were lots of flashing
lights.’ He showed our
reporter the burn mar ks on
his lawn. ‘It wasn’t there for
long’, he recalled. ‘Then it took
off and vanished.’
Exercises
1 Complete the statements and questions.
Example:
were you in 2005?
How old ______
I _____
was 13.
1 It _________ late, and the children _________ tired.
2 The Johnson brothers _________ at the same college. Rod
_________ a medical student, and Harry and Tony _________
Law students.
3 We _________ 30 minutes early for the party and there
_________ nobody there. The room _________ empty!
4
How long _________ you and your wife in Cairo?
I _________ there for three years, but she _________
only there for two.
2 Complete the conversation.
Two friends meet after a party.
Jenny:
We ______
were sad that you ________
weren’t at the party.
Robin:
I 1_________ sorry to miss it, too. 2_________ it a good
one?
Jenny:
Yes, it 3_________. There 4_________ a lot of old friends
there. Where 5_________ you and the family?
Robin:
Dad 6_________ away on business, and Mum
7
____________ very well. And my brothers
8
____________ back from holiday. They 9_________ still
away. And like Mum, I 10_________ feeling well either.
3 Read. Then write questions and answer them.
Example:
(When/they/at the house)
_______________________________
When were they at the house?
_____________
Last night.
We saw a lovely house yesterday. We were there last night. It was
about 100 years old, and we wanted to buy it immediately. There
were four bedrooms upstairs. Downstairs, there was a beautiful
dining room, and the living room was very big – 10 x 6 metres. The
kitchen at the back of the house was large, too, and very modern.
Outside there was a beautiful garden with a stream. We loved the
house! The only problem was the price. It was £900,000!
1 (How old/the house)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (How many bedrooms)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (How big/the living room)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (Where/the kitchen)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 (What/outside)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
6 (What/the only problem)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
7 (How much/the house)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 Complete the statements.
Example: Maria _______
wasn’t good at English at school because
she didn’t want to learn the language, but she’s___
excellent now.
1 Go and see the old city. There _________ thousands of very old
buildings there. Some of them _________ already old 500
years ago!
2 Simon _________ at home yesterday, but he _________ there
now.
3 I looked for my shoes in the cupboard, but they __________
there, so I think they __________ probably in the hall. I’ll go
and look there now.
4 We _________ wrong to leave the main road.
Now we _________ lost!
5 It’s nearly 10:00 a.m., but everyone _________ still asleep
because we _________ up so late last night.
6 Alan _________ at work yesterday because he had a bad cold,
and he ______ still off work today, too.
27
10
Past continuous
It was raining again.
FORMS
Statements
I
was
Yes/No questions
looking.
Was
He
I
looking?
he
She
was not
she
It
it
We
were
running.
You
They
Were
we
running?
you
were not
they
They looked out of the window. It was raining again.
A
Wh~ questions
What was she doing?
Where were they sitting?
Forming the past continuous
Use was/were + main verb + ~ing.
n I was reading all last night.
n What were you doing at 2:00?
Short forms: • was not = wasn’t • were not = weren’t
Remember the spelling rules with ~ing. (∆ Unit 6.)
move ➞ moving stop ➞ stopping die ➞ dying
Be careful. For stative verbs, you need the past simple, not the past
continuous. (∆ Unit 7 for a list.)
n I knew what to do next.
n Susan didn’t like cold weather.
B
Uses of the past continuous
For things which were happening at a certain moment in the past.
What were you doing at 12:00?
I was going home for lunch.
For emphasizing that something happened for a long time.
n The baby was crying all night.
For things which were happening when something else suddenly
happened:
a short past action/event (past simple)
Full answers
She was reading.
They were sitting in the garden.
PLEASURE
BOAT RESCUE
gton
A pleasure boat from Greatlin
seas
gh
rou
in
Beach sank yesterday
Steer
off
s
rock
with
n
following a collisio
15
ying
carr
was
t
boa
Point. The
on board,
passengers. Luckily all those
recovering
e
wer
,
including the two crew
matic
dra
a
r
afte
l
pita
last night in hos
oat.
lifeb
n
gto
atlin
Gre
the
rescue by
Here is some traffic
news at midday.
Traffic on the M5 is
moving again
northbound. Police
have cleared the
accident, which was
blocking the
northbound side
earlier today.
now
Chapter 1
a continuing action/event (past continuous)
When the two actions are in one sentence, use the linking words/
conjunctions when, as or while to join the two sentence parts.
n Jenny was reading when Ann phoned.
n The truck hit my car as I was turning.
n The policeman arrived while we were having lunch.
If the when/as/while part is at the start of the sentence, use a comma.
n When Ann phoned, Jenny was reading.
Two actions can happen at the same time:
n While we were having lunch, Jenny was reading.
Do not confuse these two different ideas.
n When Tom arrived, we were having dinner. (Dinner was continuing.)
n When Tom arrived, we had dinner. (Tom arrived. Then dinner started.)
28
Past simple ∆ 8–9
The Nightmare Begins
Sam looked out of the window at the
street below. He didn’t want to
be here but Inspector Caldwell had
insisted. Suddenly he heard his nam
e.
‘What were you doing here at ten o’clo
ck last night, Mr Wright?’
Inspector Caldwell was looking at him
and waiting for an answer.
‘I wasn’t doing anything special,’ he
replied. ‘I was at home,’ he
added lamely.
The inspector looked at him without
interest.
‘So you were doing nothing – at hom
e.’ He paused. ‘And what were
you doing when your wife phoned you
from the Grand Hotel?’
Sam tried to remember that night but
he could only think of what
had happened later.
‘There was a party upstairs,’ he bega
n. ‘People were dancing all
night. I was listening to some music
to drown the noise. I couldn’t have
heard the phone when it rang.’ Sam
broke off. It sounded as if he was
incriminating himself.
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
The Carter family all remember what they were doing when the last
Californian earthquake happened.
Example:
was cooking lunch for John. (cook)
Sally: I _____________
3 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Examples:
n I _____________
was making lunch when the earthquake
n
___________.
happened (make) (happen)
were the children doing at this time
What _________________________
last week? (the children/do)
1 John: I ________________________ my boss in New York.
(call)
2 Ron and Sue: We ________________________ at the lake
with Paul. (swim)
3 Tom: I ________________________ a football game on TV.
(watch)
4 Ann and Carol: We ________________________ a Pepsi at
the Corner Café. (have)
5 Flo: I ________________________ ready to go out with some
friends. (get)
6 Tim and Bill: We ________________________ our bikes in the
park. (ride)
1 What ______________________________ at this time
yesterday? (you/do)
2 Why ____________________________ along the street at
10:00 last night? (he/run)
3 She ________________________ home when her new car
______________________. (drive) (break down)
4 I ____________ the window. (open) The sun
________________________. (shine)
5 They ________________________ in the garden when
the phone _________. (work) (ring)
6 The storm ______ the boat as it _____________________
to reach the harbour. (hit) (try)
2 Complete the questions and answers.
Examples:
_____
cooking dinner? (cook)
Was Sally _________
No, she ________.
was cooking lunch.
wasn’t She _______________
What ______
were Ann and Carol ________
doing ? (do)
They ______________
were having a Pepsi at the Corner
Café. (have)
1
Who _________ John _______________? (call)
He ________________________ his boss.
2
Where _________ Tim and Bill ____________ their bikes?
(ride)
They _____________________ their bikes in the park.
3
_________ Tom _______________ to the radio? (listen)
No, he ____________. He _______________ TV. (watch)
What _________________________________?
He ________________________ a football game.
4
Who _________ Ron and Sue __________________
with? (swim)
They ________________________ with Paul.
____________________________________ at the
swimming pool?
No, they ____________. They _____________ at the lake.
7 The plane _____________________ to land when it
____________. (try) (crash)
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
went out at 9:00, the sun ______________.
was shining (go)(shine)
When I ______
1
It _________ a beautiful spring day and the birds in the park
2
________________________. (be) (sing) I
3
________________________ along the road beside the park
when suddenly I 4_______________ my old friend, John. (walk)
(notice) He 5________________________ football with his son in
the park. (play) I 6____________ to him and he 7____________
round in surprise. (call) (look) Then he 8_______________ back
and 9_______________ me to join them. (shout) (invite) Soon all of
us 10________________________ football together. (play) Then
we 11_______________ to get some ice creams. (stop) While we
12
_____________________ them, we 13_______________ to go
to the lake and hire a boat. (eat) (decide) Then something terrible
14
_______________. (happen) Just as I 15___________________
into the boat, it 16_______________ to move away, and I
17
_________ straight into the water between the boat and the
shore. (get) (begin) (fall) Hundreds of people 18________________,
and they all 19______________ laughing. (watch) (start) I
20
_________ really embarrassed! (feel)
29
11
Present perfect 1
I’ve washed the car.
FORMS
Look, Dad! I’ve washed the car.
Statements
I
have
Yes/No questions
washed it.
Have
You
We
He
have not
we
they
has
finished.
She
It
washed it?
you
They
Great! It’s really
clean now.
I
Has
he
finished?
she
has not
Wh~ questions
What have you done?
How long has the job taken?
it
Full answers
I have washed the car.
It has taken an hour.
Short forms: • I/you/we/they have = I’ve, you’ve, we’ve, they’ve
• he/she/it has = he’s, she’s, it’s • have not = haven’t
• has not = hasn’t
A
Forming the present perfect
Form the present perfect with have/has + past participle. With regular
verbs, the past participle is the same as the past simple form – main
verb + ~ed.
Have you washed the car?
Yes, I’ve just finished.
Has she finished dinner?
No, she hasn’t finished yet.
For have as an auxiliary verb, ∆ Unit 23.
Many common main verbs are irregular, too. (See Appendix 1 for a list.)
Examples:
Infinitive
Past form
Past participle
hit
hit
hit
make
made
made
speak
spoke
spoken
swim
swam
swum
C
n
If the verb ends in ~e, add ~d to form the past participle.
The train has arrived. There it is! Let’s run.
Uses of the present perfect
When something happened in the past and is still important now.
n Tom has cleaned the car. (So now it’s really clean.)
n Ann has broken her arm. (So now she can’t write.)
Verbs ending in a ~y usually change the ~y to ~ied.
carry ➞ carried hurry ➞ hurried
But note these special cases.
say ➞ said pay ➞ paid lay ➞ laid
When something started in the past and continued to the present.
n We’ve finished the job, so now we can have a rest.
n Sam has travelled all the way from America to be with us here
tonight.
If the verb ends in a single consonant after a single vowel, double the
consonant.
n The bus has stopped. We can get off now.
B
30
D
Irregular forms
A lot of important verbs are irregular, and their past and past participle
forms do not end in ~ed. The verbs be, do and have are all irregular.
Infinitive
Past form
Past participle
be
was/were
been
do
did
done
have
had
had
Present perfect or past simple? ∆ 13
/
Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1
Present perfect signal words
Look for the present perfect signal words yet and just. Yet means ‘up
to now’, and we use it in questions and negative statements.
Have they repaired the car yet?
No, they haven’t had time yet. They’re going to do it tomorrow.
Just means ‘a very short time ago’, and we usually use it in positive
statements.
n The water has just boiled. Would you like a cup of tea?
n Our new car has just arrived. Come and look.
We sometimes use yet and just together.
Have you finished your homework yet?
Not yet. I’ve just finished question 1, but I haven’t answered
question 2 yet. (I’m doing it now.)
/
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
We use up to now and so far in positive and negative statements
and in questions.
How many letters have you written so far?
Up to now, I’ve done 15. But so far, I haven’t written to Sue.
The most anticipated
film of the year.
Use still … not for something that happens late.
I started this last week and I still haven’t finished.
Use already for something that happens early.
It’s only 8:00 and they’ve already done an hour of work.
We sometimes use still … not and already together.
I suppose Joe still hasn’t started work!
You’re wrong. He’s already finished!
E Short (contracted) forms
The ~’s short form can mean is or has, so check the main part of
the verb. Study the different meanings.
n She’s come home. (~’s come = has come)
n She’s coming home. (~’s coming = is coming)
FIRST VOICE
Mr Pugh, in the School House opposite,
takes up the morning tea to Mrs Pugh,
and whispers on the stairs:
“Where have you been all my life?”
The Eagle Has Landed
MR PUGH
Here’s your arsenic, dear.
And your weedkiller biscuit.
I’ve throttled your parakeet.
I’ve spat in the vases.
I’ve put cheese in the mouseholes.
Here’s your …
… nice tea, dear.
MRS PUGH
Too much sugar.
MR PUGH
You haven’t tasted it yet, dear.
MRS PUGH
Too much milk, then.
Beach Car
Park
HAVE YOU
PAID
AND
DISPLAYED
?
Tickets ava
ilable
from machin
e
(Under Milk Wood, Dylan Thomas, 1914–1953)
31
Exercises
1 Write the past participles.
Example:
3 My parents ________________________. Their car is outside.
buy ________
bought happen __________
happened
meet _____
met
1 ask ____________
11 keep ____________
2 be ____________
12 leave ____________
3 choose ____________
13 make ____________
4 do ____________
14 need ____________
5 eat ____________
15 open ____________
6 find ____________
16 put ____________
7 give ____________
17 run ____________
8 have ____________
18 start ____________
9 invite ____________
19 take ____________
10 join ____________
20 wake up ____________
Which verbs are irregular?
___________________________________________________
Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs?
___________________________________________________
2 Complete the paragraph with verbs from Exercise 1 (including
the examples).
Dear Mum,
Well, a lot of things have ___________
happened since our move to Australia.
1
Larry has ___________ a good job at a bank, and we have
2
___________ a small house outside town for $190,000. Peter and
Sally have 3___________ at their new school, and they’re very
happy there. Peter has 4___________ the football team and Sally
has 5___________ a lot of good friends in her class. I have
6
___________ all the neighbours now, and they have
7
___________ very kind. In fact, our next-door neighbour has
8
___________ all of us to a barbecue lunch on Sunday.
3 Write these verbs in the correct forms.
arrive, break, clean, get, paint, win
Example:
Tom ____________
has cleaned the car. Now it looks like new.
1 They ________________________ the TV. It doesn’t work.
2 Ann ________________________ the room. It’s pink now.
32
4 Mark ________________________ the race. He’s the new
champion.
5 Dad ________________________ the tickets, so we can go in.
4 Write statements with positive and negative forms.
Example:
(find/a job 3) (find/a house 7)
Alan ________________
has found a job , but he
_____________________
hasn’t found a house .
1 (join/the school drama group 3) (join/the tennis club 7)
Tony _____________________________________________
______________, but he ____________________________
_________________________________________________
2 (make/a cake 3) (make/any sandwiches 7)
Julie _________________________________, but she
_________________________________________________
3 (bring/their books 3) (bring/their pens 7)
The boys ________________________________________,
but they __________________________________________
4 (choose/the carpets for their new house 3) (choose/any
furniture 7)
Ian and Sue _______________________________________
_______________________________________, but they
_________________________________________________
5 (wash/the car 3) (wash/the children’s bikes 7)
I _______________________________________, but I
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 (invite/Alan to the party 3) (invite Joe 7)
We _____________________________________________,
but we ___________________________________________
5 Write questions and short answers.
Examples:
Lisa has cleaned her shoes. (boots) (Yes)
__________________________________
Has she cleaned her boots, too?
______________
Yes, she has.
Peter has eaten his lunch. (Bill) (No)
______________________________
Has
Bill eaten his lunch, too?
No, he hasn’t.
______________
1 The boys have done their Maths homework. (French homework) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 Vicky has been busy all day. (Mark) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3
Barry has learnt to fly. (you) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 Petra and I have brought our books. (Sally) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
6 Reorder the words to make questions.
Example:
(gone/where/girls/have/the)
Where have the girls gone?
______________________________
1 (lived/Emma/how long/London/has/in)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 (late/come/you/why/so/have/home)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 (my/what/you/have/with/shirt/done)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 (the/has/Andy/where/put/bike)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 (kilometres/you/how many/today/driven/have)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Write the answers. Use just or yet.
Examples:
Is the TV working? (Yes) (mend/it)
____________________________
Yes,
I’ve just mended it.
Have you seen your picture in today’s newspaper?
1
Has Ruth moved? (Yes) (go to/Rome)
______________________________________________
2
Do you know the Smiths? (No) (not/meet/them)
______________________________________________
3
Does Bob like sweet things? (Yes) (buy/some chocolate)
______________________________________________
4
Are we going home now? (No) (not/finish/work)
______________________________________________
5
Have the boys had lunch? (No) (not/come/home)
______________________________________________
6
Have you got enough petrol? (Yes) (buy/some)
______________________________________________
7
Have you moved my books? (Yes) (put/them/in your room)
______________________________________________
8 Write statements. Use already or But … still … not.
Examples:
n Tom got his boots dirty. (clean/them 7)
__________________________________
But he still hasn’t cleaned them.
n Ann works very fast. (do/her Maths 3)
________________________________
She’s already done her Maths.
1 I asked you to talk to Bill yesterday. (call/him 7)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 We’re planning to go to Spain. (buy/the tickets 3)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 I asked you to get ready. (pack/your bag 7)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 She’s saving for a new TV. (get/£150 3)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Number 33 is moving fast now. (do/30 kph 3)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 I wrote three weeks ago. (have/a reply 7)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
(No) (buy/one)
_____________________________
No, I haven’t bought one yet.
33
12
Present perfect 2
I’ve lived here for 35 years.
Have you ever visited Scotland?
FORMS
Present perfect + for/since
How long have you lived here?
I’ve lived here for 35 years.
This has been my home since
I was a young man.
I have lived here
for 35 years.
for a long time.
for ages.
I haven’t lived here
since I was young.
since 1990.
since yesterday.
Present perfect + number of times
Have you ever been back to Sydney?
Yes, I have been back three times.
She has visited Spain
once or twice.
four times this year.
every year since 2005.
A
Use of the present perfect + for/since
We often use for and since when we talk about something starting in
the past and continuing to the present. To show how long something
has continued, use for. To show when something started, use since.
since
(a point in the past)
n
B
for
(a period of time)
Use of the present perfect + number of times
For things that have happened repeatedly from the past up to the
present, we often use ever and never and time expressions such as this
year, this week, today, since (time/event), in my (whole) life.
a period of time
now
actions/events in a period of time
Have you ever been back home (since you moved here)?
Yes, I’ve been back three times since then.
Have you ever visited New York?
No, I’ve never been there in my whole life!
C
34
been and gone
Study the different meanings of been and gone.
n He’s been to India. He went last year. (And now he’s home again.)
n He’s gone to India. He’s working in Mumbai. (He’s there now.)
Present perfect or past simple? ∆ Unit 13
DOES IT AGAIN
now
Karen has been a nurse for 20 years.
since the 1990s.
a point in the past
SIMPSON
/
The great javelin thrower, Bill
Simpson, beat his own record
yesterday with a throw of
99.45 metres. Simpson has
now held the world record
for 12 years. Interviewed after
the event, Simpson said,‘This
should help me keep the
record for the next 12 years.’
Zeigla
Since 1835 we
have been the
leading makers of
watches and clocks
Have you ever?
Have you ever flown a bike?
Have you ever ridden a kite?
Have you ever driven a plane?
Have you ever captained a crane?
Well, have you ever?
No, I’ve never.
HAVE YOU EVER …
The monthly celebrity confessional
… punched a member of your own group?
Louise Wener (Sleeper)
‘No. It has come close and they have come close to punching
me, but it hasn’t happened. Yet.’
Julian Cope (solo, ex-Teardrop Explodes) ‘Of course, many
times. I’ve never punched a member of my solo band, but
the Teardrop Explodes were always fighting.’
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
Exercises
1 Write statements.
Examples:
2
When did the whole family last meet? (Claire’s wedding)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3
When was the last time we had fish for dinner? (months)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
(Charlie/live/there/35 years)
Charlie has lived there for 35 years.
_________________________________________
(he/be/there/20 years old)
_________________________________________
He’s been there since he was 20 years old.
1 (this land/belong to/Mr Hill/1980)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Write questions. Use ever where possible. Answer the questions.
Examples:
3 (we/live/in this house/I was 25)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Complete the questions and answers.
Example:
I live in London.
have you lived there?
How long _______________
______
Since 2001. OR _____
For (eleven) years.
1
Nick and Sue have a Mercedes.
How long ___________________________ it?
_________ last month.
2
My brother works for IBM.
How long ___________________________ for them?
_________ three years.
3
The Carter family want to move house.
How long ______________________________ to do that?
_________ Mr Carter got a job in London.
4
Nick Ellis lives on a small island.
How long ___________________________ there?
_________ most of his life.
1 (you/stay in Miami) (three times)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (How many times/he see Avatar) (seven times)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (they/try Indian food) (a few times)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (How often/it rain today) (twice)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 Complete the questions and answers.
Example:
1
gone again this weekend.
________
this year. She ’s
When was the last time you had an ice cream?
(ages) OR (last week)
I haven’t had an ice cream for ages.
_______________________________________
OR _____________________
since last week.
When did Tim last see Susan? (three weeks)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
Does Susan like sailing?
________
She loves it! She ’s
been sailing every weekend
3 Write negative answers for the questions.
Example:
(you/read this book) (three times)
Have you ever read this book?
__________________________________
Yes, I’ve read it three times.
__________________________________
(How often/he/stay/in Paris) (once)
___________________________________
How often has he stayed in Paris?
________________________
He’s stayed there once.
2 (Sally/have/the same car/five years)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
1
________ you ever ________ to Rome?
No, but my brother ________ just ________ there this week.
2
Where’s Alan?
He ____________ to the bank to get some money.
Really? He _______ already ______ there twice this week!
35
13
Present perfect or past simple?
It has opened.
It opened last week.
Look! The new sports
shop has opened.
Yes, I know. It opened last week.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
A
CROSSCHECK
Uses of the present perfect
For when something happened in the past, but you do not know when.
n The new sports shop has opened.
Uses of the past simple
For when something happened completely in the past.
n What happened then?
For when something happened in the past, but it affects us now.
n He’s broken his leg. (The leg is still broken.)
For when something started and finished in the past and you know when.
n He broke his leg last year. (His leg is OK now.)
For when something started in the past, and it continues to the present.
n Mary has lived in London for seven years. (And she still lives there now.)
For when something started, continued and finished in the past.
n Mary lived in London for seven years. (But she doesn’t live there now.)
For when something has happened in a particular period of time up to
the present, e.g., today, this year.
n She’s written three letters today.
n Have you had exams this year?
For when something happened in a period of past time, e.g., yesterday,
last year:
n She wrote five letters yesterday.
n Did you have exams last year?
For finding out if something has happened, not when.
Has Peter gone home yet?
For finding out when something happened.
When did Peter go home?
We often start to talk about an event at an unstated time in the past.
Have you ever visited Japan?
Yes, I’ve been there three times.
We then often fix that event at a particular time with the past simple.
When were you last in Japan?
I stayed there last summer.
Phone Cornwallis Insurance
Brokers for a free quote
Have you had a break-in?
Did you have proper
insurance?
If you were caught out
this time,
36
B
Star Interview
?
How many films did you
make last year?
Just two. It wasn’t a busy year.
I made The Waiting Game in
January. Then I had to wait
seven months for Warner to
offer me Starman.
DON’T BE CAUGHT
OUT AGAIN!
?
Tel: 01683 95421
It’s been a very busy week, and
the best thing was when I stayed
in bed the whole of Friday
morning.
Past simple ∆ 8
/
What have you enjoyed
most this week?
Present perfect 1 ∆ 11
/
Meet the Chef!
Liz Bailey is the main chef at Ludlow’s.
She started catering when she was 15.
She worked at the Three Bridges for a
number of years and at the Lakeside
Bakery in Bampton. She has worked at
Ludlow’s since 2009.
Dear Mrs Oliver,
It’s true – a short time ago we entered your name in
the Vauxhall pre-draw, which has now just taken place.
As you have come through the first stage of the draw,
I am notifying you now that you could already be
THE WINNER!
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the
past simple.
Rob:
Lyn:
was terrible. (be) I _______
locked myself
You know, last night ____
out of the house. (lock)
Oh, no! What 1_____________________ (you/do)
2
3
Rob:
I _________ round the house and I ____________ for
an open window. (go) (look)
Lyn:
4
Rob:
There 5____________ any on the ground floor, but there
6
_________ one upstairs. (not/be) (be)
Lyn:
It’s a pity you 7_____________________ us. (not/call)
You’re always welcome to stay here.
___________________________ one? (you/find)
Rob:
Thanks, but I 8________________________ to disturb
you. (not/want)
Lyn:
So what 9_____________________ after that? (you/do)
Rob:
I 10____________ the police. (phone)
2 Write the verbs in positive, negative or question forms of the
present perfect.
Tina and Bill are getting ready for school.
Examples:
Mum:
Tina:
Bill:
_____________
Have
you had enough to eat? (you/have)
Thanks, Mum. I’ve
_________
eaten lots. (eat)
Well, I _________
haven’t I’m still hungry.
1 Tina: Bill, where _______________________ my coat?
(you/put)
Bill: I _______________________ your coat since last
week. (not/see)
3 Write the past forms and past participles.
Examples:
write
______
wrote ________
written
1 ask
___________
___________
2 be
___________
___________
3 cut
___________
___________
4 do
___________
___________
5 find
___________
___________
6 go
___________
___________
7 have
___________
___________
8 invite
___________
___________
9 join
___________
___________
Which verbs are irregular?
___________________________________________________
Which verbs can be both main verbs and auxiliary verbs?
___________________________________________________
4 Complete the statements and questions.
Examples:
has never been to Canada.
n Helen ____
n
Did
_____ you spend much money yesterday?
1 How long ___________ Ann been at home?
2 I’m sure Peter ___________ made a mistake.
3 Tom ___________ finished work yet.
4 ___________ anybody see the news at 1:00?
2 Mum: ____________________________ your bag for school,
Tina? (you/pack)
Tina: Yes, but I ______________ my pencil case upstairs. (leave)
3 Mum: _________________________ you your lunch money,
Bill? (Dad/give)
Bill: No, he ___________. Can you give me some?
4 Dad: I ____________________ the car to the front door.
(bring) Are you ready to go?
Bill: I am, but Tina ______________ upstairs for her pencil
case. (go)
5 We ___________ found the way, but we’re trying.
5 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Mark is e-mailing his parents in London.
Dear Mum and Dad,
Well, I ________
arrived here in New York on 6th September and now it’s
’ve been here for two months. (arrive) (be) I’m
6th November, so I________
sorry I 1__________________________ to you since last month,
but life 2______________ very busy. (not/write) (be) Classes
3
____________________ and I 4___________ a lot of things to
do. (begin) (have) I 5________ you about Rod in my last e-mail. (tell)
He 6____________ me stay at his place since I first 7________
here. (let) (get) But at last I 8____________________ a place of
my own. (find) I 9____________ the agreement with the owner last
night and he 10________ me a key. (sign) (give)
37
14
Present perfect continuous
I’ve been waiting for an hour.
FORMS
How long have you been waiting?
Statements
I
Yes/No questions
have
been waiting.
Have I
You
We
you
have not
we
They
He
they
has
been playing.
Has
She
I’ve been waiting for an hour!
It
been waiting?
he
been playing?
she
has not
it
Wh~ questions
What have you been doing?
How long has he been waiting?
Full answers
I have been watching TV.
He has been waiting for an hour.
Short forms: • I/you/we/they have = I’ve, you’ve, we’ve, they’ve
• he/she/it has = he’s, she’s, it’s • have not = haven’t
• has not = hasn’t
A
B
Forming the present perfect continuous
Use have + been (past participle of be) + ~ing form of the main verb. Have been
contains the present perfect meaning. The ~ing form shows the idea of continuing.
Uses of the present perfect continuous
For emphasizing that something has continued for a long time.
n I’ve been waiting for two whole hours!
n Tom has been building that boat since 2005. Will he ever finish?
a point in the past
a period of time
For something that stopped just before the present, but is still important now.
n Look, the road is wet. It’s been raining.
n I’ve been saving for months, and now I’ve got nearly £1,000.
For frequent actions in a period of time from the past to the present.
n We’ve been visiting France every summer for the last ten years.
n How long have you been going to work by bicycle?
a period of time
Present perfect 1 ∆ 11
At High Notes we’ve
been mastering the
art of making musical
instruments for
150 years.
No one has more
experience than we do.
now
a continually repeating action/event in a period of time
C Signal words
We use some of the signal words that go with the present perfect, e.g., for, since,
just. We also use other expressions to emphasize ‘how long’, e.g., all morning/
day/week, the whole morning/day/week.
n We’ve been working since 6:00 this morning.
n Oh, hi! I’ve just been writing an e-mail to you!
n They’ve been waiting for this letter all week!
38
GET IN TOUCH!
now
a continuing action/event in a period of time
a point in the past
People have been meeting
since 1970 through the
Mary Stewart
Dating Agency
Heavy snow has been
falling in southern
areas of Scotland.
Although it is now
bright and sunny,
motorists are advised
to stay at home
unless their journey is
absolutely necessary.
High Notes
Exercises
1 Complete the answers.
Example:
Why are you so tired?
__________________
I ’ve
been studying all night. (study)
1
Hello! Where have you been recently?
I ____________________________ in London. (work)
2
Why are the children so dirty?
They ______________________________ in the garden.
(play)
1 You meet a friend. You haven’t seen her for a month.
What _______________________________________
recently? (you/do)
2 You ask Tom’s sister about him. He’s been studying Spanish in
Spain.
How ________________________________________ in
Spain? (he/get on)
3 You want to know about Tom’s studies.
__________________________________________ a lot
of Spanish? (he/learn)
3
I can’t find my MP3 player. Where is it?
John __________________________ it upstairs. (use)
4
Why haven’t you washed the car yet?
I ___________________________ jobs for Mum. (do)
4 Your little brother’s hands and mouth are dirty.
___________________________________________
chocolate? (you/eat)
5
Maria speaks very good English.
Yes. She __________________________________ very
hard. (study)
5 Someone tells you about some friends. They’re working in London.
How long ____________________________________
there? (they/work)
2 Complete the answers.
Example:
Have the children been helping Mum?
haven’t been helping her.
No, they ______________________
__________________
They’ve
been watching TV. (watch)
1
Has Tony been spending all his money?
No, he ____________________________________ it.
He _________________________ it. (save)
2
Have we been going the wrong way?
No, we ______________________________________
the wrong way. We _________________________ the
right way. (go)
3
Has Ann been doing her homework?
No, she ______________________________________
that. She _________________________ to her new CD.
(listen)
3 Complete the questions.
Examples:
You meet an old friend who is now at college.
have you been getting on at college?
How _________________________
(you/get on)
You ask about your friend’s brother. He’s recently
started at a new school.
4 Write questions and answer them.
Examples:
Joe is travelling round the world. He left at the end of
last year OR six months ago.
What _____________________
has Joe been doing recently?
______________________________________
He’s been travelling round the world.
has he been doing that?
How long ___________________
____________________________
Since the end of last year.
For six months.
OR ________________
1 Pam is looking for a new job. She started looking last month.
What ________________________________ recently?
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
How long ________________________________ that?
______________________________________________
2 Nick and Andy are training for the London Marathon. They
began training the month before last.
What _________________________________________
___________________________ recently?
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
How long ________________________________ that?
______________________________________________
__________________________________
Has your brother been enjoying his
new school? (your brother/enjoy)
39
15
Past perfect and past simple
When they arrived, the film had started.
FORMS
Statements
I
had
Yes/No questions
started.
Had
I
You
you
He
he
She
had not
started?
she
It
it
We
we
They
they
Wh~ questions
Full answers
What film had they gone to see? They had gone to see Avatar 4.
When had it started?
It had started at 7:00.
Short forms: • I/you/he/she/we/they had = I’d, you’d, he’d,
she’d, we’d, they’d • had not = hadn’t
When they arrived, the film had started.
A
B
Forming the past perfect
Form the past perfect with had + past participle.
n The film had started before we arrived.
n Had it begun before you arrived?
Use of the past perfect
For when we need to emphasize that one past event happened earlier
than another past event. We can put the two events in two sentences
with or without connectors.
n I got to the party at 8:00. However, my friends had already left.
n At the airport I couldn’t find my passport. I’d left it at home!
We can also talk about two events in one sentence. This often happens
in reported speech. (∆ Unit 53)
n I looked for some fruit in the fridge, but someone had eaten it all.
n Last Sunday, Annie told her best friend that Tom had asked her
to marry him.
We can also use these words to connect the two sentence parts: when,
after, before, once, until, as soon as.
n When I arrived, the meeting had started.
n The rain had stopped before we went out.
Be careful. Do not overuse the past perfect. Use the past simple for past
events that happened one after another.
n I saw Peter and I said hello.
n When I got home, I sat down and turned on the TV.
Note the difference in meaning between the following:
n When the director arrived, the meeting started. (First the director
arrived and then the meeting started.)
n When the director arrived, the meeting had started. (First the
meeting started and then the director arrived.)
40
Past simple ∆ 8–9
/
Reported statements (with time shift) ∆ 53
DRIVER WAS BLIND AND DRUNK
Police called to breath test a
Speaking in court, Bolton said
suspected drunk driver were
that his sight had worsened, until
astonished to find he was
he was registered blind in March.
registered blind. David Bolton, He had been
at the pub with his
40, could not see the end of his girlfriend, who
normally drove,
bonnet, but had managed to
but this time she had had several
drive two miles before
drinks too. Magistrates imposed
crashing into a parked car.
an immediate driving ban on him.
Columbus believed that
if he sailed west he would
reach India. In fact, he
landed in the Caribbean.
He didn’t realize what he
had found. He called it
the West Indies.
‘Welcome to my ho
use! Enter freely an
your own will!’
d of
He did not step forw
ard to meet me, bu
like a statue, as thou
t stood
gh his welcoming
words had
fixed him in stone.
The
had stepped over th instant, however, that I
e threshold, he mov
ed
impulsively forwar
d. Holding out his ha
nd, he
grasped mine with
a str
wince and with a ha ength which made me
nd as cold as ice –
more like
the hand of a dead
man than a living on
e.
‘Count Dracula?’ I as
ked.
(Dracula, Bram Stoker, 1847–1912)
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Example:
It was a strange house. Nobody __________
had lived there
3 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Example:
for years. (live)
1 The town was empty. Everyone __________________. (go)
2 The car wasn’t there. A thief _____________________ it. (take)
3 The biscuit tin was empty. Tim _____________________ them
all. (eat)
4 I didn’t recognize old Mr Jarvis. He _________________ a lot.
(change)
5 We decided to buy a sofa which we _______________ the
weekend before. (see)
6 We went back to the shop to get the sofa, but somebody else
________________________ it. (buy)
7 I wanted to speak to Mr Jones, so I phoned his office.
Unfortunately, he _______________ five minutes before. (leave)
8 Bob was late for football practice and they _______________
without him. (start)
2 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Example:
We____________
’d only been at home for a few minutes when
the phone rang. (only/be)
1 I invited Pat, but she ______________________________ to
go out. (already/arrange)
2 They were amazed. They ___________________________
such a beautiful place. (never/see)
3 Celia ____________________________________ dinner
when the police called. (just/start)
4 Mrs Spear was worried. She __________________________
_________________________________________ her son’s
accident. (recently/hear about)
5 I phoned the garage, but they ________________________
__________________ my car. (still/not/repair)
6 Tony wanted to buy a bike with the money, but Tina
_______________________________ it. (already/spent)
Alan _________
broke a window to
had lost his key, so he ______
get in. (lose) (break)
1 I ____________ at the party at 8:00, but my friends
_______________. (arrive) (go)
2 The horses ________________________ before we
____________ the gate. (get away) (close)
3 Once we __________________ the river, we ____________
to move faster. (cross) (be able)
4 The manager _________ us all there until we
_______________ everything possible. (leave) (do)
5 They _____________________ because they ___________
__________________ food and water. (turn back) (run out of)
4 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use when.
Example:
n We went out. We had breakfast.
went out when we’d
n We ________________
______
had breakfast.
1 We drove out of town. We loaded the Jeep.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 We stopped for a rest. We drove into the hills.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 We started again. We had a good rest.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 We finally stopped for the night. We were on the road for over
ten hours.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 We started to cook dinner. We unpacked the Jeep.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 We went to sleep. We finished dinner.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
41
16
Future with going to
We’re going to drive.
FORMS
We’re going to drive
straight across the
desert. Ready?
Statements
I
am
Yes/No questions
going to drive.
Am
I
going to drive?
going to go.
Is
he
going to go?
am not
He
is
She
she
It
is not
We
are
it
going to travel. Are
we
You
you
They are not
they
Wh~ questions
Where are they going to drive?
How long is the trip going
to take?
going to travel?
Full answers
They are going to drive to Perth.
It is going to take a month.
Short forms: • I am = I’m • he/she/it is = he’s, she’s, it’s
• we/you/they are = we’re, you’re, they’re • I am not = I’m not
• he is not = he isn’t, he’s not • we are not = we aren’t, we’re not
A
Uses of going to
For explaining future plans.
What are you going to do on Saturday?
I’m going to visit my grandparents.
The heads of government are going to
meet again at 10:00 tomorrow morning.
For explaining an intention to do something in the very near future.
Right now, I’m going to make some salad. Then we can have dinner.
Dad, can you help me with my homework?
Sure, I’m just going to watch the news. I’ll help you when it’s finished.
n
For predictions when it is clear that something is certain to happen soon.
n Look at the clouds. It’s going to rain.
n Listen to the car! It’s going to break down!
Note: Use going to with go, just like any other verb.
n We’re going to go to the cinema.
CROSSCHECK
B
Present continuous
We often use the present continuous to talk about future events that are
agreed and arranged.
Are you doing anything tomorrow?
Yes, I’m seeing Sally. We’re meeting at 3:00.
going to
When we use going to, we are focusing more on deciding and planning
future events.
What are you going to do?
First, we’re going to take a trip on the river. Then we’re going
to see a film.
42
Future with will ∆ 17
/
Review: the future ∆ 20
At a press conf
erence held by
the lottery orga
winner Peter
nizers,
Morgan, an un
em
ployed miner
four children,
with
sprayed report
ers with cham
‘It’s going to be
pagne.
a great Christm
as!’ he told th
Mr Morgan, ag
em.
ed 39, who ne
tted £2.3 millio
went on to sa
n,
y, ‘It’s going to
change my lif
e!’
Virgo
With the planet Jupiter in your
house, this is going to be a very
exciting year for Virgoans. Your practical,
down-to-earth nature is going to help you deal
with the many changes that await anyone born
under this sign.
Exercises
1 Complete the answers.
Example:
Have you had dinner yet? (later)
3 Write questions and short answers.
Examples:
Are
we going to be late?
_________________________
______________
No,
we aren’t.
going to have it later.
__________________________
No, not yet. I ’m
1
2
Have you washed the car yet? (after lunch)
No, not yet. I ____________________________________
________________________________________________.
Has Tessa cleaned her shoes yet? (now)
No, not yet. She _________________________________
_________________________________________________.
3
Have the boys mended their bikes yet? (this evening)
No, not yet. They ________________________________
_________________________________________________.
4
Has the cat had its food yet? (in a minute)
No, not yet. It ___________________________________
_________________________________________________.
2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms.
Examples:
Your local football team are in the cup final, but they’re
playing badly.
__________________
They ’re
going to lose. (lose)
They _____________________
aren’t going to win. (not/win)
1 You’re in the hills. There are black clouds.
It _________________________________. (rain)
We _______________________________ very wet. (get)
2 Alan should be on his way to the airport to catch a plane, but
he’s still in bed.
He _________________________________ there in time.
(not/get)
He ______________________________ his plane. (miss)
3 Your car is very low on petrol, and you’re still a long way from
the petrol station.
We _____________________________________ petrol.
(run out of)
We _______________________________________ the
petrol station in time. (not/reach)
4 Your friend is in a marathon race. He’s very tired, but he’s very
near the end of the race.
He _______________________________________ now.
(not/give up)
He _________________________________ for sure. (finish)
(we/be/late) (No)
1 (Sam/pass/his exams) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (your parents/take/you out) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (you/watch/TV this evening) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (Sally/buy/a newspaper) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 Write questions.
Example:
I’m planning to go on holiday.
(Where/you/go)
____________________________
Where are you going to go?
1
Ann has bought some lovely flowers.
(Where/she/put them)
______________________________________________
2
The Smith family have sold their house.
(When/they/move out)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3
I’m making some cakes for the party.
(How many/you/make)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4
Bill is planning to go to the cinema.
(What/he/see)
______________________________________________
43
17
Future with will
People will live in space cities.
FORMS
Statements
I
One day, people will live
in space cities like this.
will
Yes/No questions
start.
Will
I
You
you
He
he
She
will not
she
It
it
We
we
They
they
Wh~ questions
When will they build the
first space city?
Where will the space
city be?
start?
Full answers
They will start in about 2040.
It will be 1.5 million kilometres away.
Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will = I’ll, you’ll, he’ll, she’ll,
it’ll, we’ll, they’ll • will not = won’t
A
Uses of will
For expressing future facts.
n Sam will be 20 next month.
n The new road will be eight lanes wide.
For predicting the future, so we often use it with words such as probably,
definitely and certainly and phrases like I’m sure …, I’m certain … Note:
~ly words change position in will and won’t sentences.
n He’ll definitely love Rome.
n He definitely won’t want to come home.
For predicting something in the future.
n One day, people will live in space cities.
n Don’t worry! I’m sure you’ll pass your exams.
Note: Do not use will to express plans and arrangements.
n I can’t see you tomorrow as I’m visiting/going to visit my
parents. (not will visit )
For saying what you decide to do at the time of speaking.
n I’ve left the window open. I’ll go back and close it.
Note: Will often goes with verbs like expect, think and know.
n I expect I’ll be late home tonight.
n I don’t think he’ll agree to the idea.
For offering, promising or threatening to do something.
n That looks heavy. I’ll help you.
n I promise I won’t be late.
B
For asking somebody to do something and agreeing or refusing to do it.
Will you post this card for me?
Yes, I’ll post it on my way home.
TECHPRO Electronics
TURY
21st CEN
TECHNOLOGY
17–19 March 2013 NEC Birmingham, UK
Network in comfort
You will find that we’ve put in place all the facilities
you need to make TECHPRO both pleasant and productive.
Visitor lounges and catering facilities throughout the
show will give you the chance to catch your breath and
plan the next stage of your visit.
The all-new TECHPRO TV will be constantly delivering
fast-breaking news from all around the show and its
features, as well as providing reports on local traffic and
weather conditions via a giant video wall in Hall 2.
44
Future with going to ∆ 16
/
Future continuous ∆ 18
shall/shall not (shan’t)
In British English, people sometimes use shall/shall not (shan’t) instead
of will/will not, but only with I or we. It is usually used for suggestions,
offers and asking for instructions or suggestions.
n You look terrible! Shall we call a doctor?
n I’ve finished this job. What shall I do next?
/
As we move further into
the 21st century, the evergrowing use of information
technology means that
more people will be able to
work from home. This in
turn will change the
pattern of transportation.
The morning rush hour will
soon be a thing of the past.
Review: the future ∆ 20
/
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms.
Examples:
2
I’m thirsty.
Ask Sue. __________________ you a Pepsi.
3
This case is very heavy.
Give it to me. _______________ it for you.
4
We need some wood for the fire.
OK. ____________ some pieces now.
n The film __________
will start at 8:00. (start)
n It _____________
won’t finish until 11:00. (not/finish)
1 I’ve hidden the presents, so the children __________________
them. (not/find)
2 The bridge __________________ the river here. (cross)
3 The road __________________ until next year. (not/open)
4 Write questions and short answers.
Example:
5 Paul _______________ 20 until next year. (not/be)
2 Complete the offers and promises with positive or negative
forms of these verbs.
(Joe/win/the competition) (No)
Will Joe win the competition?
________________________________
No, he won’t.
______________
4 Ask the boys. They ____________ the job for you. (do)
1 (Ann/be/ten next week) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
be, buy, close, forget, look after, lose, make, wash
Example:
Please be careful with my jewellery.
_____________
Don’t worry. I ’ll
look after it.
2 (the boys/like/their new school) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
OR
Don’t worry. I ___________
won’t lose it.
1
We haven’t got any milk.
All right. I ____________ some at the shop.
2
Be sure to get there on time.
Don’t worry. I _______________ late.
3
The car is very dirty.
OK. I _______________ it.
3 (Mr Hall/arrive/tonight) (Yes)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (next term/start/on 15th April) (No)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Luke and his friends are planning a class river trip.
Luke:
take some boats and go up the
Here’s my idea. We ’ll
_______
river. (take)
Andy:
will it cost? (it/cost)
OK, but how much _____________
Luke:
I don’t know. I 1_______________ the boat company and
ask. (phone) But I’m sure it 2_______________ too
expensive. (not/be)
Andy:
3
____________________________________ to go?
(everybody/want)
Luke:
Yes, I’m sure they 4_________. (will)
carry, cut, get, give, phone
Tony:
What 5________________________ to take? (we/need)
Example:
Please give your parents a call.
Luke:
We 6__________________ take a picnic. (have to)
Yes, __________
I’ll phone them now.
Andy:
7
Luke:
No, we 8____________. Don’t worry. The TV weatherman
says we 9_______________ a lovely day tomorrow, and
he promises it 10_______________. (not) (have) (not/rain)
4
Look, the windows are open.
All right. I _______________ them.
5
Try to get everything right this time.
No problem. I __________________ any mistakes.
6
Remember to take this letter and post it.
Don’t worry. I _____________________ it.
3 Complete the answers with these verbs. Use the correct
pronouns.
1
Is Simon at work now?
No, not yet. _______________ to the office at 9:00.
_____________________ raincoats? (we/need)
45
18
Future continuous
I’ll be swimming.
FORMS
Statements
I
Just think! At this time tomorrow,
I’ll be swimming in the Indian Ocean.
Yes/No questions
will be
swimming.
Will
I
You
you
He
he
She
will not be
be swimming?
she
It
it
We
we
They
they
Wh~ questions
What will she be doing?
Where will he be swimming?
Full answers
She will be working.
He will be swimming in the sea.
Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will be = I’ll be, you’ll be,
he’ll be, she’ll be, it’ll be, we’ll be, they’ll be • will not be =
won’t be
8:00–10:15 Olympic Special
A
Uses
For talking about a continuing event or activity at a point in the future.
now
a point in the future
This live action Olympic coverage
will include the
final of the 100 metres. At 9:15 this
evening, everyone
in Britain will be sitting on the edg
e of their seats
hoping that we can once again win
Olympic gold.
a continuing action/event happening at a point in the future
MEMO
What will you be doing at this time tomorrow?
I’ll be travelling to New York.
Compare similar uses of other continuous tenses.
n It’s 9:00 now. Harry is watching TV.
n At 9:00 yesterday he was watching TV, too.
n At 9:00 tomorrow he’ll be watching TV again.
For emphasizing that an event or activity will continue for a long time.
n There’s so much to do! We’ll be working all day.
n We’re having a party tomorrow evening, so we’ll be cooking all
afternoon.
Use the future continuous (like the present continuous and going to) to
talk about future arrangements and plans.
n I’ll be calling
at the supermarket on my way home.
n I’m calling
Can I get you anything?
n I’m going to call
B
46
Short answers
Just use will/won’t. We do not usually add be.
Will you and Emma be flying to Rome next week?
She will, but I won’t. I’ll be driving.
Review: the future ∆ 20
All staff
To:
From: The management
Date: 15th December
day
Staff are reminded that they will be working a full
mas
Christ
do
to
g
wishin
e
Anyon
Eve.
on Christmas
shopping should arrange for an afternoon off during
the coming week.
Dear Tony
Sorry I can’t come to yo
ur wedding on the 16th,
but I’ll be flying out to
South Af rica next
Saturday to cover the
elections there.
Good luck to you both.
I look forward to
seeing you and Sarah wh
en I get back.
Love, George
Exercises
1 Read. Then answer the question. Use these verbs.
Lisa:
No, sorry. I 3_________________________________
________________. Are you free on Wednesday?
Jack:
No, sorry. I 4_________________________________
________________. Are you free on Thursday?
Lisa:
I’m afraid not. I 5______________________________
________________. Can we meet on Friday?
Jack:
Yes, I’m free then.
do, have, learn, study
John’s timetable
9:00
9:45
10:30
11:15
12:00
12:45
Science
Art
French
Maths
English
Lunch
What will John be doing at these times?
9:00, 9:45, 10:30, 11:15, 12:00, 12:45
_________________________________
At
9:00 he’ll be having Science.
Example:
1 _______________________________________________
2 _______________________________________________
3 _______________________________________________
4 _______________________________________________
5 _______________________________________________
2 Read Jack’s and Lisa’s diary pages for next week. Then
complete the conversation.
Jack Hill
Lisa Bell
Mon. 1
Morning – Talk to
customers from Japan.
Afternoon – Meet the
sales manager.
Tues. 2
Morning – Visit the
factory.
Afternoon – Have
meetings with the
sales team.
Wed. 3
Show visitors round
London all day.
–
Thur. 4
–
Spend the day in Paris.
Fri. 5
–
–
Company directors Jack and Lisa need to have a meeting next
week, but when?
Lisa:
Can we meet on Monday morning?
Jack:
No, sorry. I ’ll
_________________________________
be talking to customers from
_______.
Japan Are you free on Monday afternoon?
Lisa:
I’m afraid not. I 1 _______________________________
________________. Are you free on Tuesday morning?
Jack:
No, I’m afraid not. I 2_____________________________
_____________. Can we meet on Tuesday afternoon?
3 Read. Then write questions and answer them.
Roger Barnes is a traveller. On his next trip, he will be travelling
round the world by bicycle. He will be flying to Florida next Monday.
Then he will be riding across America on his bike for the next two
months. He will be arriving in California in ten weeks. From there, he
will be going up the west coast to Alaska. Then he will be crossing
to Asia by ship.
Example:
(How/he/travel/round/the world)
_____________________________________
How
will he be travelling round the
_______
world?
________
By bike.
1 (When/he/fly/Florida)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (How long/he/ride/across America)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (Where/he/arrive/in ten weeks)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (Where/he/go/from there)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 (How/he/cross/to Asia/after that)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
47
19
Future perfect
We’ll have done it by 4:00.
FORMS
I need it at 4.00 tomorrow.
Will it be ready?
Statements
I
will have
A
B
He
he
it
We
we
They
they
hen England play
in the World
Cup in Australia in
six months’ time,
Andy McNee will have
been manager of the
England team for
exactly four years.
Whatever the outcome
of the championship,
many believe it is time
for him to move on.
Intermediate
a point in the future
The new manager will have started work before/by 1st May.
The new manager won’t have met all the staff before/by 1st
May.
n The new manager won’t have met all the staff until/till 30th
May.
Do not use until/till after a positive future perfect form. Use before or by.
Compare the uses of the future continuous and future perfect.
n I’ll be doing the work at midday. (The work will not be finished.)
n I’ll have done the work by 1:00. (The work will be finished.)
Questions and short answers
We only ask questions in the future perfect to be very exact about the
time of an action. When we give short answers, we just use will/won’t.
We do not usually add have.
We need a meeting early tomorrow afternoon. Will you have had
lunch by 1:30?
Yes, I will.
Good. Let’s have the meeting then.
Review: the future ∆ 20
she
It
W
n
48
will not have
have done it?
TIME FOR A CHANGE
n
C
I
you
Use
To say that an event will be finished before a future time. We often use
before or by with the future perfect. In the negative, we often use not
… until/till.
an action/event
a point inbefore
the future
now before an action/event
a point in the future a point in the future
Will
Short forms: • I/you/he/she/it/we/they will have = I’ll have,
you’ll have, he’ll have, she’ll have, it’ll have, we’ll have, they’ll
have • will not have = won’t have
Forming the future perfect
Form the future perfect with will + have + past participle.
n We’ll have cleaned it by 4:00.
n We’ll have done it before closing time.
now
done it.
You
She
Oh, yes. We’ll have
done it by then.
Yes/No questions
Swimming Courses
Bronze challenge
By the end of the course, you will
have learned how to:
1 jump into the deep end.
2 swim 10 metres, surface dive
and swim underwater for
5 metres.
3 tread water in a vertical
position for 3 minutes.
By the time they are five years old, nearly half
the children in the UK will have had some
dental treatment.
Try to think of alternatives to
sweets as presents and treats!
Exercises
1 Read. Then write statements.
4
Will she know the results by the 15th?
Yes, she ___________________________ them before
then. (get)
5
Will Alex bring a present to the party?
No, he ______________________________ time to get
one. (not/have)
Tessa Black is 16. She wants to be a famous writer. These are her
ambitions.
By the age of:
18 – sell some short stories
20 – write a book of short stories
25 – produce a play in London
30 – publish a best-selling novel
35 – win an important international prize
3 Read. Then complete the questions and answer them.
This is a schedule for building a house.
40 – make a lot of money
Example:
Schedule
By the age of 18, she hopes she ’ll
_____________.
have sold
some short stories.
____________________
1 By the age of 20, she hopes she ______________________
_______________________________________________.
2 By the age of 25, she hopes she ______________________
_______________________________________________.
Finish putting up the walls
10/6
Finish putting on the roof
20/6
Finish putting in the windows
12/7
Finish fitting the doors
29/7
Finish doing the wiring
6/8
3 By the age of 30, she hopes she ______________________
_______________________________________________.
Finish laying the floors
18/8
4 By the age of 35, she hopes she ______________________
_______________________________________________.
Finish plastering the walls
10/9
Finish painting the house
25/9
5 By the age of 40, she hopes she ______________________
_______________________________________________.
Example:
2 Write the verbs in positive or negative forms.
Example:
Could you record the 9:00 news?
1
______________________________________ by 15/7?
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2
______________________________________ by 15/8?
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3
______________________________________ by 15/9?
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
________________
All right. I ’ll
have mended the video by then.
(mend) OR
won’t have mended the video by
I’m sorry. I ____________________
then. (not/mended)
1
Could I have the report by 5:00, please?
I’m afraid I ___________________________________ it
by then. (not/finish)
2
Let’s buy the red sofa which we saw.
It was very cheap. The shop _______________________
_______________ it by the time we get there. (sell)
3
Ask everyone to come here at 6:00.
I’m sorry, but they ___________________________ by
6:00. (go)
What
will they have finished by 15/6?
______________________________
___________________________________
They’ll have put up the walls, but
___________________________________
they won’t have put on the roof.
49
20
Review: the future
I’ll be 18 next week.
I’m going to have a party.
FORMS
I’ll be 18 next Sunday, so
I’m going to have a part y.
Please come, everyone!
All of these ways of talking about the future are correct
grammatically, and they all give the same information. But each
one shows that the speaker is thinking about the information in
a different way. Different future forms are correct in different
situations.
The party will start at 6:00.
It’s starting at 6:00.
It’ll be starting at 6:00.
It starts at 6:00.
It’s going to start at 6:00.
It’ll have started at 6:00.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
A
Uses of will and going to
will
Use will to express facts about the future that you know are true.
n Susan will be 18 next Sunday.
going to
Use going to when it is clear that something is certain to happen soon.
n That’s a big shopping list. It’s going to be an expensive party!
Use will to say what you decide to do at the time of speaking.
n I know! I’ll have a party!
Use going to when you explain future plans.
n I’m going to make a huge cake.
Use will to offer, promise or threaten. Use will to request something or
refuse to do something.
n I’ll pay you £100 to do the job.
n All right. I’ll do it tonight.
B
Uses of the present simple and continuous with future meaning
Present simple
Use the present simple for facts about future events and times.
n The party starts at 6:00.
n Susan’s school finishes next Thursday.
n When does school start next term?
Present continuous
Use the present continuous for future arrangements.
n She’s having a big cake.
n Susan is having a party next Sunday.
n All her friends are coming to the party.
C
Uses of will and the future continuous
will
Use will to express a complete action in the future.
n The party will start at 6:00.
Future continuous
Use the future continuous for something continuing in the future.
n They’ll be dancing for hours.
D
Uses of the future perfect and the future continuous
Future perfect
Use the future perfect for an action that is completed before a certain
point in the future.
n Don’t worry! The party will have finished long before midnight.
Future continuous
Use the future continuous for something continuing at a certain point in
the future.
n At lunchtime tomorrow they’ll still be cleaning up after the party!
Aaron 24 says:
Are you coming to the party?
Of course! It’s going to be the party of the
year. :-)
50
Present simple ∆ 4
/
Present continuous ∆ 6
THE EXAMS
WILL START
AT 10:15
SEND
/
Future continuous ∆ 18
/
Future perfect ∆ 19
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in future forms. Use going to or will.
Example:
’re going to run out of milk soon.
We ________________________
(run out of)
3 Write the verbs in future forms. Use will or the future
continuous.
Example:
________________
I ’m
going to get a newspaper, so I _______
’ll buy
some milk too. (get) (buy)
1
Slow down! We _________________________________.
(crash)
Don’t worry. We _________ all right. (be) I promise.
2
_______________________________________ out this
evening? (we/eat)
Yes, we ___________________________ to the Café de
Paris. (go)
3
What would you like – tea or coffee?
I ____________ some coffee, please. (have)
4
The phone is ringing. ____________________________
it, please? (you/answer)
Yes. It _____________________ Harry. (probably/be)
5
You _________ 18 soon, so ______________________
school? (be) (you/leave)
Yes, I ______________________________ engineering at
college. (study)
6
What time ___________________________________?
(the meeting/start)
At 6:00 exactly, so be there on time.
I _______________ late. (not/be) I promise.
2 Write the verbs in present tense forms for future meanings.
Examples:
n The Stone family __________
are going to Cyprus for their
holidays. (go)
n Their train _______
leaves at 18:15. (leave)
1 They __________________ a train to the airport. (take)
Will you be at home at 5:00? (you/be)
____________
_____________
No, I ______
won’t . I ’ll
be playing tennis then. (play)
1
At this time tomorrow, I _____________________ to
Australia. (fly) What ________________________
_____________? (you/do)
I ________________________ here, as usual. (work)
2
Do you think she ____________ her exams? (pass)
I don’t know. She certainly _______________ very well if
she doesn’t work harder. (not/do)
3
What time _____________________ home from college?
(Sam/be)
At lunchtime. I expect you and Sam __________________
a lot to talk about. (have)
Yes, I expect we ________________________ all
afternoon. (talk)
4
Hurry up, or we ________________________ here all day.
(wait)
Don’t worry. I ____________ everything ready in five
minutes. (have)
4 Write the verbs in future forms. Use the future perfect or
future continuous.
Examples:
By this time next week, I ’ll
_____________
have left London,
_______________
and I ’ll
be travelling to Africa. (leave) (travel)
1 By the time they finish the new offices, 200 builders
______________________ 10 million bricks. (lay)
2 In two months from now, 1,000 people
_______________________ in the new offices. (work)
3 Don’t worry. Your washing machine _____________________
again in a minute. (work)
2 It __________________ the airport at 19:45. (reach)
4 I ________________________ my exams in June. (take)
3 They __________________ with KLM. (fly)
4 The plane __________________ at 21:30. (take off)
5 By this time next year, I _____________________ school, and
I ____________________ as a pilot. (leave) (train)
5 It __________________ in Cyprus at 00:30. (arrive)
6
6 The family __________________ in a villa near the beach.
(stay)
Could you come soon after 5:00? The others
__________________________ between 5:00 and 5:30.
(arrive)
I’m sorry, but I _________________________________
work by then. (not/finish)
51
21 have and have got
He has a huge pack.
He’s got a huge pack.
He’s having a rest.
FORMS
have and have got for possession
have
have got
Present
I
have
I
have got
do not have
He
have not got
has
a huge pack.
He
has got
does not have
a huge pack.
has not got
Past
I
had
He
did not have
a huge pack.
I
had
He
did not have
a huge pack.
have for an action
He is having a rest.
He’s got a huge pack. He’s having a rest.
A
He is having a drink.
Short forms: • I/you/we/they have got = I’ve got, you’ve got, we’ve got, they’ve got
he/she/it has got = he’s got, she’s got, it’s got • have not got = haven’t got
• has not got = hasn’t got
have and have got
We use both have and have got to mean ‘own’ or ‘possess’. Both forms
are usually possible, but have got is less formal than have.
n Does he have a pack?
n Has he got a pack?
We use have (own) in simple tenses, but not in continuous tenses, e.g.,
present simple, not present continuous.
n Do you have any fruit juice?
n No, I don’t. I only have water.
When we use the past simple, we usually use the form had, not had got.
n He had a motorbike before he bought his car.
When we use the present perfect, we always use the form had.
n He’s had the car for the last three years.
B
We use this form of have in a lot of very useful expressions. These are
some of the most common:
n have a swim/wash/bath/shower n have a walk/run/ride
n have (a cup of) coffee/tea n have breakfast/lunch/dinner
n have a meal/snack/break/rest
n have a look
n have a talk/chat/discussion/fight/an argument
The verb form have got is the present perfect form of get, but the
meaning is present.
n Have you got any coins?
n No, I haven’t. I’ve only got notes.
In the present perfect, auxiliary verb have goes with main verb have just
like any other main verb. Auxiliary verb have often shortens, but main
verb have does not shorten. (∆ Unit 23 for more about have
as an auxiliary verb.)
n He’s had that car for 11 years.
n They’ve had that house since May.
Do you have an interest
in the outdoor life?
Why not try a traditional boating holiday
on Britain’s famous canals?
We have a wide choice of narrowboat holiday
s
from £75 per person per week.
Have you got what it takes?
Canal Holidays Freephone 0800 592684
We’ve got all you need to know to run
a successful business
Send for free information
01389 643218
52
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
have for an action
We use this form of have in continuous tenses as well as simple tenses.
n He’s having a rest now.
n He has a swim every day.
With the Express&Herald you’ve got it all!
NEWS • SPOR T • FEAT URES • ENTE RTAIN MENT
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
Exercises
1 Write the correct forms of have got.
Example:
1
2
_____________
Have
you got any free time later? (you)
haven’t got a minute. Sorry.
No, I ____________
________________________ any coins for the phone?
(you)
No, sorry. I _____________________ any money at all.
Ask Tom. I think he ____________ some.
No, he __________________ any. I’ve already asked him.
What does your brother look like?
He’s tall and he ____________ red hair.
_____________________ a moustache? (he)
No, he ____________. You’re thinking of someone else.
2 Write the correct forms of have.
Example:
Do you have any free time later? (you)
_____________
No, I ____________
don’t have a minute. Sorry.
1
_____________________ any stamps for this letter? (you)
No, sorry. I __________________ any stamps at all. Ask
Sue. I think she ______ some.
No, she _____________________ any. I’ve already asked
her.
2
What does your sister look like?
She’s thin and she ______ dark hair.
_____________________ glasses? (she)
No, she ____________. You’re thinking of someone else.
3
________________________ a bike when you were
young? (you)
Yes, I ______, but it was very heavy. I
_____________________ a good bike until I was 15. That
was a great bike. It ______ a special lightweight frame.
4
Alan, what kind of car ________________________?
(you)
I __________________ one. I walk everywhere. I
_____________________ one for three years.
What kind of car ________________________? (you)
It was a Toyota.
5
Nick ______ a holiday home in Spain.
Lucky man! How long __________________ it? (he)
I think he ____________ it since 1989. But it’s sad
because he ________________________ much time to
go there these days.
3 Write the correct forms of have and have got. Use have got
where possible.
Example:
Ann ________
has got a new TV. She’s__ only ____
had it for a
week.
Tom and Sue 1_______________ an old French car. It
2
_______________ a very big engine, so it doesn’t go very fast.
Tom and Sue don’t mind, though. They love it. In fact, they
3
_____ __________ a name for it – Harold. They
4
_______________ the car for eight years, and it’s the only car they
5
_______________ ever 6_______________. Before that, they
were students. They were very poor and they 7_______________ a
car. They only 8_______________ bicycles. Now they
9
_______________ enough money for a new car, but they don’t
want to change. They’re happy with the car that they
10
_______________, even though it 11_______________ some
engine problems in the last few months.
4 Write the correct forms of these expressions.
have breakfast, have a chance, have a chat, have coffee, have a
game, have a look, have lunch, have a rest, have a run, have a
swim, have time
Don and Lyn Blake work hard all week, so at the weekend they
like to relax. They _________________
have breakfast at 9:00 instead of 7:30.
1
Then Don _____________________ at the newspaper and Lyn
often 2_____________________ with her mother on the phone.
They never 3_____________________ to do much shopping in
the week, so they go to the supermarket and do the week’s food
shopping. After that they usually 4____________________ in a
café. Then they go to the sports centre together. Lyn usually
5
_____________________ of tennis with a friend, while Don
6
_____________________ in the indoor pool. When they go
home, they are hungry, so they 7_____________________ and
then they 8_____________________ because they are tired.
Later Don often 9_____________________ round the park and
Lyn 10_____________________ to check her e-mails.
53
22
Review: main verb forms
talk, talked, talked, talking, talks
FORMS
A
Main verb forms
Only use the ~s form with the 3rd person singular of the present
simple. (∆ Unit 4 for the ~s/~es difference.)
n He talks. n She crashes. n It falls.
The past and past participle forms of regular verbs are the same.
talked ➞ talked crashed ➞ crashed
1 Infinitive form:
look
fall
2 The ~s form:
looks
falls
3 Past form:
looked
fell
4 Past participle:
looked
fallen
5 Present participle (the ~ing form):
looking
falling
With irregular verbs, they are often different. (∆ Appendix 1 for a list
of common irregular verbs.)
fell ➞ fallen took ➞ taken
Look at me! I’m riding on one wheel.
Use the verb forms as follows:
Forms
Uses
Examples
1 Infinitive
form
Infinitive
Imperative
Future with will
Present simple
He tried to stop.
Look at me!
He’ll hurt himself.
Children make mistakes.
2 The ~s
form
Present simple That boy often makes mistakes.
(3rd person)
3 Past form
Past simple
He crashed. He fell off.
4 Past
participle
Perfect tenses
(present, past,
future)
He’s damaged his bike.
He crashed just after the boy had
warned him.
We’ll have finished by 3:00.
5 Present
participle
(the ~ing
form)
Continuous
tenses (present,
past, present
perfect, present
perfect, future)
The boy is talking to an adult.
He was going too fast when he
crashed.
He’s been crying ever since he
crashed.
His arm is broken. He won’t be
riding a bike again for a long time!
Look out!
You’re going
to crash!
He’s hurt himself. He
always rides too fast.
He tried to stop,
but he crashed.
human population growth
10
9
Auxiliary verb forms and uses with main verbs
We use different forms of the auxiliary verbs be, do and have with main
verbs.
be ➞ am, is, are, was, were, been, being
do ➞ do, does, did
have ➞ have, has, had, having
Together, auxiliary verbs and main verbs form the verb structure of a
sentence. Verb structures add extra information to the meaning of the
main verbs, including information about the time of the action –
present, past or future. (∆ Unit 23 for more about auxiliary verbs.)
n I’m riding a bike. n Did you know that boy?
n Have you hurt yourself?
54
Present simple ∆ 4
/
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Population (billions)
8
B
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1750
1835
1850
1900
1927
1950
1967
1974
1987
1999
2011
2050
Year
Until modern times, the number of people rose very slowly and only
reached 1 billion in about 1835. Since then, however, the human
population has been rising very fast. And since the Second World
War, it has risen by over 300%, from 2.3 billion in 1945 to over
7 billion today. Today, human numbers are still rising by over
80 million per year and they will continue to rise to a peak of
about 9 billion by around 2050.
Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the present simple.
Infinitive
Where does Ann ____
live ? (live)
Example:
1
Do you _________ Joe Lee? (know)
Yes, he ____________ a BMW, doesn’t he? (drive)
2
When does the film _________?(start)
It ____________ at 7:45. (begin)
Lisa doesn’t _________ watching TV in the morning. (like)
No, but she ____________ it a lot in the evening. (watch)
4
What does Peter _________ for lunch? (have)
He usually ______ a sandwich. (have)
5
Liam always _________ for a run before work. (go)
Wow! How long does he ______ for? (go)
He usually _________ 5 km, and that _________ him
about 30 minutes. (do) (take)
2 Write the verbs in the present simple or present continuous.
Examples:
Past participle
Verbs with one change
_____ in New York. (live)
She lives
3
Past form
____________
feel
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
Infinitive
Past form
Past participle
Verbs with two changes
____________
give
____________
____________
____________
Example:
1
Did Mary ______ herself? (cut)
Yes, she ______ her hand with a knife. (cut)
2
Did you _________ any cakes? (make)
Yes, I _________ two. (make)
3
Did Tom _________ my bike? (ride)
No, he didn’t _________ yours. (ride) He _________
his own. (ride)
4
Why did you ______ him go? (let)
I didn’t ______ him go. (let) He ______ me and ______
away. (hit) (get)
3 I _________ I’m not late. (hope)
4 What _____________________ with those bits of wood?
(he/make)
Who did you ____
see at the party? (see)
I ____
saw Ann and Steve. (see)
1 Helen ____________ work at 5:00 most days. (finish)
2 Quiet! I _____________________ to the news. (listen)
____________
____________
____________
____________
4 Write the verbs in the past simple.
n Steve always _______
comes at 8:00. (come)
n Look! He’s
__________
coming now. (come)
____________
____________
____________
____________
5 How _____________________ to school every morning?
(she/go)
5 Write the verbs in the present perfect.
6
______________________________ the film? (you/enjoy)
No, not really. Let’s go home.
3 Write the infinitive, past form and past participle of these
irregular verbs.
Example:
What have they _____
done? (do)
They’ve ______
taken the old car. (take)
1
What have the children _________? (do)
They’ve _________ these models. (make)
2
Has Bob _________ the report yet? (see)
No, I haven’t ____________ it to him yet. (give)
3
Have you _________ Fred yet? (see)
No, but I ____________ here early. (get)
4
Ow! I’ve ______ myself! (hit)
Yes, and you’ve ______ yourself too. (cut)
cost, cut, feel, get, give, keep, hit, let, make, ride, see, take
Infinitive
Past form
Past participle
Verbs with no change
cost
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
____________
55
23
Review: auxiliary verb forms
be, do, have
Are you looking
for your bag?
Do you know where it is?
Have you found it?
No, I don’t.
Yes, I have.
Yes, I am.
A
Use of auxiliary verbs with main verbs
The forms of main verbs help to form verb structures. (∆ Unit 22.)
1
2
3
4
5
look
looks
looked
looked
looking
know
knows
knew
known
knowing
The auxiliary verbs be, do and have also help to form verb structures.
be ➞ am, is, are, was, were, been, being
do ➞ do, does, did
have ➞ have, has, had, having
Together, auxiliary verbs and main verbs form verb structures. Verb
structures add extra information to the meaning of the main verb,
including information about the time of the action – present, past or
future.
John
Peter
Lyn
B
Auxiliary
is
has
didn’t
Main
talking,
found
answer
so please listen.
his bag.
the question.
Special uses of auxiliary verbs
Use auxiliaries with not (n’t) in negative questions to show surprise.
n Isn’t he winning the match? (He was champion last year!)
n Don’t you like the food? (Most people love it!)
n Haven’t you heard of her before? (She’s famous!)
CROSSCHECK
Tag questions can check information. They expect the listener to agree.
Use a falling tone (
).
n
You’re coming later, aren’t you?
n
You haven’t read the book, have you?
Tag questions can also be real questions. The speaker does not know
for sure. Use a rising tone (
).
n
You’re coming later, aren’t you?
n
You live in Liverpool, don’t you?
n
You haven’t read the book, have you?
LOCAL MAN DENIES
ARMED ROBBERY
Responding to the charge, the defendant Laurence
Barnes replied
emphatically, ‘I did not take part in the bank robbe
ry and I have
never taken part in any robbery of any kind in my
life.’
These Wh~ questions ask about a non-action. Why questions are the
most common type of negative Wh~ questions.
n Why aren’t you going? (You aren’t going. Why not?)
n What didn’t we do? (We didn’t do something. What?)
n Who haven’t we called? (We haven’t called somebody. Who?)
Use auxiliaries in tag questions. (∆ Unit 27.)
56
have and have got ∆ 21
Do you swear to tell the truth, the whole
truth and nothing but the truth?
/ Review: main verb forms ∆ 22 / Tag questions ∆ 27 / Short answers ∆ 28 / So and Neither/Nor; so and not ∆ 30
Use auxiliary forms for special emphasis in reply to another
speaker’s words.
Please read it.
I am reading it.
You didn’t finish.
Actually, I did finish.
We haven’t studied Unit 3.
We have studied it.
Use auxiliaries in short answers, and do not repeat the main verb. Use
them to answer Yes/No questions and tag questions. (∆ Units 25, 27.)
Do you know where it is?
No, I don’t.
You’re worried, aren’t you?
Yes, I am.
We sometimes leave out the yes or no.
You’re worried, aren’t you?
I am.
C
We sometimes also use auxiliaries in short answers without yes to state
our formal confirmation, acceptance or agreement to something.
Are you Lawrence Sidney Barnes
I am.
of 38 New Road, Swindon?
Use auxiliary forms with so, nor and neither. Be very careful – the word
order looks like a question. (∆ also Unit 30.)
I’m tired.
So am I.
He doesn’t work hard.
Nor does she.
We haven’t finished.
Neither have they.
be, do and have as main verbs
Be, do and have are not only auxiliary verbs. They can also be main
verbs. We can use be, do and have (auxiliary) with be, do and have
(main) in the same sentence.
n The children are being very good today.
n How many hours a week do you do in your job?
n I haven’t had such a good time for ages!
CROSSCHECK
Be as an auxiliary + main verb:
n We were writing letters.
n Is he eating lunch?
Do as an auxiliary + main verb:
n Do you like football?
n She doesn’t want to leave.
Have as an auxiliary + main verb:
n Have you finished yet?
n When I arrived it had started.
Be as a linking verb + noun or adjective:
n She is a doctor.
n They were clever.
Do as a main verb:
n Is he doing his homework?
n I did my exercises.
Have as a main verb:
n When are you having lunch?
n I had a rest.
Be as an auxiliary + be as a main verb:
n Why are you being so stupid?
(behaving stupidly)
n I’m being careful not to drop these
precious vases.
Do as an auxiliary + do as a main verb:
n Does he do his homework every day?
n I didn’t do my exercises.
Have as an auxiliary + have as a main verb:
n Have you had this car for long?
n Ann has had her lunch.
BE QUICK!
An exclusive chance to create
your very own clothing line.
Do you have what it takes? Get in contact NOW!
[email protected]
57
Exercises
1 Write the correct forms of be.
Example:
3
_________ you found your shoes yet?
I ______ found one, but I ____________ found the other
one. I don’t know where it is.
4
Why did he come late?
Because he ____________ noticed the time.
5
Will their car be ready by 5:00?
Oh, yes. We ____________ finished before then.
6
How long ______ Fred lived here now?
He ______ been here for five years.
7
I need your report by Friday.
I’m sorry. I __________________ finished it by then.
8
Why didn’t the boys have any money?
Because they ______ spent it all on sweets.
Lyn ____
was working all day yesterday.
1 I ______ taking Ann home next week.
2 Look! Where ______ Ed going with my bike?
3 We ____________ flying to Japan at this time tomorrow.
4 Alan _______________ staying in London since last month.
5 What _________ you doing at 9:00 last night?
6 At last, you’re here! I _______________ waiting for hours.
7 ______ you doing anything at the moment?
8 I ______ phoning Pam when Tom arrived.
2 Write the correct forms of do.
Example:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Does
_____ Peter speak German?
He ________
doesn’t speak much, but he can read a little.
How ______ you play this game?
I’m not sure. We _________ have any instructions.
______ you want to go home, Sue?
No, I _________ want to go home just yet.
When ______ you get home last night?
I ____________ go home. I stayed at a hotel.
Why _________ he keep looking at us?
I _________ know. I’ll tell him to stop.
______ you say much at the meeting?
No, I ____________ say anything. I kept quiet.
_________ Fred play tennis?
No, he ____________, but he plays football.
4 Reorder the words to make negative questions.
Examples:
(job/didn’t/the/finish/you)
____________________________
Didn’t you finish the job?
(job/didn’t/the/finish/you/why)
_________________________________
Why didn’t you finish the job?
1 (Paul/home/hasn’t/come/yet)
_________________________________________________
2 (they/the/call/didn’t/police/why)
_________________________________________________
3 (enjoying/film/aren’t/you/the)
_________________________________________________
4 (you/agree/don’t/why/me/with)
_________________________________________________
5 (Rosie/the/isn’t/wedding/going/to)
_________________________________________________
3 Write the correct forms of have.
Example:
How much ____
has Andy written?
He _______
hasn’t written much. Just a page.
1
2
58
_________ the trucks crossed the river yet?
No, they ____________ because we ____________
repaired the bridge yet.
Why are you so angry with Bob?
Because he _________ done the work.
6 (you/go/have to/home/now/don’t)
_________________________________________________
7 (parts/don’t/have to/we/which/learn)
_________________________________________________
8 (questions/they/yet/answered/which/haven’t)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Write tag questions.
Examples:
n They’re going to crash, ____________
aren’t they ?
did you ?
n You didn’t finish, _________
7 Write questions and answers with be, do and have as main
verbs. Use a) the present continuous, b) the past simple and
c) the present perfect.
Examples:
(Which question/you/do)
1 You haven’t understood, _____________________?
(we/do/number 2)
2 He likes her, _____________________?
a
3 They were angry with you, _____________________?
b
4 You don’t know Tony, _____________________?
c
5 He arrived late, _____________________?
6 They’ve done the shopping, _____________________?
1
(What/you/have/for lunch)
(we/have/chicken)
7 Alan doesn’t like travelling, _____________________?
8 Ann was studying last night, _____________________?
Which
question are you doing?
_________________________________
We’re
doing
number 2.
_________________________________
Which
question did you do?
_________________________________
We
did number 2.
_________________________________
Which
question have you done?
_________________________________
We’ve
done
number 2.
_________________________________
a
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
b
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
c
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
9 You aren’t enjoying this, _____________________?
10 Nick didn’t get home until midnight, ________________?
6 Agree with the first speaker.
Examples:
I’m hungry. (I)
So am I.
_________
She didn’t like the film. (he)
2
(How much work/he/do)
(he/do/ten hours)
Neither/Nor did he.
_____________________
1
They don’t understand the question. (we)
______________________________________________
2
Peter likes the new teacher. (Alan)
______________________________________________
3
I’ve never been to India before. (I)
______________________________________________
4
Sam didn’t do his homework. (Lisa)
______________________________________________
5
Sue has called her parents. (her brothers)
______________________________________________
6
We aren’t going to buy the book. (she)
______________________________________________
7
I’d never seen such a lovely place. (we)
______________________________________________
8
The car broke down again yesterday. (the van)
______________________________________________
a
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
b
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
c
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
3
(Why/they/be/so slow with their work)
(because they/be/careful)
a
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
b
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
c
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
59
24
Short form or full form?
I’m angry!
I am angry!
FORMS
I’m angry!
Short (‘contracted’) forms
Full forms
be
be
I’m
you’re
he’s
I am
you are
he is
I’m not
you aren’t
he isn’t
I am not
you are not
he is not
you’re not
he’s not
I was not
you were not
I wasn’t
you weren’t
do
I don’t
do
he doesn’t
they didn’t
I’ve
he’s
I’d
I haven’t
he hasn’t
I hadn’t
have
A
we won’t
I have
he has
I had
I have not
he has not
I had not
I will
you wouldn’t
Understanding contracted forms
~’s can mean is or has, so check the main part of the verb.
n She’s coming home. (~’s = is)
n She’s come home. (~’s = has)
Also, do not confuse the possessive ~’s and ~’s meaning is.
n This is Alan’s hat. (~’s = possessive)
n Alan’s at home. (~’s = is)
~’d can mean had or would, so check the main part of the verb.
n They’d finished by 12.00. (~’d = had)
n They’d like to finish by 12.00. (~’d = would)
he would
It’s child’s play!
… It’s never been
easier to connect
to the INTERNET …
Just call the number below for
your FREE connection pack.
Hi Alan,
e happened
It’s been a long time since I last saw you. So many things’v
after my
looking
I’m
t
momen
the
At
begin.
to
that I don’t know where
Lily crying now.
baby niece while her mum’s in hospital. Oh no! That’s
I’d better call you later.
Love Tina.
24 The Grange,
Crawley,
Sussex
CROSSCHECK
Contracted forms
For normal speaking.
n He isn’t working.
n Aren’t you sad you have to
go away?
Full forms
With stress, to correct statements and to
show strong feeling.
n Oh, yes, he is working!
n Yes, I am sad I have to go!
For informal writing, e.g., an e-mail
to a friend.
Hi Sally,
We’re having a great holiday.
At the end of positive short answers.
Are they busy?
Yes, they are.
Short answers ∆ 28
you would not
INTERNET ACCESS:
For formal writing, e.g., a business letter.
Dear Sir,
We are pleased to inform you …
27 March 2012
Sportsco
Unit 68
Telford Industrial Estate
Re: Order No. 9980
Dear Sir/Madam,
Several weeks ago I ordered an exerc
ise bike but I have not yet received
it.
However, a number of things have
since happened which mean that I
will no
longer be able to make use of it. I would
therefore be grateful if you would
cancel the order and refund my paym
ent of £189.99.
Yours faithfully,
S. Malley (Ms)
WHAT’S ON
ON
WHERE IT’S
WHEN IT’S ON
60
We will not
would
Do not confuse it’s and its.
n It’s going to sleep. (It’s = It is)
n The cat is closing its eyes. (its = determiner)
B
they did not
will
would
he’d
he does not
have
will
I’ll
I do not
ation, get
For all your film, concert and show inform
City Lights
ents
at all good newsag
Exercises
1 Write the short forms.
Example:
(I have) I’ve
____ been here all day.
3 Write the positive or negative short forms.
Tom is worried about his friend, Ben.
Tom:
What’s wrong, Ben? You don’t
______ look well.
Ben:
I 1_________ feel very well either. I 2______ ill.
Tom:
What 3______ the matter exactly?
Ben:
Oh, I 4______ got a headache and I feel bad.
4 (What is) ____________ her name?
Tom:
You 5______ better see the doctor.
5 (We will) ____________ be late.
Ben:
I 6______ like to do that, but I 7____________ got any
time. I 8______ going to an important meeting this morning.
6 If (he is) ____________ wrong, (he will) ____________ lose all
his money.
Tom:
9
7 If you were on that plane, (you would) ____________ be
halfway to India now.
_________ be stupid. You 10______ ill, so if you go to the
meeting, you 11_________ be able to work properly. Can
Roger go instead of you?
Ben:
8 If (she had) ____________ gone to the interview, (she would)
____________ have got the job.
He 12____________ really know enough about the project,
but perhaps he can. I 13______ call him and ask him.
Tom:
Good. I know he 14______ say yes. And then we 15______
go to the doctor together.
Ben:
Thanks. That 16______ really kind of you.
1 (You are) ____________ right.
2 (He has) ____________ hurt his leg.
3 (I am) ____________ 18 next month.
9 (They have) ____________ finished their lunch.
10 (I would) ____________ like a cup of tea, please.
4 Write the full forms.
2 Write the negative short forms.
Example:
Mary ______
hasn’t eaten since yesterday.
1 I _________ like coffee. I never drink it.
2 She _________ singing at the moment.
3 Peter _________ seen Tom for ages.
4 We _________ be late again tomorrow.
5 _________ watch the film, Sam. I saw it at the cinema and I
_________ enjoy it.
6 I _________ going to eat at that restaurant again.
7 This engine _________ much use. It _________ work properly.
8 If you _________ called me yesterday morning, I _________
have woken up in time.
9 Mike and Sue _________ been to Malta before. This is their
first time.
10 Joe _________ at school yesterday because he was ill.
The bank manager has written an unpleasant letter to a customer.
Dear Mr Morton,
(I’m) I_____
am writing to you about your company’s latest sales
figures, which (we’ve) 1____________ recently received.
As you say in your letter, the figures (aren’t) 2____________ good
and they (don’t) 3____________ seem to be improving. Your
figures have been showing losses for three years, and (I’m)
4
____________ very sorry to say that (they’re) 5____________ still
showing large losses. As a result, you (won’t) 6____________ be
surprised to know that (we’re) 7____________ getting very worried
about the business loan which you (haven’t) 8____________ yet
been able to start repaying.
5 Write the full forms.
The letter from the bank continues.
Until your latest sales report, (we’d) 1____________ hoped (you’d)
2
_____________________ succeed, but (it’s) 3_________ clear
now that the company will soon have to close. Our accountant is
still studying your sales figures, but (he’s) 4____________ decided
that we must now close your loan account with this bank. (He’s)
5
_________ sending you a copy of his report in tomorrow’s post.
(I’d) 6____________ like to suggest that we meet early this week.
61
25
Yes/No questions
Are you from Japan?
FORMS
Yes/No questions
Is he from Japan?
Yes, he is./No, he isn’t.
Are you from Japan?
No, I’m from Korea.
Was she a doctor?
Yes, she was./No, she wasn’t.
Have we finished?
Yes, we have./No, we haven’t.
Can they understand?
Yes, they can./No, they can’t.
A
B
Use of Yes/No questions
To check specific information.
Is he from America?
Yes, he is./No, he isn’t.
Does the film start at 7:30?
Yes, it does./No, it doesn’t.
Are you the type?
adventurous
Do you have
something
to celebrate?
Have you
thought of this?
Forming open Yes/No questions
Form questions from statements in the following ways.
With one auxiliary or modal auxiliary verb, do this:
n He is working. ➞ Is he working?
n They were reading. ➞ Were they reading?
n They can understand. ➞ Can they understand?
Champagne
Balloon Flights
With two auxiliary verbs (e.g., has been, is going to), do this.
n He has been working hard. ➞ Has he been working hard?
n He is going to work hard. ➞ Is he going to work hard?
d the South East
an
s around London
ailable
av
rs
he
uc
vo
t
s gif
pagne celebration
am
s post-flight ch
With no auxiliary verbs, add do or does in the present simple and add
did in the past simple. Use only the infinitive form of the verb.
n I know her. ➞ Do I know her?
n He knows her. ➞ Does he know her?
n He knew her. ➞ Did he know her?
Yes/No questions with modal verbs also take an infinitive.
n Will he win?
n Can she speak French?
n Must you go?
C
Forming negative Yes/No questions
Use auxiliaries and modal verbs with not (n’t) to form negative
questions. Negative questions often show surprise.
n Isn’t he winning the match? (He was champion last year!)
n Didn’t you like the food? (Most people love it!)
n Haven’t you heard of her before? (She’s famous!)
n Couldn’t she understand? (Everyone else could!)
HAS HE DONE
IT THIS TIME?
R
We also sometimes use negative questions when we think something
should happen.
n Aren’t you going to finish the report before you go?
n Shouldn’t the children go to bed? It’s very late.
62
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Wh~ questions ∆ 26
/
Tag questions ∆ 27
res
Balloon Adventu
with
oger Branwell is waiting for
official confirmation that he has
succeeded in his round-the-wor
ld
sailing attempt.
This is Roger’s fourth go at mak
ing
the record books and it certainly
looks
like fourth time lucky.
Isn’t it time to
trade in that
old car for
something
better?
Ring Dave’s Autos
01430 86349
Exercises
1 Write questions from the statements.
Examples:
n Ed speaks French. (German)
3 Reorder the words to make questions.
Examples:
_________________________
Are Liz and Bill married?
_____________________________
Does
Ed speak German, too?
n She’s having a piano lesson. (he)
Yes, they are.
__________________________________
Is
he having a piano lesson, too?
(in London/live/they)
Do they live in London?
________________________
1 Bob likes basketball. (football)
________________________________________________
2 Sally is good at cooking. (Lucy)
________________________________________________
(be/married/Liz and Bill)
No, they don’t. They live in Manchester.
1 (for long/be/married/they)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
Yes, they’ve been married for eight years.
3 The boys have had dinner. (Dad)
________________________________________________
4 Jim cooked some vegetables. (meat)
2 (move/at that time/to Manchester/they)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
No, they moved there a year later.
________________________________________________
5 We’re going out tonight. (you)
________________________________________________
2 Write questions from the statements.
Example:
Rob can speak Japanese. (you)
Can
you speak Japanese, too?
______________________________
1 I have to go now. (he)
________________________________________________
2 She must finish the report. (letters)
________________________________________________
3 (they/any children/have/got)
______________________________________________
Yes, they have got one son and one daughter.
4 (go/the children/to school)
______________________________________________
The boy does, but the girl is still too young.
5 (soon/she/school/start)
______________________________________________
Yes, she’s starting school in September.
4 Write negative questions.
Example:
I’m tired. I want to stay at home.
Really? (you/not/want to meet Sue)
3 He can run fast. (swim fast)
________________________________________________
______________________________________
Really?
Don’t you want to meet Sue?
1
Don’t buy that car.
Why? (it/not/be/a good one)
______________________________________________
2
Let’s take the train, not the plane.
Really? (you/not/like/flying)
______________________________________________
3
Rod is working at the bank.
Why? (he/not/go/to college yet)
______________________________________________
4 We should train every morning. (evening)
________________________________________________
5 We’ll have to write to all our relatives. (friends)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
63
26
Wh~ questions
Where are you going?
FORMS
Wh~ questions
What are they doing?
They are talking.
Where are you going?
I’m going to London.
How are they travelling?
They are travelling by plane.
Where are they going?
They are going to London.
Why do they have to go there?
Because they have to go to meetings.
A
B
C
64
A
Subject and object questions
Who and What can refer to the object of an action – and also to the subject.
(object)
(subject)
n Lisa called somebody.
n Somebody called Lisa.
Who did Lisa call? (object)
with auxiliary do. Compare:
n Who is Lisa calling?
n Who has Lisa called?
E
Q
Forming open Wh~ questions from statements
First, use a question word.
Where, When, Why, What, Who, Whose, Which, How, How much, How
many, How often, etc.
Then we put the auxiliary verb before the subject.
n Where are we going?
n Why did they leave?
n What has she been doing?
n
D
What comes at the end of every year?
The letter R.
Use of Wh~ questions
To get different kinds of information.
Where is he going?
To London.
What (job) does he do?
He’s a software designer at Apple.
n
Who called Lisa? (subject)
without auxiliary do. Compare:
n Who is calling Lisa?
n Who has called Lisa?
Wh~ questions with modal verbs
We can form Wh~ questions with modal verbs + infinitive.
n Where can we go?
n Why did they have to leave?
Forming negative Wh~ questions
Use auxiliaries and modal verbs with not (n’t) to form negative
questions. Why … not questions are the most common.
n Why aren’t you going? (You aren’t going. Why?)
n Why can’t she understand? (She can’t understand. Why?)
n What didn’t we do? (We didn’t do something. What?)
n Who haven’t we called? (We haven’t called somebody. Who?)
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Yes/No questions ∆ 25
/
How much sunscreen
should I take for a
two-week holiday?
On average,
you should allow
about 200–250ml
per person per week.
pop quest
1
What nationality
are U2?
2
Which band had a
2009 hit with I
Gotta Feeling?
3
Who sings the
theme song from
the James Bond
film, Skyfall?
4
Who did Jay-Z marry
in 2008?
5
Which Underworld
track featured in
Trainspotting?
Tag questions ∆ 27
Still looking
for
Cinderella
We met at Tony’s
party. Why haven’t I
seen you again? Why
did you leave early
without telling me
your name? I can’t
forget you. Can we
meet again? I was the
one in the yellow suit
you said you liked, or
were you joking?
E-mail:
[email protected]
Exercises
1 Write the question words.
Example:
When did Liz and Bill get married?
______
3 Write negative questions.
Example:
__________________________
What didn’t we finish?
Eight years ago.
1
____________ do they live?
In Manchester.
2
____________ parents live with them?
Bill’s.
3
__________________ have they lived in Manchester?
For seven years.
4
__________________ children have they got?
Two. A son and a daughter.
5
____________ one is older?
Their son. He’s seven.
6
____________ is their daughter going to start school?
This year.
7
____________ do they live in Manchester?
Because Bill has got a good job there.
8
____________ does he do?
He’s an engineer.
2 Reorder the words to make questions. Then write true
answers about yourself.
Example:
(your/what’s/name)
____________________
What’s
your name?
____________
My
name’s …
1 (you/are/how/old)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (your/address/what’s)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (father/do/does/your/what)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (you/learning/why/are/English)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
We didn’t finish something. (What)
1 He hasn’t answered the e-mail. (Why)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 We haven’t done something. (What)
________________________________________________
3 They won’t be able to go on holiday. (Why)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 We didn’t go somewhere. (Where)
________________________________________________
5 She isn’t going to go out tonight. (Why)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 He doesn’t like this television programme. (Why)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write questions with Who or What.
Examples:
Somebody called the manager.
__________________________
Who
called the manager?
The customer called somebody.
_____________________________
Who
did the customer call?
1 Somebody called the police.
________________________________________________
2 Something went wrong.
________________________________________________
3 Bob found something by the door.
________________________________________________
4 Tom phoned somebody.
________________________________________________
5 The car ran over something.
________________________________________________
6 Somebody saw Peter.
________________________________________________
7 Julie ate something.
________________________________________________
65
27
Tag questions
Alan is finishing college soon, isn’t he?
FORMS
Alan is finishing college
soon, isn’t he?
A
Yes, he is.
Positive statements
Negative statements
Present
Present
These shoes are nice, aren’t they?
That jacket isn’t very nice, is it?
He’s laughing, isn’t he?
You aren’t laughing, are you?
You love music, don’t you?
He doesn’t like music very much, does he?
Perfect
Perfect
You’ve finished work, haven’t you?
Mrs West hasn’t gone home yet, has she?
He’d found it by 8:00, hadn’t he?
He hadn’t expected to find it, had he?
We’ll have gone before 1:00, won’t we?
They won’t have come by 1:00, will they?
Past
Past
Rob was on holiday in May, wasn’t he?
You weren’t at work either, were you?
I was making a mistake, wasn’t I?
You weren’t making a mistake, were you?
The plane went on time, didn’t it?
They didn’t arrive late, did they?
Future
Future
She’s going to be pleased, isn’t she?
They aren’t going to complain, are they?
You’ll be at home tomorrow, won’t you?
We won’t be out tonight, will we?
They’ll be going on Sunday, won’t they?
You won’t be working on Sunday, will you?
Modal forms
Modal forms
You can speak German, can’t you?
We mustn’t be late, must we?
We have to go now, don’t we?
I don’t need to buy it, do I?
Forming tag questions
The general rule is this. When the main verb is positive, the tag is
negative. When the main verb is negative, the tag is positive.
Positive
You’ve met
Harry,
Negative
haven’t you?
Negative
She hasn’t done
the job,
Positive
has she?
With one auxiliary verb, use the opposite auxiliary form, e.g., is ➞ isn’t.
Note the negative tag after am. I’m late, ➞ aren’t I?
With two auxiliary verbs, use the opposite of the first auxiliary, e.g.,
You will have finished by 5:00, won’t you?
With no auxiliary verbs, in the present and past simple, use a form of
do, e.g., You went out last night, didn’t you?
Have to and need to also take do tags.
B
Uses of tag questions
Tag questions are not ordinary questions. We can use them to check
information. We expect the listener to agree, and we use a falling tone
(
).
n You’re 18, aren’t you?
n You live in Liverpool, don’t you?
We can also use this type of tag question to help a conversation.
It’s a good film, isn’t it?
Yes, it’s great. The acting is wonderful.
We can use tag questions more like ordinary questions – when we do
not know something for sure. Here we use a rising tone (
).
n You’re 18, aren’t you?
n You live in Liverpool, don’t you?
GOLFERS’ ULTIMATE AIR SHOT
T
wo golf balls collided in
mid–air when players in
separate games teed off at exactly
the same moment for the 10th
and 11th holes at Sturminster,
Dorset. The club secretary said,
‘It’s amazing, isn’t it? When you
You were listening to that,
weren’t you? Because those
were our summer competition
prize questions and you’ve got
just one more chance to phone
in with your answers.
66
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Yes/No questions ∆ 25
/
think how small the balls are and
the tees are 150 metres apart. I
think it must be a record, mustn’t
it?’ A local school teacher, also a
member of the club, calculated
the odds of such a collision at
over a million to one.
Wh~ questions ∆ 26
Bad Hair Day?
You haven’t
tried new X-2
shampoo and
conditioner,
have you?
elf a treat!
Go on! Give yours
Exercises
1 Write tag questions.
Examples:
n It’s hot today, ________
isn’t it ?
n He won’t be working late, ________
will he ?
With one auxiliary and most modal verbs.
1 You’ll be at home tonight, _____________________?
2 The letter hasn’t arrived yet, _____________________?
3 They’re doing the shopping, _____________________?
3 You’re going to make your next film in Mexico,
_____________________?
4 Your wife isn’t interested in films, ___________________?
5 You’ve got four children, _____________________?
6 They won’t be going into the film industry,
_____________________?
3 Write tag questions.
4 It rained last night, _____________________?
You’re at a party.
5 She isn’t at home now, _____________________?
Example:
6 Peter wasn’t working yesterday, _____________________?
1 The food is wonderful, _____________________?
7 Barry can’t come to the party, _____________________?
2 There aren’t many people here yet, ___________________?
8 He should finish by 5:00, _____________________?
3 Bob and Celia aren’t coming, ____________________?
9 We needn’t pay now, _____________________?
4 I haven’t seen you since last year, ____________________?
It’s a lovely house, ________
isn’t it ?
10 She might arrive tomorrow, _____________________?
5 You met my wife at the last party, ___________________?
With two auxiliaries.
6 We’ll be seeing you next week, ____________________?
11 He’ll be working all day, _____________________?
12 You haven’t been listening to me, ____________________?
13 The boys will have gone by 4:00, _____________________?
4 Write tag questions.
Lucy and her daughter, Emma, are going to the airport. Emma is
very worried, but Lucy is calm.
Emma: Mum, you didn’t forget to bring the
did you
passports, ________?
Example:
14 The window hasn’t been mended, ____________________?
15 Your book isn’t being printed yet, ____________________?
Lucy:
16 Tony’s car was being serviced yesterday, _______________?
Emma:
Yes, that’s right. I forgot. And you’ve got the tickets,
2
_____________________?
Lucy:
Yes, don’t you remember? They were on the table with
the passports, 3_____________________?
Emma:
Yes, I suppose so. But Mum, what’s the time? We’re
going to be late, 4_____________________?
Lucy:
Calm down, Emma. It’s 9:00 now and the flight doesn’t
leave until 12:30, 5____________________? And we
only have to go another 30 kilometres,
6
_____________________?
Emma:
I guess you’re right.
Lucy:
Well, then, there’s nothing to worry about,
7
_____________________?
With no auxiliaries and with modal auxiliaries have to and need to.
17 Bob owns all this land, _____________________?
18 You forgot to post the letters, _____________________?
19 You need to ask the boss, _____________________?
20 Mary had to sell the house, _____________________?
2 Write tag questions.
You’re interviewing the famous film star, Rocky Reed.
Example:
haven’t you?
Mr Reed, you’ve made nearly 40 films, ___________
1 Your last film earned $130 million, ___________________?
2 Your early films weren’t so successful, _________________?
Don’t worry. I told you I’d brought them,
_____________________?
1
Emma is unsure. Mark her tags with a rising tone ().
Lucy is sure. Mark her tags with a falling tone ().
67
28
Short answers
Yes, I am.
No, I can’t.
I will.
FORMS
Can we build a better future
together? YES, WE CAN!
Are you upstairs now?
Yes, I am. I’m going into the bedroom.
Is the room on fire?
No, it isn’t, but there’s a lot of smoke.
Can you see the boy now?
No, I can’t. … Ah, wait. Yes, I can.
Is he all right?
I don’t know yet.
A
Use of short answers
These allow a brief answer to a question. The verb in the answer
matches the verb in the question.
Is the room on fire?
Yes, it is.
Can you see the boy now?
No, I can’t.
B
Forming short answers
We always use full forms in Yes answers, when the verb is the last word.
n Yes, I am.
n Yes, it is.
n Yes, I can.
I will.
We usually use short forms in No answers.
n No, it isn’t.
n No, I can’t.
n No, they didn’t.
n (But No, I’m not.)
Here are some more examples:
Do you like Italian food?
Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
Has Peter posted the letter?
Yes, he has./No, he hasn’t.
Was the cat eating?
Yes, it was./No, it wasn’t.
Will Joe be at home tonight?
Yes, he will./No, he won’t.
Note: In conversation, we often give extra information after a short
answer. This helps the conversation to continue.
Do you know Helen?
Yes, I do. I’ve known her for years.
Have you finished work yet?
No, I haven’t. I still have to write a report.
C
Forming short answers without Yes or No
We sometimes leave out the Yes or No.
Do you like Italian food?
I do. (Very much.)
We can also reply to some Wh~ questions using short answers. These
are normally Who questions where Who is the subject.
Who will help me move this desk?
I will.
Who would like a cup of tea?
I would.
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Short form or full form? ∆ 24
Who has the best music
coverage on the Net?
We do
We sometimes also use short answers without Yes to state our formal
confirmation, acceptance or agreement.
Do you take this woman to be your lawful wedded wife?
I do.
68
Will you love
and honour her,
in sickness and
in health?
/
For news,
reviews,
profiles,
concerts,
venues …
www.MusicCentral.net
So and Neither/Nor; so and not ∆ 30
Exercises
1 Complete the answers.
5
Were you European?
Yes, _______________.
6
Were you a soldier?
Yes, _______________.
Some people are talking at a wedding party.
Example:
Are you a member of the family?
No, ________
I’m not , I’m a friend.
1
Have you met Tony?
No, _______________. Hello.
7
Did you lead your country?
Yes, _______________.
2
Do you know Mary?
Yes, _________. We’re old friends.
8
Were you like a king?
Yes, _______________.
3
Are you from London?
No, ____________. I’m from Liverpool.
9
Did you live about 200 years ago?
Yes, _______________.
4
Should we go and get some food now?
Yes, _____________________. It’s in the next room.
5
Would you like some more wedding cake?
Yes, _______________. It’s delicious.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Are there any more sandwiches?
No, _____________________. They’re all gone.
10
3 Write true short answers about yourself.
Example:
1
Are you a full-time student?
________________________
2
Do you ever speak English outside class?
________________________
3
Is English a difficult language to learn?
________________________
4
Are you learning any other language?
________________________
5
Do most people learn English in your country?
________________________
6
Do a lot of people in your country use English in their work?
________________________
7
Are you alive?
No, _______________.
Do you think you will use your English in the next year?
________________________
8
Have you died recently?
No, _______________.
Will you travel abroad in the next year?
________________________
9
Have you ever been to Britain or the USA?
________________________
Have you known Susie for long?
No, _______________. But I know Ian well.
Is Ian going to give a speech?
Yes, _________. He’s standing up now.
Can you hear what Ian is saying?
No, ____________. It’s too noisy.
Did you enjoy the wedding?
Yes, _________. It was lovely.
Must you go already?
Yes, ____________. I’m sorry.
The answer to question 10 below is Yes, I
______.
was
2
Are you studying English?
___________
Yes, I am.
2 Complete the answers in the game, Who am I?
1
Were you Emperor Napoleon of France?
Yes, _______________.
3
Were you a woman?
No, _______________.
4
Did you come from Britain?
No, _______________.
69
29
Indirect forms; question word + infinitive
Could you tell me what the time is?
Could you tell me what to do?
FORMS
A
Forming indirect questions
These ask for information politely. Note these common
introductions:
n Could you tell me …?
n Do you know …?
n Do you have any idea …?
n Can you tell me …?
Indirect questions continue like this:
Do you know what (when, where, etc.) …?
n Can you tell me if (or whether) …?
n
Compare the positions of the subject and verb.
Direct questions:
Indirect questions:
n What is the time?
n Can you tell me …
n Is it getting late?
… what the time is?
… if it is getting late?
What is the time?
➞
Could you tell me what the time is?
Is there a bank?
➞
Do you know if there is a bank?
Where does she live?
➞
Do you have any idea where she
lives?
Did he go home?
➞
Can you tell me if he went home?
Excuse me. Could you tell me
where we are exactly, please?
We use do, does and did in direct but not indirect questions.
What time does the bank close? ➞ Do you know what time
the bank closes?
n Did the bank close at 4:30? ➞ Can you tell me if the bank
closed at 4:30?
n
In subject questions, the word order does not change.
Who is coming? ➞ Can you tell me who is coming?
n
C
Forming indirect statements
We can use indirect forms in statements too.
n I know/don’t know … what the time is.
n I can/can’t tell you … when the bank closes.
n I wonder … if/whether the bank opens late.
Further points
Indirect forms are similar to reported forms. (∆ Units 53–54.)
Compare:
n Where can I get some stamps? (direct question) ➞ Do you
know where I can get some stamps? (indirect question) ➞ He
wants to know where he can get some stamps. (reported question)
The verbs think, believe, feel, suppose are different from the forms in A.
n Do you think it is getting late? (not if/whether).
n When do you think the bank closes? (initial question word)
D
Question words how, what, when, where, who + infinitive
We use this form to talk about the best or right thing to do. We use it
after many verbs, e.g., ask, consider, decide, discuss, explain, find
out, forget, know, learn, remember, say, see, tell (+ object), think,
understand, wonder, work out.
n I can’t see how to put the pieces together. Do you know what
to do?
We can also use this form after several adjectives: certain, clear,
obvious, sure.
n It’s obvious where to go, but I’m not so certain when to
go there.
70
Wh~ questions ∆ 26
/
Reported statements ∆ 53 / Reported questions ∆ 54
Brain Twisters
An opinion poll interviewer
phones a house and says,
‘Can you tell me the number
of people living here?’ He is
told that there are three in
the household. Then he asks,
‘Could you tell me what their
ages are?’ and he is told that
the product of the three ages
is 200 and the sum of the
three ages is an odd number.
The interviewer then thinks
No.601
for a while and says, ‘I cannot
figure out the ages from this
information. I must ask
something else. I wonder if
there is someone in the house
over 21.’ The answer is yes,
and now the interviewer
knows the three ages.
Do YOU know what they
are?
Answer: 25, 2 and 4
B
In a coastal emergency
DIAL 999 and ask for the
COASTGUARD.
BEFORE YOU SAIL ...
It’s vital to plan carefully.
Plan what to do in an emergen
cy.
Know where to find safety from
bad weather.
Tell someone where and whe
n you are going.
BE SAFE AT SEA!
Exercises
1 Write indirect questions from direct Wh~ questions.
Example:
What time is it? Can you tell me?
__________________________________
Can
you tell me what time it is?
2 Did the ring cost a lot? Can you say?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
1 What date is it today? Do you know?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 When did the bus go? Could you tell us?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 When is Ann coming home? Could you tell me?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 How does the engine work? Do you know?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Why has Tom gone? Do you have any idea?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 How long will you be away? Can you say?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Write indirect questions from direct Yes/No questions.
Example:
Is the shop open? Can you tell me?
______________________________________
Can
you tell me if/whether the shop
_________
is
open?
1 Have they had lunch? Do you know?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Will you be home tonight? Can you say?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Are the team going to win? Do you have any idea?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Are we having a test this week? Can you tell us?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Write indirect questions from direct questions with do/did
forms.
Example:
Did they leave at 1:00? Do you know?
4 Write indirect questions with … do/Do you think …?
Examples:
n Will it rain?
n
Do
you think it will rain?
___________________________
n When did he go?
n
_______________________________
When do you think he went?
1 Why does he arrive late?
_________________________________________________
2 Are they going to finish today?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 How far did they walk?
_________________________________________________
4 Have we made a mistake?
_________________________________________________
5 Rewrite with this form: question word + infinitive
Examples:
How do I spell his name? I don’t know.
I
don’t know how to spell his name.
_____________________________________
Who should we call? It’s not clear.
___________________________
It’s not clear who to call.
1 Where can I post these letters? Can you tell me?
_________________________________________________
2 What are we going to say to the boss? Can you tell me?
_________________________________________________
Do
you know if/whether they left at 1:00?
_________________________________________
3 How long must they wait at the station? Do they know?
_________________________________________________
1 Does Tom go to college? Can you tell me?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 How far should I drive along the road? I’m not certain.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
71
30
So and Neither/Nor ; so and not
So am I.
Neither/Nor do I.
I’m thirsty.
I think so.
So am I. I’ll make some
coffee. Is there any milk?
I think so. Look in the fridge.
I’m afraid not.
FORMS
So and Neither/Nor
Positive
Negative
I’m thirsty.
I don’t understand.
So am I.
Neither/Nor do I.
so and not
Positive
A
Do and does follow a positive present simple statement; did follows a
positive past simple statement.
She likes TV.
So does he.
He watched the news.
So did she.
The subject comes after the verb.
n So am I.
n Neither did we.
Do you understand?
I think so.
I’m afraid not.
‘We saved £124
a year just by
switching
our car
insurance.
So could you!’
n
So will they.
so and not
You can use so and not for positive and negative ideas after hope,
think, believe, expect, suppose, guess and be afraid.
Is this answer right?
I hope so.
I’m afraid not.
Some of these verbs (but not hope, guess, be afraid ) also take this
negative form.
Are you going to be rich?
I don’t imagine so.
Has she won the competition?
She doesn’t think so.
Review: auxiliary verb forms ∆ 23
/
Jane and
Robert Hughes,
Eastleigh,
Hampshire
Student grants
go further at
Burger Palace
and so do the
So/Neither/Nor give us short forms of agreement. Compare them with
the longer forms.
I often watch DVDs.
He didn’t arrive on time.
I often watch DVDs too.
We didn’t arrive on time either.
OR
OR
So do I.
Neither did we.
72
Is there any milk?
So and Neither/Nor
We use these words to agree with something that someone has just
said. So follows a positive statement. Neither and Nor follow a negative
statement.
I’m hungry.
So am I.
I’m not hungry.
Neither/Nor am I.
The next word is a verb. It matches the verb in the first statement. It
may be a form of be, do or have, or it may be a modal verb, e.g., can,
should, ought to.
I’m thirsty.
So am I.
I can’t do it.
Neither can we.
B
Negative
Short answers ∆ 28
burgers.
All this month, get
20% off your burger
s when you show
a valid NUS card.
G
INGREDIENTS TESTIN
Not only does
SUPERWAYS
not test ingredients
on animals,
neither do our suppliers
when they are
working on our behalf.
Exercises
1 Complete the conversation. Use So … or Neither/Nor …
Two people on a plane journey are talking.
Examples:
Mark:
I’m travelling to Glasgow.
Emma:
__________
So
am I.
Mark:
I don’t like long journeys much.
Emma:
Neither/Nor
do I.
____________________
2 Ken is very good at tennis, and
____________________________________.
3 Ted loves playing computer games, and
____________________________________.
Mark:
I don’t come from Glasgow.
Emma:
1
________________________. I’m from London.
Mark:
2
________________________. I’m going to a meeting.
Emma:
3
________________________. You know, I had to get
up at 6:30 this morning to catch this plane.
Mark:
4
Emma:
5
________________________. I wanted to have the
meeting in London.
Mark:
6
________________________. I couldn’t understand
why they didn’t want a meeting in London.
Emma:
7
Mark:
1 Sally isn’t interested in judo, and
____________________________________.
________________________. I didn’t enjoy that at all.
4 Sally hates computer games, and
____________________________________.
5 Sally can swim very well, and
____________________________________.
6 Ken can’t swim at all, and
____________________________________.
3 Complete the answers.
Examples:
I____________
think so. (think) Most big banks do.
________________________. I was told I had to go to
the Head Office in Glasgow.
8
________________________. Where’s your meeting?
I think it’s going to snow.
I hope not. (hope) I haven’t got a coat.
____________
1
Will Tessa get home late again tonight?
________________________ (expect) She usually gets
home late.
2
I think they’re going to build the new road.
________________________ (suppose) Everybody says
they are.
3
Are you going to wear the blue shirt?
________________________ (not/think) I don’t like it
any more.
4
Do you think Alex passed her exam?
________________________ (be afraid) She didn’t do
any work.
5
I don’t think Tom is coming.
________________________ (guess) He should be here
by now.
6
Will the shop still be open?
________________________ (think) It doesn’t close
until 6:00.
Emma: It’s at Northern Technical.
9
Mark:
________________________. That’s amazing. What
time does your meeting start? Mine starts at 10:00.
Emma:
10
________________________. That’s even more
strange! My meeting is about their new steel pipe project.
Mark:
11
________________________. Tell me, who are you
meeting?
Emma: Dr Mark Blair.
Mark:
Does the bank open on Saturday morning?
That’s me!
2 Look at the table. Then complete the statements.
Ken
Sally
Tennis
3
3
Judo
3
Computer games
Examples:
Claire
3
3
Swimming
Ted
3
3
3
so does Claire .
Ken does judo, and _______________
Ted can’t play tennis, and ______________________
neither/nor can Claire .
73
31
Ability and possibility
can, could, be able to
can’t have, could have, couldn’t have
FORMS
can
The sea is warm now. We can go swimming.
Help! I can’t swim!
Amy can swim very well.
The boy cannot (can’t ) swim.
could and be able to
Amy could swim when she was five.
She was able to swim 100 metres when she was six.
Yesterday, a boy fell in the sea. He could not (couldn’t ) swim,
but Amy was able to rescue him.
A
B
can
Use can to express ability and possibility in the present and future. The negative
form is one word – cannot. The short form is can’t.
n She can swim very well.
n It’s warm, so we can go swimming.
n The boy cannot swim.
n Help! I can’t swim.
Use could for an action in the past with these verbs: feel, hear, remember, see,
smell, taste, understand. (For most other verbs, see Section C, paragraph 3 below.)
n I could hear his call for help.
n I could see that he needed help.
be able to
You can use be able to for ability and possibility in the present, past and future,
but it is more formal than can and less common.
n She’s able to swim ten kilometres.
n She wasn’t able to swim across the river.
But we must use be able to instead of can in the present perfect.
n I’ve had some free time, so I’ve been able to write some letters.
And with most verbs, we must use be able to instead of could for a past action.
n We had some free time, so we were able to look round town.
(See Section B, paragraph 3 for verbs taking could to express a past action.)
D
can’t have, could have and couldn’t have
Use can’t have or couldn’t have for something impossible in the past.
n He can’t/couldn’t have been in Tokyo yesterday. I saw him in London.
Use could have to talk about a missed opportunity in the past.
n You could have visited Ann in hospital. Why didn’t you?
We often use could have when something was possible in the past.
n The thief could have entered through the door or through the kitchen
window. We don’t know which.
74
(Answer: a sieve)
As light as a feather, as round as a ball.
Yet all the king’s men cannot carry it
at all.
could
Use could to express ability and possibility in the past.
n She could swim when she was five.
n It was warm, so we could go swimming.
Use could not (couldn’t) for an impossible action in the past.
n He was underwater. He couldn’t breathe.
C
As round as a butter bowl, as deep as
a cup.
All of the Mississippi river, can’t fill it
up.
Requests, permission and offers ∆ 32
/
Certainty and uncertainty ∆ 36
(Answer: a bubble)
ANNE
er’s gone. Now
Well, Michael, your fath
and me. Now
we’re on our own. Just you
breath.
we can stop holding our
MICHAEL
n’t been for
I’m glad he’s gone. If it had
could’ve
I
ll.
we
e
don
e
him, I could’v
e got a good
ld’v
cou
I
.
ool
sch
stayed on at
in his footsteps.
job. Instead of following
“I couldn’t have
worn fashionable
clothes before I
went on my
Slimfood
Diet … and now
look at me!”
They can’t play any instruments, have
never had a Top 10 hit and prefer a good
laugh to a serious discussion of their art.
But, says Charlie Porter, that’s all part of
Saint Etienn e’s charm , and the secret of
their long life …
Exercises
1 Complete the statements. Use can or can’t and these verbs:
catch, go, hear, see, walk
Example:
Please speak up. I ___________
can’t hear very well.
1 I _____________________ Lucy now. Look!
2 I’ve finished, so I _____________________ home.
3 Tim is only a baby. He _____________________ yet.
4 You _____________________ me! I’m too fast for you.
2 Complete the statements. Use can/can’t or could/couldn’t.
Example:
I ____
couldn’t speak
can speak French well now, but I _________
it at all five years ago.
1 Poor old Mr Black _______________ play football now, but he
_______________ play well when he was young.
2 Sally _______________ read now, but she _______________
read at all when she was five.
3 I _______________ understand the game last time, and I still
_______________ understand now. It’s very difficult.
4 Fifty years ago, you _______________ buy a nice house for
£5,000, but you certainly _______________ do that now.
3 Complete the statements. Use could and these verbs:
feel, hear, remember, smell, understand
Example:
I woke up suddenly. I ____________
could smell something
burning downstairs.
1 Lucy _____________________ hear somebody outside.
2 Lisa _____________________ read when she was four.
3 The police _____________________ stop the two men.
4 The plane crashed, but the pilot _____________________
get out and walk away without injury.
5 Dan _____________________ see the mountains 20
kilometres away.
5 Complete the story. Use can/can’t or could/couldn’t or be
able to. Use a form of can where possible.
Luckily, we _____________
were able to hire a four-wheel drive vehicle quite
easily. Next day we started early, and we 1___________________
travel fast across the open country. Later, we climbed into the hills
and stopped for a rest. From there, we 2_____________________
look back across the flat land to the city. Maria pointed. ‘Look, Rod,’
she said. ‘You 3_____________________ still see the castle.’ Rod
looked, but he wasn’t wearing his glasses and he
4
_____________________ see it.
‘Let’s go,’ I said. ‘If we hurry, we may 5_____________________
reach the valley by 6:00. Later we ran into some deep mud. ‘It’s no
good,’ I said. ‘We 6_____________________ go forward or back.’
Then we got out and pushed. In the end we
7
_____________________ move the vehicle, but we were covered
in mud. Rod and I looked at ourselves and laughed, but Maria was
upset. She 8_____________________ see what was funny at all.
6 Complete the statements. Use can’t have or could have.
Peter ___________
can’t have bought a car. He hasn’t got any
1 The waterfall was huge. You _______________
_______________ the noise a kilometre away.
Example:
2 I thought about the girl. I _______________
__________________ her face, but not her name.
1 You _____________________ finished already. Nobody can
work as fast as that.
3 Ann ______________________________ the words, but she
still wasn’t sure what the French girl wanted.
2 Lucy _____________________ gone to the party, but she
decided to stay at home.
4 I ______________________________ the rain running down
my neck. It was horrible.
3 Ed _____________________ been at the restaurant because
I was there and I didn’t see him.
4 Complete the statements. Use could or be able to. Use could
where possible.
Example:
money.
4 We don’t know how Steve went, but he
_____________________ gone by train or by bus.
The door was open, so we _____________
were able to go
straight in.
75
32
Requests, permission and offers
can, could, would, will, may, shall
Could you be quiet, please?
FORMS
can, could, would and may
Bob, can you answer the phone for me, please?
Could you meet me at 4:00, please?
Miss Evans, would you book me a flight to New York, please?
Can I use your pen, Ann?
May I speak to Mr Reece, please?
Could I borrow the car tonight, Dad?
Yes, of course you can. You can have the car keys now.
Here you are.
WESSEX
A
B
C
Can/Could/Would/Will you …?
Use these verbs for requests + 2nd or 3rd person.
n Can you help me for a moment? (informal)
n Could you give me your name, please, sir? (polite/formal)
n Would/Will guests kindly check out by midday? (more formal)
Can/Could/May I …?
Use these verbs for requests + 1st person.
n Can I borrow your pen for a second? (informal)
n Could I have your phone number, sir? (polite/formal)
n Ladies, may I have your attention, please? (more formal)
Yes, you can/may.
Use these verbs for permission.
n Could I borrow some money, Sam?
n Yes, of course you can. How much? (informal/formal)
n May I talk to the King, please?
n You may see him at 10:00. (very formal/old-fashioned)
When we refuse permission, we usually avoid the negative of can or
may.
n Can I borrow your jacket tonight?
n I’m sorry, but I need it tonight.
If we use cannot (can’t) or may not, it shows very strong feeling.
n Dad, can I have this week off school?
n No, you certainly can’t! OR No, you most certainly may not!
D
76
can/may/shall for offers
Use these verbs for offers.
n I can lend you a few pounds if you like. (informal)
n Shall I lend you a few pounds? (informal)
n Can I help you, Mr Hill? (more formal)
n Good morning, Barclays Bank. How may we help you? (more formal)
n Customers may bank online if they wish. (more formal)
Future with will ∆ 17
/
Ability and possibility ∆ 31
electricity
I called today to read your
electricity meter, but
received no reply.
I will call back AM/PM between
........................................
If this is not convenient, or if you
do not want to be disturbed,
would you please write the read
ing on the reverse of this card
,
tear off at the perforation and
display it where I can read it?
Thank you.
£10£10
£10£10
£10£10
To
Sophie
From Uncle Tony xxx
branches.
This voucher may be exchanged for goods at any of our 150
It cannot be exchanged for cash or replaced if lost.
Could YOU spare a coup
le of hours
one day a week to wo
rk in your local
RESPONSE charity shop
?
We are looking for
volunteers to sort
donations and serve in
the shop. No shop
experience needed.
Perhaps you could ask
a
friend to volunteer with
you.
RESPONSE
Immediate aid for are
hit by natural disast as
ers
Exercises
1 Complete the requests with suitable modal verbs.
Example:
You’re speaking to an old friend.
3 Write the answers. Use Yes, you can. or No, you can’t .
Example:
Can I turn right here?
______________
No, you can’t. It says NO ENTRY.
Ed, _____
can you pass the dictionary?
1 You’re speaking to an old friend.
Ed, ____________ you tell me what this means?
1
Can I go now?
____________________________ The lights are green.
2 You’re speaking to a foreign visitor at your firm.
____________ you come with me, Mr Hoffman?
2
Can I park here?
____________________________ It says NO PARKING.
3 An air stewardess is speaking to the passengers.
____________ all passengers kindly return to their seats?
3
Can I pass this bus?
___________________________ There are no cars coming.
4 You’re speaking to an old friend.
Jim, ____________ I use your bike for ten minutes?
4
Can I turn round here?
___________________________ It’s dangerous.
5 You’re speaking to a foreign visitor at your firm.
____________ I have your name, Sir?
6 An air stewardess is speaking to a passenger.
____________ I take your cup, if you’ve finished?
2 Complete the requests with suitable modal verbs.
Example:
A stewardess wants all passengers to fasten their
seat belts.
Would/Could
all passengers kindly
___________________________________
fasten
their seat belts?
________________________
4 Complete the conversation. Use suitable modal forms for
requesting, permitting and offering.
Simon Bell has brought an important German businessman, Philip
Hoffman, home for dinner. Simon and his family feel they should be
quite formal, but Philip is happy to be informal.
Simon: Come in, Philip. _____
May I take your coat for you? Now,
1
____________ you come through to the living room.
I’ll introduce you to the family.
Philip:
Good. I’m dying to meet them!
1 You want to borrow your friend’s book.
Simon: This is my wife, Carol, and these are the children – Luke
and Lisa.
__________________________________________________
Carol:
2 You want your friend to lend you his pen.
__________________________________________________
Philip:
And it’s very good to meet you too. But one thing.
____________ you just call me Philip?
2
Carol:
Yes, of course. Now 3____________ you all come and eat?
Dinner’s getting cold.
Lisa:
(Quietly, to Dad) Dad, 4____________ I ask Mr Hoffman
some questions about my German homework after dinner?
3 You want to know the address of a visitor to your company.
__________________________________________________
It’s nice to meet you, Mr Hoffman.
4 You want the company visitor to take a seat for a moment.
Simon: I’m not sure. 5____________ I ask him for you?
__________________________________________________
Lisa:
5 A stewardess wants to put a passenger’s bag away.
Simon: Philip, 6____________ Lisa ask you a few questions about
her German homework after dinner?
__________________________________________________
6 A stewardess wants all passengers to remain in their seats until
the plane stops.
Philip:
Please!
Yes, of course. She 7____________ ask any questions she
wants.
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
77
33
Advice and criticism
should, ought to, had better
should have, ought to have
You look really tired! I think you should
stop now. You ought to go to bed.
FORMS
should
She should stop now.
She should not (shouldn’t) go on.
ought to
She ought to go to bed.
She ought not to (oughtn’t to) stay up.
had better
She had better (She’d better) put her books away.
She had better not (She’d better not) study any more.
A
should and ought to
These are nearly the same, but ought to is a little stronger and more
formal. Use them to advise the right thing to do in a particular situation.
n That hat looks terrible, Tom! You should try this one.
n You look very ill, Mr Jones. I think you ought to see the doctor.
Also use should not (shouldn’t) and ought not to (oughtn’t to) for
advising what not to do.
n You shouldn’t wear those shoes, Tom. They’re not very nice.
n You ought not to work today. Really! Please go and see the doctor.
as a
1–479 bC) w
onfucius (55
eatly
. His ideas gr
wise teacher
taught
Chinese. He
e
th
d
ce
en
u
infl
urteous,
should be co
that people
selfish.
loyal and un
C
If you don’t wan
t to be the last
house
in your street w
ithout satellite
TV,
you’d better ca
ll us today.
S A T E L L I
T E
D I R E C T
Use them to say what is right or wrong in a particular situation.
Excuse me. The bill shouldn’t be £5.50. It ought to be £3.70.
Use these verbs to say what is always the right or wrong thing to do.
n Parents should teach their children to be polite.
n People oughtn’t to play loud music at night.
B
had better
had better (’d better) is like should and ought to (first use) for advising
what to do and what not to do in a particular situation.
n That hat looks terrible, Tom! You’d better try this one.
n You’d better not wear those shoes. They’re not very nice.
But had better can be much stronger. Something bad will happen if you
do not follow this advice.
n You’d better run, or you’ll miss the train!
n You’d better not say that again, or else I’ll be really angry!
Note: Had better cannot express what is always the right or wrong thing
to do (unlike should/ought to).
C
78
should (not) have and ought (not) to have
Use these past forms when somebody did the wrong thing.
n Tom crashed the car. He shouldn’t have driven so fast.
OR He should have driven more slowly.
n Susie has broken all the plates. She ought to have been more
careful. OR She oughtn’t to have carried so many.
Necessity and obligation ∆ 34
0 8 0 0
7 3 9
2 1 6
After the match, Exmouth captain Nick Waters
said, ‘We should have dominated this league
this season; we’ve got the players to do it, but
we haven’t produced our top form as often as
we should have.’
Ask a Vet
Q
Last summer my two rabbits died after I
gave them lettuce to eat. I thought I was
giving them a treat, but a neighbour told me
I ought to have known better. Was it my
fault? Is lettuce dangerous?
A
Lettuce is not dangerous in itself, but too
much too suddenly can be fatal, so, in that
sense, you should have been more careful.
However, you should not be too hard on
yourself as many people
Exercises
1 Complete the conversation. Use should or ought.
Eve and Sam are getting ready for a party.
Eve:
4 Give advice.
Example:
You
shouldn’t eat so much.
____________________________
should we go?
What time _______
ought to leave here at 7:30. And it’s 6:30 now, so we
Sam: We ______
1
I’m unfit. (ought/do/more exercise)
______________________________________________
2
I’ve got a bad toothache. (better/see/a dentist)
______________________________________________
3
I’ve got a lot of work to do. (should/not/watch/any/TV)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4
I’ve got a huge phone bill. (ought/not/use/the phone/so much)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5
It’s still raining. (better/not/go out/yet)
______________________________________________
6
It’s nice and sunny now. (should/go/to the beach)
______________________________________________
1
____________ to hurry now. What do you think I
2
____________ wear?
Eve:
I think you 3____________ to wear a jacket and tie. Do you
think I 4____________ wear my red dress?
Sam: Yes, you 5____________. It looks very good.
2 Complete the conversation. Use should/shouldn’t or
ought/oughtn’t.
Tina and Steve are going to visit his parents.
Tina:
Do you think we ________
should go by train?
Steve: No, we _________
oughtn’t to do that. We’ll have too much to carry.
1
We _______________ to go by car.
Tina:
Well, OK, but we 2_______________ to take too much.
We’re only going for two days.
Steve: All right, but I think we 3_______________ take some
warm clothes. The weather may be cold. And
4
_______________ we to take some toys for the children?
They may be bored.
Tina:
No, we 5_______________ do that. I think we
6
_______________ just take one or two books for them to
read. Now what time do you think we 7_______________
leave?
Steve: Well, it takes five hours by car, so we 8_______________
to leave here after 2:00.
5 Write the replies.
Example:
You ’d
______________
better not play with those matches.
They’re dangerous.
___________________________________
He
oughtn’t to have gone to work.
1
Tim was ill this morning. (should/see the doctor)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2
The boys got wet in the rain. (should/not/play/outside)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3
We’re on the wrong road. (ought/turn/left/at/the traffic lights)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4
Maria doesn’t like her new jacket. (ought/not/buy/it)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5
Hurricane Rita hit Miami during our holiday there.
(should/not/go/Miami/ought/choose/somewhere else)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
1 You look ill. You ________________________ see a doctor.
2 Ed has got a lot of homework to do. He
_______________________ go out this evening.
3 We’ve only got a little food. We ________________________
waste it.
4 The children are tired. They ________________________ go
to bed.
Andy felt really ill this morning.
(ought/not/go/to work)
3 Complete the statements. Use had better or had better not.
Example:
I’m overweight. (should/not/eat/so much)
79
34
Necessity and obligation
must, have to
FORMS
Doctor, you must help my husband! Please!
must
You must help my husband! Please!
Stop those boys! They must not play with that knife!
have to
Dr Bell often has to visit people.
I have to go now.
He had to visit Mr Clay last night.
The law is changing.
.
Keep on the right side of the law
I have to go and see
old Mr Clay now.
A
ive a vehicle
From next year, when you rece
ther
action whe
licence reminder you must take
the public roads
on
icle
veh
r
you
you use or keep
keep your car on the
or not. If you intend to use or
nce by completing
lice
a
for
ly
road, you must app
must be done
This
ner.
man
al
usu
the
in
the form
p your vehicle
kee
or
use
not
quickly. But, if you do
e the new
plet
com
t
mus
you
,
road
lic
on the pub
to a post
it
take
and
declaration on the VII form
us.
to
it
d
office or sen
Uses of must and have to
We use must and have to for saying something is necessary now or very soon.
n I must find my glasses. I can’t see properly without them!
n He has to start work at 8:00 tomorrow.
Use have to for other times (have to has tenses, but must does not).
Did you have to work late?
Yes, we had to stay until midnight!
Has Ann had to go to hospital?
Yes, she has. She’s very ill.
We can’t finish now, can we?
No, we’ll have to come back again.
We often use have got to instead of have to, especially in conversation.
Can’t you stay a bit longer?
No, I’ve got to go or Dad will be angry.
Have we got to do all this?
Yes, you have to. It’s part of the job.
Hidden Salts, Fats and Sugars
Experts estimate that in the UK alone over 60,00
0 people die
prematurely each year from diet-related disea
ses caused by
eating too much fat/salt and not enough fruit
and vegetables.
Yet most of us still feel that we do not have
to consider the
fat, salt and sugar content of the food that we
eat.
CROSSCHECK
B
must
Use must when the speaker feels a strong personal need.
n He’s very ill. I must get help.
Also use it for very strong requests.
n You must come, Doctor! Please!
Also use it for very direct orders.
n You must do exactly what I say.
have to
Use have to when the speaker feels a need from another person,
e.g., from a boss, a teacher or a parent.
n I have to go and see old Mr Clay.
n I have to help my parents.
We often use need to instead of both must and have to.
n He’s very ill. I need to get help.
n I need to go and see old Mr Clay.
must not
Use must not for necessity not to do something. Use the short form
mustn’t in conversation. (Do not pronounce the t in the middle.)
n Stop! You mustn’t drink that! It’ll make you ill.
not have to
Use not have to for no necessity to do something.
n You don’t have to take the exam if you don’t want to.
We often use can’t like mustn’t.
n You can’t do that. It’s against the law.
But we cannot use needn’t with this sense. (∆ Unit 35.)
80
Advice and criticism ∆ 33
/
Non-necessity and negative obligation ∆ 35
We often use not need to or needn’t instead of not have to.
n You don’t need to/needn’t take the exam if you don’t want to.
/
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43
Exercises
1 Complete the questions with have to.
Example:
Paul has had to buy a car.
Why ________________________
has he had to buy a car ?
1 Paul has had to pay a lot of money for it.
How much ________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Emma will have to go to London soon.
When ____________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 The Smith family had to go last week.
Where ___________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Ann has to change all her plans.
Why _____________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Ed and Sue have had to live in the flat for years.
How long _________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Complete the statements. Use must or have to.
Examples:
n He said, ‘You must finish by 5:00, Ann.’
n So Ann ________________________
has to finish by 5:00.
n The children have to go to bed now.
‘You must go to bed
n Mum said, _____________________
now, children.’
_______________
1 Old Mr Robbins has to rest for a week.
The doctor said, ‘You _______________________________
________________________________________________
2 The bill says they must pay immediately.
So they __________________________________________
3 We have to check in two hours before the flight.
The air tickets say: ‘Passengers _______________________
________________________________________________
4 The hotel sign says: ‘All guests must complete a registration form.’
So all guests ______________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Jimmy has to be home by 6:00.
His mother said, ‘You _______________________________
6 The policeman said, ‘You must go to the police station, Mr Reece.’
So Mr Reece _____________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Complete the statements. Use must or have to.
Examples:
had to work all day yesterday.
n We _______
must leave the
n The fireman said, ‘Quick! You ______
building immediately.’
1 I ____________ read Ian York’s new book. I love his writing.
2 Alan ____________ go to the shop for some milk. Do you want
anything?
3 You ____________ listen to what I tell you. It’s very important.
4 Last week we ____________ wait for hours at the airport
because of bad weather.
5 We really ____________ buy a new TV. This old one is terrible.
6 Our new trainer is tough. We ____________ run ten kilometres
every morning.
7 This job looks interesting. I ____________ ask for an
application form.
4 Complete the statements. Use mustn’t or not have to.
Examples:
n You _____________
don’t have to buy a new pen. You can
use mine.
n Bob _________
mustn’t go out. He’s ill.
1 You _______________________ be late or you won’t get into
the cinema.
2 Students _______________________ wear a uniform at this
school.
3 You _______________________ talk like that. It’s rude.
4 I _______________________ be late home. I’ve got a lot of
homework to do.
5 Ruth _______________________ go to work tomorrow. She’s
on holiday.
6 I _______________________ eat it if I don’t want to.
7 We _______________________ go yet. It’s too early.
8 You can wear a formal suit if you like, but you _____________
______________.
81
35
Non-necessity and negative obligation
needn’t, mustn’t, didn’t need to, didn’t have to, needn’t have
FORMS
You needn’t run. The bus isn’t here yet.
needn’t and mustn’t
We needn’t buy any food. We’ve got lots.
I mustn’t forget his phone number. I have to phone him tonight.
She doesn’t need to do any housework. She’s got a maid.
didn’t need to and needn’t have
You mustn’t cross the
road. The lights are red.
I didn’t need to buy any meat as there was some in the fridge.
I needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody else was there!
ACROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
A
B
needn’t
Use need to (or have to) for saying something is necessary.
n Come on! We need to hurry.
mustn’t
Use must for saying something is necessary.
n We must get there by 11:00.
Use need not (or not need to/not have to) for no necessity to act.
n We needn’t go to the cinema to see it. We can get the DVD.
n We don’t need to buy the DVD. We can rent it.
n We don’t have to rent it. We can borrow it from Peter.
Use mustn’t for necessity not to do something.
n You mustn’t play with that knife. You’ll cut yourself.
n You mustn’t cross the road when the lights are red.
needn’t have
Use needn’t have + past participle when something was not necessary,
but it still happened.
n Poor Sam needn’t have worked so hard for the test. It was
cancelled!
n You needn’t have paid him any money. He was happy to work
for nothing.
didn’t need to
Use didn’t need to (or didn’t have to) + infinitive when something was
not necessary, so it did not happen.
n She’s clever, so she didn’t need to work for the test. She still got
top marks!
We can also use it when an action was not necessary, but it still
happened – like needn’t have.
n You didn’t need to pay him any money. He was happy to work
for nothing.
Players must
not wear
shoes with
coloured
soles on
court.
82
Necessity and obligation ∆ 34
/
Back to
school
with
The Titanic disaster
The loss of the Titanic in
April 1912 was a disaster that
need never have happened.
It was the result of a long
series of errors that began
even before construction of
the great ship started.
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43
/
RIGHT
PRICE
Kids! School unifo
rms needn’t be bo
ring!
Parents! Good quali
ty ne
edn’t be expensive
!
Check out our fas
hionable ranges
at a
RIGHT PRICE clo
thes store near yo
u.
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
Exercises
1 Complete the statements. Use needn’t or mustn’t.
Examples:
Mum: What clothes do you _________
need to take with you?
1
________________________ wear your school uniform?
(you)
n We needn’t
________ hurry. We’ve got lots of time.
mustn’t swim here. It’s dangerous.
n We ________
1 Don’t you like it? Well, you ____________ drink it if you don’t
want to.
Neil:
No, we 2____________ do that. We can wear our ordinary
clothes. We also 3____________ take clothes for outdoor
activities – jeans, boots and jackets. You 4____________
look at this list of clothes and equipment, and this letter
from school.
Dad:
How much is it going to cost?
Neil:
It’s £400, but you 5____________ pay it all yet. The letter
says you only 6____________ pay half now.
Dad:
Good. We 7____________ spend too much now because
we haven’t got much money this month. How soon
8
________________________ give the school the first
£200? (we)
Neil:
You 9____________ send it by next Friday.
2 Listen! You ____________ be late again or you’ll be in bad
trouble.
3 You ____________ make so much noise. This is a library.
4 You ____________ finish the report today, but please can I
have it tomorrow?
5 Children ____________ play with knives. They’re dangerous
things.
6 Ann ____________ stay. Carol can do everything.
2 Reorder the words to make positive and negative statements
and questions.
Examples:
(there/he/go/to/have/doesn’t)
n
_____________________________
He
doesn’t have to go there.
(need/what/buy/we/do/to)
n
__________________________
What do we need to buy?
1 (work/to/I/late/have)
_________________________________________________
2 (they/go/to/where/have/do)
_________________________________________________
Mum: It sounds a lot of fun.
Neil:
Yes, but they’ve made a special rule. As soon as we get on
the bus we 10____________ speak English any more. We
can only speak French for a whole week!
4 Complete the statements. Use didn’t need to or needn’t have.
Examples:
needn’t have gone to the meeting. Nobody
n I _____________
else was there.
n Yesterday was a holiday, so I didn’t
________________
need to
go to work.
3 (she/need/go/does/to/so soon)
_________________________________________________
1 At my school we ___________________________ wear a
uniform. People just wore their ordinary clothes.
4 (tomorrow/you/do/to/have/work)
_________________________________________________
2 They ___________________________ worked so hard.
Nobody even noticed all the work they did.
5 (need/I/homework/don’t/do/my/to)
_________________________________________________
3 We ___________________________ hurried. Everybody else
was late too.
6 (learn/why/to/they/French/do/need)
_________________________________________________
4 Sally’s brother gave her a very nice coat, so she ___________
_____________________ buy one.
3 Complete the conversation. Use need to, needn’t or mustn’t.
You may need to use a question form.
Neil is telling his parents about his school trip to France.
Neil:
On the day we go, __________
I need to be at school at 7:45. The
bus goes at 8:00.
5 I ___________________________ send the money. Mr Brant
came for it.
6 You ___________________________ written to them. I’d
already told them your answer.
83
36
Certainty and uncertainty
may, might, could, may be, must be, can’t be, may have, must have, can’t have
It might rain. Take a coat.
FORMS
may, might and could
It may rain. There are some clouds over there.
It might/could snow, but it seems unlikely.
may be, must be and can’t be
He can’t be at home. Nobody is answering the phone.
No, Mum. I’ll
be all right.
He must be at work.
may have, must have and can’t have
He must be wet! He may have caught a cold!
Tom can’t have made enough money to buy that car.
His father must have given it to him.
A
may, might and could
Use may to say something is possible in the future.
n The score is 3–3, so either side may win.
Use might or could to say something is possible, but not likely.
n City are 3–1 down. They might/could win, but I don’t think so.
May not and might not mean something negative is possible.
n I’m very busy, so I may not/might not have time to go to the
match.
Cannot (can’t) and could not (couldn’t) mean something is impossible.
n City can’t/couldn’t win against Rangers. Rangers are too good.
B
may be, might be, must be and can’t be
Use may be or might be when something is not certain in the present.
n Bill isn’t in his office. He may be at lunch, or he might be seeing
Mr Bell.
Must be and can’t be are opposites. Use them when something is
certain in the present – positively (must be) or negatively (can’t be).
n Look at that car! It must be doing 250 kph. The driver must
be crazy.
This boy says he’s 16, but he looks so young.
He can’t be telling the truth. He can’t be more than 14.
C
Compuite
R ght
computer?
Looking for a
upgraded
Want your PCired?
or repa
further than
Then look no
ht.
Compute Rig
0 ON
Sidmouth, Devon EX1
264818
Registered Charity No.
quillity.
y for a little peace and tran
ed
Visit the Donkey Sanctuar
0 donkeys – many rescu
6,90
over
care
into
n
We have take
Sanctuary
neglected. The Donkey
or
ed
treat
lly
crue
g
after bein
keys and mules.
tuary in the world for don
must be the largest sanc
9am to dusk.
We are open every day from
ADMISSION FREE
SMILE!
IT MAY
NEVER HAPPEN
GP’s surgery first when a doctor is needed. Then one of three things will happen:
Ability and possibility ∆ 31
DO NOT
take inflatables into
the sea – you could
be carried away
by wind and tide.
THE DONKEY
SANCTUARY U
When the surgery is closed patients should, at all times, ring their own
84
Swim between
red and yellow flags
ed
you might ne
Most things
in
ith
w
d
re
can be orde
t in stock.
24 hours if no
may have, must have and can’t have
Use these (and might(n’t) have or could(n’t) have) when something is
certain or uncertain in the past.
n Jerry hasn’t got his bag. He must have left it somewhere.
n He can’t have left it at school. He’s checked and it isn’t there.
n He may have left it somewhere on the way home.
1 Your own GP might be on call and might give you telephone advice.
2 He or she might offer you a consultation either at the surgery, community
hospital or at your house.
3 You might be directed to ring another number.
Area supervised
by lifeguards
ses the line,
... And as Sally Joplin cros
world record
the
alled
equ
ainly
cert
she’s
it.
ken
bro
e
hav
n
eve
may
and she
Exercises
1 Complete the statements. Use may (not)/might (not).
(Perhaps it isn’t him. He’s walking towards some other
people.) _______________________________________
_____________________________________________
may/might miss it.
Example: We’re very late for the plane. We ___________
1 I __________________ be late home tonight, so don’t worry if
I’m not back at the usual time.
3
2 Dr Jones __________________ have time to see you, but I
don’t think so. Ask his secretary.
3 If we go on playing this badly, we __________________ win
the game.
4 I __________________ catch the 9:00 train, but I’ll probably
get the one at 9:30.
5 We __________________ have enough milk. Could you buy
some, please?
6 I’ll try and get a green dress in town, but I __________________
be able to find one.
2 Write statements. Use may (not) be/might (not) be, must be
or can’t be.
Examples:
Do you know where Paul is?
3 Complete the conversation. Use may be/might be, must be or
can’t be + present participle.
? = may be/might be
(Perhaps he’s at home.)
Nick:
I’m not sure. He ____________________
may/might be riding his bike. (? ride)
Tina:
No, he 1___________________________ that. (7 do)
His bike is still in the garage.
Nick:
Well, he 2___________________________ upstairs.
(7 play ) The house is too quiet.
Tina:
Oh, look. His baseball bat has gone. He
___________________________ baseball in the park.
(3 practise)
3
(He’s always with his friends in the evening.)
1
2
How old do you think Mr Lee is?
(I’m sure he isn’t under 60.)
_____________________________________________
(Perhaps he’s about 64 or 65.)
_____________________________________________
(I know he’s 65 because he’s just retired from work.)
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
Is that Rod coming across the beach?
(I’m sure it isn’t Rod. Rod is taller.)
_____________________________________________
(I’m sure it’s Julian because that looks like his jacket.)
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
7 = can’t be
Do you know what Dave is doing?
____________________________
He
may/might be at home.
He must be with his friends.
_______________________________
3 = must be
Tina:
(It’s late, so he isn’t at school.)
He
can’t be at school.
_______________________
Whose is this sports bag?
(It’s not Sue’s. She’s carrying hers.)
_____________________________________________
(Perhaps it’s Maria’s. She isn’t carrying a sports bag.)
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
No, it’s Lucy’s. It’s got her name on it!
_____________________________________________
4 Complete the conversation. Use may have/might have, must
have or can’t have + past participle.
? = may have/might have
3 = must have
7 = can’t have
Dave: Mum, have you seen my wallet in the dining room?
Tina:
No, you _______________
can’t have put it there. (7 put ) I’ve just tidied
the dining room and I didn’t see it.
Dave: And I 1____________________________________ it in
the park because I didn’t take my money. (7 drop)
Tina:
You 2______________________________ it upstairs in
your bedroom. (? leave)
Dave: No, I don’t think I did.
Nick:
Wasn’t your wallet in your jeans pocket yesterday?
Tina:
And didn’t you throw your jeans in the washing machine this
morning?
Dave: Oh, so I 3______________________________ my wallet
in the washing machine too. (3 put ) I’ll have to hang my
money out to dry!
85
37
Review: past modal forms
could, had to, needed to, may have, must have, can’t have, could have, etc.
FORMS
Grandad:
I could run 100 metres in ten seconds when I was
young.
Grandson:
Wow! You must have been the fastest in the
country.
Grandad:
Yes, I should have been in the Olympic team, but
I was ill. I couldn’t go.
Everyday Etiquette
A
had to and needed to; could and was able to
Use had to or needed to for past necessity and need. (Must has no past
form.)
n I was late for the meeting. I had to run.
n We needed to get some milk, so I went to the shop.
Q My previous employer and I had a
difference of opinion over
certain pronunciations, particularly with
frequently used words
such as ‘integral’. When asked to read
back his dictation,
should I have used his version or mine
?
Margaret Hills, Manchester
A
Yours. Modern good manners do not requi
re one person to
imitate the mistakes of another!
Use could and could not to talk about ability and possibility in the past.
n I could run 30 kilometres when I was 20.
n He couldn’t swim when he was five.
Use could not for an action that did not happen.
n I was so tired that I couldn’t walk any more.
We usually use be able to instead of could for a past action. But you
can use could with verbs of feeling (see, hear, etc.) and thinking
(remember, forget, etc.).
n After a long sleep, I was able to get up and start walking again.
n After a long while, I could see a farm ahead of me.
B
may have, must have and can’t have
Use these (and might have or could have) when something is certain
or uncertain in the past.
n There’s nobody at home. They must have gone out.
n They may have gone to the beach.
n No. They can’t have done that. Their car is still here.
C
could have, should have and would have
Use these (and ought to have or might have) to talk about an alternative
to what really happened.
n You could have called earlier. Why didn’t you?
n I’m sorry. I can’t pay. I should have brought more money.
n We would have visited you, but we thought you were abroad.
This would have is the same form as in third conditionals (∆ Unit 51).
India,
‘A wonderful play set in British
Bucket.’
brought to life by director Peter
Movie News
places that
The actors create situations and
imagined. This
until now you could only have
ived critical
extraordinary production has rece
r of the north.
and popular acclaim for its tou
THE TIGER
Did you know that at the
beginning of the 20th
century there may have been
100,000 tigers living in the
forests and on the plains of
Asia? Today there are fewer
than 6,000, and their
numbers are still falling.
Use these negative forms in the same way: should not have, ought not
to have, would not have, need not have.
n He shouldn’t have shouted at her. Look! She’s crying now!
n You needn’t have gone to town for a newspaper. You can get
them near here.
86
Ability and possibility ∆ 31
/
Advice and criticism ∆ 33
/
Necessity and obligation ∆ 34
/
Non-necessity and negative obligation ∆ 35
/
Third conditionals ∆ 51
Exercises
1 Complete the story. Use past forms of can, be able to, have
to, need or need to.
Lucy: Yes, he 3_____________________ done that. He was
asking me to buy a ball before. He’s suddenly gone crazy
about volleyball.
When Larry’s boat hit a rock, he _______________
didn’t need to look below. He
1
__________________ hear the water rushing in, and he knew the
boat was going down. He also knew he 2__________________ get
off the boat in just two or three minutes.
He 3__________________ pull out the orange life raft and he
threw it quickly into the water, where it filled with air. Next, he
jumped down the steps into the cabin. He 4__________________
collect as many things as possible – food, water, medicine, a map,
and so on. The only thing he 5__________________ take was
petrol – the life raft had no motor. Soon water was coming into the
cabin, and he 6__________________ get out quickly. Back
outside, he looked round for the raft. He 7__________________
see it! Then he did. It was ten metres away.
Larry dropped his supplies on top of the cabin and jumped into the
sea. He 8__________________ get that raft! He reached it,
climbed in and started rowing back for his supplies. As he rowed,
he 9__________________ see the boat sinking. He rowed harder.
He 10__________________ those supplies as much as the life raft
itself. He 11__________________ let those supplies go down with
his boat.
Bob:
Lucy: You’re wrong. He isn’t watching. He’s playing. He
5
__________________ gone and asked to join the game.
3 Complete the conversation. Use could have, would have
(’d have), shouldn’t have, should have, wouldn’t have or
needn’t have.
The Green family are coming back from a terrible holiday in the
south of France. It rained all the time and it was very cold.
Mum: Well, nobody ___________
could have guessed the weather would be
so bad.
Dad:
Yes, if we’d known about the weather, we certainly
1
___________________________ gone there.
Tim:
We 2___________________________ taken our
raincoats, boots, hats, gloves and scarves.
Jo:
And I 3___________________________ bought that new
summer dress. I didn’t wear it once. I’m so disappointed.
Dad:
We 4___________________________ chosen a holiday
in Greece as easily as the one in France. It
5
___________________________ been the same price.
In fact, I 6___________________________ chosen
Greece except for the fact that we can all speak French,
but not Greek.
Complete these two possible endings.
n
But he 12_____________________ get there in time.
He lost everything.
OR
n
He got there just in time, and he 13____________________
save everything.
2 Complete the conversation. Use may have (or might
have/could have), must have or can’t have.
Bob and Lucy are at the beach. They have been half asleep in the
sunshine, but now they are sitting up and looking around for their
son, Joe.
Bob:
He ___________
can’t have gone into the water because his T-shirt
and shorts aren’t here and that means he’s still wearing
them.
Talking about volleyball, there are some people playing
volleyball over there, and there are some people watching.
He 4_____________________ gone to watch the game.
What do you think?
Mum: We 7___________________________ listened to the
travel agent. She said the weather was always wonderful
in the south of France.
Dad:
We 8___________________________ done better to
stay at home and save our money.
Mum: Well, next year we’ll go somewhere else – somewhere
warm and dry.
Lucy: And he 1_____________________ gone to the ice cream
van or the beach shop because he hasn’t got any money.
Bob:
Ah, but he 2_____________________ gone to the beach
shop just to look around.
87
38
Review: modal forms
can, could, would, be able to, should, ought to, must, have to, etc.
Ability
n Most birds can fly.
n Some people can’t swim.
n Ann could write when she was three.
n I was able to finish the test in an hour.
Ability and possibility (∆ Unit 31)
Look! I can fly!
Can we have our ball back, please?
Requests, permission and offers
n May I speak to Mr Hill, please?
n Could you keep the noise down, please?
n Would/Will you post this for me, please?
May I go home early today?
Yes, of course you can.
n How can I help you, Mrs Jones?
n Shall I carry these bags for you?
Future with will (∆ Unit 17)
You should stop smoking.
It’s bad for you.
/
Requests, permissions and offers (∆ Unit 32)
Advice and criticism
n You shouldn’t eat so much.
n You oughtn’t to play computer games so much.
n You look tired. You’d better go home.
n He shouldn’t have spent so much money.
Advice and criticism (∆ Unit 33)
Necessity and obligation
n You mustn’t copy his work. That’s wrong.
n At my new job, I have to start at 9:00.
n I’ve got to go now, or my parents will be angry.
n You can’t walk on the grass. Look! The notice says: ‘Keep off
the grass’.
n If you want a licence, you need to fill in this form.
Come on! We must win!
Necessity and obligation (∆ Unit 34)
88
Future with will ∆ 17
/
Modal forms ∆ 31–37
Non-necessity
n You needn’t do this work now. You can finish it tomorrow.
n We didn’t have to work at the weekend, but we wanted to help
as much as we could.
Non-necessity and negative obligation (∆ Unit 35)
You don’t need to come to school on
Monday. There’s a national holiday!
We may finish this week, but I don’t know.
Certainty and uncertainty
n He might come, but I don’t think so.
n She definitely will/won’t be at the wedding.
n They could arrive this evening, but I don’t think so.
n He can’t be at the office. He never works this late.
n He must be visiting a friend.
Future with will (∆ Unit 17)
You shouldn’t have done that!
It was very naughty!
/ Certainty and uncertainty
(∆ Unit 36)
Past forms of modals
n We should have gone to school, but we went to the football
match.
n You oughtn’t to have used the money. Now we haven’t got any
to buy food.
n They couldn’t stay. They had to go home.
n Nobody answered the phone, so they can’t have been at home.
They must have been out.
Review: past modal forms (∆ Unit 37)
89
Exercises
1 Complete the statements and questions. Use can, can’t, could
or couldn’t, where possible, or else be able to.
Examples:
6 Somebody asks a friend to lend him some money.
_________________________________________________
can’t go on any longer.
n I’m tired. I ______
_________________________________________________
n At last, we _____________
were able to escape.
1 I ____________ understand the problem. ____________ you?
7 An office worker asks her boss for a day off next week.
________________________________________________
2 Alex ____________ already swim when he was three.
3 I tried to move, but I ____________.
4 You were near the accident, Mr Jones. ____________ you see
what happened?
5 In the end, we _____________________ save enough money
to buy a car last year.
_________________________________________________
8 A visitor asks if he can park his car outside the entrance.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Give advice. (You can often give more than one answer.)
Example:
6 What happened when he got lost?
________________________ find his way home? (he)
2 Write requests. Give two possible forms.
I feel ill. (see the doctor) OR (not go to work today)
_____________________________
You’d better see the doctor. OR
__________________________________
You oughtn’t to go to work today.
1
I’ve got a terrible toothache. (go to the dentist)
______________________________________________
2
The boys have got a lot of work tonight. (not watch TV)
______________________________________________
1 A girl wants to borrow her friend’s book.
_________________________________________________
3
I can’t see very well. (get some glasses)
______________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4
2 A shop assistant offers to help a customer.
_________________________________________________
My brother wants to make more money. (find a better job)
______________________________________________
5
Tom wants a good grade in Maths. (not miss the next test)
______________________________________________
6
Sam wants to play outside, but it’s still raining.
(not go out yet)
______________________________________________
Example:
A business caller wants to talk to the manager.
May
I speak to the manager, please?
_____________________________________
Could
I speak …
_____________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 A manager asks his assistant to get the red file.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Somebody offers a friend a cup of tea.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 A receptionist asks a business visitor for his name.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Complete the statements. Choose from must, mustn’t, have
to or can’t.
Examples:
n Mary’s new contract: Employees ______
must work
38 hours a week
n Mary to her parents: I ________
have to work 38 hours
a week.
1 Teacher to a new student: Tony, you ____________ come late
again. You ____________ always be here on time.
2 Friend to Tony: We ____________ come to school late. If we
do, we ____________ stay behind for an hour after school.
90
3 Notice on a beach: DANGER! Visitors ____________ remain
close to the beach at all times. When the red flag is up,
swimmers ____________ leave the water.
4 Swimmer to friend: Look! The red flag is up. That means we
____________ stay in the water. We ____________ get out.
5 Complete the statements. Choose from the present form
needn’t and the present and past forms of (not) need to or
(not) have to.
Example:
don’t have to
There is a holiday next week, so we ______________
7 Read Ann Green’s diary for today. Then answer her
colleague’s questions. Use can’t be, may be or must be.
9:00–10.30
visit GLA
10:30–12:00
travel to Birmingham
12:00–1:00
meet Stephen Fisher
1:00–2:00
have lunch with Eric Ross at the City Hotel or the
Ritz Grill
2:00–3:30
travel to Liverpool or Manchester
Examples:
What’s she doing at the moment? (It’s 9:30.)
must be visiting GLA .
She ______________________
come to work.
1 You _____________________ go shopping. I’ve been already.
Is she in Birmingham now? (It’s 11:15.)
2 I ________________________ write a report last month.
There was nothing to write about.
must be travelling there .
She _________________________
can’t be in Birmingham .
No, she ________________________
1
3 We ________________________ wear a uniform at work, but
the boss always says we ________________________ dress
smartly.
What’s she doing now? (It’s 12:30.)
She __________________________________________
2
4 When I was at school, we ________________________ wear
the school uniform until the last year, but in the last year, we
________________________ wear it any more.
Where’s she having lunch? (It’s 1:15.)
She __________________________________________
or she ________________________________________
3
Is she in Birmingham now? (It’s 2:45.)
No, she _______________________________________
She __________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 I ________________________ use the car again this week,
so you can have it. But I ________________________ have it
again by Monday morning.
6 Complete the conversation. Choose from will, won’t, could,
may (not) or might (not).
Two friends are waiting at the station for another friend, Ted, and
for a train.
Tony: I hope Ted isn’t going to be late. The train _____
will be here in
a minute.
Lisa:
Don’t worry. Ted 1____________ be here in a minute. He
promised.
Tony: I don’t know. He’s often late. He 2____________ get here,
but he 3____________. Look! The train is coming. It
4
____________ be here in a minute.
Lisa:
You 5____________ be right about Ted. But he
6
____________ still come. There’s still a chance.
Tony: No. He 7____________ get here in time now. It’s too late.
The train is here.
Ted:
Hi, Tony. Hi, Lisa. I’m here.
8 Complete the statements with past forms. Choose from these
modals:
could have, should have, ought to have, would have (’d have), can’t
have, couldn’t have, shouldn’t have, oughtn’t to have.
Example:
n Jean _____________
needn’t have cooked so much.
n Nobody was very hungry.
1 I _____________________ said thank you, but I forgot.
2 They ______________________________ crossed the
desert. They had no water.
3 You ______________________________ made your little
brother cry.
4 We ______________________________ taken our coats. It
was warm.
5 I ______________________________ given you the money if
I’d known you needed it.
91
39
Passive: formation and uses
Every bike is tested.
FORMS
Each bike is tested before
it leaves the factory.
Statements
I
Yes/No questions
am
tested.
Am
I
tested?
tested.
Is
he
tested?
am not
He
is
She
she
It
is not
We
are
it
tested.
Are
You
we
tested?
you
They
are not
they
Wh~ questions
Full answers
Where are they tested?
They are tested at the factory.
When is a bike tested?
It is tested before it leaves.
Short forms: • I am = I’m • he is = he’s • we are = we’re
• I am not = I’m not • he is not = he isn’t, he’s not
• we are not = we aren’t, we’re not • was not = wasn’t
• were not = weren’t
WARNING to
FISHERMEN
A
Forms
Form the present simple passive with am, is, are + past participle.
Active: Our workers test all the bikes.
Passive: All the bikes are tested by our workers.
Form the past simple passive with was, were + past participle.
n The first bike was made about 130 years ago.
Form passive questions and negative passives like this.
Are these cars sold in Europe?
No, they aren’t sold in Europe. They’re sold in America.
B
Uses of the passive
Use the passive to focus on the object of an active sentence – now the
subject. The active subject changes to by + agent.
n The first successful car was built by Karl Benz.
(You can leave out the agent if it is not important or not known.)
n The wheel was invented by somebody thousands of years ago.
We often use the passive in technical English to explain how we do
something. (Who does it is not important.)
n The engines are put together in 85 separate steps.
We often use the passive in formal English, e.g., in business
agreements.
n Under this agreement, it is understood that both parties are
committed to completing the project by 31st December, 2017.
92
Passive tenses and modal forms ∆ 40
/
Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1
Fish and eels from this
river are contaminated.
You are advised not
to eat your catch.
These premises
are patrolled by
guard dogs.
MINERAL
CALCIUM
MINERAL SOURCES
Calcium is found in full- and low-fat dairy
produce, canned fish (e.g., sardines), white
bread, pulses (including baked beans), leafy
green vegetables and dried fruit.
Sodium occurs naturally in many of the foods
SODIUM
& POTASSIUM we eat, but a good proportion of the sodium we
eat is added as table salt (sodium chloride) or
during the manufacture of processed foods.
Potassium is found in all fruits and vegetables.
Bananas are a particularly rich source.
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the present simple passive.
European Airbuses __________
are built by a group of European aeroplane
makers. (build) The nose of the plane 1_____________________
by the French. (make)
The body of the plane 2_____________________ by the Germans.
(produce) The wings 3_____________________ by the British.
(provide) Then all the parts 4_____________________ to one
factory in France where the plane 5_____________________
together. (bring) (put) The finished planes
6
_____________________ to their customers. (then deliver)
2 Write the verbs in the past simple passive.
was designed by Leonardo da
One of the first flying machines ______________
Vinci. (design) The first real plane 1_____________________ by
the Wright brothers in 1903. (build) Planes soon became more
common, and they 2_____________________ in World War 1.
(use) In 1919, letters 3_____________________ across the
Atlantic for the first time. (fly) Soon, other ways of using planes
4
_____________________ too. (find) Passengers
5
_____________________ on regular flights, also in 1919. (carry)
In the same year, the first international passenger flights
6
_____________________ between London and Paris. (begin)
Airline services developed fast. In 1925, the first hot meals for
passengers 7_____________________ by a French airline.
(provide) The first stewardess 8_____________________ by an
American airline in 1937. (employ)
3 Change the active statements into passive statements.
Leave out the agents.
Example:
They didn’t tell people about the plan.
___________________________________
People
weren’t told about the plan.
1 First, the company built the new factory.
_________________________________________________
2 Then the engineers designed the new Superbike 2,000.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 They didn’t show the design to anyone.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 People bought over 1,000 in the first year.
_________________________________________________
4 Read. Then write questions and answers.
Examples:
(What/oil/need/for today)
________________________________
What
is oil needed for today?
___________________________________
It’s
needed for modern transport
_____________
and
industry.
(oil/know/in ancient times)
__________________________________
Was
oil known in ancient times?
____________
Yes, it was.
Our modern world needs large amounts of oil for industry and
modern forms of transport. But oil was first known and used
thousands of years ago. In ancient times, it was burned in oil lamps
for light at night.
Boats were also covered with it to keep water out. It was also used
as a surface for roads by the Chinese.
About 100 years ago, far more oil was suddenly needed as modern
transport and industry developed. Oil wells were drilled and large
amounts of oil were found in many parts of the world, including the
Middle East and the USA.
Today, oil is less easy to find, but new supplies are still discovered
every year. About 80 million barrels of oil are pumped from the
ground every day.
1 (When/oil first/use)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 (it/burn/for light)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 (When/far more oil/need)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 (more oil/find/at that time)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 (How many barrels/oil/pump/every day now)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
93
40
Passive tenses and modal forms
It’s being checked.
It’s been checked.
It can be checked.
Get it checked.
FORMS
The windows are being
painted this week.
Simple tense forms
The roof was finished last week.
Continuous tense forms
The windows are being put in now.
Perfect tense forms
The electrics have been checked.
Future and modal forms
Everything can be finished next month.
Good, but they should have
been painted last week.
CUSTOMER CAR
DELIVERY IN 14
A
Tense forms
Form the different passive tenses like this:
Active
Passive
Simple tenses …
… with am, is, are, was, were
n They finish everything.
Everything is finished.
n They finished everything.
Everything was finished.
Continuous tenses …
… with being
n They are painting everything. Everything is being painted.
n They were painting everything. Everything was being painted.
Perfect tenses …
n They have checked everything.
n They had checked everything.
n They will have checked
everything.
… with been
Everything has been checked.
Everything had been checked.
Everything will have been
checked.
Compare the different forms of be in continuous tenses and perfect
tenses.
n It is being finished.
They are being finished.
n It has been finished.
They have been finished.
B
Future and modal forms
Use the following with be + past participle: will, would, going to, can,
could, may, might, must, should, have to, ought to, etc.
Form the different future and modal passives like this:
Active
Passive
n They are going to do the work. The work is going to be done.
n They will not do the work.
The work will not be done.
n Must they do the work?
Must the work be done?
n When do they have to do
When does the work have to
the work?
be done?
n How should they have done
How should the work have
the work?
been done?
94
Passive: formation and uses ∆ 39
/
Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1
E
DAYS, GUARANTE
ED
On receipt, we will
confirm your order
details. Your order
will be delivered dir
ect to your door WIT
HIN 14 DAYS.
Delivery UK only (ex
cluding Channel Isl
es).
All items are subjec
t to availability.
BOYS’ PE NEWS
SALCOMBE R
E
CHURCH GIS
Salcombe
Cricket
David Culshaw has been selected to
attend the 2nd round of trials on
Monday, 6th April, for the Devon
Under-16 Cricket Squad for the
coming season.
Open daily du
ring daylight
hours.
Groups welcom
e.
Guided tours ca
n be arranged.
ts:
Forthcoming even
SUMMER FUNCTIisON
An informal function
being arranged for
ly in Cottrill Hall.
Saturday 18th Ju
ents, bar
5-piece band, refreshm
midnight
Time: 8.00 pm-12.00
Cost: £10 per head
le from 5th May,
Tickets will be availabthe School Office.
from Miss Parsons in
Some business news now ... Techno,
one of Britain’s biggest electronic
retail chains, may be bought by a
Canadian consortium ...
Exercises
1 Write statements with verbs in continuous passive tenses.
Example:
The boy shouted for help. (he/carry/out to sea)
He
was being carried out to sea.
__________________________________
1 We heard a noise and turned. (we/call/by somebody)
_________________________________________________
2 The towers are dangerous. (they/pull/down/next week)
_________________________________________________
3 The boss was angry. (the work/not/do/efficiently)
_________________________________________________
4 I didn’t see little Ann yesterday. (she/look after/by Sue)
_________________________________________________
5 I haven’t got my car. (it/service/at the garage)
_________________________________________________
2 Write statements with verbs in perfect passive tenses.
Example:
I couldn’t open the door. (it/lock/on the inside)
___________________________________
It
had been locked on the inside.
1 The village is different now. (a lot of new houses/build)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 It says we can’t renew books more than three times.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
At work.
4 It says you must wear protective clothing at all times.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 It says you mustn’t bring food into the office.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 It says you shouldn’t make personal calls from company
phones.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Change the active statements into passive statements.
Leave out the agent if it is not important.
Examples:
n The police are checking the house.
n
_______________________________________
The house is being checked by the police.
n They haven’t cleaned this room.
n
________________________________
This room hasn’t been cleaned.
2 I managed to start the old car. (it/not/drive/for 20 years)
_________________________________________________
1 They built this castle in 1760.
_________________________________________________
3 The bus has gone. (we/leave/behind)
_________________________________________________
2 Somebody was pulling Tony along the road.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 We were angry when we heard about the plan.
(we/not/tell/anything about it)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Alan won’t win the match. Jim will win it.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Write the official rules.
Example:
Read this. It says we must pay bills within 30 days.
Bills
must be paid within 30 days.
____________________________________
At the library.
1 It says we can borrow up to five books.
_________________________________________________
2 It says we should always return books on time.
_________________________________________________
4 People should always read contracts before they sign them.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Bob has written a memo, and the staff are reading it.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Julie isn’t cleaning out the garage. Sue is doing that job.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
95
41
Other passive structures
The president is said to be ready.
AirAce are to have their planes checked.
The president is said to be ready to take action to deal with the
disaster. And it is thought that he will speak to the nation on
TV at 8:00 tonight. Hollywood actors Cheryl Starr and Zak
Reed have announced that they will get married next month.
Following t wo near-crashes, AirAce are having all their
planes checked for engine faults.
•
•
FORMS
Subject
Passive +
Infinitive
The president
is said
to be
Empty subject Passive +
that
It
that
is thought
ready to take action.
he will speak on TV
at 8:00 tonight.
get + past participle
They
will get married
next month.
have/get + object + past participle
They
A
B
C
He is said to …
We can use this structure – subject with passive verb + to-infinitive –
to report what people say or believe about someone or something. This
structure is formal, so it sounds serious and reliable. News reports often
use it, especially when the true facts are not very clear.
We can use these verbs with this structure: allege, assume, believe,
consider, expect, find, know, presume, report, say, think, understand.
n Club manager Tony Carpello is thought to have big plans for next
season.
n The survivors are understood to be recovering in hospital.
n The prisoners were believed to have escaped through a tunnel.
It is said that …
We can also use this structure – ‘dummy subject’ It with passive verb +
that – to report what people say or believe. Like He is said to …, this
structure is formal, so it sounds serious and reliable. News reports often
use it in the same way. We also use it to state general beliefs.
We can use these verbs with this structure: agree, allege, announce,
assume, believe, consider, decide, discover, expect, explain, find, hope,
know, prove, report, suggest, suppose, think, understand.
n It is hoped that the economy will soon start to improve.
n Two centuries ago, it was widely believed that smells
carried disease.
get + past participle
We can use get instead of be + passive for actions.
n Our car got damaged in the crash.
n Lucy always gets invited to all the best parties!
GARDENS
R-US
96
Passive: formation and uses ∆ 39
/
are having their planes checked
for engine faults.
We can use get instead of be for actions, but not for states. We can say both:
n Alice in Wonderland is regularly turned into films and TV series.
n Alice in Wonderland regularly gets turned into films and TV series.
But we can only express a state with be, and not with get.
n Alice is a classic that has been loved for 150 years.
We use get + passive in several common expressions. These include:
get engaged, get married, get divorced, get dressed, get changed, get
washed, get burnt, get sunburnt, get lost, get qualified, get bored, get
embarrassed, get interested, get exhausted, get caught (out).
D
Have/get something done
We use this structure when we ask somebody else to do something for us.
have something
done
n Julie
has
her car
serviced every 12,000
miles.
n The Millers had
their windows cleaned
yesterday.
n I am
having a workshop
built
in my back
garden.
We use auxiliaries be, do and have in questions and negatives.
n Are you having cupboards made for the workshop?
n Tony didn’t have his hair cut for a whole year!
n How many times have they had the house painted?
Instead of have something done, we can say get something done. This
is more informal.
n I must remember to get these shoes mended.
n I’m glad you got that coat cleaned! It looks much better now.
Did your precious plants get damaged by ice and snow last January?
If so, don’t get caught out again. Have your garden properly prepared for
another severe winter.
Call Phil on 0765 164237.
Irregular verbs ∆ Appendix 1
Exercises
1 Rewrite these statements with passive + to-forms.
Example:
Experts say that people lived here for 1,000 years.
People are said to have lived here
________________________________________
for 1,000 years.
_________________
1 We think that no one knows everything that happened.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Experts say that this jewellery is nearly 3,000 years old.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 We know that ancient sea levels were much lower than they are now.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 People consider that this city is developing into the world’s
financial capital.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Rewrite these statements with It + passive verb + that.
Do not add by + agent.
Example:
We know the crash was an accident.
It is now known that the crash was
_____________________________________
an accident.
_____________
1 Everyone has agreed that both sides should meet.
________________________________________________
2 They have announced that last year’s sales were up.
________________________________________________
3 A lot of people assume that the truth will never be known.
________________________________________________
1 The police stopped Sam for speeding.
________________________________________________
2 They mentioned Amy’s brave actions in the newspaper report.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 We never do a lot of important jobs at home.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Do your staff check all the letters to customers before they send
them out?
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Use expressions with get + past participle to change the
following.
Example:
This story is interesting me more and more.
_______________________________________
I’m
getting more and more interested
_____________
in
this story.
1 I need to change into some warmer clothes.
________________________________________________
2 You’ll lose your way without a satnav.
________________________________________________
3 They’re planning to marry in June.
________________________________________________
4 Poor Roz! The sun burnt her very badly.
________________________________________________
5 Lucy hopes to get her qualifications as a doctor by the age of 24.
________________________________________________
5 Write statements. Use have/get + object + past participle.
4 Many people used to believe that the world was flat.
________________________________________________
3 Change the following into the passive with get. Leave out by +
agent if it seems unnecessary.
Examples:
n The fire destroyed all Tina’s photos.
n
___________________________________
All Tina’s photos got destroyed by
_________
the fire.
n Whatever happens, we’re going to finish the project.
n
_______________________________________
Whatever
happens, the project is going
________________
to
get finished.
Example:
The car needs servicing next month.
Let’s
get the car serviced next month.
_______________________________________
1 The windows need mending now.
Let’s ____________________________________________
2 These brochures need printing soon.
Let’s ____________________________________________
3 This wall needs rebuilding tomorrow.
Let’s ____________________________________________
4 The door needs painting before winter.
Let’s ____________________________________________
97
42
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1?
I want to go.
I love going on the rides.
FORMS
I want to go home now.
Verb + infinitive
But, Mum! I love
going on the rides!
Mum: I want to go home now. It’s late.
Tim:
Please, Mum! I want to stay.
Verb + ~ing form
Mum: We can’t keep going round the fair. It’s expensive!
Tim:
A
Easy Clean
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
W e ai m to pl ea se !
Verb + infinitive
Some verbs only take this form. These are the most common:
agree, aim, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, can’t afford, can’t wait,
choose, decide, expect, fail, happen, hesitate, hope, learn, manage,
offer, plan, prepare, pretend, promise, refuse, seem, tend, threaten,
train, want, wish
n I agreed to go with the others.
n We aim to get home by 9:00.
n Has Ed promised not to spend any more money?
Try our new carpet cleaning
C
The suspect is on the
move again. I’ll carry
on following him to see
where he goes.
Tell your friends about the benefits of being a
World Music Club member.
They’ll all want to join!
Exceptions
Some verbs can take both forms.
n It continued to rain all day. It continued raining all day.
n Tom always loves to win.
Tom always loves winning.
n She started to run.
She started running.
HERE’S HOW TO GET YOUR
FREE CDs ...
Other patterns
These verbs take an object + to + infinitive: ask, persuade and remind .
n The manager asked us to wait.
n Tom persuaded me to go.
n Could you remind me to call Mr Hill at 4:00?
y with
Quit smoking the easy wa
ACUPUNCTURE
Qualified doctor with
10 years’ experience
These verbs take a preposition + ~ing form: think of, blame … for .
n We’re thinking of buying a new car.
n I can’t blame her for leaving that boring job.
98
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43
/
Verb + object + infinitive ∆ 44
service
Call 01293 882881
Verb + ~ing form
Some verbs only take this form. These are the most common:
admit, avoid, can’t face, can’t help, can’t stand, carry on, consider,
delay, deny, detest, dislike, enjoy, fancy, finish, give up, go, go on,
imagine, involve, keep, keep on, mention, mind, miss, postpone,
practise, put off, quit, regret, risk, suggest
n Steve avoided seeing Bob for months.
n Have you finished writing that letter?
n I enjoy not getting up early at the weekend.
n I go swimming three times a week.
B
But, Mum! I love going on the rides.
Call 01630 369374
/
Verb + preposition + ~ing form ∆ 45
Exercises
1 Write these verbs in the correct forms.
climb, finish, get, give, learn, move, play, see, win
Example:
I’ve managed __________
to finish the report in time.
1 Tom agreed _______________ for our team.
2 Sandra refused _______________ her son any more money.
3 I can’t wait _______________ my cousins again. They’ve been
away for a long time.
Joe:
Jane: Do you think we can afford 3_______________ a holiday
this summer? (have)
Joe:
Maybe. If we try hard, I think we’ll manage
_______________ enough. (save)
4
Jane: We should give up 5_______________. (smoke) That would
save a lot of money.
Joe:
4 Bob promised _______________ here on time. He’s late.
5 She’s hoping _______________ the competition.
That’s right. The bills keep on 2_______________. (arrive)
You’re right. Anyway, where do you fancy
6
_______________? (go)
Jane: I’ve always wanted 7_______________ Italy. (see) You
wouldn’t mind 8_______________ that, would you? (do)
No, that’s a good idea. And I suggest 9_______________ in
June. (go) I can get some free time then.
6 My parents have decided _______________ to a house in the
country.
Joe:
7 We’re preparing _______________ the mountain.
Jane: Fine. Let’s plan 10_______________ then. (go) I can
imagine 11_______________ around the streets of Venice
and Rome already! (walk)
8 I’ve chosen _______________ German this semester.
2 Write these verbs in the correct forms.
buy, crash, eat, lose, say, smoke, wait, walk, watch
Example:
4 Complete the statements with negative forms.
Examples:
n Are you sorry that you didn’t pass the exam?
Drive slowly. We don’t want to risk _________
crashing Dad’s
n Do you regret _______________________
not passing the exam?
new car.
n Please don’t break the contract.
1 I can’t stand _______________ that TV programme.
2 They can’t deny _______________ the money. It’s gone.
3 We’ve delayed _______________ a car. We’re short of money.
4 I enjoy _______________ breakfast in the garden.
5 Don keeps on _______________ he’s clever, but he seems
stupid to me.
6 Do you mind _______________ here? Mr Price will be here
soon.
not to break the contract.
n Please agree ___________________________
1 Jean looks as if she doesn’t mind what he said.
Jean seems _______________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Please don’t make so much noise.
Would you mind ____________________________________
________________________________________________
3 ‘It’s true. I don’t have the money to repay Sam,’ Tom said.
Tom admitted ______________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 I’ve given up _______________. I feel fitter already.
8 We’ll have to carry on _______________. We can’t stop here.
3 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Jane: I hate all these bills – gas, electricity, phone, the garage.
Joe:
I detest _____________
dealing with them too. (deal with) And I just
to pay them all. (pay)
don’t know how we can afford _______
4 ‘I’m not going to go out with the others,’ Suzie said.
Suzie decided ______________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 ‘I’m not going to talk to Bill any more,’ Ann said angrily.
Ann threatened ____________________________________
_________________________________________________
Jane: We seem 1_______________ all our money as fast as it
comes in. (spend)
99
43
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2?
I started to race.
I started racing.
FORMS
When did you start racing, Tony?
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (no change of meaning)
When did you start racing?
Driver:
I first started to race when I was 17.
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (change of meaning)
I first started to
race when I was 17.
A
Reporter:
Tony went on racing European Formula One cars for years.
Later, he went on to race in the USA.
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (similar meaning)
These verbs can take either form with little or no change of meaning:
attempt, begin, bother, can’t bear, continue, hate, intend, like, love,
prefer, propose, start, continue, intend, propose and bother.
n It began raining at 10:00.
It began to rain at 10:00.
n Tony loves driving fast.
Tony loves to drive fast.
n Soon, it started raining.
Soon, it started to rain.
n
I love my mother and father very much.
I’m really thirsty. I’d love a cup of tea.
n I always prefer driving to going by bus.
n I’d prefer to drive there tonight. The bus might be late.
n
B
Verb + object + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (similar meaning)
These verbs can take either the ~ing form or object + to + infinitive
with little or no change of meaning: advise, allow, encourage, forbid,
permit and recommend.
n Bill advised doing some exercise.
n Bill advised me to do some exercise.
n I don’t allow smoking in my house.
n I don’t allow people to smoke in my house.
C
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form (different meaning)
Some verbs can take either verb + to + infinitive or verb + ~ing form,
but with a change of meaning. The most common examples are
opposite.
But do not put two ~ing forms together.
n People were beginning to leave when I arrived. (not leaving)
In British English, there can be a difference with the verb like.
n He likes driving classic racing cars. (He enjoys this.)
n He likes to check the oil and tyres before he drives anywhere.
(He does this because he thinks it is the right thing to do.)
Note the difference between hate/would hate, like/would like,
love/would love and prefer/would prefer.
G
em
ini
May 22
–June 22
HAIR CLINIC
t I’m afraid that a
my teens, bu
long hairstyle since
I’ve had the same
uldn’t suit me.
shorter style just wo
ll
P. Turner, Cornwa
PHILIP says:
ger layers
lder length, with lon
ou
sh
to
t
cu
ir
ha
ur
Try having yo
ir around the face,
. Then feather the ha
through the bottom
king sexy and fresh!
wn, to keep hair loo
from the lip line do
100
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42
/
Verb + object + infinitive ∆ 44
When people try to sort out serious pro
blems by
making minor changes it is called ‘rea
rranging the
deckchairs on the Titanic’. However,
some people
prefer trying different solutions before
deciding
which one they intend to follow.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
Verb + infinitive
remember/forget + infinitive (for necessary actions)
n Please remember to buy a newspaper.
n Please don’t forget to buy some milk.
Verb + ~ing form
remember/forget + verb ~ing (for memories of the past)
n I remember climbing that mountain in 1985.
n I’ll never forget reaching the top. It was great!
n
stop + infinitive (stop one thing and do something else for a short time)
On our way home we stopped to buy some stamps.
n
try + infinitive (make a strong effort, do your best)
n We tried to mend the engine all night, but we failed.
n
stop + ~ing (end an action)
Let’s stop fighting and start talking.
try + ~ing (do something in a new way)
I don’t like the table here. Let’s try putting it over there.
mean + infinitive (1 plan to do something, 2 be required to do
something)
1) I meant to call you, but I was busy.
1) I’m very sorry! I didn’t mean to hit you.
2) You’re meant to sign the papers here. Then they’ll give you your
money.
mean + ~ing (one thing makes another thing necessary)
n I want to go to college, but that means working really hard.
n The bus has broken down. That means waiting for an hour
for the next one.
regret + infinitive (for showing you are sorry about what you are saying)
n We regret to tell you that Mr Briggs has died.
regret + ~ing (for showing you are sorry about doing something)
n I regretted leaving my money at home. I needed it in town.
need + infinitive (has to do)
n Harry needs to fly to Cairo tonight as he has a meeting there
tomorrow.
need + ~ing (for something that is necessary)
n Look at that dirty floor. It really needs cleaning.
go on + infinitive (do something new after finishing another thing)
n She went on to become a famous artist.
go on + ~ing (continue doing)
n Sally went on working hard, even after her terrible accident.
– DAILY GLOBE SPECIAL OFFER –
Californian Duster
L
ib
ra
Septem
Would you prefer to take the strain out of
housework or do you enjoy spending long
hours dusting and cleaning?
This amazing Californian Duster can be used for all
those difficult-to-clean surfaces such as TVs and stereos
.
Send for one now while the offer lasts.
Are you fed up with being unfit?
And how often have you meant
to do something about it?
Well, now’s your chance!
ber 24–
October 23
Recent developments in your intimat
e affairs have
administered a shock to your system.
However,
there’s no time to start worrying about
the past
when the future requires your urgent
attention.
This situation means taking action now
!
- Join us for aerobics classes Every Thursday at 7 p.m.
Haygate Village Hall
101
Exercises
1 Write these verbs in the correct forms. Give both infinitive
and ~ing forms where both are possible.
ask, be, come, form, provide, take
9 Ann always likes ______________________________ exactly
where her children are. (know)
10 I’d hate ______________________________ alone. (live)
Someone is making a speech.
Ladies and gentlemen,
to come to this meeting on a cold, wet
Thank you for bothering ________
December evening. I know most of us would prefer
1
____________________ at home. I don’t intend
2
____________________ much of your time, but I have an
important proposal to make. I propose 3____________________ a
group of us to collect money for our local hospital. For many years,
the hospital has continued 4____________________us all with a
great service. Recently, though, the hospital has not been getting
enough money for things such as children’s toys. That’s why the
staff have started 5____________________ for help from us, the
local community.
2 Write the verbs in the correct forms. Give both infinitive
and ~ing forms where both are possible
Example:
going on holiday. (go)
Ed loves ______
3 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Tina:
to post the letters and buy the new
Did you remember _________
TV licence? (post)
Bob:
Well, I remembered 1____________ the letters. (post)
But I didn’t get the licence.
Tina:
Oh, no! You really forgot 2_______________ the licence?
(buy) I clearly remember 3_______________ you to do that
when you went out this morning. (ask)
Bob:
Well, I don’t remember 4____________ you. (hear) Perhaps
I was too far away.
Tina:
That’s wrong. I remember you 5____________, ‘I’ll get it on
the way home.’ (say)
Bob:
Don’t be silly. People don’t forget 6____________ things
like that. (say)
Tina:
Well, you did. Anyway, please don’t forget 7____________
it tomorrow. (get)
Bob:
All right. I’ll remember 8____________ that. (do) I promise.
Ed would love ______
to go away this year. (go)
1 Alan hates ______________________________ early in the
morning. (get up)
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
2 Would you like ______________________________ out to
the cinema this evening? (go)
1 At a dry-cleaner’s.
3 I like ______________________________ that all the
windows and doors are shut at night. (check)
to clean this jacket for me, please?
Customer: Can you try ________
(clean) I’ve tried ____________ these marks out, but I
can’t. (get)
4 We always prefer ______________________________ in the
sea instead of the pool. (swim)
Assistant: Have you tried ____________ Vanish? (use) It’s very
good.
5 Ben doesn’t like ______________________________ very
much. (read)
2 At a hotel.
6 Which would you prefer ______________________________
tomorrow – stay at home or go out? (do)
Clerk: Excuse me, sir. Could you complete this form, please? It just
means ____________ your home address and
____________ at the bottom. (write) (sign)
7 I’d love ______________________________ London and see
Buckingham Palace. (visit)
8 When Emma was small, she loved
______________________________ with her doll’s house.
(play)
102
Guest: Oh, yes, of course. I meant ____________ it when I arrived,
but I had to make a quick phone call. (do)
3 In an office.
Manager: This report needs _______________. (correct)
Secretary: When would you like me to do it?
Manager: Oh, you don’t need ____________ it now. (do)
Tomorrow is all right.
5 Join each pair of statements to make one statement.
Example:
Ian said such terrible things to Emma! He didn’t
mean it.
Ian didn’t _________________________________
mean to say such terrible things
to
Emma.
_________
1 Bob didn’t get the licence on his way home from work. He forgot.
Bob forgot _______________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
7 Throw your work away and start all over again from the
beginning. That’s what this mistake means.
This mistake means _________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 I’m sorry. I didn’t phone you this morning, but I was just too
busy. I meant to.
I’m sorry. I meant __________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
9 We should paint the dining room and the kitchen. They really
need it.
The dining room and the kitchen ______________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
2 I thought I could develop a new kind of solar-powered engine.
I tried for years.
For years, I tried ____________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 They say I had fights with other children when I was young. I
don’t remember them.
I don’t ___________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 They shouldn’t make so much noise late at night. They
should stop.
They should _______________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 I hate telling you this, but I’m afraid your son has done very
badly in his exams. I regret that.
I regret ___________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 What about buying some things for dinner at this supermarket?
Let’s stop here for a minute.
Let’s ____________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Alan Jones is talking to a careers adviser about starting
a new career.
Adviser: We need ____________
to work out a plan for your future. (work out)
What have you done up to now?
Alan:
Well, I tried _________
working in a shop. (work) I also tried
1
_______________ as an office worker. (train) But I’ve
stopped now. I need 2_______________ something more
interesting. (find)
Adviser: How long did you go on 3_____________ those jobs? (do)
Alan:
For two years. Now what I need 4_______________ is to
change completely. (do) I want to become a doctor.
Adviser: That’s a very big change. It needs 5_______________
about. (think) First of all, it means 6_______________
a lot of exams. (pass) It’s a pity you left school early.
You must really regret 7_______________ without doing
your final school examinations. (leave)
Alan:
Yes, I do. I meant 8_______________ them. (take) But
my dad suddenly got very ill, I regret 9_______________.
(say) And I had to leave school and get a job to help
support the family. Anyway, now I’m studying hard and I’m
trying 10_______________. (catch up) If I do well enough
in my exams next summer, I’ll go on 11_______________
at medical college after that. (study)
Adviser: Well, I certainly hope you succeed.
103
44
Verb + object + infinitive
Dad has invited us to stay.
He wants us to go.
FORMS
Hi, Bob. Listen, Dad has invited
us to stay with him.
Verb + object + infinitive
Dad has invited us to stay with him.
He has asked me to phone you.
Verb with and without object + infinitive
He wants to go to the theatre with us. (without)
He wants us to go on Saturday. (with)
A
Verb + object + infinitive
These verbs take an object + to + infinitive: cause, enable, force, get
(= persuade), instruct, invite, let, make, order, permit, persuade,
remind, teach, tell, warn.
n The officer ordered his men to start.
n I told the children not to play with matches.
Police in France have
ordered their forces to stop
and search all cars leaving
Paris in the hunt for a
suspected terrorist.
After let and make use an infinitive without to.
n We let students go home at 4:00.
n The boss made us work late.
B
Verb with and without object + infinitive
These verbs may, or may not, take an object: ask, beg, expect, help,
intend, mean (intend), want, (would) hate, (would) like, (would) love,
(would) prefer.
n She asked to meet the president.
n She asked us to meet the president.
n Steve expects to pass his driving test.
n Ann expects everybody else to do the work for her.
After help use either a to + infinitive or an infinitive without to.
n I helped (them) to make dinner.
n I helped (them) make dinner.
C
Q During a dinner party, when is the corre
ct time to
begin eating?
A Some people expect everyone to wait
until all the guests
have been served. This is quite unnecessa
ry and it is
acceptable to begin eating as soon as you
receive your
food. However, the sophisticated guest
expects to wait
a few moments before tucking in.
Other points
The verbs hate, like, love and prefer can take all these forms.
n I hate going.
I hate you going.
n I hate to go.
I hate you to go.
These verbs can take an object + infinitive or the ~ing form without an
object: advise, allow, encourage, permit.
n We don’t allow people to smoke. n We don’t allow
smoking.
After recommend and suggest, use these forms:
n I suggest going to the park. n I suggest (that) we go to the park.
After offer and promise, use these forms:
n I promised Tim a book. (verb + object only)
n I promised to buy Tim a book. (verb + infinitive only)
n I promised (that) I would buy Tim a book. (verb (+ that ) +
will/would )
104
Everyday Etiquette
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42
/
This cinema is surrounded
by residences.
We would be grateful for
your co-operation and we ask
you to leave quietly at the
end of the film.
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 2? ∆ 43
Exercises
1 Complete the statements.
Example:
‘Be careful, Steve!’ John said.
John warned _____________________
Steve to be careful.
1 ‘Be quiet, Alan,’ the teacher said.
The teacher told ____________________________________
6 You can buy now and pay later. This credit card lets you.
This credit card lets _________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Complete the statements.
Example:
Julie wanted _________
to listen .
2 The weather was bad and Ann said, ‘Rob, don’t drive so fast.’
Ann warned _______________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 ‘Don’t take photos,’ the soldier said to me.
The soldier ordered _________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Lucy always says to her son, ‘Take your medicine after lunch.’
Lucy always reminds ________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Nick said, ‘Try this cake, everybody.’
Nick invited _______________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 ‘Stop!’ the policeman said to the man.
The policeman instructed _____________________________
2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement.
Example:
I went out last night. Bill persuaded me.
Bill persuaded ________________________
me to go out last night.
1 Tina didn’t buy the dress. Suzie persuaded her.
Suzie persuaded ____________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 The climbers turned back. The bad weather forced them.
The bad weather forced ______________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Our boat rolled over. A wave caused it.
A wave caused _____________________________________
_________________________________________________
Be careful: these are different!
4 We didn’t go out. Dad didn’t let us.
Dad didn’t let ______________________________________
‘Can I listen, please?’ Julie said.
‘Listen, everybody,’ Julie said.
everybody to listen.
Julie wanted ____________________
1 It would be great to buy that car.
I’d love ___________________________________________
2 I’ll be very angry if Tom gets the job.
I would hate _______________________________________
3 ‘Could you leave your cases there, Mrs Jones?’ he said.
He asked _________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Tony said, ‘Can I see the contract, please?’
Tony asked ________________________________________
5 Our friends cut down a tree. We did some of the work too.
We helped ________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 You saw your present. We didn’t want that to happen yet.
We didn’t mean ____________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Examples:
going home. (go)
I suggest ______
go home. (go)
I suggest we ___
He won’t permit us ______
to go home. (go)
1 He doesn’t allow ____________ in the river. (swim)
2 Our dentist likes everybody ____________ a check-up every
six months. (have)
3 The taxi driver offered ____________ Lucy with her luggage.
(help)
4 The doctor advised Bob ____________ more exercise. (get)
5 I don’t recommend ____________ that car. (buy)
5 The boys ran five kilometres. The new trainer made them.
The new trainer made _______________________________
_________________________________________________
6 I suggest ____________ to your teacher about the problem. (talk)
105
45
Verb + preposition + ~ing form
I dream of winning.
FORMS
What are you
thinking about?
Verb + preposition + noun
Rick was thinking about the race.
Verb + preposition + ~ing form
He was dreaming of winning the race.
Verb + object + preposition + ~ing form
His boss accused him of wasting company time.
A
Verb + preposition + noun/~ing form
Some verbs take a preposition, and these are often called prepositional
verbs (∆ Unit 92). A noun may follow the preposition.
n I’m thinking about the race.
Do you think a lot
about your boyfriend?
After some prepositional verbs, there may be a verb in the ~ing form
instead of a noun.
n I’m dreaming of winning (the race).
These are some of the most common verbs taking the ~ing form:
apologize for, agree/disagree about/with, approve/disapprove of,
believe in, complain about/of, concentrate on, decide against, dream
about/of, feel like, insist on, look forward to, object to, rely on, succeed
in, talk about, think about/of, wonder about.
n I’ll apologize for arriving late. n They don’t approve of
smoking.
n I decided against buying
n We can’t rely on getting
the car.
help.
Verbs taking different prepositions often mean different things.
The most common problems are with dream and think.
n When I dreamt about crashing into a rock last night, I suddenly
woke up.
n Every day, Frank dreams of winning the race.
n I thought about going home all day yesterday.
n The person who first thought of windsurfing was a genius!
n I’m thinking of/about going to Spain, but I’m not sure yet.
B
Verb + object + preposition + ~ing form
Some verbs take an object before the preposition. These are some of
the most common: accuse … of, blame … for, congratulate … on,
discourage … from, forgive … for, punish … for, suspect … of, thank
… for, warn … against.
n I blame Tom for causing the crash.
n Lisa thanked us for coming to her party.
The verbs prevent and stop are a little different. After an object, they
can only take an ~ing form, and not a noun. We also sometimes leave
out from.
n A storm stopped Rick (from) finishing the race.
106
Prepositional verbs ∆ 92
Well, I of ten think
of changing him.
Greenpeace
accuses
government
of neglecting
inner cities
A spokesperson for Greenpeace
yesterday criticized the government
for doing nothing to halt the decay
of inner city areas. Bill Story told the
press at a news conference called to
discuss the latest figures on housing
development that …
Your holiday questions
answered
Q Will a suntan lotion
with a
high sun protection fac
tor prevent
me getting a tan?
A No, but it will stop you
r skin from burning wh
en it is first
exposed to the sun an
d allow it to acclimatize
gradually.
Exercises
1 Add these prepositions and then the ~ing forms of the verbs
in brackets.
about, for, in, like, of, on, to
Example:
Tom tried nine times, but he never succeeded
___________
in
winning . (win)
1 Mike apologized ________________________ the vase. (break)
2 He insisted ________________________ for a new one. (pay)
3 We often wonder ________________________ house. (move)
Is it a good idea?
4 I object ________________________ out in this terrible
weather. (go)
5 What do you feel ________________________ today? (do)
6 We’re thinking ________________________ a sports club
next year. (join)
2 Rewrite the sentence parts in order, changing the underlined
parts to ~ing forms of the verbs in brackets.
Example:
2 Ben broke the window. His father punished him.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Don’t go sailing in this wind. I must warn you.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 She hurt my child. I can’t forgive her.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 He’s left that terrible job. You can’t blame him.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 The dogs are fighting. We can’t stop them.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
about/in/next year/we talked/our travels/South
America (travel)
_____________________________________
We talked about travelling in South
___________________
America next year.
1 the sale of/my brother and I/about/in/disagreed/the old family
house/London (sell)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 for/I must apologize/so late/my arrival/at night (arrive)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 the discovery of/through/in/a new route/succeeded/the
mountains/they finally (discover)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 the company’s next project/to concentrate/we want/China/our
plans for/on/in (plan)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Add the
correct preposition.
Example:
1 I’m going to win. You can’t prevent me.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
She got the job. Her brother congratulated her.
___________________________________
Her brother congratulated her on
________________
getting the job.
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Mary: Do you remember the other night? _________________
We talked about
going away for a week. (talk/go) And we 1____________
______
_________________________________ to Scotland for
a week. (think/go)
Bill:
Yes, but we 2____________________________________
__________ that in the end. (decide/do) You
3
_____________________________________________
____________ Scotland as it’s cold at this time of year.
(discourage/us/choose)
Mary: That’s right, but I mentioned the idea when I called my
cousin Sheena in Edinburgh last night. She immediately
4
_____________________________________________
_______________ us to stay. (insist/invite) She said we
must come, and she’s really 5_______________________
________________________________ us Edinburgh.
(look forward/show)
Bill:
That’s really nice of her. I must say I’ve always 6_________
__________________________________________
Edinburgh. (dream/visit) So let’s go.
Mary: OK, I’ll phone her and 7___________________________
_______________________ us. (thank/her/ask) And I’ll
say yes. She’ll be very pleased.
107
46
Adjective + preposition + ~ing form; be/get used to and used to
I’m nervous about working up here.
You’ll get used to it.
I’m a bit ner vous about working
so high up. I’m not used to it.
FORMS
Adjective + preposition + noun
Sam is nervous about his new job.
Bill says everyone is used to it.
Adjective + preposition + ~ing form
Sam is nervous about working so high up.
Bill says he’ll get used to doing it.
Oh, don’t worry. You’ll soon
get used to being up here.
be/get used to and used to
Sam used to work on the ground.
But now he’s getting used to working 200 metres up.
Sam’s first day at his new job.
A
Adjective + preposition + noun/~ing form
Many adjectives take a preposition. A noun may follow this.
n Sam is nervous about his new job.
Instead of a noun, there may be a verb in the ~ing form.
n Sam is worried about working so high up.
These are some of the most common adjectives taking the ~ing form:
afraid of, annoyed about, ashamed of, anxious about, bored with,
capable of, disappointed about, enthusiastic about, excited about, fed
up with, fond of, good/bad at, grateful for, guilty of, happy about,
interested in, keen on, nervous about, pleased about, responsible for,
tired of, used to, worried about.
n At first, Sam was enthusiastic about starting his new job.
n He thought he would be good at doing this kind of work.
n But now he finds that he is not very happy about looking down.
n He is not used to working so far above ground level.
These adjectives can take about or at + ~ing form with little change of
meaning: annoyed about/at, disappointed about/at, excited about/at.
n I’m annoyed about/at losing my keys. I really need them!
B
used to + ~ing form/noun and used to + infinitive
Be careful. I am used to doing + noun and I used to do are different.
n Bill and the others are used to working high up. (It’s not new or
strange to them.)
n Sam isn’t used to/hasn’t got used to it yet. (It’s still new and
strange to him.)
n Bill thinks he will get used to it. (It will become normal to him
after some time.)
But:
n
Sam used to build houses, but now he works on skyscraper
construction. (He regularly built houses in the past, but he doesn’t
do that now.)
Be/become/grow accustomed to (doing) something are like be/get used
to (doing) something – but more formal.
108
Adjective + preposition ∆ 91
SALES DIRECTOR – EAST ASIA
Salary from US$180,000 + excellent benefits
The successful candidate will be responsible for further
developing our dynamic presence across East Asia and
will be capable of leading a large multinational sales
force based in a number of key markets.
James and June
were playing hide
and seek. James found a place to hide
in a cupboard. His eyes slowly grew
accustomed to the dark. Now all he could
do was wait ... ‘Ready or not here I come!’,
it looked like the game had begun.
DOCUMENTARY OF THE DAY
The way life used to be
Reality Channel 9:30–10:30
A fascinating look at country life in
the 19th century. This programme
gives us a clear picture of the way
that ordinary people used to live
their everyday lives.
Exercises
1 Complete with the adjectives and necessary prepositions and
~ing forms.
Example:
The ship was ____________________
capable of crossing the Atlantic in
3 Rewrite the sentence parts in order, changing the underlined
parts to ~ing forms of the verbs in brackets.
Example:
three days. (capable/cross)
away/anxious (live)
________________________________________
Maria
is anxious about living at college
_______________________________
far
away from home next year.
1 She’s very kind. She isn’t _____________________________
anybody. (capable/hurt)
2 Are you ____________________________________ on
holiday? (excited/go) It’s very soon.
3 I’m very ______________________________ this village.
(fond/visit) I love the old place.
4 Which are you _____________________________________
next year – Art or Music? (interested/study)
5 Is Sam __________________________________________
his exams? (pleased/pass) He got very good marks.
6 We’re __________________________________________
the same music all the time. (fed up/hear)
7 Tom is ______________________________. (bad/cook) He
always burns things.
2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Add the
correct preposition.
Example:
Ellie didn’t tell the truth. Everyone knew she was
guilty.
_______________________________________
Everyone
knew Ellie was guilty of not
__________________
telling
the truth.
1 the football team?/worried/his place/the loss of/Isn’t
Pat/in/about (lose)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 of/to/travel/every day./tired/work in the city/Ed is (travel)
________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 her company./office equipment/Naomi is/the choice of/
at/for/responsible (choose)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 their failure/Our engineers were/in/the fault/the ship’s
engines./to find/about/anxious (fail)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Complete the mini-dialogues with appropriate forms of the
verbs in brackets.
Example:
1 Mark had a chance to show his invention on TV. He was very
grateful.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_______________________
getting used to living here now.
(get used to/live)
1
_____________________ here in Singapore yet?
(get used to/live)
Well, I’m enjoying life here in lots of ways, but I’m from
Norway, as you know, so I ____________________ with
the heat here every day. (not be used to/cope)
Oh, you __________________ our climate in the end.
Everyone does! (get used to)
2
What __________________ before you came to work here
at Global News? (use to/do)
I __________________ with Radio South-West. (use to/be)
_________________ with the news team? (use to/work)
No, I __________________ documentaries. (use to/make)
3 We played badly and almost lost the match. We feel annoyed.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Do we really have to meet those people? I’m not very keen!
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
So, after your first year in New York, ________
are you
________
used to life here now? (be used to)
Well, I __________________
didn’t use to like city life at all,
as you know. (not use to/like) But I think I’m
2 We want to take cookery classes. We’re all very interested.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Alan failed to help anyone else. Later, he felt ashamed.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
at college/about/from/next year./life/Maria is/far
109
47
Structures with ~ing clauses
He watched it coming down.
A
Two actions at the same time
1 Last Friday night, Jim Hunt drove home from work thinking about
the quiet weekend ahead.
2 But then, travelling past Tenbury Hill, he had the strangest
experience of his life.
3 He was shocked to see his car lights suddenly cut out, and to
hear the engine die. The car stopped.
4 Then he saw a brightly lit object flying slowly across the road.
5 He watched it coming down to land between the road and the
hill to his left.
B
One action, then another action
1 Taking his camera out of the glove box, he got out of the car.
2 Having shut the car door quietly and carefully, he turned to start
walking towards the object, which was still brightly lit.
C
Explaining why
1 Being a scientist, Jim wanted to find out more about this
strange thing.
2 Having refused to believe in UFOs all his life, he felt there must
be some other, simple explanation.
D
Preposition + ~ing form
1 Despite feeling sure that the object was not a UFO, Jim could not
think what else it might be.
2 On getting nearer, he began recording comments as well as
taking photos.
3 Then, suddenly, the thing took off again without making any
noise at all.
E
Linking words + ~ing
1 After climbing slowly to about 100 metres, the object shot away
to the north-east at high speed.
2 Before calling the police, Jim ran the last few metres to where it
had been just 30 seconds before.
3 Although expecting to find nothing there, he actually found burn
marks on the grass.
4 ‘Perhaps it really was a UFO,’ he thought to himself while calling
999 for the police.
110
Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms ∆ 75
He saw an object flying slowly across the road.
t
Taking his camera ou
of the glove pocket,
.
he got out of the car
A
Two actions at the same time
1 We can use a main verb (drove) and then an ~ing form for two things
that are happening at the same time. In this order, no comma is
needed.
2 We can put the clauses the other way round, with first the ~ing
form and then had. This way round, we need a comma. We could
add a linking word – while or when – to the ~ing form in 1 or 2:
see Section E Linking words + ~ing, No. 4.
3 When we see, hear, notice, etc., a short action, we can use an
infinitive without to. These ‘sense’ verbs are: feel, hear, listen to,
notice, see, watch.
4 When we see, hear, notice, etc., a longer action, we can use an
~ing form. These sense verbs are: feel, find, hear, listen to, notice,
see, smell, watch.
5 This is similar to 4.
B
One action, then another action
1 When one action quickly follows another, we can use an ~ing form
for the first action. We could add the linking word after to the ~ing
form: see Section E Linking words + ~ing, No. 1.
2 We can also use having plus a past participle – having shut (instead
of shutting) – to put the first clause more clearly in the past.
C
Explaining why
1 An ~ing clause at the start – Being a scientist, – can give a
reason for the second clause. This structure gives another way
of saying: Because he was a scientist, …
2 We can also use Having plus a past participle – Having refused
to believe … – to put the first clause in the past.
On getting nearer, he began reco
rding comments as well
as taking photos.
D
Preposition + ~ing form
1 We can use an ~ing form after some prepositions, e.g., despite, in
spite of.
2 We can use an ~ing form after on, meaning as soon as. We can
also use an ~ing form after as well as, meaning in addition to.
3 We can use an ~ing form after without and several other
prepositions and prepositional phrases, too.
Reference list:
against, *as a result of, *as well as, *besides, *by, *despite, for, from,
how about, in favour of, *in spite of, instead of, *on, *upon, what about,
without
*These forms are quite formal, and they are used in writing more than
in speaking. We can always find less formal ways of saying the same
thing, e.g., Jim felt sure that the object was not a UFO, but he could
not think what else it might be.
E
Linking words + ~ing
Like the structure preposition + ~ing form (D), Linking words +
~ing can be quite formal.
1 We could also say: Climbing slowly to … or: On climbing slowly to …
Less formally, we could just say: After it had climbed slowly to …
2 Less formally, we could just say: Before he called the police, …
3 Less formally, we could just say: Although he expected …
or: He expected to find nothing there, but he actually found …
4 Less formally, we could just say: … as he called 999 …
Reference list:
after, although, before, even though, since, though, when, while.
Although expecting to find nothing there, he actually found
burn marks on the grass.
111
Exercises
1 Describe two actions happening at the same time. Put the
verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb,
an ~ing form or an infinitive without to.
Example:
In the year 1899, an old sailing ship travelling up
the south-east coast of Africa was
caught in a
terrible three-day storm. (travel/catch)
1 _______________ from the bridge of the ship through the third
night, the junior officer in charge and a young sailor
_______________ the storm _______________ little by little.
(watch/see/decrease)
2 The old sailing ship _______________ slow progress to the
north-east, ________________ and _______________ from
wave to angry wave. (make/rise/fall)
3 Suddenly, the junior officer and the young sailor
_______________ a powerfully built, older man in wet
seaman’s clothes, with a pale face and a terrible head wound
_______________ from nowhere on the bridge beside them.
(see/appear)
4 _______________ quickly, he _______________ past the
junior officer to the ship’s compass. (move/push)
2 Describe one action and then another. Put the verbs in
brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb,
an ~ing form or a past participle form.
Example:
_____________________
Giving/Having
given his instruction to sail
north-north-east again, the stranger _______
looked hard
at the two young men. (give/look)
1 _______________ the words, ‘Every moment is important!’ he
then _______________ as suddenly as he _______________
just moments earlier. (add/disappear/appear)
2 _______________ their heads in disbelief, the young officer
and sailor _______________ at each other, unable to speak for
a while. (shake/stare)
5 _______________ down at it, he suddenly _______________,
‘Change your course to north-north-east.’ (stare/say)
3 _______________ about the stranger’s words for a minute or
two, the officer finally _______________ the young sailor to
wake the captain and ask him what to do. (think/send)
6 ___________________ what this was all about, the officer just
_________________, ‘But my orders are to steer north-east.’
(not understand/reply)
4 _______________ the story, the captain _______________
as amazed and puzzled as the young sailor was. (hear/be)
7 The two young men _______________ the stranger
_______________ again, more urgently, ‘Steer north-northeast. Immediately!’ (hear/say)
112
5 _______________ on his heavy oilskin clothing against the
storm, he _______________ with the young sailor up to the
bridge of the ship. (put/go)
3 Use prepositions with ~ing forms to describe actions. Put the
verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb
or an ~ing form. Add one of these prepositions before each
~ing form.
by, despite, instead of, on, without
Example:
____________
On hearing the same amazing story from the
decided that he should
junior officer, the captain _________
not ignore it. (hear/decide)
1 _______________ behind schedule because of the storm, he
_______________ that he would not lose very much more time
if he followed the stranger’s instructions for a few hours. (be/feel)
2 So, _______________ to sail north-east as before, the old ship
_______________ course to north-north-east. (continue/change)
3 _______________ what to expect, they _______________
the new course until early the next morning. (know/follow)
4 _______________ enough light to see by, they
_______________ first one, then another and another and
another lifeboat, each full of exhausted men and ready to sink
under the heavy waves. (get/spot)
5 _______________ the stranger’s orders, they
_______________ the survivors of another ship – men who
would certainly soon have died! (follow/find)
4 Use linking words with ~ing forms to describe actions. Put the
verbs in brackets into appropriate forms – either a main verb
or an ~ing form. Add one of these linking words before each
~ing form.
after, after, although, before, on, while
Example:
On reaching the lifeboats, sailors _______
_____________
lifted the
exhausted survivors to safety one by one. (reach/lift)
1 _______________ the survivors, the captain and his men
_______________ to hear their sad story. (rescue/begin)
2 _______________ their way through the storm, their ship
_______________ fire and it _______________.
(fight/catch/sink)
3 The only person who had died was their captain.
_______________ sure of all his men’s safety, he
_______________ ready to follow them into the lifeboats.
(make/be)
4 But then, _______________ the sinking ship, he
_______________ on the head by a falling mast and thrown
into the sea. (leave/hit)
5 ___________________ to find anything else, the junior officer
and the young sailor still _______________ to look out across
the rough grey sea for a few minutes more. But then they did
see something else: it was the body of a powerfully built, older
man in wet seaman’s clothes, with a pale face and a terrible head
wound. It was the body of the dead captain. (not expect/continue)
113
48
Common expressions with ~ing forms
Let’s go surfing this Friday.
It’s no use asking for time off.
Listen. Let’s go surfing this Friday.
No, it’s no use asking for time off. We’re busy
finishing the accounts here in my department.
But surely there’s
no harm asking
your boss!
A
Go + ~ing forms
We use go + ~ing for various activities.
n Claire goes riding nearly every day.
n I’m going to go swimming this afternoon.
n Where did you go shopping the other day?
Most of these expressions are for outdoor leisure activities, e.g., go +
camping/climbing/diving/fishing/jogging/sailing/skiing/surfing/
swimming.
B
It’s + ~ing forms
It’s no good …/It’s no use …/It’s useless …
n It’s no good banging on the door; everyone’s out.
n It’s no use saying sorry; Lucy’s too upset to talk to you.
n It’s useless trying to work now; it’s too dark.
It’s (not) worth …
n It’s not worth seeing that film. It’s really bad!
n It’s (well) worth going to the new play. It’s quite good.
C
There’s + ~ing forms
There’s no harm (in) …/There’s no point (in) …
n There’s no harm (in) seeing the doctor. You may be OK, but you
may not.
n There’s no point (in) trying to start the car again. The engine’s
dead.
D
Have + ~ing forms
have (no) difficulty/have (no) problems/have (no) trouble
n We’re having (no) difficulty understanding her accent.
n I had (no) problems finding the address.
n She’ll have (no) trouble working out the answer.
E
Expressions with ~ing forms for time and money
be busy
n I’m busy doing paperwork today, but I’m free tomorrow.
spend/waste time/money
n Don’t waste time writing to her. Pick up the phone!
n Tony spent thousands travelling round the world.
a waste of time/money
n It’s a waste of time talking to him. He never listens!
n It was a waste of money buying this cooker. It’s gone wrong
already!
114
Verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form 1? ∆ 42
It would be a waste of time talking
to her. The answer would just be no!
CHOOSE YOUR HOLIDAY
EVERY DAY
Go sailing!
Go diving!
Go windsurfing!
Or just chill out by one of
our five beautiful pools.
We’ve got all your
favourite holidays at
Dolphin Bay Beach Resort.
3 Having problems losing weight?
3 Wasting time and money on
diets that just don’t work?
Well, now’s the time to change to
the Easy-Way Diet.
Proven in clinical tests.
Exercises
1 Change the words in brackets to expressions with go + ~ing.
Example:
A lot of people go
climbing in the Alps every year.
(climb)
1 Right now, Anne’s very busy. She’s writing a report about her
business trip.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
1 I usually ________________ in the morning. (go for a jog)
2 I also often _________________ in the evening. (have a swim)
3 Suzie had to _______________ yesterday. (buy some things at
the shops)
4 We’re planning to _______________ next summer. (have a
camping holiday)
5 The Red Sea is one of the greatest places in the world to
_______________. (dive)
2 Use appropriate It’s + ~ing expressions to replace the words
in brackets.
Example:
(I don’t think it’s worth your time to go) It
isn’t
worth going into town this afternoon. All the shops
will be shut.
1 (I can’t see any use in your shouting.) ___________________
______________________ No one can hear you.
2 I looked for the book in all the bookshops. I wasted a lot of time.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 I’m having big problems. I can’t find Gabriella’s address and
phone number.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Alan doesn’t understand our new software systems. He’s having
a lot of trouble with them.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 I tried to repair that old car of mine. It was a complete waste
of time and money.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 I had no trouble with that puzzle. I worked out the solution to
2 (I think it’s worth the money to take) ____________________
___________________ a trip on the river. The views are great!
3 (You’re not doing any good by sending) __________________
___________________ any more e-mails. They’re never going
to answer them.
4 (It would be useless if you applied) ______________________
_________________ for the job. They’ve already given it to
someone.
5 (I don’t feel it’s worth the money to buy) _________________
_________________ a car if you live in the middle of a city.
You can just use the public transport – or ride a bike.
3 Combine the pairs of sentences using forms from C, D and E in
the Grammar section.
Example:
n Harry developed his new invention. He spent
$200,000.
n
Harry spent $200,000 developing
his new invention.
it really quickly.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Why try to teach this stupid animal anything at all? There’s
simply no point.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
8 It’ll be easy to get the job done by midday. We won’t have any
difficulty, I can promise you.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
9 Why not check all the equipment again before we go? There’s
no harm, is there?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
10 I tried to finish my report last night. I spent three hours on it.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
115
49
Zero and first conditionals
If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous.
FORMS
If it’s sunny tomorrow,
we’ll go to the beach.
Zero conditionals
If + present simple,
present simple
If the wind is strong,
the waves are dangerous.
OR The waves are dangerous if the wind is strong.
First conditionals
If + present simple,
future with will
If it’s sunny tomorrow,
we’ll go to the beach.
OR We’ll go to the beach if it’s sunny tomorrow.
Put a comma after the If part when it comes first.
If the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous.
If the wind is strong, the
waves are dangerous.
A
Do not use a comma when the If part comes second.
We’ll stay at home if it rains.
Zero conditionals
These express things which always happen. If one thing happens, then
another thing always happens. We use When similarly.
n If/When the wind is strong, the waves are dangerous.
n If/When you shout at her, she always cries.
We can use If and When with instructions, but with different meanings.
If Ann phones, please take a message. (She may phone.)
n When Ann phones, please take a message. (She will phone.)
n
B
First conditionals
We also use If sentences to talk about a probable future action or
condition. Both parts of the sentence are about the future, but the If part
is in the present simple, not the future.
n If it’s sunny tomorrow, we’ll go to the beach.
n If we hurry, we’ll catch the bus.
n If we don’t hurry, we’ll miss it.
The If part of the sentence says what may or may not happen. The
result – the other part of the sentence – follows from the If part.
If part
The result
n If it’s sunny, …
… we’ll go to the beach.
n If it rains, …
… we’ll stay at home.
n If we hurry, …
… we’ll catch the bus.
n If we don’t hurry, …
… we’ll miss the bus.
For unless (if … not ), ∆ Unit 52.
If we don’t have any item you want in stock,
our staff will happily order it for you.
116
Second conditionals ∆ 50
/
Third conditionals ∆ 51
/
Three reasons why cigarettes
are bad for your social life.
If you smoke…
n your breath smells.
n your teeth turn yellow.
n your skin becomes wrinkled.
(And if you stop smoking, you live longer.)
STOP NOW
Litter – the new law and you
If you drop litter and refuse to pick
it up, you will be fined £10.
If you don’t pay, you will be taken
to court and will face a fine of £1,000.
LEAVING LITTER DOES NOT PAY
%
0
1
%
1VO0UCHER 10%
10%
OFF
any one of the
this voucher at
e a 10%
If you present
you will receiv
es
or
st
up
ro
G
Sparrow
se.
ur next purcha
discount on yo
wish and if only; other conditional forms ∆ 52
Exercises
1 Complete the zero conditionals. Use these endings:
it becomes ice.
it soon goes bad.
the machinery soon breaks down.
the lights come on.
Example:
you get orange.
the oil light comes on.
If you mix red and yellow, you
get orange.
1 If the car needs oil, __________________________________
2 If you cool water to 0°C, ______________________________
3 If you don’t keep food cool, ___________________________
4 If you press this switch, ______________________________
5 If the engineers don’t check every month, ________________
________________________________________________
2 Choose the correct form of the verbs.
Example:
If Ann doesn’t
call me, I’ll call her. (doesn’t
2 Enter the race. You’ll probably win.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 The party may go on till late. If so, we’ll go home early.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Call the office at 2:00. Tony will be there.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Ann may not call. I’ll be worried.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Finish the job today. Then you won’t have to come tomorrow.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
call/won’t call)
1 If the money __________________, I’ll put it in the bank.
(arrives/will arrive)
4 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Bob is reading the college newspaper.
Bob:
2 Peter __________________ us if he hears any news. (tells/will
tell)
3 If you don’t finish your homework, I __________________ you
watch TV. (don’t let/won’t let)
4 If the neighbours don’t stop that noise, I __________________
the police. (call/’ll call)
5 I’m sure Tom __________________ you some money if you
ask him. (lends/will lend)
6 If you shout like that again, Helen __________________ to
you. (doesn’t listen/won’t listen)
7 If the climbers __________________ down before the storm,
they’ll be in great danger. (don’t come/won’t come)
Steve: It sounds good. But I 1_____________________ to go if it
2
______ in May. (not be able/be)
Bob:
Tom may call. If so, I’ll talk to him.
If Tom calls, I’ll talk to him.
1 The police may come. If so, they’ll ask about Tom.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
No, the offer starts in June. We can go just after the exams.
Steve: Yes, if we 3____________ to go then, everybody
4
__________________. (decide/come) Let’s ask some
people. Ask Alan.
Bob:
Alan, 5________________________ us if we
6
_______________ a water ski weekend in June?
(you join/organize)
Steve: If we 7______ just after the exams, we 8____________ a
great time. (go/have)
Alan:
3 Join each pair of statements to make one statement.
Example:
Look. Here’s an advert for a water ski weekend. If we have a
group of ten, we’ll get a special price. (have/get)
OK, I 9____________ if it 10_________ too expensive.
(come/be not)
Steve: There’s a special group rate.
Bob:
If we 11_________ another seven people, it
12
_______________ just £60 each. (find/cost)
Steve: We’d better hurry. If we 13__________________ fast,
somebody else 14__________________ up the offer
and we 15____________ the chance. (not act/take/miss)
117
50
Second conditionals
If someone found him, he would have a huge meal.
FORMS
What would you do
if someone found us?
First, I’d have a huge meal.
If + past simple,
would + verb
If someone found him,
he would have a huge meal.
OR He would have a huge meal if someone found him.
Put a comma after the If part when it comes first. Do not use a
comma when the If part comes second.
In conversation, we often use ’d for would and wouldn’t for
would not, e.g., I’d buy …, He wouldn’t buy …
A
B
C
D
118
Use of second conditionals
Second conditionals express unreal situations that are either not
possible or not probable. The situation may be in the present or future,
but not in the past (despite use of the past simple in the if clause).
n If he won the prize, he’d buy a car. (But he probably won’t win.)
n If she had some money, she’d buy a car. (But she doesn’t have any.)
Form of second conditionals
We use the past simple in the If clause. In the ‘result’ clause we usually
use would (from will) + verb.
n If he won £10,000, he would visit India. (sure to visit)
We also use could (from can) and might (from may) + verb.
n … he could visit Rome. (able to)
n … he might visit Paris. (unsure)
Note: Could may appear in the If clause, meaning was/were able to. In
the ‘result’ clause, could means would be able to.
n If we could visit India, … (were able to)
n … we could see the beautiful Taj Mahal. (would be able to)
Single-clause forms
We can make statements with would, could and might, but without the
If clause. The words would, could and might show that the statement is
about something improbable or impossible. The idea of the If clause is
understood, but not spoken.
1
Let’s invite Bill and Luke.
No, they hate each other. They’d fight. (… if we invited them,
but we won’t.)
2
I dream of going to Paris.
We could have a wonderful time there. (… but it’s only a
dream.)
3
It’s a pity Sally and Helen hardly ever meet.
Yes, they might become friends. (… but they don’t meet.)
Was and were
We often use were instead of was in second conditionals, for example,
when we give advice.
n If I were you, I’d get a new job.
n If I were in your position, I wouldn’t buy that old car.
Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49
/
Third conditional ∆ 51
/
Train Pain
veryone says there are too many cars, but maybe if public
transport was more reliable more people would use it!
Train services are appalling. My dad started taking the train to
work instead of the car but stopped after a month. The train
only ran on time 20 per cent of the time and sometimes it didn’t
come at all! Get your act together, train companies!
E
J Gadd, 12, Weston-Super-Mare
Fa v o u r it e
T hings
A FEW OF MY
Our regular interview column
with a star who shares their
favourite things – past, present
and imaginary! This week,
Jamie Baker
Q What would be your perfect day?
JB It would be a bright summer’s day
with no work, a group of friends
and a trek into the countryside.
Q Who would be your ideal dinner partner?
JB Nelson Mandela. It would be a great privilege to
have dinner with him.
Q If you were only allowed to have two books,
what would they be?
JB Now, this is a very difficult question.
Ask yourself this question:
For the answer come to Sure Future.
We can arrange insurance cover
for you and your family.
For more information
Ring Freephone
0800 584921
Sure Future Insurance Ltd
wish and if only ; other conditional forms ∆ 52
What would I do
if I were too ill
to work?
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Examples:
n If I had enough money, I’d buy that car. (have)
n You’d
have enough money if you got a better job.
3 Write the verbs in the correct forms to complete the answers
without if.
Example:
It’d be great if we had a million pounds.
Yes, we could
(have)
do anything. (can/do)
1 If we _________ a bigger house, we could invite people to stay.
(have)
1
Let’s give Larry some money.
No, he __________________ it all. (waste)
2 I _________ out of business if we cut our prices. (go)
2
If you could change jobs, what would you do?
I __________________ a film star. (become)
3
I don’t want to go out tonight.
Why not? You __________________ yourself. (enjoy)
4
If I could, I’d love to travel through time.
But you ________________________ your friends and
family again. (may/never/see)
3 If I _________ my job, I wouldn’t know what to do. (lose)
4 If we _______________ the plan exactly, we’d never finish the
job. (follow)
5 I think she _________ angry if I didn’t invite her this evening. (be)
6 You ______________________________ me if I told you the
whole story. (not/believe)
7 If we decided to go to London, we ____________ with my
brother. (stay)
2 Write second conditionals.
Examples:
(we/be/surprised/Ann/come)
We’d be surprised if Ann came.
(Tom/have/time/he/be/here)
If Tom had the time, he’d be here.
1 (Ann/be/pleased/Tom/call)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 (you/not/visit/us again/we/be/very sad)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 (I/get/fit quite fast/I/work out/at the gym)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 (Barry/not/argue/so much/he/have/more friends)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 (Hiroko/have/more money/she/fly/home/to Tokyo)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 (the team/win/more games/they train/harder)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Write questions and answer them without if.
Example:
You might lose your money. (What/you/do)
(go/to the police)
What would you do if you lost your
money?
I’d go to the police.
1 They might visit Turkey. (Where/they/stay) (stay/at cheap hotels)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 We could complain at the Head Office. (Who/we/see) (talk/to the
Sales Manager)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 I might visit Scotland. (How/you/travel) (go/by car)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 They could leave school now. (What/they/do) (look for/jobs)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 You could borrow a DVD. (Which/you/choose) (take/the new Will
Smith film)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
119
51
Third conditionals
If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy.
FORMS
If + past perfect
would have + past participle
If he had bought a present, she would have been happy.
OR She would have been happy if he had bought a present.
Put a comma after the If part when it comes first. Do not use a
comma when the If part comes second.
In conversation, we often use ’d for had and also ’d for would,
e.g., If he’d got ... and she’d have ...
Both ’d forms sound the same, but their meanings are different.
Yesterday was Mr and Mrs Carter’s wedding anniversary. She remembered it,
but he didn’t. If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy!
A
Use of third conditionals
Third conditionals express unreal situations – things that did not
happen – in the past.
n If he’d bought a present, she’d have been happy.
(… but he didn’t.)
(… and she wasn’t happy!)
n If he hadn’t forgotten, she wouldn’t have been angry.
(… but he did.)
(… and she was angry!)
T
B
Form of third conditionals
We use the past perfect in the If clause. In the ‘result’ clause we usually
use would have + past participle.
n If he’d remembered to buy a present, she’d have been very
pleased. (sure)
We also use could have and might have.
n … he could have got it on the way home. (possible)
n … he might have decided to get some flowers. (unsure)
C
Single-clause forms
We can make statements with would have, could have and might have,
but without the If clause. The words would have, could have and might
have show that the statement is about something past and not real.
n It’s sad you didn’t visit Tim. He’d have loved that. (But you didn’t
visit.)
n I’m sorry we didn’t go to New York. We could have seen
Manhattan. (But we didn’t go.)
n He was stupid not to work. He might have passed his exams.
(But he didn’t work.)
D
Special uses of third conditionals
We often use third conditionals to criticize people (or ourselves) for
making mistakes.
n If you’d taken my advice, you wouldn’t have wasted all
your money!
n You wouldn’t have lost your money if you hadn’t been so careless!
We also often use third conditionals to show regret about the past.
n If I’d said ‘Yes’ instead of ‘No’ that day, my whole life would
have changed!
120
Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49
/
Second conditionals ∆ 50
/
FAMILY OF FOUR
SAVED FROM SEA
he Air-Sea Rescue Service
saved Bill and Emma Price
and their two teenage sons
yesterday when their seven-metre
yacht was blown onto the
dangerous rocks at Pendene
Point. They were lifted to safety by
helicopter minutes after their boat
struck the rocks and began
breaking up in heavy seas.
After their dramatic rescue,
Bill, 42, said, ‘If we had known the
danger, we would never have
sailed so near the rocks.’
minutes if the
Wife Emma added, ‘We would have died within
guys are
These
did.
they
when
d
arrive
t
Rescue Service hadn’
lives!’
our
them
owe
we
and
ing,
amaz
wish and if only ; other conditional forms ∆ 52
Exercises
1 Write the verbs in the correct forms.
Examples:
n If I’d
driven faster, I’d have arrived in time.
3 Write third conditionals.
Example:
(drive)
n We wouldn’t
road.
have gone to the show if Alan
If the pilot hadn’t landed on the road,
the plane would have crashed.
hadn’t recommended it. (not go)
1 If you’d seen the film, you ___________________________ it.
(love)
2 If she _______________ earlier, she’d have seen Pat. (go)
3 We wouldn’t have noticed the house if you
________________________ it to us. (not show)
4 If the weather _______________ better yesterday, we’d have
gone out. (be)
5 If she _______________ some money, she
__________________ enough for those shoes. (save) (have)
6 We _______________________________________ for help
that night if we _____________________ desperate. (not ask)
(not be)
1 We didn’t find the house as we didn’t have a map.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 They found the books when they opened the last box.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 The tree didn’t fall on the car, so the driver wasn’t hurt.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 I got lost on the mountain because I didn’t turn back.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write answers without if.
Example:
2 Write third conditionals.
Examples:
The plane didn’t crash because the pilot landed on a
Manhattan skyline)
(you/come/to the party/you/enjoy/it)
If you’d come to the party, you’d have
enjoyed it.
I wanted to go to New York. (we/can/see/the
Yes, I
did, too. We could have seen
the Manhattan skyline.
1
I’d have liked to go up the Empire State Building. (we/can/
visit/the Statue of Liberty, too)
Yes, I know. ____________________________________
_____________________________________________
1 (Jim/ask/us/we/lend/him our car)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2
It’s a pity Tom’s car broke down. (he/might/win/the race)
Yes, you’re right. ________________________________
_____________________________________________
2 (I/not/write down/her phone number/I/forget it)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3
Why didn’t she call the police? (they/can/catch/the thieves)
Yes, I agree with you. _____________________________
_____________________________________________
3 (the car/not/crash/Tom/keep/to the speed limit)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4
I should have taken the other road. (we/get/home an hour ago)
Yes, and I told you that, too! ________________________
_____________________________________________
(we/be/very sad/John/not/marry/Suzie)
We’d have been very sad if John hadn’t
married Suzie.
4 (I/forget/to buy/Ann’s birthday present/you/not/remind/me)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
121
52
wish and if only ; other conditional forms
I wish I had enough money!
I wish I had
enough money
to buy those
shoes! If only
we were rich!
I wish you’d stop thinking
about shoes. You’ve
already got too many!
FORMS
wish/if only + past simple (for something now)
I wish/if only we had enough money to buy those shoes!
wish/if only + would (for something from now into the future)
I wish/if only you would stop thinking about shoes.
wish/if only + past perfect (for something in the past)
I wish/if only I had not said anything.
A
B
C
122
I wish and If only compared
We use I wish and also If only when we want something to be different.
(If only is usually said with stronger feeling than I wish.) We can use
both in a single clause.
n I wish we had enough money! I wish we weren’t so poor!
n If only we had enough money! If only we weren’t so poor!
We can also use If only in full, two-clause second and third conditionals.
n If only we had enough money, we would be able to buy those shoes!
n If only I had had enough money, I would have been able to
buy that coat!
a
I wish I could afford .
bean
rib
Ca
the
in
ay
lid
ho
n
ow youostcaholidays
Well, n
-c
w
h our lo
wit
All holidays include flights
and accommodation.
now or
Ask at your travel agent
com
check us out at sun+fun.
I wish and If only + verb forms
With the past simple, the meaning is present: we want something to be
different now.
n I wish I had time to look round the shops more.
n If only I were rich enough to buy those shoes!
Note: We often use were instead of was (as in second conditionals).
With would, the meaning is future: we want something to be different in
the future. We often use these forms to complain about people’s actions
or about situations that we want to be changed.
n I wish you would stop thinking about shoes.
n If only you wouldn’t keep talking about shoes.
With the past perfect, the meaning is past: we want something to have been
different in the past. We use these forms to express regrets about the past.
n I wish I had kept quiet.
n If only I hadn’t spent all my money on other things!
Other ways of expressing conditions
We can make sentences with conditional meanings using these forms:
n We’ll buy them as long as we have enough money left.
n They would buy them provided (that) they had enough money left.
We use unless to mean if not.
n We won’t be able to buy them unless we have enough money left.
= We won’t be able to buy them if we don’t have enough money
left.
n We wouldn’t have been able to buy them unless we had had
enough money left.
Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49
/
Second conditionals ∆ 50
/
Third conditionals ∆ 51
Sun + Fun
Holidays
Awful food? Noisy hotel?
Miles from the beach?
If only they’d heard about
Paradise Packages ... the
holidays where everything
works out for the best.
W ish you
were here!
Traffic news now. Serious
congestion on the M25 in both
directions. I expect all you
drivers wish you had stayed at
home. Better news for those on
the M4 – traffic there is
flowing again af ter this
morning’s accident.
Exercises
1 Express what Mrs West and her daughter Emma are thinking
outside the shoe shop. Use If only + past forms.
Examples:
n Emma is sad because her family aren’t rich.
n
3 Express yourself in these situations. Use If only and I wish +
past perfect.
Example:
‘If only we were rich!’
you have left your money at home. (bring it with me)
If only I hadn’t left my money at
home! I wish I’d brought it with me!
n Mrs West is unhappy because Emma is so
interested in clothes and shoes.
n
‘If only you weren’t so interested in
clothes and shoes!’
1 Emma is sad because the shoes are so expensive.
________________________________________________
2 Mrs West is worried because the family have to pay so many
bills.
________________________________________________
3 Emma is unhappy because she doesn’t get regular money for
clothes.
________________________________________________
4 Mrs West is upset because they can’t buy everything they want.
________________________________________________
5 Emma is sorry because she upsets Mum so much and so often.
________________________________________________
2 Express yourself in these situations. Use I wish + would /
wouldn’t.
Examples:
n Talking to someone who doesn’t think about other
people’s feelings:
n
‘I wish you’d think about other
people’s feelings!’
n Talking to someone who makes a mess everywhere:
n
‘I wish you wouldn’t make a mess
everywhere.’
1 Talking to someone who doesn’t listen to other people’s ideas:
________________________________________________
You have seen a wonderful present for a friend, but
1 You have received an invitation to the party of the year, but you
have agreed to speak at a meeting that evening. (refuse to go)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 You have arrived late at a job interview because you got the
8:15 train to London. (catch the 7:55 instead)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 The family dinner is burned because you left it in the oven for
over three hours. (take it out at the right time)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Change the form of the crossed out sentence parts. Use unless.
Example:
If the weather doesn’t get better, Unless
the
weather gets better, we won’t be able to climb
the mountain.
1 You won’t be able to go to the concert if you don’t buy your
tickets now. __________________________ They’re selling
fast!
2 We would never have been able to drive through that forest if
we hadn’t hired an off-road vehicle. ____________________
_____________________________
3 If I didn’t know some of the other guests, ________________
___________________ I wouldn’t want to go to the party.
Luckily, I do!
2 Talking to someone who arrives late for everything:
________________________________________________
3 To someone who isn’t telling the truth:
________________________________________________
4 To someone who keeps smoking all the time:
________________________________________________
123
53
Reported statements
He said (that) he was late.
FORMS
A Reported speech and time shift
In reported speech, we use a reporting verb such as say, tell, shout and
whisper.
This reporting verb can stay in the present when we report something
as we hear it, e.g., on the phone.
n He says/He’s saying (that) he’s in New York now.
But we usually put the reporting verb in the past, and then other verbs
also go ‘back’ a tense, e.g., present simple > past simple. Note also the
change from I to he.
n ‘I’m late.’ ➞ He said (that) he was late.
n I’ll call you. ➞ He said (that) he would call us.
After say, we need not mention the listener. After tell we must.
n I’ll call you. ➞ He told us (that) he would call us.
We often leave out that after the reporting verb.
n He said (that) he was tired.
We often keep and repeat that with two connected clauses after one
reporting verb.
n He said that he was tired, but that he would still go to the meeting.
He said, ‘I’m late.’ ➞ He said (that) he was late.
He said, ‘I’ll call you from New York.’ ➞ He said (that) he would
call us from New York.
Later, on the phone.
‘I’m in New York now.’ ➞ He says (that) he’s in New York now.
‘I’m eating dinner here at my hotel.’ ➞ He says (that) he’s eating
dinner there at his hotel.
I’m late. I’ll call you
from New York. Bye.
What did he say?
B Summary of time shift and other changes
Remember these common time shift changes.
am/is ➞ was, are ➞ were, have/has ➞ had, have/has got ➞ had,
do/does ➞ did, will ➞ would, can ➞ could, may ➞ might
Unlike can and may, these modal verbs do not have a past form to
which they can change.
must, might, could, would, should, ought to
Note: In reported speech with time shift, we often make these modal
changes.
can ➞ was/were able to must ➞ had to
He said he was late.
Karl Marx believed tha
t all
history was a struggle
between the rich rulers
and the poor workers,
and that eventually
There are word changes to show changes of person and place.
n … call you from New York ➞ … call us from New York.
n … here at my hotel. ➞ … there at his hotel.
the workers would
overthrow their rulers
in a revolution.
There are word changes to show time changes between the statement
and reporting the statement.
n He said, ‘I’m flying tomorrow.’ ➞ He said he was flying the next
day.
Remember these other common changes.
here ➞ there this/these ➞ that/those now ➞ then
today ➞ that day yesterday ➞ the previous day/the day before
this Saturday ➞ last Saturday/the following Saturday
Note: We often do not use time shift to report things that always happen
or always stay the same.
n Our Science teacher taught us that water boils at 100º.
PASSING comment …
Frank Binns, Marketing
‘He didn’t make a stand on anything until he said he’d leave
work if they got rid of the cafeteria.’
124
Reported questions ∆ 54
/
Hundreds witness meteor
P
olice and coastguards in the
South West received
hundreds of calls on Thursday
night after a bright light flashed
across the sky. The object
appears to have been a very
bright meteor. Mr John Milton,
an astronomer who lives in
Bodmin, Cornwall, said that
from reports he had received, he
believed it was a single fireball.
One witness told reporters that
there had been a large explosion
Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs ∆ 55
followed by the meteor
breaking up into several
pieces. Mr Richard Bater, a
meteorologist from Newton
Abbott, who also saw the
meteor, said he believed it was
about a metre across and
perhaps 40 kilometres up. He
said he couldn’t say whether
anything reached the ground but
that it was ‘not unlikely’, in
which case the proper
description would be a meteor.
Exercises
1 Report the telephone conversation.
Nick is in Australia and Alan is in Britain.
Nick:
It’s hot here, and I’m sitting outdoors with Suzie by our new pool.
Alan:
It’s really wet and cold here, so we’re staying indoors and
sitting by our fire.
They’re telling their wives about the conversation.
Nick to Suzie: Alan says it’s
really wet and cold there,
1
so they’re _______________________________
Alan to Celia: Nick says 2________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
7 ‘We may come back next year. I don’t know.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 ‘I’ll e-mail you soon and attach a photo of the family.’
_________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
3 Write replies to the comments. Use But you said … and But
you told me …
Example:
I’m going to go home. (stay/here)
But you said you were going to stay here.
1
2 Write the statements in reported speech. Use He said … and
He told me …
I don’t like this sort of music. (love)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
You met an old school friend last year, and he told you all his news.
Examples:
n ‘I’ve got a flat in London.’
n
2
He said he had a flat in London.
______________________________________________
n ‘I’m visiting my parents this weekend.’
n
He told me he was visiting his
parents this weekend.
1 ‘I’m working away from London this month.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 ‘I finished my college course a year ago.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Tom has decided to sell his bike. (not/sell)
______________________________________________
3
I’m going to e-mail her. (write her a letter)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4
They’re showing the film tonight. (tomorrow)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5
3 ‘I haven’t been to see my parents for ages.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
They finally went on to win the match. (lose)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
6
4 ‘I arrived home with my family yesterday.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Lisa will only be at home tomorrow morning. (tomorrow night)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5 ‘We’re going to go back to London tomorrow.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
7
6 ‘We can’t stay for long as I have to get back to work.’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8
They have sent me a present. (not/send/anything)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
The children can swim very well. (cannot/swim/at all)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
125
54
Reported questions
They asked if I had had a good journey.
FORMS
‘Did you have a good journey?’ ➞ They asked if I had had a
good journey.
‘How are your parents?’ ➞ They wanted to know how you were.
‘Do you plan to stay long?’ ➞ They asked if I planned to stay long.
LINE RESTORED
A
from Mrs Rita Secombe
Reporting verbs in reported questions
When we report something as we hear it, e.g., on the phone, we usually
start with is asking or wants to know.
n She’s asking if you’re travelling by train.
n She wants to know what time you’ll arrive.
Sir,
Our phone has been out of order for seven days,
despite numerous calls to British Telecom.
I asked again when it would be reconnected. I was
told to ‘cross my fingers’ and it could be within
24 hours. I did – and it was!
Is this the latest advance in digital technology?
When we report with time shift (∆ Unit 53) both verbs go ‘back’ a tense.
n They asked if I planned to stay long.
n They wanted to know what time I had left home.
In written English, we sometimes use a more formal verb, e.g., inquire.
Yours faithfully,
Rita Secombe
Reading, Berkshire
Reported Yes/No questions need if or whether.
n They asked if I had had a good journey.
n They wanted to know whether I liked London.
Reported Wh~ questions need a question word, e.g., how, when, what, etc.
n They wanted to know how you were.
n They asked what I wanted to do.
B
So who really n
Be careful about do, does and did. We use them in ordinary present and
past simple questions, but not in reported questions.
n ‘Where do you want to go?’ ➞ They asked me where I wanted to go.
n ‘How long did the journey take?’ ➞ They asked me how long the
journey had taken.
In subject questions, the word order does not change.
n ‘Who is coming?’ ➞ She asked me who was coming.
C
126
eeds $8.5m?
A
Word order in reported questions
The verb after if or whether or question word is not in question form.
It is like a verb in a statement.
n They asked if I felt hungry.
n They asked what I wanted to do.
This is similar to the form of indirect questions. Compare the following:
n Do you know what he wanted to do?
n 83-year-old N
ew money in su
ch a way, Mrs
York woman has gi
ven Helen Bark
er said,‘I have
$8.5m, her entire
winnings my pe
nsion. I have ever
from a lottery jackp
yot, to her thing
I
need.’ She in turn
New Jersey council
. When asked th
e journalists whether
reporters asked
why she they
thought she w
wanted to dispos
as
e of her unusua
l. The replies varie
d.
She asked me if I could
She asked me if I would
Love her again ...
Time shift and other changes
Word change rules for person, place and time are as for reported
statements. (∆ Unit 53)
n ‘How are you?’ ➞ They asked how I was. (person)
n ‘When will you get here?’ ➞ They asked when I would get there. (place)
n ‘Did you call yesterday?’ ➞ They asked if I had called the day
before. (time)
Wh~ questions ∆ 26
/
Indirect forms; question word + infinitive ∆ 29
/
Reported statements ∆ 53
/
Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs ∆ 55
Exercises
1 Report the telephone conversation.
Nick is in Australia and Alan is in Britain.
Nick:
Alan:
What are you and Celia doing this winter? Are you taking a
skiing holiday again?
No, we’re staying at home this year. Where are you and
Suzie going for your holiday? Are you going to visit us
again?
They’re telling their wives about the conversation.
Nick to Suzie: Alan is asking where 1_______________________
3 Write the Wh~ questions in reported speech.
Some British college students are talking to Jean-Pierre, a new
French student.
Example:
‘What subjects are you going to do?’
They asked him what subjects he was
going to do.
1 ‘What part of France do you come from?’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_________________________ He wants to know
________________________________________
________________________________________
2 ‘How long have you been in Britain?’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Alan to Celia: Nick is asking what 3________________________
__________________________ He wants to know
4
________________________________________
________________________________________
3 ‘Why did you decide to come to college here?’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2
2 Write the Yes/No questions in reported speech.
You met your old school friend, Jim, last year.
Examples:
n Jim: Are you still at college?
n
Jim asked me whether I was still at
college.
n You: Do you remember Joe?
n
I asked him if he remembered Joe.
1 Jim: Have you sold your terrible old car?
________________________________________________
2 Jim: Do you still live with your parents?
________________________________________________
3 Jim: Are you going to visit London soon?
________________________________________________
4 You: Is there room for me to stay with you?
________________________________________________
5 You: Can I have your phone number?
________________________________________________
6 You: Did you meet your wife at college?
________________________________________________
4 ‘How long are you going to stay?’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 ‘Where are you living at the moment?’
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write the questions in reported speech.
A teacher at a language school in London is reporting some of the
questions students asked him today.
Example:
A German student: ‘How can I renew my passport?’
A German student asked me how to
renew his passport.
1 Two Swedish students: ‘Do you know the way to the station?’
________________________________________________
2 Some Turkish students: ‘Can you help us find a flat?’
________________________________________________
3 A Lebanese student: ‘What’s the best way to send a parcel home?’
________________________________________________
4 Two Italian students: ‘How long will it take us to travel to Edinburgh?’
________________________________________________
127
55
Reported orders, etc.; special reporting verbs
They told him to be quiet.
FORMS
Could you turn it down, please?
Be quiet!
Reported orders
‘Be quiet!’ ➞ He told him to be quiet.
Reported requests
‘Please don’t make so much noise!’ ➞ She asked him not to
make so much noise.
Special reporting verbs
‘I’m not making much noise!’ ➞ He denied making much noise.
A
B
Reported orders, invitations, etc.
Instruct, invite, order, remind, request, require and tell take an object
+ infinitive. Form the negative with not + infinitive.
Subject
Verb
Object
Infinitive
n They
ordered
him
to be quiet.
n They
reminded
him
not to do it again.
After warn, the following action is usually expressed with an infinitive –
positive or negative. But a formal, negative warning sometimes takes
against + ~ing form. (See Section C.)
n They warned him (not) to stop.
n They warned him against stopping.
Reported suggestions, apologies, etc.
Suggest, apologize for, admit, deny and insist on usually take an
~ing form.
Subject
Verb
~ing form
n Nick
denied
making much noise.
n Later, he
apologized
for making so much noise.
D
Special reporting verbs
Reporting verbs like warn, promise and deny tell us much more
than the basic reporting verbs say, tell and ask. They show a) what
the speaker is saying, and b) what the speaker is doing with his/her
words. Similar reporting verbs include accuse … of, complain
about/of, correct and recommend.
Reported promises, offers, etc.
Promise, offer, refuse, agree and threaten do not take an object before
the infinitive. Form the negative with not + infinitive.
Subject
Verb
Infinitive
n He
promised
to turn it down.
n They
agreed
not to make so much noise.
In the third century bc,
Greek scientists
suggested that the Earth
and planets move around
the sun. The telescope,
first used to observe the
heavens by Galileo,
proved this to be true.
You promised not to laugh.
128
C
Reported statements ∆ 53
/
Reported questions ∆ 54
n
The police to Mr Saunders: ‘We believe that you took the car, Mr
Saunders.’ ➞ The police accused Mr Saunders of taking the car.
n A customer to a delivery company: ‘This morning I received the
wrong goods and I’m really upset about it!’ ➞ The customer
complained about receiving the wrong goods.
n Lisa MacFee to a reporter: ‘You’ve got my name wrong. It’s M-a-c,
not M-c.’ ➞ Lisa MacFee corrected the spelling of her name.
n A waiter to a customer: ‘You would enjoy the Chef’s Special. It’s
excellent.’ ➞ The waiter recommended the Chef’s Special.
Reality Bites
restaurant owner has
been forced to live on
pasta and soup for four
months because his dentist
removed his teeth after
discovering that the patient
couldn’t pay his bill. Dentist
Anders Wick warned John
Wilby to pay up or risk
having his dental implants
taken back. The unfortunate
restaurateur had agreed to pay
the $500 cost of treatment but
by the time he came to settle
his bill, his restaurant had run
A
into difficulties and he could
not find the money.
Mr Wilby offered to
follow a payment plan but the
dentist refused, saying he
would not be able to afford
the payments. Mr Wick
apologized to his client for
having to take such drastic
action when he took Mr
Wilby’s teeth back.
Mr Wilby, meanwhile,
has accused the dental clinic
of cruelty, and threatened to
take the matter to court.
Exercises
1 Put the direct speech into reported speech.
Example:
‘Give me your books,’ the teacher told us.
The teacher told us to give him/her
our books.
1 ‘Could you open the door?’ the girl asked me.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 ‘Don’t use this photocopier,’ Carol instructed the new assistant.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 ‘Come for dinner on Saturday,’ Tom invited us.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 ‘Don’t be late for the party,’ Celia reminded me.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 ‘Could you please not make so much noise?’ Ann asked everybody.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
1 ‘And can we meet at 7:30?’ he said.
‘Fine. 7:30,’ she agreed.
________________________________________________
2 ‘This time I’ll be there on time,’ he promised.
________________________________________________
3 ‘I’m not going to wait for you if you’re late,’ she threatened.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 ‘Look, if you like, I’ll get there an hour early!’ he offered.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 ‘You don’t need to do anything silly like that, but I’ll leave if you
aren’t there at 7:30,’ she threatened again.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 ‘I won’t be late. Believe me,’ he promised.
________________________________________________
3 Report the statements and questions. Use these reporting verbs:
admit, apologize for, insist on, suggest
6 ‘Give your name to the receptionist,’ Mrs Davis told Tony.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
7 ‘Don’t touch the red button,’ Bob warned Emma.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 ‘Remember to post the letters,’ the manager reminded her
assistant.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Report the conversation. Use these reporting verbs:
agree, offer, promise, threaten
Example:
Bill is always late for appointments. His sister, Jean, is
tired of it.
‘Can we meet outside the cinema?’ Bill said.
Example:
‘Let’s do something exciting,’ Bob suggested.
Bob suggested doing something exciting.
1 ‘Why don’t we go parachuting?’ Maria suggested.
________________________________________________
2 ‘Good idea, but it’s getting late. If we’re going to go parachuting,
we must go immediately,’ Barry insisted.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Later, 3,000 metres up in the sky ...
3 ‘I feel scared,’ Barry admitted.
________________________________________________
4 ‘I don’t want to jump either. I’m sorry, Barry. I was stupid to
suggest the idea of parachuting,’ Maria apologized.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
‘All right. Outside the cinema,’ Jean agreed.
They agreed to meet outside the cinema.
5 ‘Look we can’t go back now. Even if you aren’t going to jump,
I am!’ Barry insisted. ‘Bye!’
________________________________________________
129
56
Nouns: singular and plural
a girl, an apple, two boys, some chairs
FORMS
a
a girl, a table
an
an apple, an umbrella
number
two boys, five books
some
some chairs, some books
A
Action
Singular
All the things in the picture are countable nouns – we can count them,
e.g., two boys, three chairs. They have a singular form (for one),
e.g., boy, and a plural form (for more than one), e.g., boys.
for
Adventure
Do you have a great idea for an adventure?
Then we may be able to turn your dreams into reality!
We can use a/an before the singular form. Use a before a hard sound
(consonant), e.g., a desk and a table (but an old table). Use an before
a vowel sound, e.g., an apple, an olive (but a green olive).
The Pain Trust provides funding to support
m young male applicants
m aged 11 to 21 years
m resident in East Devon
in their quest for travel and adventure.
Compare a hat and an hour. (an when the h is silent)
Compare an umbrella and a university. (a when the u sounds like you)
Do not use a singular countable noun by itself. It needs a determiner.
I want a book.
n I want my book.
n I want that book.
n I want the book over there.
n
We use a/an to identify what a thing or a person is.
What’s that?
It’s a map.
What’s her job?
She’s an actress.
B
Seahorses pair for life
and it is the male
that gives birth to the
Plural
If we identify in the plural, we use the noun alone.
What are those?
They’re maps.
What are their jobs?
They’re actresses.
young, often producing
hundreds of babies
at a time.
We can use the singular or the plural form to make general statements
about a group or type of thing. (∆ Unit 61)
In both these examples we mean ‘all horses’.
n A horse is an animal with four legs.
n Horses are animals with four legs.
At Peak Park we run
an informal and friendly
campsite.
More formally, we sometimes also use the + singular form to make
general statements.
n The horse is a large mammal that has been vital to human
development.
Dogs are welcome
but must be kept
under strict control.
To express a plural number without stating the number, use some.
n I’d like a beefburger and some fries, please.
Be careful: fries and some fries, etc., have different meanings.
n I love fries. (all fries, at any time, anywhere)
n I’d like some fries. (a number of fries now)
130
Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58
/
Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60
/
Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61
Peak Park
Exercises
1 Write a or an.
Examples:
a
4 Write some or nothing (7).
girl
an
Examples:
apple
1 ______ orange
7
______ magazine
2 ______ exercise
8
______ old car
3 ______ newspaper
9
______ Italian
4 ______ aeroplane
10
______ good book
5 ______ letter
11
______ united team
6 ______ easy test
12
______ unfriendly man
2 Write a, an or some and choose from these words.
book / books, desk / desks, egg / eggs, glass / glasses,
letter / letters, paint / paints, taxi / taxis, umbrella / umbrellas
Examples:
n I’m reading a
n
book about Japan.
Let’s put some desks in that classroom.
1 Did you write _____________________ to Ann?
n Liz and Joe are X teachers.
n We’ve got some new CDs. Look.
1 Could you get _________ oranges, please?
2 I love _________ apples. I eat about five a day.
3 I’m going to buy _________ shoes in the sale.
4 Everybody studies _________ languages at school.
5 You look hungry. Have _________ biscuits.
6 We found _________ old gold coins under a rock.
5 Write alternative general statements with a + singular noun
or plural noun alone.
Example:
A tractor is a farm vehicle.
Tractors are farm vehicles.
1 A college is a place to study.
________________________________________________
2 It’s going to rain. Take _____________________ with you.
3 Get _____________________ and we’ll decorate the hall.
2 Large planes can carry very heavy loads.
________________________________________________
4 The children want a drink, so can you get
_____________________ of water, please?
3 A student needs to use the Internet efficiently.
________________________________________________
5 I usually have _____________________, toast and coffee for
breakfast.
4 Cars use more energy per person than buses.
________________________________________________
6 We’re late. Let’s take _____________________ to the airport.
3 Write the correct present forms of be or do.
Examples:
n Look. Some boys are coming.
n
Does a lesson take 45 or 50 minutes?
6 Write a, an, some or nothing (7).
At a jeweller’s.
Hello. Could I look at some rings, please? I want to buy a ring
for my sister.
1 _________ some students live in college?
Certainly, Madam. Here are 1_________ rings for ladies.
2 _________ a new car very expensive?
These are all 2_________ diamond rings, aren’t they?
3 Two girls _________ helping the teacher.
4 _________ a CD take long to copy?
Yes, and they’re 3_________ top quality pieces. Look at this
one. It’s 4_________ really lovely ring.
5 A secretary _________ typing the report.
Yes, but it’s 5_________ expensive one too.
6 A good dictionary _________ really useful.
Ah, but Madam, 6_________ things like this are never cheap.
7 _________ the children in bed?
Perhaps you’re right. But could I look at 7_________ other
rings? Could I see 8_________ different types of stone, too?
8 The students _________ having lunch.
Of course. Here’s 9_________ very nice one.
131
57
Irregular noun forms
clothes, scissors, news, team, sheep, etc.
My clothes are in the cupboard.
A few nouns are always or nearly always plural. Learn these: clothes,
contents, thanks.
n My clothes are in the cupboard.
n The contents of the bag were all over the floor.
Some nouns are plural because they have two parts. Learn these:
binoculars, glasses, jeans, shorts, trousers. Use a pair of to make them
singular.
n Where are my scissors?
n Is there a pair of scissors in the kitchen?
Collective nouns describe a group of people or things as one unit, and they
are normally singular, e.g.,
n The new government is very different from the last one.
n Look at that flock of birds. There are thousands of them.
Learn these: class, club, committee, family, flock, government, herd, school,
team.
But with collective nouns referring to people, we often think of the group’s
members and use a plural verb.
n My family are all angry with me.
n The team are very happy with the result of the match.
A few nouns look singular because they have no ~s, but they are always
plural and have no singular form. Learn these: the police, cattle. (For a
singular form, use police officer, cow/bull.)
n The police are looking for three men.
n There are 200 cattle on his farm.
A few words are the same in the singular and the plural. Learn these:
aircraft, crossroads, fish, headquarters, series, sheep, species.
n You only caught one fish, but I caught three fish!
n I saw three aircraft in five minutes, and each aircraft was different.
A few nouns look plural, but are not. Learn these: athletics, gymnastics,
mathematics, news, physics, politics, the United States.
n Here is the nine o’clock news.
n Mathematics was the most difficult subject for me at school.
A few plurals are irregular. Learn these common ones: child ➞ children,
man ➞ men, woman ➞ women, person ➞ people, foot ➞ feet,
tooth ➞ teeth.
n I’ve got one child. My brother has got two children.
n My dentist filled one tooth and took two teeth out.
What do you call two sheep
that live together?
Penfriends.
ri
Weston SaPfaark
and
Leisure
ble here
a
Tickets avail
£8.60 adults
d 2 children)
(2 adults an
£20.60 family
der 4 free
Children un
132
ve
Can you belie?
your eyes
The Plaque-buster!
Our revolutionary brush design really work
s on plaque.
and we
Buy a pair of our glasses
will give you a pair of
prescription sunglasses
FREE
Plaque is the layer of germ
s that cluster
on your teeth and cause
tooth decay.
FIGHT BACK!
Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56 / Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58 / Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60 / Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61
Noun and verb endings with ~es ∆ Appendix 2C / Words that end in ~y ∆ Appendix 2F / British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
/
Exercises
1 Complete the statements and questions with plural nouns.
Example:
Many thanks for all your help.
3 Complete the statements with singular or plural irregular
nouns.
Examples:
1 Somebody has taken all Mrs Bell’s money.
The ____________ are on their way here now.
n Two men with beards came to the door.
n One man spoke. The other said nothing.
1 We’ve got two ____________. Pip is five and Lucy is four.
2 In the Old West in America, cowboys used to look after
thousands of ____________.
2 There’s room for one more ____________ in the taxi.
3 The ___________ don’t look much like the picture on the can!
3 My left ____________ hurts. I can’t walk very well.
4 I’ll cut your hair for you. Where are your ____________?
4 A normal adult human mouth contains 32 ____________.
5 It’s very cold in the mountains, so take some warm
____________ with you.
5 This ____________ really hurts. The dentist will have to take it
out.
6 Where are my ____________? I can’t see without them!
6 This bus can carry 70 ____________.
7 You can’t play for our football team in jeans. You need some
proper ____________.
7 In many countries, ____________ do all the jobs that men do.
8 ____________ provide us with meat, wool and cheese.
2 Choose singular or plural present forms of be or do.
Examples:
n Physics is my best subject.
n
Do fish feel anything when we catch them?
1 The news _________ very bad. Three people have died and
hundreds have been injured.
8 That ____________ mustn’t play in the road. It’s dangerous.
Let’s stop her.
4 Complete the statements with the plural forms of these nouns:
(Before you start, study Appendix 2C and 2F.)
battery, knife, leaf, life, loaf, match, photo, potato, wife
Example:
Could you put the shelves up here, please?
1 The children shouldn’t play with _______________. They might
cut themselves.
2 _________ this pair of glasses belong to you?
3 Sheep _________ really stupid animals!
2 The children shouldn’t play with _______________ either. They
might burn themselves.
4 _________ Mathematics interesting?
3 We eat _______________ with every meal.
5 Your trousers _________ too long. I’d better shorten the legs.
4 I’ve bought three _______________ of bread.
6 Which _________ the biggest fish? This one, I think.
5 Look. These are our holiday _______________. This one shows
our hotel.
7 The new science series on TV _________ very good.
8 Gymnastics _________ dangerous if you don’t train carefully.
9 _________ the United States have a prime minister or a
president?
10 Many aircraft today _________ able to fly 10,000 miles or more.
6 The men played golf and their _______________ played a
game of tennis.
7 This radio runs on four 1.5 volt _______________.
8 When the ship sank, more than 1,500 people lost their
_______________.
11 Most of the cattle on this farm _________ kept in the upper fields.
12 My family _________ all very pleased when I told them the news.
9 The first big autumn storm blew most of the __________ off
the trees.
133
58
Countable and uncountable nouns
I’d like some olives.
I’d like some olive oil.
FORMS
I’d like some olives, please.
Countable nouns
And I’d like some
olive oil, please.
I’d like some olives, please.
How many would you like?
Half a kilo, please.
Uncountable nouns
And I’d like some olive oil, please.
How much would you like?
A litre, please.
CROSSCHECK
A
C
Countable nouns
We can count a thing like an olive or three olives. It has a singular and a
plural form and goes with singular and plural verb forms.
n These olives are very expensive.
B
Countable nouns can go with other words, e.g., some, any, the, my;
also this/these, many, a few.
n The glasses are in the cupboard.
n Are there many eggs?
Uncountable nouns can go with other words, e.g., some, any, the, my;
also this, much, a little.
n The salt is in the cupboard.
n Is there much milk?
We can make uncountable nouns, e.g., cola, bread, into countable noun
phrases by using expressions such as a litre of/kilo of/bar of/can of/loaf
of/carton of/bag of/bottle of/box of/packet of/piece of/roll of.
n Two loaves of bread and three cans of cola, please.
These nouns are always uncountable in English: accommodation,
advice, baggage, furniture, health, information, knowledge, luggage,
music, news.
n Excuse me. I need some advice.
n Tell me where your luggage is and I’ll fetch it.
Nouns that are both countable and uncountable
Sometimes the countable form is an example or part, and the
uncountable form means something in general or a material.
n Football is a great sport!
n I like sport.
n Mend the wall with these stones. n The wall is made of stone.
Sometimes the countable and uncountable forms mean very different things.
n A glass of water, please!
Windows are made of glass.
She wears glasses.
n Rob has a small business. Let’s do business! (= work together)
When we order drinks, we often make uncountable words countable.
n Two teas and a coffee, please.
PatchfieldPavilions
The premier venue
for conferences, exhibitions,
concerts & leisure
For further information and a colour brochure
please contact:
Wendy Buller, Conference Co-ordinator,
Patchfield Pavilions, Chilswell Road,
Patchfield PT12 6XU
134
Uncountable nouns
We cannot count a thing like olive oil. We do NOT say an olive oil or
three olive oils. We use a singular verb with an uncountable noun.
n This olive oil is very good.
Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56
/
Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61
Sagittarius
November 23–December 22
It’s a difficult week for Sagittarians and you could get tired
and fed up. Some of the best advice you will get involves
staying at home with your family. Take it easy – your
health is very precious!
Remember those apples
I bought from you this
morning? They’re sour!
Exercises
1 Write the kitchen things in two lists – countable and
uncountable. Write the countable nouns in the plural.
apple
cheese
pea
apple juice
cooking oil
potato
banana
egg
rice
bean
milk
salt
biscuit
mineral water
soup
bread
olive
sugar
butter
onion
tea
carrot
orange
tomato
Countable nouns
And I’d like to get a few 7__________________ too. (bread roll)
These 8_________________ are going bad too. (tomato) Yes,
and we must remember to buy a bottle of 9_______________
too. (olive oil)
OK. Now I’m going to write a 10_________, so we don’t forget
anything. (list)
3 Choose the correct words.
Examples:
n I love this music. (music/musics)
n I want to buy
Uncountable nouns
a
newspaper. (a/some)
1 My father gave me ______ good advice. (a/some)
1
apples
13
apple juice
2 _____________________ 14 _____________________
3 _____________________ 15 _____________________
4 _____________________ 16 _____________________
5 _____________________ 17 _____________________
2 Can you give me some _____________________ about your
company? (information/informations)
3 I’ve got some ____________ for a new book. (idea/ideas)
4 Here ______ the 9:00 o’clock news. (is/are)
6 _____________________ 18 _____________________
5 Put all the __________________ in the corner, so we can
clean the floor. (furniture/furnitures)
7 _____________________ 19 _____________________
6 I must go. I have to do ______ work now. (a/some)
8 _____________________ 20 _____________________
7 I’ve got ______ job to do at home tonight. (a/some)
9 _____________________ 21 _____________________
10 _____________________ 22 _____________________
8 Where did you leave your _______________?
(luggage/luggages)
11 _____________________ 23 _____________________
9 Helen has got long, dark _________. (hair/hairs)
12 _____________________ 24 _____________________
2 Write the nouns with or without ~s.
We need some things for dinner. (thing) For example, we
haven’t got any 1_________. (meat)
2
Yes, and we’ve only got a few __________________.
(vegetable)
You’re right. We’d better get some 3____________ and
4
____________. (bean) (onion)
How much 5_________ have we got? (rice)
10 Have you got ______ writing paper? (a/any)
4 Match the two halves.
1 I’d like a carton of
a cheese.
2 I need a five-litre bottle of
b matches.
3 I’d like three loaves of
c cooking oil.
4 I need four cans of
d bread.
5 I’d like a box of
e potatoes.
6 I need a two-kilo bag of
f
7 I’d like a piece of
g milk.
Pepsi.
Only a little. And look, this 6____________ is old. (bread) We
should buy some more.
135
59
Two-word nouns
The weather man says there’s going to be a thunderstorm.
Arthur, well, you do that, dear,
and I’ll take the teacups and
dirt y plates indoors.
Sally, the weatherman
says there’s going to be a
thunderstorm. Let’s put
the plastic covers on the
garden chairs.
A
Noun + noun and adjective + noun
We often put two (or more) nouns together to form a single noun.
n weather man (someone on the radio or TV who tells us tomorrow’s
weather)
n plastic covers (covers that are made of plastic)
n garden chairs (chairs for the garden)
When two nouns are often used together, they can become one word.
n thunderstorm (a storm in which there is thunder and lightning)
n teacups (cups for tea)
Less commonly, they can also become connected with a hyphen. Compare:
n wire brush
n clothes-brush
n hairbrush
There are no clear rules, so check your dictionary if you are unsure.
The first noun gives extra information about the second one – like an
adjective. Compare: dinner plates (noun + noun) dirty plates (adjective
+ noun)
Following this rule, the same words in different order have different
meanings.
n flower garden (a garden that is full of flowers)
n garden flowers (flowers that are grown in gardens)
B
a teacup and a cup of tea
n A teacup is a container for tea. A cup of tea is the container + tea.
n I’m tired. I need a cup of tea!
n Wait a moment. I’ll get you a clean teacup.
n But there’s no tea in the teapot.
n Don’t worry. I’ll make a fresh pot of tea.
• PC and laptop hardware support
• Breakdown caused by accidental
damage
Your three-year customer support
agreement will protect your product
if it breaks down.
136
Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77
/
Here are some more common examples:
n a salad bowl/a bowl of salad
n a shopping bag/a bag of shopping
n a water glass/a glass of water n a coffee jar/a jar of coffee
C Forming the first part of the noun with a noun
The first (adjectival) noun is normally singular.
n a bus stop (even though the stopping place is for many buses)
n some toothpaste (even though the paste is for all your teeth)
When we include a measurement, this remains singular, too.
n a three-kilo fish
n a five-mile walk
n an eight-hour journey
We often leave out ‘measurement’ adjectives, e.g., high, long, for example,
n The mountain is 5,000 metres high changes to It’s a 5,000-metre
mountain.
When the focus is on an activity, the first part of the noun is often an
~ing form
n a living room
n a playing field
n running shoes
n a swimming pool
D
Other ways of forming two-word nouns
We can put together adjectives and nouns to form two-word nouns.
n Arthur has been growing green peppers in his greenhouse this year.
We can also informally create two-word nouns from phrasal verbs.
n Arthur has had a clear-out in his shed and thrown away some old
rubbish.
n Sally isn’t going to cook this evening. Arthur is going to get the
dinner from the local Chinese takeaway.
• Next working day courier collection
If your problem can’t be solved over
the phone, we will arrange for a
courier collection service for laptops,
projectors, digital camcorders and
digital cameras.
Phrasal verbs ∆ 93
TechMate Services
The ultimate PC helpline
Now that you have signed up with Tech Services,
you can say goodbye to those embarrassing
phone calls to your friends and family when you
just don’t know what to do …
Exercises
1 Name these things. Use a word from each line.
7
I want to phone Paula, but I haven’t got her number.
Do you have it?
No problem. I’ve got her __________________ right here
in my diary.
8
I’m looking for a place to park my car.
Well, there’s a big __________________ right next to the
shopping centre.
9
Now that I’m starting my own business, I need to get some
cards made with all the details.
You should go to PrintEx. They produce _______________
quite cheaply.
10
Is there a pool near here? It’s very hot today and I’d love to
go swimming!
Yes, there’s a very good __________________ in Florence
Park. Let’s go there.
credit desk football sales text travel
agent card chart lamp message player
1
2
4
5
3
6
a sales chart
1 ____________________
4 ____________________
2 ____________________
5 ____________________
3 ____________________
6 ____________________
2 Complete the replies with the correct two-word noun.
Example:
Now that you have some money, you need an
account at a bank.
bank account ?
I see, so how do I open a ________________
3 Create noun forms with measurements.
Example:
Sam has written a novel with 300 pages.
Sam has written a
300-page novel.
1 This is a job that will take five days. This is a
________________________________________________.
1
And when I open this bank account, can I also get a card
for buying things on credit?
Yes, the bank will probably offer you a _______________
at the same time.
2 They built the castle with stones that weighed two tonnes.
They built the castle with
________________________________________________.
2
We need a table for our coffee.
You’re right. I’ll bring us a __________ from the next room.
3 It’s a race that goes for 1,500 kilometres straight across the
desert. It’s a ______________________________________
straight across the desert.
3
The bus will get us to the centre of the city.
Fine. So what are we going to do then when we get to
the __________________?
4 Tina is half-way through a college course that comes in six
parts. Tina is half-way through a
________________________________________________.
4
Jenny is applying for the job of assistant to the director.
That sounds good, but what exactly does the
__________________ do?
5 We need to buy a bottle of milk that contains four litres. We
need to buy a
________________________________________________.
5
I want to get a new fire which uses gas.
Well, there’s a very good __________________ with
20% off at Ace Homes.
6 Tara has just climbed a mountain that’s 5,000 metres high.
Tara has just climbed a
________________________________________________.
6
Excuse me, but this is the wrong sort of knife for cutting steak.
I’m very sorry, Madam. I’ll get you a __________________
immediately.
7 The River Nile is a river that is 6,700 kilometres long. The River
Nile is a _________________________________________.
137
60
Articles 1: a/an, the and some
Larry saw an old woman.
The woman smiled.
FORMS
Yesterday, Larry saw an old woman in the park next to the bus
station. She had an umbrella and a packet of sandwiches with her.
The sun suddenly came out and the woman smiled. She sat down on
a bench by the pond, and she put the umbrella on the bench beside
her. She started to eat the sandwiches, and she threw some pieces of
bread to the birds on the water. Half an hour later, she went, but she
forgot the umbrella. Larry picked it up and went after her. He found
her in the bus station. She was getting on the Number 26 bus to Old
Town. She was really pleased. ‘Stupid me!’ she said. ‘I nearly went
home without it. Thank you for being such an honest person!’
A
a or an
Use a before a consonant sound.
a bench, a packet, a sandwich, a woman
We use the (or this/that, etc.) when we point to something.
n Look at the umbrella over there. Whose is it?
We also use the when we identify a thing through extra information.
n She was getting on the Number 26 bus.
n She was getting on the bus to London.
n She was getting on the bus outside the ticket office.
Use an before a vowel sound.
an old woman, an umbrella, an ice cream, an egg, an apple
But compare the following:
n an umbrella BUT
a university (a when the u sounds like you)
n a hat
BUT an hour (an when the h is silent)
B
E
a/an or some
Use a or an when you first mention something, e.g., an old woman,
an umbrella and a packet of sandwiches.
n Larry saw an old woman. She had a packet of sandwiches.
Use some for both plural and uncountable forms.
n She threw some pieces of bread. n She threw some bread.
C
D
a/an, some or the
Use the when you mention something (singular, plural or uncountable)
again. It is now old information. We already know, for example, about
‘an old woman’ with ‘a packet of sandwiches’, so now we can say:
n The old woman smiled.
n She opened the packet.
Rates: We can use per or a/an in the following:
n 100 kilometres per hour OR 100 kilometres an hour
n three dollars per kilo OR three dollars a kilo
the
We do not always use a or an when we mention something new.
We use the when we all know the thing, e.g., the sun and the sky.
n The sun suddenly came out. The sky was blue.
We use the to help talk about the position of things.
n We live in the middle of London/on the edge of town.
n The house is on the right/left.
Superlatives: A superlative adjective + noun needs the because there
is only one (like the sun and the moon, etc.).
n It’s the fastest car in the world.
n Question three was the most difficult in the whole exam.
n Leaving school early was the worst mistake he has ever made.
More examples from nature: the Earth, the moon, the country(side),
the air, the ground.
Examples when we talk about a particular thing in a particular country:
the capital, the government, the army, the police.
Examples when local people talk about particular local places:
the park next to the bus station. (the only local bus station)
Correct information: We also use the to talk about correct information.
n What’s the time, please? (the correct time now)
n Can you tell me the way to the cinema? (the correct road)
n The answer to Question 3 is ... (the correct answer)
Examples when family members and friends talk about their things:
n Let’s do some work in the garden today. (our particular garden)
n Did you hear the phone ring? (the/any phone in our house)
n I think the boss has gone home. (the boss we both work for)
n You should see the doctor. (your family doctor)
138
Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56
/
Countable and uncountable nouns ∆ 58
Special uses of a, an and the
Numbers: We usually use a with these numbers:
a hundred, a thousand, a million, a billion, a trillion
But compare: I’ve got about a hundred./I’ve got exactly one
hundred.
American English (AE) uses one more than British English (BE), and
does not use and.
BE: a hundred and nine a thousand and ninety-nine
one thousand one hundred
AE: one hundred nine one thousand ninety-nine
one thousand one hundred
We also say the with any wrong time/way/answer.
n That’s the wrong time! The clock is nearly two minutes slow.
/
Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61
/
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
In 1885, the French his
torian,
Edouard de Laboulaye,
proposed
a gift from France to com
memorate
the friendship between
France and
the United States of Am
erica.
The gift was of course
the famous
statue that stands in Ne
w York
Harbour, the Statue of
Liberty. It
was designed by engin
eer Alexandre
Gustave Eiffel, who lat
er built the
Eiffel Tower, which sti
ll today
dominates the Paris sky
line.
If you lose your debit card:
Contact your branch immediately or call
01426 330300.
You should also tell the police.
KIDBS
CLU
art
drama
sports
Outings every Wednesday after school
Annual membership is £30.
Please ask at the box office for an applicati
on form
and a programme of this term’s activities
.
Due to an area of low pressure in the south, some parts of South-east
England will see some very heav y rain tomorrow, and local floods are
possible in some places. The area of low pressure will move west and
the rain will die out, but the day will remain cloudy and windy with
some gusts of wind of up to 70 miles an hour.
The weather in the north will be a different story. There will be some
high cloud, but there will just be a gentle south-westerly breeze, with
some long periods of sunshine in many areas.
FRIDAY MORNING
139
Exercises
1 Write a or an.
Example:
4 In a garden near home.
Excuse me. I’m looking for 1______ small, black cat. It’s run
away from home.
Ah, yes. Look over there. Is that 2______ cat you mean?
Yes, that’s 3______ one. Thanks very much.
I only had an apple for lunch.
1 Would you like ______ orange?
2 We planted about ______ hundred trees.
3 The car was travelling at 160 kilometres ______ hour.
4 Are we going to stop for ______ rest soon?
5 Slow down or we’ll have ______ accident!
6 I’ve got ______ young son. He’s only four.
7 When you work for ______ airline, you have to wear ______
uniform.
8 Alan was ______ honest person. He never told ______ lie in his
life.
2 Write a, an, some or the.
Example:
At a shoe shop:
I want to buy
some
shoes to go with this dress. Can
you help me?
Yes, Madam. I think these are exactly
the
right shoes
for you.
1 At a restaurant.
I’d like 1______ table for four people, please.
Yes, of course. Please have the table over here by 2______
window.
And we haven’t got much time, so we’d like to order
3
______ food immediately.
Certainly. I’ll bring 4______ menus straight to the table.
2 After shopping.
I’ve bought 1______ bread and 2______ flowers.
Are 3______ flowers for your mum?
No. 4______ bread is for her and 5______ flowers are for you!
3 On the local radio news.
And now we have 1______ news of 2______bank
robbery in central Oxford this afternoon. Police Inspector
Ross, have you caught 3______ robbers yet?
No. We’re looking for two men in 4______ old BMW.
5
______ driver of 6______ car was seen wearing 7______
green anorak. 8______ passenger was wearing 9______ old
leather jacket. They’ve got 10______ money in 11______
green plastic shopping bags.
140
5 In a street.
Can you tell me 1______ way to Stanford Office Equipment?
I have to get 2______ printer paper and 3______ new ink
cartridges for my printer.
Go along Charles Street for 4______ kilometre, and you’ll
come to 5______ big crossroads. Turn left there, and you’ll
see 6______ big buildings on 7______ left. Stanford Office
Equipment is 8______ building in 9______ middle.
3 Write a, an or the.
1 A holiday postcard.
I wrote a postcard to my friends at work when I was on holiday
last month. It was only 1______ picture of 2______ hotel where
I stayed, so it wasn’t 3______ very special card, but I was
angry. You see, 4______ card didn’t reach 5______ office until
6
______ week after I got back.
2 Two accidents in one day.
Harry has got 1______ broken leg and 2______ broken arm. He
got 3______ broken arm in 4______ car accident, but he got
5
______ broken leg later. He was sitting in 6______ wheelchair
and he was waiting for 7______ X-ray of 8______ broken bone.
Unfortunately, he was waiting very near some stairs, and he
moved 9______ wheelchair a little bit. One wheel went over
10
______ edge of 11______ stairs, and that was how Harry’s
second accident happened. 12______ chair ran all 13______
way down 14______ stairs; Harry fell out of 15______ chair and
into 16______ big piece of equipment standing at 17______
bottom of 18______ stairs. 19______ doctors say Harry will have
to stay in hospital for 20______ month!
4 Complete the paragraph with the and these words:
beach, birds, fields, hill, sand, sea, sky, sun, trees, waves, wind, world
I remember a wonderful day when I was very young. We left our
holiday home early, and we walked down the hill for a swim at
1
__________________. It was a beautiful summer morning.
2
____________ was shining, and 3____________ was blue.
4
__________________ were singing up in 5______ tall, green
6
____________. In 7______ wide, green 8____________ to our
left and right there were millions of flowers. They were all moving
in 9______ gentle 10____________ Ahead of us, we could see
11
______ blue and silver 12____________ and 13______ fast,
white 14____________ as they crashed onto 15______ golden
16
____________. For us, 17__________________ was a perfect
place that day.
electrician, long e-mail, mechanic, mountain, phone, police officer,
postman, present, reporter, ship, vase
Examples:
n He brings our post every morning.
n
The postman brings our post every
morning.
n The plane crashed into something.
5 Write a or the.
Examples:
6 Write a, an or the and these words instead of the underlined
words.
a The boys always stop at
the
n
park on their way
home from school.
b The Town Council are thinking of building
a
new park.
1 a John, ______ phone is ringing. Could you answer it, please?
b My brother doesn’t have ______ phone at home. He just
has his mobile.
2 a We used to visit our grandparents every summer. We loved
______ old house.
b Mr Brook is rich. He’s got ______ very big house.
3 a It’s warm now. Let’s eat lunch in ______ garden.
b We’re going to move house. We want somewhere with
______ big garden.
4 a Susan is training to be ______ doctor.
b Jimmy is feeling very ill. Quick. Call ______ doctor.
5 a Is Mr Bradley ______ good manager?
b Where’s ______ manager, please? I need to see her.
6 a I’m going to pay this money in at ______ bank today.
b Excuse me. Is there ______ bank near here?
7 a Your train is at 1:00, so I’ll take you to ______ station now.
b Our town used to have ______ station, but it’s closed now.
8 a I go to ______ dentist every six months.
b I wouldn’t like to be ______ dentist. I think it’s a horrible job!
9 a Every old town in England has ______ town square.
b I’ll meet you in ______ town square at midday.
10 a Could you get some stamps at ______ post office for me,
please?
b There’s ______ post office in King Street.
The plane crashed into a mountain.
1 Somebody answered when I phoned the newspaper.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Joe fell and knocked something over.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 He stopped me for driving too fast.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 It can travel from Britain to the USA in four days.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 When I was away, I bought something for my parents.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 I picked it up and called my sister.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
7 Sarah wrote something to her father.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 Carrie called somebody to change the kitchen lights.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
9 I called him to book a service for my car.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
141
61
Articles 2: general and specific
A plane is a beautiful thing.
FORMS
John is a pilot, and for him a plane is a beautiful thing – a manmade bird. ‘The plane has changed our world,’ he says. ‘Planes
allow us to travel anywhere in less than a day.’ He flies a small
jet, and he carries people by air from London to France,
Germany and the Netherlands. But to John, flying is not just a
job from Monday to Friday. At home at the weekend, he does
not watch TV or read the newspaper. After breakfast on
Saturday morning, he always goes straight to the garage and
takes out his other plane – a microlite!
General statements – singular and plural
We can use a singular noun to make a general statement. A plane
means ‘any plane’. The plane means the type of thing called ‘plane’.
n A plane is a beautiful thing. n The plane has changed our world.
Geographical groups: Most country names do not take the, e.g.,
Japan, France and Egypt. But the is necessary for countries that are a
group of smaller parts, e.g., the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates
and the United States of America.
We can make general statements with plural nouns, e.g., people, and
uncountable nouns, e.g., life. Compare the general statements (without
the) and the specific statements (with the).
Other groups of places that also take the are islands, e.g., the West
Indies and the Seychelles, but not single islands, e.g., Madagascar.
Also mountain ranges, e.g., the Alps and the Himalayas, but not the
names of single mountains, e.g., Mount Everest.
General
People fly every day.
Specific
The people here are
Dutch.
Students are usually poor. Meet the new students.
Uncountable: I like strong curry.
We need water to live.
B
I enjoyed the curry last
night.
The water is hot now.
Special expressions – the + things in groups
Groups in society: We often use the + adjective for groups in society,
e.g., the poor, the rich, the sick, the old and the young.
n The gap between the rich and the poor is getting wider.
National groups: We use the with national and regional groups of
people, e.g., the Japanese, the French, the Germans, the Arabs and the
Europeans.
n The Japanese and the Germans have worked hard to become
rich.
HOUT
AN WIT
M
O
W
A
IS LIKE
A MAN HOUT
IT
A FISH W LE
A BICYC
142
Nouns: singular and plural ∆ 56
/
Articles 1: a/an, the and some ∆ 60
Regions: We talk about regions in different ways. Some are names
with the, e.g., the Far East, the Middle East, the Rift Valley, the Sahara
Desert and the Nile Delta. But names with direction + noun do not take
the, e.g., North America and South Korea.
We can also talk about regions in this way:
northern/southern/eastern/western Australia OR the north/the south/
the east/the west of Australia
Rivers, etc: Rivers, canals, seas, gulfs, oceans and deserts all need the.
The Mississippi (River) flows into the Gulf of Mexico.
The Panama Canal connects the Caribbean (Sea) and the Pacific
(Ocean).
Last year’s Cézanne exhibition at
the Tate Gallery broke all records.
Demand for tickets was huge, and
the press called it ‘a gorgeous
experience … a revelation’, ‘quite
simply an unmissable event’.
12 February - 17 May
Plural:
Bonnard at the Tate
A
Now you can book for its
successor: Bonnard, at the Tate
from 12 February to 17 May.
C
Special expressions without and with articles
Places: We do not use the when we talk about normal activities that
happen at/to school, at/to work, at/to home, and in town, in bed, in
hospital, etc.
n Ann is at school.
n Bob’s gone to bed.
We use the when we talk about a specific building or place.
The school is opposite the hospital. Tom was on the bed.
The new
Marine Aquarium
We also often use the with names of man-made features (just like the
names of natural features such as the Mississippi River and the
Caribbean Sea).
n The British Museum in London and the Louvre in Paris are two
of the world’s largest museums.
n The London Underground and the Paris Metro are two of the
world’s oldest underground rail networks.
Time: We do not usually use a, an or the with most time words and
phrases. But we use an article when we connect the time to a specific
experience. Compare the following:
n New Year was on a Sunday.
n We had a fantastic New Year with our friends.
n I came last week.
n I came the week Tom was born.
Remember these special expressions: at night, during the night, on
Saturday and Sunday, at the weekend, on Monday morning, in the
morning.
n I woke up during the night.
n I was away on Saturday and Sunday.
n I was away at the weekend.
n I went out on Monday morning.
Meals: We do not usually use a, an or the with breakfast, lunch, dinner
and supper. But we use an article when we connect the meal to a
specific experience. Compare the following:
n I have breakfast at 8:00.
n I woke up at 9:00 and had a
late breakfast.
n We had steak for dinner.
n That was the best meal of my life!
Transport: We do not use a/an or the when we talk about the method
of transport. But we use an article when we talk about a specific plane,
car, etc. Compare the following:
n I came by plane.
n I came on the 5:00 plane
from Paris.
n She likes travelling by car. n It’s a very comfortable car.
Entertainment: Note the use of articles in the following:
n I watch TV a lot, but I never listen to the radio.
n We like going to the cinema, and we often go to the theatre too.
Musical instruments: British English usually uses the to talk about
playing instruments.
n He plays the piano/the guitar/the drums.
However, American English usually leaves out the.
n He plays piano/guitar/drums.
where truth is
stranger than fiction
Stevenson, Robert Louis
(1850–94) was a novelist, poet and
travel writer. Born into a family of
Scottish lighthouse engineers, he
often travelled with his father –
despite constant ill health – to visit
lighthouse projects up and down the
dangerous coasts of Scotland and on
the many Scottish islands, including
the Hebrides and it was one of these
islands that gave him the map of his
most famous creation – Treasure Island.
Due to his bad health, Stevenson
started travelling south as an adult to find warmer, drier
climates. During one of these trips, to the south of France, he
met his American wife Fanny. Marrying in 1880, they travelled
widely together, and in 1888 they and their children sailed
around the islands of the Pacific Ocean, they finally settled at
Vailima in the Samoa Islands. ere, he farmed, continued to
write and also worked hard to improve the lives of the Samoans,
who gave him the name of Tusitala, ‘the teller of stories’. He
died suddenly in 1894, still only in his mid-forties.
143
Exercises
1 Match the objects and their uses then write out the complete
sentences. The first one has been done for you.
1 A camera
a picking up food.
2 A pen
b holding papers.
3 A fork
is for
c storing computer data.
4 A file
d taking pictures.
5 A diary
e writing.
6 A fridge
f
7 A CD-ROM
g noting dates of meetings, etc.
keeping food cold.
4 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
5 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
6 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
7 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
3 Write true statements about these things. Use I like, I don’t
like or I don’t mind.
A camera is for taking pictures.
black coffee, chocolate, fast cars, homework, long journeys, loud
rock music, swimming, tennis
2 ___
____________________________________
Examples:
3 ___
____________________________________
4 ___
____________________________________
5 ___
____________________________________
6 ___
____________________________________
7 ___
____________________________________
1
d
n
n
I like chocolate.
I don’t like long journeys.
1 _________________________________________________
2 _________________________________________________
3 _________________________________________________
4 _________________________________________________
5 _________________________________________________
2 Match the people and their inventions then write out the
complete sentences. The first one has been done for you.
1 Bell
a the electric lamp.
2 Otis
b the radio.
3 Marconi
c the modern car tyre.
4 Biro
d the lift (or *elevator).
5 Edison
e the sewing machine.
6 Dunlop
f
7 Singer
g the telephone.
the ballpoint pen.
*American English
1
g
Bell invented the telephone.
2 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
3 ___ ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
144
6 _________________________________________________
4 Choose the correct words.
Examples:
n All children like ice
cream. (ice cream/the ice
cream)
n Did you enjoy the
film last night? (film/the film)
1 Peter is riding _______________ which was ill last week.
(horse/the horse)
2 My brother visits _______________ all over the world.
(companies/the companies)
3 Could you pass _______________, please? (salt/the salt)
4 _______________ aren’t here. Where are they? (Books/The
books)
5 _______________ isn’t the most important thing in the world.
(Money/The money)
6 People can’t live for long without _______________. (water/
the water)
7 _______________ live in both Africa and India. (Elephants/The
elephants)
8 _______________ is ringing. Could you answer it, please?
(Phone/The phone)
5 Complete the statements with the and these words.
old, poor, rich, unemployed, young, blind
Example:
The rich have to pay high taxes.
1 These days ________________________ receive payments
while they are unable to work.
15 the United States ___________________________
16 Venezuela
___________________________
Now write the names of your country and your people.
________________________________________________
7 Write the or nothing (7).
Example:
The Netherlands
is a small country in 7 Europe.
1 ______ Mississippi is the longest river in ______ United States.
2 ______ Lake Victoria is a beautiful lake in ______ East Africa.
2 Today, ________________________ are living for longer than
ever before.
3 ______________________ have to learn from their parents
and their teachers.
4 ______________________ often use a dog or a stick to help
them find their way.
5 In the old days the government did very little to help
________________________.
3 ______ Mount Everest is the highest mountain in ______
Himalayan Mountains to ______ north of India.
4 ______ Jamaica is a beautiful island in ______ West Indies,
which are in ______ Caribbean Sea.
5 ______ Suez Canal lies along ______ western edge of ______
Sinai Desert in ______ Egypt. It connects ______
Mediterranean and ______ Red Sea.
8 Write the or nothing (7).
6 Write the names of the people.
Country
People
1 Australia
the Australians
2 Britain
___________________________
3 China
___________________________
4 Denmark
___________________________
5 Egypt
___________________________
6 France
___________________________
7 Indonesia
___________________________
8 Japan
___________________________
9 Kuwait
___________________________
10 Netherlands ___________________________
11 Portugal
___________________________
12 Spain
___________________________
13 Russia
___________________________
14 Turkey
___________________________
Paul Ross is an international rock star now, but life was not always
so good. He grew up in the north of England and went to 7 school
there. He did not enjoy his schooldays very much, but there was a
very good music teacher at 1______ school, and she helped him a
lot. He learned to sing well there, and he started to play 2______
guitar when he was 12. At the age of 18, he went to 3______
music college, and there he studied other instruments, including
4
______ drums.
When he left 5______ college, he could not find 6______ work, so
he started the rock band Magic Machine with some friends. Soon
they were doing well and they went south to London. They went on
7
______ TV for the first time on 8______ day Paul turned 22.
When they went to London, they drove there in Paul’s old car, but
now they travel everywhere by 9______ air.
Paul and the others work hard, but at the moment, they are on
holiday. Paul wakes up late in 10______ morning, and he eats
11
______ breakfast late. He usually stays at 12______ home for
most of the day, and he listens to new music on 13______ radio.
Then in 14______ evening, he often goes to 15______ cinema.
145
62
Direct and indirect objects
I’m writing my parents a letter.
FORMS
Indirect object
Direct object
I’ve bought
you
a present.
I’m writing
my parents
a letter.
Direct object
Indirect object
a letter
to me.
something
for you too.
You never write
I’ve got
He’s talking
A
B
C
D
146
Verbs with two objects
A lot of common verbs can take two objects. There is normally a direct
object.
n I’ve bought a present.
n I’m writing a letter.
But we often want to say more, e.g., who is going to receive the letter
and the present. So now we need indirect objects, too.
n I’ve bought you a present.
n I’m writing my parents a letter.
Word order
The indirect object normally comes first.
n I’ve bought her a present.
But, we can put the direct object first if:
• the indirect object is much longer than the direct object;
• we want to emphasize the indirect object.
n Dan is writing a letter to his parents back at home.
n He’s writing a letter to his parents, not to me.
To, for and at
Compare these sentences:
n Dan will send the letter to his parents tomorrow.
n He chose an animal toy for his daughter.
We use to with these verbs: bring, feed, get, give, hand, lend, offer,
owe, pass, pay, post, promise, read, sell, send, show, take, teach, tell,
throw, write.
We use for with these verbs: book, bring, build, buy, choose, cook,
fetch, find, get, leave, make, order, pick, read, reserve, save.
We often use both to and for with bring, get and take.
n I took the books to my teacher.
n I brought some flowers for Rosa.
FIND OUT MORE
N Ow
AND BEAT THE
TAX MAN!
/
Yes, I am interested in using
my tax exempt savings
allowance. Please send me
further information on the
Northern Bond including my
easy-to-complete application
form and my free keyring.
Alternatively, you can call
us on:
From: National Car Insurance
To: Mrs H Oliver
Subject: Car Insurance Renewal
Date: 23/01/12
Dear Mrs Oliver
Re: Motor Policy No: 22042903/8207
Our records show that you recently returned your
Car
completed insurance renewal request to National
e
includ
not
did
you
that
but
sted,
reque
as
nce,
Insura
date,
al
your payment. In view of the imminent renew
ent
we would be grateful if you could give us your paym
on
e
Hotlin
er
by phone. Please call our free custom
ay
0800 524613. Lines are open from 08:00–22:00, Mond
to Saturday.
Verb + indirect object only
Some verbs usually take only an indirect object. This is common with
verbs taking at.
n He’s talking to them.
n They’re laughing/looking/pointing/smiling at each other.
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
to them.
Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69
This is a waitress
service cafeteria.
Please find a seat and
a waitress will come and
take your order for you
and bring it to your table.
Exercises
1 Write statements with the indirect objects in the correct
position.
Examples:
3
I think I’ll buy the computer game for Sally. (her brother)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4
I’m going to show this information about Mr Blake to him.
(the police)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
5
I think I’ll cook the steak for the children. (the adults)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
6
Do I have to pay the money to Tom’s teacher? (the school
secretary)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
7
I’ll buy a present for you while I’m in Paris. (the children)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
n I’m writing a letter. (to my sister)
n
I’m writing a letter to my sister.
n I’m writing a card. (my brother)
n
I’m writing my brother a card.
1 Ann gave a present. (her parents)
_________________________________________________
2 Nick sent a book. (to his niece)
_________________________________________________
3 Did you really buy it? (for me)
_________________________________________________
4 Could you lend some money? (Harry)
_________________________________________________
5 I’ll take some magazines next time I visit her in hospital. (Celia)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Susie’s grandmother made a lovely dress. (for her)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Could you pass the report when he arrives? (to the boss)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
8 I offered a place to stay as he had nowhere else to go. (Rob)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Write replies. Use indirect objects for emphasis.
Example:
Could you give Bob this magazine? (Kim)
No, don’t give it to Bob. Give it to Kim.
1
I’m going to sell my pictures to Sally. (me)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2
I’d better take the car to the garage in town. (one near my
house)
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 Complete the e-mail with to or for.
From: JJ
Date: 3rd March
To: KL
Subject: <no subject>
Ken,
Could you do a few things _____
for me while I’m away
in Rome? Could you finish the report on my desk
1
______ me? I’ve been writing it specially 2______
the Head of Sales, so could you please give it
3
______ him personally by midday on Thursday?
Please explain the special items 4______ him. I’ve
made some notes 5______ you, so you’ll know what
to write.
We’ve ordered some new computer equipment
6
______ the Sales Department. Could you ask the
men from Compu-Tech to take the equipment
7
______ Room 508? Please give the paperwork
on my desk 8______ the men when they come.
Thanks. I’ll get some really good Italian olive oil
9
______ you while I’m in Rome.
See you next week.
Julie
147
63
Demonstrative forms; one and ones
this, these
that one, those ones
FORMS
this, that, these and those
Could you put
that plant on this
bookcase, please?
Could you put
these ones by
that window,
please?
this/that vase
these/those tables
one and ones
the large/small
one
this/that
the large/small
ones
these/those
this, that, these and those as demonstrative adjectives
Use this and these for things which are near in place or time. Use that
and those for things which are not near in place or time.
n … on that bookcase ...
n … over there on those tables …
Use this or that with a singular or uncountable noun – or one.
n This wallet is mine.
n That one is Tom’s.
Use these or those with a plural noun – or ones.
These shoes are horrible! n Those ones are really nice!
n
B
this, that, these and those as demonstrative pronouns
We can use this, that, these and those as pronouns – subject or object.
n This is boring. Let’s change channels. (this programme)
n Look at these! They’re my size. (these shoes or clothes)
Use expressions with that to refer to the previous speaker’s point.
n Climate change is happening. That’s right. That’s very
worrying.
C
one and ones
We can use the pronouns one and ones instead of repeating a noun –
subject or object. Use them when you can show what you are talking
about.
n Which is your jacket? Is it this one? (pointing)
n I don’t like these socks, but I love those ones. Look! (pointing)
Which coat do you want?
The green one with red buttons, please. (describing)
It’s the one on the chair. (saying where it is)
Use ones just like one – for plural countable nouns.
What colour shirts would you like?
A white one and two red ones, please.
Do not use one or ones with uncountable nouns. Use some instead.
What colour cloth would you like?
I’d like some white and some red, please.
148
Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69
/
Possessive forms ∆ 70
cult classics
cult films
The first in a season of
0 and 9:45
7:0
y
uar
Jan
20
y
Tuesda
APOCALYPSE NOW (18)
ppola
Director: Francis Ford Co
Marlon Brando
and
een
Sh
Starring: Martin
rt
loration of America’s hea
This is Coppola’s epic exp
of darkness – Vietnam.
Who can become a blood donor?
Anyone between 18 and 60 who is healthy and not
subject to certain medical conditions.
What types of blood are needed?
All types – especially the most common ones
because they are the ones that are most in demand.
Odd One Out
Which one of these is the odd one out and why?
a) ostrich b) seagull c) eagle d) pigeon
Answer: a) It can’t fly.
A
This car park
is for residen
ts
only.
No stamp
needed, but
using one will
save WorldAid
money.
Exercises
1 Write this, that, these or those.
Example:
I can’t see. What are
3 Write this/that (one) or these/those (ones).
those things over there?
Example:
No,
1 Could you put the bookcase over there between _________ two
windows?
2 _________ curry last night was very good.
3 Look how _________ diamonds shine when I turn them in the
light.
over there.
1
Look. Are _______________ Tom’s shoes here?
No. _______________________ over there are his.
_________________________ here are Fred’s.
2
I need to save these files to a USB stick. Could you pass me
_____________ blue _____________ on your desk, Bob?
Do you mean _______________ here?
Yes, _______________, please.
3
I need some lights for my bike, please.
Yes, sir. Have a look at _______________ here.
What about _______________ over there?
They’re good too, but _______________ are better.
4 Look, you have to press _________ button here to start the
machine.
5
Do you remember _________ people from Canada?
We met them at _________ party in London last
November.
Do you mean _________ teachers – Bob and Lisa?
Yes. Well, they’re coming for dinner _________ evening.
Great!
this must be your bag.
this one isn’t my bag. Mine is that one
Look,
4 Write one/ones or the one/the ones.
2 Write this, that, these or those.
Example:
Is
this
No, mine is blue, not red.
1
Example:
your car here?
Excuse me. I’m trying to find a house. It’s
Number 73.
That’s
it over there.
Alice, _________ is Tom Barnes, our new salesperson.
Tom, _________ is Alice Parker, our Finance Director.
Nice to meet you.
Good to meet you too.
Do you see the three small
Number 73 is the
one
ones
there?
on the left.
1
Go and say hello to Jim Baker.
Which ____________ is he?
He’s ____________ over there with dark hair.
2
Could you look at my book, please, Miss? Is _________
the right answer?
Yes, _________’s right. Well done!
2
I’d like some shoes from the shop window, please.
Of course. Which ____________ would you like?
They’re ____________ red ____________ on the left.
3
Excuse me. Is _________ Hill Farm here?
No, _________ is Lower Farm. Just keep going up the hill.
_________’s it, up there at the top.
3
Are David Frost and Roger West here?
Yes, they’re by the window. David is ____________ on
the right, and Roger is ____________ on the left.
4
Here you are, Susan. _________ is your desk, and
_________ are your files. Enjoy your new job!
Thanks very much. _________ is a nice office.
4
5
No, Tom. You’ve brought me the wrong books. I don’t
want _________.
Oh, so do you want _________ over there?
Yes, _________ are the ones.
Could I borrow some plates for my dinner party?
Of course. They’re all in this cupboard. Which
____________ would you like – ____________ large
____________ or ____________ small ____________?
5
Hello. You’re from the band Magic Machine, aren’t you?
I’m Pete Price. I’m ____________ who’s interviewing you.
Which of you is ____________ who writes the songs?
I’m Paul – ____________ who writes the music. Ron and
Bob are ____________ who write the words.
149
64 some or any
We’ve got some olives.
Have we got any green olives?
We haven’t got anything.
Yes, we’ve got
some green olives,
but we haven’t got
any black olives.
FORMS
Have we got any green olives?
Yes, we’ve got some green olives, but we haven’t got any
black olives.
Have we got any tomato juice?
Yes, we’ve got some tomato juice, but we haven’t got any
orange juice.
Have we got anything for dinner?
Yes, I think we’ve got something. Look, we’ve got some
chicken.
A
some or any
Use some in positive sentences with plural nouns and uncountable
nouns.
n There are some green olives. n There’s some tomato juice.
Aromatherapy can induce a sense of
well-being. The oils used are said
to affect messages sent to the
brain. You can buy some
oils in pharmacies.
Use any in negative sentences with plural nouns and uncountable
nouns.
n There aren’t any black olives. n There isn’t any orange juice.
But read the instructions
carefully or ask the pharmacist
for advice, because some oils could
be dangerous, particularly in pregnancy.
Use any with plural nouns and uncountable nouns in Yes/No questions.
n Have we got any green olives/orange juice?
When we think the answer to our question is Yes, we use some.
n Are you going to buy some things in town today?
We use some in requests and to make offers sound positive.
n Could I have some money, please?
n Would you like some money?
We also use some (often with emphasis) to show that we mean ‘Some
of a group, but not all’.
Did everyone go?
Some people did, but not all.
We can use any to talk about things that are possible, but uncertain.
n If there are any calls, please tell me.
n Please send any letters to my new address. (If there are any letters)
We can use some and any as pronouns.
Is there any tea?
We had some, but there isn’t any now.
B
something, anything, etc.
We can use some and any to make these new words.
~thing
~body/one
~where
some
something
somebody
somewhere
any
anything
anyone
anywhere
We choose them as we choose some or any.
n He told her something. (e.g., some news – positive)
n We didn’t see anybody. (e.g., any people – negative)
n Are you singing anything tonight? (e.g., any songs – uncertain)
We can use any, anything and anybody to mean ‘it doesn’t matter what’.
n You can buy these at any supermarket.
n Anybody can grow anything they want on this fantastic land!
150
something, anybody, everyone, etc. ∆ 65
Bringing Hollywood
to Your Home!
This voucher entitles
the holder to £1
off any movie rental h)
ood
(exchangeable at any Hollyw
If you have any
problems with this
product, please return
it to the store where
you bought it or send
it to our Customer
Services Department,
outlining the problem
and stating when and
where you bought it.
Heaven branc
Happy Mother’s Day
to the best Mum in the
WHOLE WORLD
… and I don’t say tha
t to just
anybody!
Exercises
1 Write some or any.
2
Listen! I think I heard a noise. Can you hear ___________?
Do you mean that noise outside? I think ______________
is coming to the front door.
3
Hello! Is _______________ at home?
Oh, hello, Richard. Come in. You’re just in time for
______________ tea.
4
Could ______________ please open the door for me?
My hands are full.
Certainly. And would you like _______________ help with
carrying those things too?
5
You look hungry. I’ll get you _______________ to eat.
Thanks. I haven’t had _______________ to eat since
yesterday.
6
Are there _______________ people still living in the house?
No, we looked round, but there wasn’t _______________
there.
Dear Aunt Lucy,
Well, here we are on holiday. We’re having a good time, and there
are some great things about this place, but there are 1_________
bad things too. The sea is great, but the hotel swimming pool isn’t.
There isn’t 2_________ water in the pool! There are 3_________
interesting places to visit near here, but there aren’t 4_________
cars to hire. It’s true, there are 5_________ buses, but those are all
in the middle of the day. There aren’t 6_________ in the morning or
the evening.
Must stop. See you soon.
Love, Sam
PS We’ll bring you 7_________ local olives. They’re really good!
2 Write some or any.
Example:
Come and sit down. Now, have
some
coffee
and biscuits.
I’m sorry, but I don’t drink coffee. Have you got
some/any
1
2
3
4
tea?
I’m looking for ________ cups, but I can’t find ________.
Perhaps there are ________ in the dishwasher.
Rod, could you lend me ________ money?
I’m sorry, Bob, but I haven’t got ________. I wanted to ask
you for ________ money!
4 Complete the answers. Use anybody, anything, any or
anywhere + noun from the first speaker’s sentence.
Examples:
We can hire
any car
we like.
I mustn’t spend too much.
Don’t worry. You can buy
anything
you want.
1
I need ________ help with this work. Have you got ______
free time today?
OK. I can give you ________ time tonight.
I like this car, but I don’t like the colour.
You can have _______________ you like, sir.
2
Ben, would you like to spend ________ time with your
grandparents this summer?
Well, they’re very nice, but I haven’t got ________ friends
where they live.
I’m from Channel 5 TV, and I’d like to interview some
members of the team.
You’re welcome to interview _______________ you wish.
3
Are you sure you don’t want to keep any of these things?
Yes, you can take _______________ you want.
4
Where shall we go on holiday this year, Tom?
We can go _______________ you want to go, Penny.
5
Which show shall we go to? There are several to choose
from.
We can go to _______________ you like. They all look
good.
3 Write some, any, somebody, anybody, something or anything.
Example:
1
Which car can we hire?
some things at the market.
Can I get you something/anything?.
No, I don’t need anything thanks.
I’m getting
Is there anything good on TV at the moment?
No, there isn’t _______________ really. There’s just
_______________ about wildlife in India.
151
65
something, anybody, everyone, etc.
There’s something for everyone.
FORMS
some
any
every
no
A
B
Formation
We can put some, any, every and no together with thing, body, one and
where to form new words.
n My book is somewhere in this room.
n Has anyone seen my book?
n Everybody! Please help me find it!
n I looked, but I found nothing.
one
where
(pronoun)
(pronoun)
(pronoun)
(adverb)
something
somebody
someone
somewhere
(a thing)
(a person)
(a person)
(in a place)
anything
anybody
anyone
anywhere
(a thing)
(a person)
(a person)
(in a place)
everything
everybody
everyone
everywhere
(all the
things)
(all the
people)
(all the
people)
(in all the
places)
nothing
nobody
no one
nowhere
Flowers by post
The Winter Warmer
Enjoy the warm atmospher
e
at the Royal, where nothin
g
is too much trouble!
Telephone your order to
Flora Post 01295 555678
The Royal Hotel
DRESS CODE
The management
ma
refuse entry to any y
one
wearing unsuitabl
e
clothes.
No jeans or traine
rs
please!
Market Street, Tredydon
01872 270335
for more information and
Something you’ve always wanted to do ...
Creative Writing u Art & Design u Photography
Textiles u Singing u Video Production
History of Art u Painting u Garden Design u Drawing
Music u Interior Design u Opera u Calligraphy
n
Who can join? Anyone. There are no entry requirements or
age limits. For further details, write to the address below.
The Complete Cookery Course
by Maggie Windsor
We can use possessive ~’s with the words that end with body or one.
n Is this anybody’s jacket? n The accident was no one’s fault.
n Somebody’s car is in our parking space!
bookings
ARTS COLLEGE
All the words in this group are singular, including the words with every.
n Is everyone here now? n Everything takes a long time.
We can use else after all these words.
n We don’t have anything else to eat.
n There’s nowhere else to go.
body
For someone special
Uses
The words something and anything, etc., are like some and any.
Positive statements: He told her something.
Negative statements: We didn’t see anybody.
Yes/No questions: Did you go anywhere?
Positive questions: Did you find something?
Offers: Can I help anyone?
Requests: May I see someone in the office?
Things that are possible, but not certain: If anybody calls, tell me.
Meaning ‘it doesn’t matter what’. Anybody can say anything they
want at the meeting.
No one, nothing, etc., are themselves negatives, so the verb stays positive.
Nothing happened. n No one wants to go out.
We can use an adjective, e.g., boring, funny, good, strange, after words
with some, any and no, (but not usually after words with every).
n Is there anything good on TV?
n Somebody strange came to the door.
thing
For everyone who wants
to cook. Everything
you need to know
about selecting,
e
preparing and cooking food – mor
than 450 recipes!
Life’s but a walking
shadow, a poor player,
That struts and frets his
hour upon the stage,
And then is heard no more;
It is a tale told by an idiot,
Full of sound and fury,
Signifying nothing.
(Macbeth, William Shakespeare,
1564–1616)
152
Zero and first conditionals ∆ 49
/
some or any ∆ 64
/
Possessive forms ∆ 70
Exercises
1 Write some, any, something, anybody, somewhere, etc.
Examples:
n I met
some
old friends yesterday.
n Yesterday I met
somebody
who knows you.
3 Write something, anybody, everyone, nowhere, etc.
Has
anybody seen my new Bruce Springsteen album? I’ve
been looking for it 1__________________ – all over the house.
1 I’ve got __________________ free time tomorrow.
I don’t think it’s 2__________________ in this room.
2 I can’t think of __________________ to do.
Well, it must be 3__________________ round here. It can’t
have disappeared. 4__________________ must have seen it.
3 Have you got __________________ money?
4 Tony must be __________________ in the park.
5 Does __________________ here know how to work this
machine?
6 Could I take __________________ paper, please?
7 If __________________ asks for me, just say I’m busy.
8 Would you like __________________ coffee?
9 She can’t find her glasses __________________.
Did you lend it to 5__________________? Or did you take it
6
__________________ with you – into town, for example?
No, I’ve been absolutely 7__________________ since
yesterday morning. I’ve just been at home. And
8
__________________’s borrowed it either.
Wait. Look! There’s 9__________________ under that chair. Is
that it?
Where? I can’t see 10__________________. Oh, I see it now.
You’re right. That’s it! Thanks very much!
10 I’ve got __________________ for you to do this afternoon.
4 Complete the statements. Use the clues in brackets.
2 Complete the statements with the correct words beginning
with some~, any~, every~, and no~.
Example:
I don’t know
anybody
as clever as Tom. (any~)
1 If __________________ is here now, the meeting can begin.
(every~)
2 __________________ we went in Africa, we found the people
very friendly. (every~)
3 Excuse me. I’ve got __________________ important to say.
(some~)
4 __________________ in the world can run as fast as Steve.
(no~)
5 If there’s __________________ still in the building, tell them
to come out quickly. (any~)
6 Is there __________________ quiet near here for us to talk?
(any~)
Examples:
n There’s
something good
on TV tonight.
(a good thing)
n We’re all here now. There’s
nobody else
to
come. (not another person)
1 There’s ____________________________________ on TV
tonight. (no interesting thing)
2 I haven’t told you the whole story. I’ve got
____________________________________ to tell.
(another thing)
3 This beach is too crowded. Isn’t there
______________________________ we can go?
(another place)
4 Is ____________________________________ coming to
dinner this evening? (a nice person)
7 Is there __________________ I can do to help you? (any~)
5 I’ve looked for the money ____________________________.
(all possible places)
8 I’ve done all I can. There’s __________________ else I can do
now. (no~)
6 There’s ____________________________________ to look
for the money. (no other place)
9 We lost each other __________________ in the middle of
town. (some~)
153
66
there is, there are ; it, they, them, etc.
There’s a hotel in the village.
It’s in the square.
FORMS
there is and there are
Driver:
Is there a place to stay near here?
Man:
Yes, there’s a small hotel in the next village.
it, they, them, etc.
Man:
Excuse me ...
It’s in the village square.
it for time, distance and weather
Driver:
Good – because it’s getting late and it’s getting cold.
Is it far?
Man:
No. It’s only five kilometres.
it as an empty subject
Driver:
A
there is and there are
We can use there is/are to talk about something for the first time.
Is there a bakery in the town?
Yes, there’s one near the bank.
Use there are to talk about quantity with, e.g., any, some, a lot (of),
several, a few, many.
Are there any other shops?
Not many, but there are a few.
Use there with different forms of be: will be, was/were, has/have been.
Will there be time to buy some things?
n There was no time to do any shopping in the last village.
n
B
C
D
it, they, them, etc.
We often change to subject or object pronouns after there has
introduced a new subject. The pronouns refer back to that subject.
n There was a hotel in the last village, but we didn’t like it very much.
n There were some shops too, but they were closing.
it for time, distance and weather
Use it in expressions about time, weather and distance.
What time is it?
It’s 5:00. It’s getting late, and it’s
time to go.
Is it far to the farm?
It’s a long way. It’s still two miles
away.
n It’s cold. It’s going to rain.
n It was a hot day. It was very sunny.
it as an empty subject
Use it … to and it … that in expressions like these:
n It’s a good/bad idea to stop. n It was good/lovely to see her.
n It’s sad/a pity that you can’t stay. n Is it true that he’s leaving?
Use it is (not) worth/is no use + ~ing in these expressions:
n It’s (not) worth buying that old car.
n It’s no use talking. He never listens.
(Note: There’s no use talking. is also possible.)
154
Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69
All right. It’ll be best to stop there for tonight.
The Church of St Pete
Highfield
r,
There has been a church in High
field for over 1,200 years and
there is a Norman door in the
church tower. The tower was
built
very early in the 13th century,
but it has been restored several
times since. It has some of the
heaviest bells in the country.
‘It is better to be beautiful than to be good. But … it is better
to be good than to be ugly.’
(Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900)
A walk on the wild side?
The South-West Wildlife
Trust invites you to take par
t
in a special event on the rive
r on Sunday 18th March.
There are two walks in diff
erent directions, and the
walks both start in Car Par
k 1 at 11 am.
Frozen Land
Margaret Daley
£16.99 (Fiction)
ISBN 0 333 71166 1
MARGARET Daley’s
first novel, Goodnight My
Friend, was one of last
year’s most impressive
debuts. It is most unfair to
expect a second book of
the same excellence, and
Frozen Land doesn’t quite
match up.
St Just:
Britain’s most
westerly town
Oh … and ther
e are shops
and places to ea
t and things
to do when it’s
wet. And it’s
well worth visiti
ng one
(or more!) of th
e pubs of
St Just – The St
ar, The
Wink, The North
Inn, The
Radjel, The Gu
rnard’s Head,
The Tinners an
d many more.
Exercises
1 Write questions and answers. Use there + the correct form of
be.
Examples:
there any sugar?
Yes, there’s some over there.
(onions?) (No/buy some) Are there any onions?
No, there aren’t. I’ll buy some.
3 Write There + the correct form of be and pronouns.
Examples:
n
(sugar?) (Yes/over there) Is
1 (potatoes?) (Yes/in the bag)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 (coffee?) (No/buy some)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 (large pan?) (No/buy one)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 (carrots?) (No/buy some)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 (butter?) (Yes/in the fridge)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 (teapot?) (Yes/on the shelf)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
n
There was a dog in our garden yesterday.
It came from next door.
There isn’t any butter. We finished it
yesterday.
1 _______________ some flowers for Ann. _________’re from
Tom.
2 _____________________ much sugar last night. Mum used
most of ______ to make a cake yesterday afternoon.
3 _____________________ many people at the concert last
Saturday, but I think _________ enjoyed it.
4 ____________ somebody on the phone for you. His name is
Peter. Do you know _________?
5 _____________________ any matches. Have you used
_________ all?
6 __________________ much water, so we’ll have to use
______ very carefully.
4 Complete the statements. Choose from these expressions:
It’s
a good/bad idea to …
It was
good/lovely/sad to …
very sad that …
a pity that …
not worth …
2 Write There was, There were, There wasn’t or There weren’t.
Example:
There weren’t
many people at the party.
1 _____________________ much food in the house.
2 _____________________ no time to talk.
3 _____________________ many shops open after 9:00.
4 _____________________ a lot of strange noises outside in
the forest.
5 _____________________ no bank in the village.
6 _____________________ only a few days left before the
exams.
7 _____________________ very little time to do anything.
no use …
Example:
It was a bad idea to
go camping in the middle
of winter.
1 ______________________________ see all the family
together again today.
2 ______________________________ walking ten kilometres
tomorrow just to see that boring view.
3 ______________________________ shouting at the children.
It doesn’t do any good.
4 ______________________________ we lost the match after
we had done so much training.
5 ______________________________ he died so young.
He was only 32.
155
67
Quantity
a lot of, many, much, a few, a little, few, little
FORMS
Do you have a
lot of tracks?
Have you got many CDs?
Yes, I’ve got a lot.
What about DVDs?
I’ve only got a few.
Have you got much pop music?
Yes, I’ve got a lot.
What about classical music?
I’ve only got a little.
Have you got much pop music?
A Uses of a lot of, many, a few, etc.
Use a lot of, many, a few with countable nouns, e.g., a lot of CDs, many
DVDs.
Use a lot of, much, a little with uncountables, e.g., much music, a little
time.
Use a lot of in positive statements more than in questions and negative
statements. We use the informal lots of in the same way.
n He’s got a lot of CDs.
n She’s got lots of classical music.
We can use short forms in answers to questions.
Are there many songs on the CD?
Yes, there are a lot/lots.
We usually use many and much in questions and negative sentences
(but sometimes in formal positive sentences too). We can use many and
much by themselves as pronouns.
Are there many songs on the CD?
No, there aren’t many.
Is there much music on the CD?
No, not much.
We usually use a few and a little in positive statements, and also in
requests and offers. We can use a few and a little with nouns, but also
by themselves as pronouns.
n There were a few people in the room and a little food on the table.
n I need some stamps. Could I borrow a few?
n I’ve got some extra money. Would you like a little?
B
a few and few; a little and little
A few is for a small number of something, but positive. Few is also for
a small number of something, but negative. The noun is countable.
n I’m going to see a few friends this evening. (positive)
n Few people live to 100. (negative)
A little and little are similar and are for a small amount of something.
The noun is uncountable.
n We’ve got a little time, so let’s have tea. (positive)
n Hurry! There’s very little time. (negative)
156
some or any ∆ 64
/
Partitives ∆ 68
Weather is cool, but
Chicagoans warm, location
v. good. Lots of buildings to
go up and down. You’d like
it here. Hope all are well.
Much love,
Mum and Dad xxx
Ms J Turner,
23, Smith Street,
London EC1
UK
Everyday Etiquette
Q
When visiting friends for a week
end where it is likely that many
bottles of wine will be
drunk, how many bottles should
one take? We always seem to take
many, but receive few!
Peter Hargreaves, Plymouth
A
There are no strict rules here, but
quality is more important than
quantity. A host will
generally prefer one really good
bottle to a lot of something cheap
er and not so enjoyable.
Wildlife Word Wizardry
How many words of three letters or more can you make out of the letters in
the word WILDLIFE?
You can use each letter once only in each word. (No names allowed.)
6 – Good, 7–12 – Very Good, More than 12 – Excellent!
London Factfile
Check out the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey,
St
Paul’s Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, Trafalgar Square
and
the National Gallery, Madame Tussaud’s, the Planeta
rium, the
Tower of London … These are just a few of the main attracti
ons,
but there is so much more to see. For more details, contac
t
any tourist information centre. A lot of the pleasure in
London
is in just walking around and getting the atmosphere.
Don’t
forget the shopping either. There are just so many good
places, but places worth including on your list are Oxford
Street, Knightsbridge, Covent Garden, Camden Lock Market
.
Shadows on the Water By Steven Jones
£19.95 (non-fiction) ISBN 0 393 31676 9
With little experience of either
ships or icebergs, Steven Jones
cannot hope to compete with his
fellow Titanic historians on
mastery of detail in this cultural
history of the disaster. His
narrative is concerned not with
the practicalities of the
Exercises
1 Complete the statements and questions. Use a lot (of), lots
(of), many or much.
Example:
Have we got
much
tea?
No, we haven’t, but we’ve got
a lot of/lots of
coffee.
1 Let’s hurry. There’s ____________ work to do, and there isn’t
____________ time.
2 Harry talks to ____________ people in his work, but he hasn’t
got ____________ close friends.
3 Some people spend ____________ time at the office, but they
don’t really do ____________ work.
4
I haven’t got ____________ money.
How ____________ have you got?
4 The soup isn’t ready yet. I think it needs ____________ cream
and ____________ more chopped vegetables.
5 We can only afford ____________ small presents this year.
We’ve got very ____________ money.
6 Could you lend me ____________ money? I only need
____________ pounds.
7 The generals of the war were men with ____________ ideas
and ____________ imagination.
8
I put on ____________ weight while I was on holiday.
How much?
____________ kilos.
3 Complete the conversation. Choose from these forms:
a few, a little, little, a lot (of), lots (of), many, much
5
Are there ____________ people in the shops today?
No, not ____________, even though ____________ the
shops are having sales.
6
How ____________ time do you spend travelling every week?
____________. Probably about 20 hours.
7
How ____________ times have you been to France?
Not ____________. Three times altogether.
How’s business, Fred?
It’s quite good. We’re getting a lot of orders this year. Not
like last year. Last year, we had very 1_________ work, and
2
_________ of our staff lost their jobs. How’s your company
doing?
It’s still not very good, I’m sorry to say. We’ve only got
_________ new orders at the moment, and not 4_________ of
those are big ones.
3
8
How ____________ do you weigh?
Too ____________. Nearly 85 kilos.
I’m sorry to hear that.
2 Complete the statements and questions. Use a few, few, a
little or little.
Examples:
n You’d better go to the corner shop. We’ve only got
a few
eggs and
a little
milk.
n We’d better hurry. There’s very
little
There’s another big problem too. Some customers owe us
5
_________ money from jobs that we did months ago.
That’s terrible. How 6_________ money do they owe you?
time.
1 We’d better go to the supermarket. There’s only ___________
orange juice, and there are only ____________ tomatoes.
About £100,000. That’s 7_________ for a small company like
mine.
Can you do anything to make them pay?
2 My motorbike is very cheap to run. It uses very ____________
petrol, and very ____________ ever goes wrong with it.
3 Smoking is going out of fashion. ____________ people I know
still smoke, but very ____________ of them think it’s a good
thing to do.
No, I can’t really do very 8_________. If a company really
decides not to pay me on time, there’s very 9_________ that I
can do about it.
Perhaps you should get them to pay you 10_________ each
month.
That’s a good idea. I might try it.
157
68
Quantifier + of
all of, most of, none of, both of, neither of, either of, etc.
every, each
FORMS
all of, both of, etc.
All of us enjoyed the trip.
We had two instructors. Both of them helped us a lot.
every and each
The weather was good every day except Thursday.
The instructors helped each of us, one by one.
A
all of, both of, etc
All of means 100% of a group. None of means 0% of a group.
n All/None of us enjoyed rock climbing.
Note: none of is itself negative, so the verb stays positive. None of is
also singular.
n None of us likes rock climbing.
Use other phrases, e.g., most of, a few of, for quantities in between.
n Most of/Some of/A few of us wanted to do more archery.
Both of means 100% of a pair. Neither of means 0% of a pair.
Both of/Neither of the instructors taught us sandsurfing.
INTERIOR PAINTING
Dates July 14–16
Times 10 am to 5 pm
Colour-washing, marbling and
wood-graining are
just some of the paint effects
you will study.
n
With both, all + noun, you can leave out of. With both + noun, you can
also leave out the. (For all – the, see Section C below.)
n Both (of) (the) instructors helped all (of) the students.
You can also use they both/all (subject) and them both/all (object).
n They both helped them all.
Use of after the other partitives and also before all object pronouns.
n most of the students
n neither of the instructors
n Both of them helped all of us.
B
None of and Neither of ; not … any of and not … either of
Subject
Object
Group:
None of
not … any of
Pair:
Neither of
not … either of
n None of us enjoyed it. They didn’t help any of the students.
n Neither of them taught us. We didn’t like either of them.
We can make statements about choices with any of/either of.
n You can swim in either of the two/any of the three lakes.
C
General and specific
Compare talking about a group and making general statements.
n Most of the students enjoyed it. (most of the group of students)
n Most students work hard. (most students in the world)
Use all, some and no to talk in general.
n All cats like milk. n Some trees grow fruit.
D
158
n No man can fly.
every and each
Use these to talk about all members of a group. Use a singular noun
and verb.
n Every day was fun. (all the days together)
n Each day was different. (all the days one by one)
Articles 2: general and specific ∆ 61
/
some or any ∆ 64
/
Quantity ∆ 67
An tib io tic s
Not a miracle cure!
Most infections get better without antibiotics.
Mega-Mini Books
Each mini-hardback
book in this series
stands alone but is
complemented by the
others, giving practical
information for every
girl who wants to
look good.
Mega-Mini Books £2.99 each
Great British
Pub Food
All Day Every Day
Exercises
1 Complete the statements about the students. Use these
words:
all, almost all, a few, most, one, some, two
almost all of the lessons.
Lisa only came to one of them.
n John came to
n
1 Lucy only came to __________________________________
2 David came to _____________________________________
3 Robin came to ____________________________________
4 Greg came to _____________________________________
5 Sally only came to _________________________________
2 Complete the second statements. Use the words on the left
and right to complete the sentences.
all of, both of, most of, half of, a few of
Example:
us, you, them
Rob and I don’t always get to work on time.
Both of us
any of, either of, neither of, none of
Examples:
A teacher checked her class register for the last 15 lessons.
NAME
PRESENT
ABSENT
John
14
1
Lisa
1
14
Lucy
4
11
David
15
0
Robin
8
7
Greg
12
3
Sally
2
13
Examples:
3 Complete the negative statements. Use these words:
were late again today.
1 You and your brother look ill. _____________________ need
to see the doctor.
2 The teacher put the class in two groups.
_____________________ prepared questions, and the other
half prepared their answers.
3 Well, everybody, you did very badly in the test.
_____________________ got less than 50%. That’s really not
good enough!
4 The senior and the junior basketball teams are doing very well.
_____________________ have reached the national
championships.
5 About 60 supporters went to the championships. The team
coach took _____________________ in his car, but
_____________________ went by bus. We had a great time.
n The couple next door are strange. I don’t like
n
either of them much.
None of the children wanted to go home at the
end of the party.
1 I asked Wayne and Brian, but _______________ them could
lend me any money.
2 I offered all the old people a trip to London, but
_______________ them wanted to go.
3 We looked at several restaurants, but we didn’t like
_______________ them.
4 Peter tried two different hotel jobs, but he wasn’t very good
at _______________ them.
5 _______________ Joe’s clothes fitted him any more because
he was growing so fast.
6 _______________ the teams scored, and the match ended
at 0–0.
7 I test-drove a number of new cars, but I didn’t buy
_______________ them.
8 I took two exams, but because I hadn’t done enough work,
I didn’t pass _______________ them.
9 I’ve read both of these books and I didn’t like
_______________ them. They were very boring.
10 I asked the class if _______________ them would help me
move the tables, but _______________ them did. So I did it
myself.
4 Complete the paragraph. Use these words:
all, both, each, every
Jamie and his friends, Bob and Pete, go to judo classes every
week. He and 1_______ his friends love judo, and they never miss
their class 2_______ Friday evening. There are about 20 people in
the class, and 3_______ of them train very hard. To start with, they
4
_______ do exercises together. Then the teacher works with
5
_______ member of the class, one by one. 6_______ student
trains at his or her own standard. 7_______ three months, they take
a test. If they pass, they go up to the next grade.
159
69
Personal pronouns: subject and object
You can give it to me.
FORMS
We must get this package to the
Manchester office fast. They need
it urgently. Can I ask you to help?
Yes, you can give it to me. I’m
going to visit them this afternoon.
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
Subject
I
you
he
she
it
Object
me
you
him
her
it
Subject
we
you
they
Object
us
you
them
Singular
Plural
We all live in the
same world
A
Make sure you are part of it.
Join today.
Introduction
Personal pronouns refer to people and things. We use them instead of
nouns, e.g., for people’s names, when the meaning is clear.
Don’t leave it too late.
First person: subject (I, we) and object (me, us)
Subject: We must get this package to Manchester.
Object: You can give it to me.
Jamie Jean
Second person: subject (you ) and object (you )
Subject: You can give it to me.
Object: Can I ask you to help?
Third person: subject (he, she, it, they) and object (him, her, it, them)
Subject: They need it fast.
Object: I’m going to see them this afternoon.
B
Direct and indirect objects
An object pronoun can be either a direct object or an indirect object.
n They need it fast. (direct object)
n You can give it to me. (indirect object)
C
Personal pronouns in short answers
You can use subject pronouns in short answers to questions. There is
also another, informal way of doing this – with object pronouns.
I did/I didn’t. OR Me./Not me.
Who broke this dish?
We will./We won’t. OR Us./Not us.
Who’ll wash the car for me?
D
Talking about people in general: you, one and they
We often do this in informal conversation with you.
n You never know what’s going to happen.
HAPPY
BIRTHDAY!
One is very formal. The same idea may also be expressed with a passive.
n One should not judge people by the way they look.
n People should not be judged by the way they look.
They is informal and refers to other people in general, or to people
in charge.
n They say some people hardly ever sleep.
n They don’t let foreigners visit without a visa.
160
Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62
/
Possessive forms ∆ 70
/
Run to me HHH
You should know the story, but
if you don’t, then check this:
‘I’m your babe’, ‘He gives me fire’
(remix), ‘Let me be your
lover’, ‘We can work together’.
They have three things in com
mon – they all topped the
charts, they were all taken from
albums by different singers,
and Jamie Jean sang backing
vocals on all four. She now has
her own single, ‘Run to me’. We’l
l see if she can have the
same success on her own.
Reflexive pronouns ∆ 71
With love fromyou
me to
‘You can lead a horse to water,
but you can’t make it drink.’
(Proverb)
Exercises
1 Read the conversation. Then write the meanings of the
underlined pronouns.
Paul:
What are 1 you doing tomorrow?
Bill:
2
Paul:
3
Bill:
At 10:00. Why don’t 5 you come with 6 me? Then after that,
we can meet Neil in town. 7 He wants to see the new
Batman film.
I’m going to football practice in the morning.
3 Write the correct object pronouns.
Example:
I put
Oh, yes. People say 8 it’s good.
Bill:
Yes, 9 they say it’s the best Batman film yet. So I think 10 we
should all go and see it together. What do you think?
1 you = _______________
Bill
6 me = _______________
2 I = _______________
7 He = _______________
3 I = _______________
8 it = _______________
4 it = _______________
9 they = _______________
Example:
What are
I’m
you
doing, Sally?
making a cake.
1
Where are Tom and Bill going?
____________ going to the cinema.
2
Susan looks great in that dress.
Yes, ____________ a beautiful girl.
2
I’ll be at home this evening.
All right. I’ll call _________ at 7:00.
3
I need to see Mr Brice, please.
Certainly. You can see _________ at 3:00.
4
Do you like these shoes?
Yes. I’m going to buy _________.
5
Why does Peter always call _________ in the evening, Tony?
Because he always wants _________ to help _________
with his homework.
6
Were there any calls for _________ while we were out?
There weren’t any calls for Bill, but there was a call for
_________. Mrs Tucker phoned and she wants _________
to call _________ back.
4 Write the correct subject and object pronouns and short forms
of be.
It’s Tom’s first day at the office.
Jim:
Tom, come and meet Ann Scott. She’s our Finance
Director. Ann, this is Tom Blake. 1_________ our new sales
assistant.
Ann:
It’s nice to meet 2_________, Tom.
Tom:
3
Oh, please call 5_________ Ann. 6_________ all use our
first names here.
_________ good to meet 4_________ too, Mrs Scott.
3
What are you and the boys doing?
____________ going to the swimming pool.
Ann:
4
What’s that dog doing in our kitchen?
___________ taking our lunch!
Later the same day.
5
Do you know Peter Wells?
Yes, ____________ the man with the big house at the end
of our street.
6
You ____________ touring France soon, aren’t you, Fred?
Yes, I ____________ travelling by bike.
7
____________ looking very happy today, Sally.
Yes, ____________ my birthday and ____________ 18
today. Please come to my party!
on the table.
Do you know where Ann is?
Yes. I can see _________ over there.
5 you = _______________ 10 we = _______________
2 Write the correct subject pronouns and short forms of be.
it
1
I’d like to go to that too. I love football. What time does 4 it
start?
Paul:
Where did you put my hat?
Jim:
Tom, could 7_________ help 8_________ please?
Tom:
Yes, of course. What can 9_________ do?
Jim:
Take this report to Finance and give 10_________ to Ann.
And give 11_________ these papers, too. 12_________ very
important. 13_________ needs 14_________ for a meeting.
15
_________ starting in a few minutes from now.
Tom:
Right. 16_________’ll go immediately.
161
70
Possessive forms
Is this your jacket?
It’s mine.
It’s Tim’s.
FORMS
Is this your jacket?
No, this is mine.
Possessive
determiners
Possessive
pronouns
1st person
my
mine
2nd person
your
yours
3rd person
her/his/its
hers/his/its
1st person
our
ours
2nd person
your
yours
3rd person
their
theirs
I think it’s Tim’s. Look!
Singular
Plural
Possessive with ~’s
This shirt belongs to Tim. ➞This is Tim’s shirt./This shirt is Tim’s.
A
Possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns
My, your, their, etc., come before a noun. These determiners are
possessive adjectives: they show who or what owns something.
n Where are my shoes?
n Is this your jacket?
These shirts belong to the boys. ➞These shirts are the boys’ shirts./
These shirts are the boys’.
We can use mine, yours, theirs, etc, instead of a possessive
adjective + noun. They are pronouns.
n This coat isn’t mine. Is it yours? n That car isn’t ours. It’s theirs.
4 FREE CDs FOR YOUR FRIENDS
As part of their introductory offer, your friends can choose any five albums
for the price of just one.
Note: His and its are determiners and also pronouns.
(But its as a pronoun is very rare.)
n Perhaps this is his bag. n No, it isn’t his. It’s mine.
Your first friend’s order form
My favourite kind of music is (please tick one box only):
dance
indie/alternative
chart pop
classical
soul
R&B
Its is different from it’s. Its is a possessive determiner. It’s is short for it
is or it has.
n Here’s the camera, and this is its case. (possessive)
n Look. Now it’s raining. (it’s = it is)
n There’s the bus! At last it’s arrived. (it’s = it has)
B
Tonight is the
first
meeting of the
Parents’ Associ
ation
with its new
committee mem
bers.
Possessive with ~’s
Use noun + ~’s like a possessive adjective.
n This is her coat. ➞ This is Sally’s coat.
All parents are
warmly invited
to
attend in Room
12
at 7:45 pm.
Use noun + ~’s like a possessive pronoun.
n This hat is hers. OR This hat is Sally’s.
After a plural noun with ~s, write noun + ~s’.
These are the girls’ coats.
n These coats are the girls’, not the boys’.
n
With first or family names ending in ~s, we sometimes write (and say)
the possessive form as ~s’ and sometimes as ~s’s.
n James’/James’s bag was on the bench.
DRIVE CAREFULLY
AND MIND
THAT CHILD.
With ordinary singular nouns ending in ~s, we normally write (and say)
only the ~s’ form – or change to a different expression.
n Gymnastics’ origins lie in ancient Greece.
n The origins of gymnastics lie in ancient Greece.
162
Irregular noun forms ∆ 57
/
Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69
rap
easy listening
IT COULD BE
YOURS!
/
Reflexive pronouns ∆ 71
Technical
Theatre
Skills
Dates August 17–28
Times 10 am to 5 pm
Learn how to transform a designer’s
dream into a working set with this
hands-on introduction to stagecra
ft.
Exercises
1 Write possessive adjectives.
Example:
Hello.
My
name is Bob.
2 Is this briefcase his or hers? (his)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
1 Could you write ___________ address here, please?
2 The boy fell down and hurt ___________ arm.
3 Let’s take ___________ holidays at the same time and go
away together.
4 Could you call at Mr and Mrs Hill’s house and give them back
___________ books?
5 Is Sally Barrett here? This is ___________ bag.
6 That’s ___________ pen! Give it back to me!
7 The cat wants ___________ dinner. Look, it’s waiting outside.
2 Write the answers.
Example:
Are these shoes Sally’s? (No/bigger)
No they aren’t hers. Hers are bigger.
1 Is that coat John’s? (No/older)
_________________________________________________
2 Are those magazines Julie’s? (No/newer)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Is that car Tom’s and Lucy’s? (No/smaller)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Is that coat mine? (No/nicer)
_________________________________________________
3 Are these shoes ours or theirs? (theirs)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Is that jacket hers or yours? (mine)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Is that t-shirt hers or mine? (hers)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Are these books yours or his? (ours)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Write its or it’s.
Examples:
n
6
Is this umbrella yours, I wonder? (Yes)
Yes, it is _________! Thank you very much!
3 Write the answers.
Example:
Is this bag his or hers? (hers)
It’s hers! Look, its got her name inside.
1 Are these boots yours or mine? (yours)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
It’s
its
food in less that a minute.
1:00 and this is the news.
1 The sky has gone dark and _______ started to rain.
2 Here’s the DVD, but I’ve lost _______ case.
3 Let’s stay indoors. _______ too cold to go out.
4 I know _______ hard for you, but you must finish the work.
5 This is our cat. _______ name is Fluffy.
6 Don’t try to move your leg. I think _______ broken.
5 Complete the words with ~’s or ~s’.
Examples:
5 Are these reports ours? (No/longer)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
n The dog ate
n Look at Tony’s pictures. They’re lovely.
n The two boy s’ bikes are in the garage.
1 My parent ___ phone number is 023-345321. You can call
them any time.
2 My brother Peter___ phone number is 023-345789.
3 Please, can you tell me Sally West___ room number?
4 A policeman___ job is often difficult.
5 The government has refused to raise hospital worker___
pay again this year.
6 Why did you laugh at Tony___ suggestions? I don’t understand
why you can’t accept other people___ ideas.
163
Reflexive pronouns
71
You’ll hurt yourself.
FORMS
A Basic uses
Use a reflexive pronoun when the subject (S) of a verb (V) is also the
direct object (DO) of the action. Compare:
S
n You’ll
n He’s
Subject
Singular
V
DO
S
V
DO
1st person
I’ll hurt myself.
hurt
cut
him.
her.
You’ll
He’s
hurt
cut
yourself.
himself.
2nd person
You’ll hurt yourself.
3rd person
He’ll hurt himself.
Use a reflexive pronoun when the subject is also the indirect object (IO).
Compare:
S
n She
n He
She’ll hurt herself.
It’ll hurt itself.
V
IO
S
V
IO
talked
works
to me.
for us.
She
He
talked
works
to herself.
for himself.
Plural
There can be a reflexive indirect object plus direct object. Compare:
S
Object
V
IO
DO
S
V
IO
DO
n She bought
me a book. She bought herself a book.
n We taught them French. We taught ourselves French.
Note the singular ➞ plural change in self ➞ selves.
n I enjoyed myself at the party. n We enjoyed ourselves at the party.
1st person
We’ll hurt ourselves.
2nd person
You’ll hurt yourselves.
3rd person
They’ll hurt themselves.
Be careful, or you’ll
fall and hurt yourself.
Do not confuse ~selves and each other/one another. Compare:
They bought themselves
tickets.
B
They bought each other
presents.
Special uses
Use a reflexive pronoun to emphasize contrast.
n The old man’s wife is worried about him, but he himself thinks he is
fine.
No gift ideas?
Give a Book Token!
If you are unsure what to give
token
someone, why not give them a book
s?
selve
them
it
se
choo
and let them
Tokens are exchangeable at more than
3,000 bookshops.
Use a reflexive pronoun to emphasize the subject as the one that does
the action. This type of reflexive pronoun comes after the object of the
verb. We sometimes add for.
Let me deal with the problem for you.
Thanks, but I have to deal with it (for) myself. (I must do it – not you.)
Dial 999 and
ask for the
COASTGUARD.
Use by + reflexive pronoun to emphasize that the subject does the
action alone. We sometimes add all for extra emphasis. We can also
say (all) on (my) own.
n Ann sat (all) by herself/(all) on her own, away from the other girls.
n John climbed the mountain (all) by himself/(all) on his own.
t to live on
People in the Third World don’t wan
nity to
ortu
opp
hand-outs. All they want is the
the
and
–
erty
work themselves out of pov
dent lives.
chance to live dignified and indepen
This is one of those movies that takes itself a little
too seriously. But there is some fine acting from the
star cast.
Your £4 a month will help these
people in their daily struggle
to help themselves.
Please complete the coupon inside.
3 out of 5
164
If you see someone in
difficulties, don’t put
yourself at risk to
rescue them.
Direct and indirect objects ∆ 62
/
Personal pronouns: subject and object ∆ 69
/
Possessive forms ∆ 70
Exercises
3 Write the correct type of pronoun.
1 Write the correct reflexive pronouns.
Example:
Stop shouting. Control
yourself.
Examples:
n Then I saw Bob. He was quite near, so I called
him.
1 Tell the children to dry _______________ or they’ll catch cold.
n Sue bought some books, and she taught
2 The light turns _______________ off automatically.
herself
to cook.
3 Her real name is Monica, but she calls _______________ Mo.
1 I looked at Sam. He looked back at __________________.
4 I was tired, so I gave _______________ a day off work.
2 Look at __________________ in the mirror! You’re all in a
terrible mess.
5 Dan injured _______________ badly at work.
6 We need to protect _______________ from the sun.
We’d better wear hats.
4 Your house is very near ours. You must come and visit
__________________ soon.
7 Tim, stop playing with that knife or you’ll cut
_______________.
8 Kids, while I’m out I want you to behave _______________.
2 Write the correct verbs and reflexive pronouns. Use these
verbs:
bought, burn, kill, look after, looked at, made, push, save, wash
Example:
Be careful with the pan. It’s hot. Don’t
3 Sue doesn’t think about other people. She only thinks about
__________________.
burn
yourself.
1 The boat crashed into the rocks, but Fred managed to
_____________________.
2 Drive more slowly in future, or you’ll _____________________
one day.
3 Tina tried on the hat, and then she
______________________________ in the mirror.
4 I was tired when I got home, so I _______________________
a cup of tea.
5 Everybody in the team went to the sports shop and they
_________________________________ the same kind of
baseball cap.
6 We’re not doing enough training. We’ve got to
___________________________ even harder if we want to
win the championship.
7 Our cat is a very clean animal. It likes to sit in the sun and
_____________________.
8 I shall miss you both while you’re away. Be careful and
_________________________________.
5 Let’s press the red button, and then we can record
__________________ dancing.
6 They never help us, so I don’t want to help
__________________.
7 My son is going away to university soon. I’ll miss
__________________ very much.
4 Write the answers. Use reflexive pronouns for emphasis.
Example:
Did Alan’s assistant send the letters?
No, he sent them himself.
1 Did your dad pay for your car?
_________________________________________________
2 Does Sue’s secretary prepare the reports?
_________________________________________________
3 Is Steve’s brother bringing the equipment?
_________________________________________________
4 Will I have to tidy the children’s room?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Are the boys going to clean our car?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 I’m hungry! Are you going to make dinner now?
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
165
72
Relative clauses with who, which, that
He’s the person who caused the accident.
FORMS
A
Introduction
A clause is a group of words with a subject and a verb. It can be a
complete, simple sentence, or it can be a part of a larger sentence.
A relative clause is only a part of a sentence. It adds meaning to the
main clause of a sentence.
He’s the person
who
caused the accident.
that
That’s the car
which
he was driving.
that
Who, which and that are relative pronouns, and they introduce relative
clauses. They:
1 refer back to a noun
2 introduce a new idea
and stand instead of it.
about the noun.
➞
He’s the person who … caused the accident.
➞
That’s the car which … he was driving.
Below, Idea 1 is the main clause. Idea 2 supports it and completes the
meaning of the sentence. It is a defining relative clause.
1 I often see some old friends. 2 Some old friends live in Oxford.
(+ who)
➞ I often see some old friends who live in Oxford.
1 The bus is going to London. 2 The bus has just left. (+ which)
➞ The bus which has just left is going to London.
It may refer back to the object of the main clause – see above:
old friends – or it may refer back to the subject – See above: the buses.
B
Relative pronouns who or that refer to people.
n The man who/that bought the coat is standing over there.
Barry Collins dies, aged 51
Relative pronouns which or that refer to things and animals.
n Those are the cars which/that crashed.
A popular Sidmouth saxophonist who helped
raise money for disabled people has died,
aged 51.
Basic uses
Use defining relative clauses in general statements.
n People who do dangerous jobs are usually paid well.
n A nice car is something which most people want.
Barry Collins, who suffered from multiple sclerosis
for many years, lived at Mayfield House. Last year,
he joined a group of residents and helpers on a trip
to Disneyworld, Florida, with money he had raised
through a concert with his band, The Majestics.
Use defining relative clauses to define and identify.
n Gold is a heavy metal which is very valuable.
n Bell was the man who invented the telephone.
Use defining relative clauses to emphasize and focus attention.
n He’s the person who caused the accident. (Not the other man.)
n That’s the car which he was driving. (Not the other car.)
We sometimes also use an ‘empty’ subject + relative clause to
emphasize and focus attention.
n It was Sam who organized everything.
n It was Nick who we wanted to see.
Tomorrow’s television
Sibling rivalry: Why do brothers and sisters compete? Part three
of Baby Wars looks at the tightrope which families walk between
co-operation and conflict.
166
Further information on relative structures ∆ 73–76
that
is a haven for donkeys
The Donkey Sanctuary
rking
wo
m
glected, retired fro
have been mistreated, ne
longer
cannot be cared for any
on the beaches or simply
founded
Dr Elisabeth Svendsen
by their owners. Since
the Sanctuary in 1969,
over 7,000 of these
gentle creatures have
been taken into care,
which makes it the
largest sanctuary for
donkeys in the world.
Exercises
lives in a small house _________ his family have had for 100 years.
4 A file is lying up there on the top shelf. It has all the information.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Recently, he was outside, moving a pile of stones and bricks
_________ used to be an old garden shed. Suddenly his spade hit
something 3_________ wasn’t stone or brick. It sounded like metal.
He dug a little more, and he found it was a very old box.
5 A policeman has received an award for bravery. He rescued 15
people from a fire last year.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
He called to an old friend 4_________ was passing the garden gate.
They worked together until they were able to pull the heavy box out.
‘Perhaps it’s something valuable 5_________ somebody wanted to
hide years ago,’ Arthur said.
6 A woman wanted to speak to you about work. She phoned last night.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
1 Write who, which or that.
Arthur Penn is an old farm worker
who/that lives in our village. He
1
2
‘Let’s open it and see,’ his friend said. ‘Come on. You’re the one
6
_________ should do that.’
‘All right,’ Arthur said, and he broke open the box. However, there was
no gold or silver – just a set of old-fashioned garden tools! ‘They’re the
tools 7_________ my grandfather used,’ Arthur said. ‘He was the one
8
_________ built the shed 100 years ago.’
’I remember him,’ said Arthur’s friend. ‘He was the lovely old guy
_________ helped us build our treehouse when we were kids!’
9
‘That’s right,’ Arthur said. ‘And these tools 10_________ we’ve found
may not be worth much money, but they’ve certainly got a lot of
sentimental value for me!’
2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement with a
relative clause.
Example:
3 Write relative clauses with who, which or that. Use these endings:
It teaches Japanese.
She painted that picture.
They built the first aeroplane.
It will pay a better salary.
She was lost for five days.
They are warm and friendly.
He scored all the goals.
He invented the petrol-engine car.
He can repair my old motorbike.
Example:
who/that
built the first aeroplane?
Were the Wright brothers the ones
1 What was the name of the player _______________________
_________________________________________________
A girl won the prize. She wrote the best essay.
The girl who/that wrote the best essay
won the prize.
2 I want to get a new job _______________________________
_________________________________________________
1 A pilot escaped without injury. He crashed his small plane in a
lake near Oxford.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Where can we find a mechanic _________________________
_________________________________________________
2 A student has got a place in the national team. He broke the
10,000-metre record yesterday.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 I like people _______________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 A bus broke down on the motorway. It was taking people to the
airport.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Ann wants to find a book ______________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Do you know the artist _______________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Mountain rescuers have found the climber ________________
_________________________________________________
8 Karl Benz was the man _______________________________
_________________________________________________
167
Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom
73
The man they want is wearing a coat.
FORMS
Reduced relative clauses with objects
The man who we want is coming now.
The man we want is coming now.
Relative clauses with prepositions
The person I spoke to was very helpful.
There’s the book we have been looking for.
Bored? Tired of routine office life?
Then don’t ring us.
The assistant we are looking for is full of energy,
enthusiasm and creative approaches to problem solving.
He or she enjoys being part of a team and looks forward
to the challenges of running a busy PR office. If you are
the person we want, contact
The man we want is coming now.
A
Reduced relative clauses with objects
Who, which and that can be the subject (S) of a clause, or they can be
the object (O). If they are the object, we can leave them out.
S
The man who wants us is coming now. (subject – no change)
n
The man who we want is coming now. (object – change possible)
➞The man we want is coming now.
n
Did you see the dress which she bought? (object – change possible)
➞ Did you see the dress she bought?
S
O
B
S
Prepositions in relative clauses
A lot of verbs take prepositions, e.g., agree with, ask for, look for, speak
to, talk about. We can use these prepositional verbs in a subject relative
clause like this.
S
n
O
168
The UK monument tourists
visited most last year
was Stonehenge, the prehisto
ric stone circle on the
Salisbury Plain. Next came the
Tower of London in the
centre of the capital, followe
d by Hampton Court,
Henry VIII’s palace, with its
famous maze. The
monument least visited was
There’s the man who has been looking for us.
When who, which and that are the object of a clause with a
prepositional verb, the preposition usually moves with its verb to the
end of the clause. As in A, we can leave out who, which and that when
they are the object of the clause.
n There’s the man we have been talking about.
n That’s the case we have been looking for.
C
the PR specialists
O
n
O
PRofessional makers
Whom
You may sometimes see whom instead of who/that as an object relative
pronoun, but it is old-fashioned and is usually only used in very formal
writing. If you see whom in a relative clause, it will probably be after a
preposition.
n I regret to have to tell you that the person about whom you
wrote to us no longer works for the company.
Prepositional verbs ∆ 92
Students considering a course that will
help them develop or change their career
will find the best range of options in the
Department of Continuing Education.
36
Modern History
Chapter 7:
Development of the Lakow Movement
Ordinary working people were the ones for whom and
by whom the new political party had been formed.
Exercises
1 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use who,
which or that as the subject of the relative clause.
Example:
3 Write who, which, that where possible, or nothing (7)
Example:
The person wasn’t there. She had sold the watch.
The person who/that had sold the
watch wasn’t there.
1 The book has disappeared. It has all the answers.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 We climbed over the fence. It separates the fields.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 The old man can’t see very well. He crashed his car.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 I’m going to give the boy some money. He found my camera.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
The house 7 we bought stood by the river.
The person
who/that
had sold the watch
wasn’t there.
1 The bus _________ we caught got to town early.
2 The man _________ will show you round is my brother.
3 Here’s the money _________ I owe you.
4 Aren’t they the people ________ we met at Jenny’s party?
5 Put the package in the box _________ you’ll see by the door.
6 Rob was the player ________ won the game for our team.
4 Use the prepositional verbs and other words from the questions
to answer with relative clauses. Use who, which or that when
necessary, but leave them out when you can. Write (7) instead.
Example:
Who’s that girl? Didn’t you speak to her yesterday?
Yes, that’s the
girl 7 I spoke to yesterday.
1
Is that the station? Did the train stop at it?
Yes, that’s the __________________________________
_____________________________________________
2
1 The taxi finally arrived. I’d ordered it.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
What about that winter coat? You were looking for that sort,
weren’t you?
Yes, that’s the sort of _____________________________
______________________________________________
3
2 The girls seemed sad. We met them at the wedding.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Did you see the girl? Isn’t she applying for the new job in Sales?
Yes, she’s the __________________________________
_____________________________________________
4
You’ve just bought this new car, haven’t you? You asked
about it at the car showroom, didn’t you?
Yes, this is the __________________________________
______________________________________________
5
He’s the manager, isn’t he? He apologized for the delivery
delay, didn’t he?
Yes, he’s the ___________________________________
______________________________________________
6
Aren’t those the boys? Didn’t the farmer shout at them?
Yes, those are the _______________________________
_____________________________________________
2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement. Use who,
which or that as the object of the relative clause.
Example:
The house stood by the river. We bought it.
The house which/that we bought stood
by the river.
3 The flowers are dying now. She bought them for us.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 The man is coming to see us this afternoon. We were
discussing him.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 The museum is putting on two new exhibitions. You recently
mentioned it.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
169
74
Relative clauses with whose, what, when, where, why
There was a time when you could live well.
FORMS
The areas where we used to
catch most fish are dead now.
Relative clauses with whose
There are many whose debts have destroyed them.
Relative clauses with what
This is what has happened to Tom Billings.
Relative clauses with when, where, why
I remember a time when you could live well.
The areas where we used to fish are dead now.
The main reason why this has happened is the industry itself.
A
Relative clauses with whose
Whose is a relative pronoun like who that is also possessive like my and
their.
1 There are many fishermen. 2 Their debts are rising. (+ whose)
➞ There are many fishermen whose debts are rising.
We use whose with people, but also sometimes with things and
animals.
n Mary Owen was the girl whose story won first prize.
n Brazil is a country whose economy is very successful.
n The boys found a bird whose wing was broken.
Relative clauses with whose are quite common in more formal writing.
We do not use them much in conversation.
B
C
Relative clauses with what
When we use what as a relative pronoun, we do not put a noun in front
of it: it means the thing which/that …
n Worldwide overfishing is what has created this crisis. (= the thing
that)
We can put the what clause first to create extra emphasis.
n What has created this crisis is worldwide overfishing.
Relative clauses with when, where and why
We can use these words as relative pronouns referring to a time, place
or reason.
n I remember a time when you could live well.
n I remember the place where I grew up.
n He’s lazy! That’s the reason why he failed.
We very often leave out the noun before a when/where/why clause.
This reduces emphasis and also makes the sentence more informal.
n I remember when you could live well.
n I remember where I grew up.
n He’s lazy! That’s why he failed.
170
Possessive forms ∆ 70
/
Relative clauses with who, which, that ∆ 72
WE’LL RESPECT YOUR PRIVACY
We occasionally make our customer lists available
to carefully screened companies whose products
or services we feel may interest you. If you do not
wish to receive such mailings, please send an
exact copy of your name and address to:
The Bodmin Clothes Company,
Data Protection Department,
Admail 789
CRITIC’S CHOICE
WATCH OUT FOR THE JELLYFISH
Radio 4, 10 am
Series in which famous politicians remember their
early years. This week, Michael Redfern returns to
his boyhood in Paisley, the Scottish town where his
grandfather ran a brewery.
BRAVE RAT SAVES E
FAMILY FROM FwilIR
l never forget the
quay, Devon
e Gumbley family of Tor
in his
saved their lives. Fido was
day when a rat called Fido
the
to
ht
alig
en an electric fire set
cage at 2 am on Friday wh
s
live
o
Fid
ere
wh
m
xha
house in Bri
carpet and furniture of the
Fido
n,
ope
was
r
doo
e
cag
g the
with his owners. Spottin
gan’s
stairs and scratched at Me
15
bed
clim
,
out
ped
jum
ke
smo
lt
sme
o
wh
ke the family,
bedroom door. e noise wo
was
ade
brig
fire
e
se.
the hou
and managed to get out of
n
the blaze. Later, a spokesma
lled
tro
con
y
ckl
qui
and
ed
call
s
dog
ose
wh
ple
peo
e’ve all heard of
for the fire brigade said, ‘W
e
giv
to
e
hop
We
rat.
a
er
, but nev
or cats warn them of danger
Fido a bravery award.’
Exercises
1 Complete the questions with whose, who, which or that.
Choose from the following to answer the questions.
Christopher Columbus Japan Malaysia Marco Polo Marie Curie
Texas The Pyramids Yuri Gagarin
Examples:
Q What was the name of the man
who
first reached
America from Europe in 1492?
A
Christopher Columbus.
Q What is the name of the country
whose
capital is
Kuala Lumpur?
A
Malaysia.
1 Q What is the English name for the three ancient man-made
structures _________ stand near Cairo?
A ____________________________
3 Who was Lucy Rosser? Her hat flew off in the wind.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 What about the Lewis family? Their car broke down.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Reorder the sentence parts and add what to form
relative clauses.
Example:
damaged/That’s)
That’s what has damaged the engine.
1
The new Gremlins album is out today! (I’d like/my birthday.
/That’s/for)
______________________________________________
2
They’re talking about our town on the news. (about./I/you
/was telling/This is)
______________________________________________
3
I’ve been reading a lot about climate change recently.
(is going to cause/That’s/in the coming years./the
greatest problems)
______________________________________________
2 Q What was the man _________ first flew into space called?
A ____________________________
3 Q Name the woman scientist _________ most important
work was the discovery of radium.
A ____________________________
4 Q What was the name of the Italian _________ travelled to
China and home again 700 years ago?
A ____________________________
5 Q What is the country _________ flag has a red circle on a
white square?
A ____________________________
4 Write statements about the underlined parts of the conversation.
Use when, where or why as the subject of the relative clause.
Example:
6 Q Name the US state _________ is famous for cowboys and
_________ symbol is a yellow rose.
A ____________________________
2 Answer the questions. Use whose as the subject of the
relative clause.
Do you remember that time on the river?
Oh, yes. Our boat nearly sank!
They talked about the time when their
boat had nearly sunk.
1
Our boat nearly turned over because you turned it in front
of that big river cruiser.
Yes, that was the reason.
They talked about the ________________________________
_________________________________________________
2
And then we stayed at that old hotel.
Yes. We dried out our clothes there.
They talked about the ________________________________
_________________________________________________
3
And what about the night of the storm?
Yes. The rain almost washed our tent away.
They talked about the________________________________
_________________________________________________
Your friend is looking at a wedding party guest list and trying to
remember people.
Example:
Look, there’s hardly any oil. (the engine./has
Who was Lyn Don? Her husband had a large beard.
She was the one whose husband had a
large beard.
1 Which one was Tim Barr? His wife had a wonderful
diamond necklace.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Do you remember the Schmidts? Their children fell in the pool.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
171
75
Relative clauses with ~ing, ~ed and infinitive forms
Dr Tyler was the first to realize.
FORMS
Relative clauses with ~ing and ~ed participles
Divers are finding treasures lying on the seabed.
Experts examining the ingots say they are evidence of sea trade.
They are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago.
Relative clauses with infinitives
Dr Tyler was the first to realize the importance of the find.
These were some of the earliest to make long sea journeys.
Amateur historians are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago.
A
B
~ing participle clauses
The verb in a relative clause can express a continuing action or state. If
it does, we can leave out who, which or that and then just use the ~ing
(present) participle.
n Divers are finding treasures which are lying on the seabed.
➞ Divers are finding treasures lying on the seabed.
n A diver moved a rock that covered an ingot
➞ A diver moved a rock covering an ingot.
n Experts who are examining the ingots say they are evidence of
sea trade.
➞ Experts examining the ingots say they are evidence of sea trade.
~ed participle clauses
The ~ed (past) participle can be part of a passive structure. If it is, we
can leave out who, which or that and then use the ~ed participle.
n They are finding objects which were last seen 4,000 years ago.
➞ They are finding objects last seen 4,000 years ago.
n There is nothing left of the sailors who were lost with the boat.
➞ There is nothing left of the sailors lost with the boat.
‘PLEASE DO NOT TOUCH!
Any goods damaged must be paid for.’
Would all passengers
sitting in rows
28 to 36 please begin
boarding now?
With a continuous passive structure use being + ~ed participle.
n These are the ingots which are being examined by experts.
➞ These are the ingots being examined by experts.
C
infinitive clauses
We can use an infinitive very much like a clause with who, which or
that. We often use an infinitive after, e.g., the first/second, the next/last,
the only and also superlatives, e.g., the earliest. When we use these
words, we can usually leave out the noun.
n Dr Tyler was the first (person) who realized the importance of
the find. ➞ Dr Tyler was the first (person) to realize the
importance of the find.
n
172
These were some of the earliest (traders) who made long sea
journeys. ➞These were some of the earliest to make long sea
journeys.
Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom ∆ 73
FITNESS FAST
s centre
Your new local health and fitnes
The first 100 members to join will
receive an extra month’s membership
FREE!
Exercises
1 Write the ‘active’ participle form of these verbs.
arrive, enter, finish, go, show, stand, wear, work
Example:
The police stopped a car
going
3 Form clauses to join the sentences.
Examples:
n The bank sent me a leaflet. It contained some
useful information.
at 220 kph.
n
1 We listened to the guide __________________ us round the
palace.
n The crops will be ready early. They’ve been grown
under glass.
2 People ________________ late for the show had to wait outside.
n
3 Did you see anybody __________________ the house by the
back door?
4 At the end, I took photos of everyone __________________
the race.
5 Scientists ________________ in the Amazon have found many
new species.
6 Can you pass me the vase __________________ on the
cupboard?
7 I didn’t like the man __________________ the red jacket.
2 Write the ‘passive’ participle form of these verbs.
build, find, hide, load, make, paint, prepare, repair, use, write
Examples:
found in the car.
being built in London Street will
n This is the gun
n The houses
soon be ready.
1 This was the plane ________________________ by the
president on his trip to Australia last month.
3 We watched the room _____________________ for the party.
4 This is a story ________________________ for young people.
5 That’s the bridge ________________________ after last
week’s storm. It’ll be closed for another week.
6 I prefer shoes ________________________ of real leather.
7 We discovered some ancient tools ______________________
long ago in the roof of the old house.
8 The cars now _______________________ onto these trucks
are going to be exported to America.
The crops grown under glass
will be ready early.
1 Dan lives in that house. It’s painted yellow and white.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
2 I wrote a long report. It consists of three sections.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
3 That vase is 100 years old. It’s standing on the bookcase.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 The wallet belonged to a customer. It had been left at the
checkout.
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
4 Use to-infinitive clauses to agree with speaker A.
Example:
A Ian came to the party at 7:00, didn’t he? I think he
was the first.
B
2 You are now going to see a picture _____________________
in the traditional Chinese style.
The bank sent me a leaflet containing
some useful information.
Yes, Ian was the first to come to the
party.
1 A And when Ian left wasn’t he the last guest?
B Yes, __________________________________________
2 A Lucy met Tina and she was the only one, wasn’t she?
B ______________________________________________
3 A Galileo studied Jupiter’s moons, and wasn’t he the first.
B ______________________________________________
4 A Felipe climbed Everest. Wasn’t he the oldest?
B ______________________________________________
5 A A lot of flower species grow wild in the forest. But this is the
most beautiful one.
B ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
173
Defining and ‘adding extra’ relative clauses
76
He’s the driver who won.
Alan Brant, who won in Monaco, is number one.
FORMS
Defining relative clauses
Anna: Who’s that in the picture?
Jean: Alan Brant. He’s the driver who won the big race
yesterday.
Anna: What race was that?
Jean: The race which they showed on TV yesterday.
Adding extra clauses
Alan Brant, who won in Monaco yesterday, is now number one. The
race, which was watched by 100 million people, was in the city.
The race, watched by millions, took place in the city of Monaco.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
Compare defining relative clauses with another type – ‘adding extra’ clauses, which are often called non-defining relative clauses.
A
Defining relative clauses
These clauses explain which driver and which race. The sentences are
not complete without these clauses.
n He’s the driver who/that won the big race.
n That was the race which/that they showed on TV.
B
‘Adding extra’ clauses
These relative clauses add extra information to the basic sentences.
The basic sentences are complete without these clauses.
n Alan Brant, who yesterday won in Monaco, is now number one.
n The race, which was watched by 100 million, was in the city.
These clauses do not have commas. They are a main part of the
sentence.
We separate this type of clause from the basic sentence with commas
(,). In informal writing, you may see dashes (–) instead of commas.
We can use that instead of who or which. We can often use reduced
forms.
n We mended the window which/that was broken.
n They’ll only give jobs to pilots they know are very experienced.
We cannot use that instead of who or which. But we can use whose,
when and where.
n We mended the kitchen window, which I’d only just put in!
n These pilots – whose names I have here – will be given jobs.
We use defining relative clauses a lot in both speaking and writing. In
speaking, most relatives are defining relative clauses.
Which can refer to a noun or to the whole main clause.
n I mended the doll, which was broken.
n They worked on the car all night, which helped Alan win.
Hideous Kinky, with Kate Winslet in
an early starring role, was
filmed on location in Morocco. In this
film adaptation of Esther
Freud’s novel, Winslet plays an Engl
ish woman who takes her
two young daughters to Marrakech and
gets caught up in an
exotic new life.
of Atlantis sank in a
Legend says that the ancient city
floods in about 9,000
and
rain
es,
single day of earthquak
of Santorini. Others
d
islan
k
Gree
the
it’s
say
e
BC! Som
, where ships and
ngle
Tria
uda
link it with the Berm
!
pear
disap
usly
terio
mys
planes
We use non-defining relative clauses mainly in writing. Newspaper
reports often use them because they give a lot of information quickly.
We invited our readers to tell us which member
of the Royal Family from any period in history they
would most like to have dinner with.
The royal that 78 per cent of readers chose
was Diana, Princess of Wales. Other popular
royals were Henry VIII and Queen Victoria, as well
as our own queen, Queen Elizabeth II.
Henry VIII
Warning: not suitable for young
children, who may choke on small
parts.
174
Relative clauses with who, which, that ∆ 72
/
Many tributes have been
paid to the trombonist,
George Chisolm, who died
yesterday at the age of 82.
Reduced relative clauses; prepositions; whom ∆ 73
Exercises
1 Are the underlined clauses defining or ‘adding’? Add commas
if necessary.
Example:
Beethoven, whose music is loved by millions, was born
in 1770 and died in 1827.
adding
3 Match the statements 1–7 and a–g. Join each pair, changing
a–h into ‘adding’ clauses with which.
1 The baby cried all night.
2 The old ship stayed in port.
1 Dover Castle which is a very impressive building was built by the
Normans. _______________
3 I was out when Peter called.
2 She’s the girl who found the wallet. _______________
5 They’ve started doing road repairs.
3 The programme that we watched last night was awful.
_______________
6 The sun has come out at last.
4 The writer Pete Holmes whose most famous book is ‘Glory’ has
died today. He was 75. _______________
2 Join each pair of statements to make one statement with an
‘adding’ clause. Use who or which.
Examples:
n Harry Lane is a rich man now. He was at college
with me.
n
Harry Lane, who was at college with
me, is a rich man now.
1 Old Professor Jones is going to stop work soon and retire. He’s
nearly 70 years old.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 To the north of India are the Himalayas. They include the
highest mountains in the world.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 After leaving college, I bought myself some good, new clothes.
I needed them for my exciting new job.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Amazingly, Barry Stone has actually built his own house. He
works as a video game designer.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 The company has won the contract.
7 I took the wrong turning.
a That saved it from the storm.
b It’s causing bad traffic delays.
c That was why I didn’t hear the news.
d It meant I was tired all next day.
e That means we can go to the beach.
f
That’s the reason why I got here late.
g That’s good news.
1
1
d 2 ___ 3 ___ 4 ___ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___
The baby cried all night, which meant I was
tired all next day.
2 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 _________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
175
Use of adjectives; word order
77
It’s large.
It’s a large suitcase.
FORMS
A
B
Use of adjectives
Adjectives tell us more about nouns and pronouns. They go with
singular and plural nouns without changing form. Examples:
red, green, blue dark, light, bright large, small beautiful, ugly
Japanese, English my, your, her
Word order 1
Most adjectives can go in two places. They can go before a noun or the
pronouns one and ones.
n I’ve got a blue bag.
n The blue one is mine.
They can also go after a noun + linking verb. Linking verbs include:
appear, be, become, feel, get (= become), look, seem, smell, sound,
stay, taste.
n The bag is blue. n I’m getting tired.
n He seems nice – but is he?
Word order 1
It is a large suitcase.
The suitcase is large.
Word order 2
It’s a large, brown suitcase.
Adjectives with and
The lost property assistant was helpful, pleasant and efficient.
Excuse me. We’ve lost a suitcase.
It’s large and it’s brown.
What does it look like, sir?
Mmm ... a large,
brown suitcase.
A few adjectives are always or nearly always used only after a noun + linking
verb. They include: afraid, alike, alive, alone, asleep, awake, ill, well.
n The children were afraid, and they started to move away.
We do not normally put them before a noun; we use a similar adjective
instead, e.g., afraid ➞ frightened ; alike ➞ similar ; alive ➞ living
n The frightened children started to move away.
C
Word order 2
Adjectives which give feelings come before adjectives which give facts.
n Ann bought a beautiful red dress. n It was a terrible dark night.
Adjectives give different types of facts. If we want to give more than one
fact, the adjectives usually go in the following order. We sometimes put
commas between several adjectives together. We do not usually use and.
1
Feeling
2
Size
ugly
big
beautiful little
3
Age
4
Shape
5
6
Colour Origin
old square red
new round blue
Delicious fre
sh coffee
served
here
7
Material + noun
French metal
German wooden
ELEGANT DESK LAMP
office
A quite stunning lamp, this
classic
essential is reminiscent of the
modern
desk lamp but with a clean,
with glass
style. In gleaming chrome,
w bulb.
shade. Takes a standard scre
Stands 48cm high.
Desk Lamp £49.95
I bought a beautiful old French clock.
n He saw an ugly little wooden box.
n
D
Adjectives with and
We put and between adjectives that are factual ‘partners’ in describing
a noun, e.g., a red and green suitcase, a *glass and *concrete
building.
*These are nouns used like adjectives.
With several adjectives after a noun, we usually put and before the
last one.
n The lost property assistant was helpful, pleasant and efficient.
n Commander Tempest was tall, dark and handsome.
176
Two-word nouns ∆ 59
/
John and Margaret Hancock
are delighted to announce
the birth of their daughter,
Hannah, a sister for Toby.
1367 Blue
1442 Green
1443 White
The Costa Travel Compani
Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young ∆ 78
on
T
his superb, large travel com
panion is
perfect for any trip, long or
short. Made
from beautiful, soft, hand-s
ewn leather, it is
stylish, strong and very pra
ctical. Featuring
five handy compartments,
it is available in
four attractive colours – bla
ck, burgundy,
green and hot pink.
Exercises
1 Complete the statements. Use these linking verbs and
adjectives:
Linking verbs: feel, get, seem, smell, sound, stay, look
3 Rewrite the answers in single sentences. Use commas
between the adjectives.
Example:
What was the snake like? It was big! It was green! It
Adjectives: angry, delicious, fresh, happy, terrible, tired, right
was horrible!
Example:
It was a horrible, big, green snake.
I’ll have to check the sales figures again. They don’t
look right.
1 I didn’t get enough sleep last night. I still _________________.
2 Don’t try to take a dog’s food away, or it’ll ________________.
3 Oh, no! Annie’s doing her music practice again.
It ________________________.
4
Dinner’s ready.
Mmm! It ________________________.
5
The children are all laughing.
Yes, they _______________ really ________________.
6
Why do they keep the flowers in this cold room?
They do that so that the flowers _____________________.
2 Write the words in the correct order.
Example:
(beautiful/a/flower/red)
a beautiful red flower
1 What was the man like? He was little. He was old. He was funny.
_________________________________________________
2 What was the box like? It was ugly. It was brown. It was metal.
_________________________________________________
3 What were the jackets like? They were silk. They were new.
They were Italian. They were beautiful.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 What were the vases like? They were tall. They were wonderful.
They were Chinese. They were round.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Find suitable pairs to complete the sentences below.
black
blue
carved
exhausted
1 (book/old/a/boring)
_________________________________________________
cold
polished
2 (blue/an/diamond/unusual)
_________________________________________________
glass
steel
open
torn
3 (film/exciting/new/an)
_________________________________________________
red
white
4 (yellow/light/a/strange)
_________________________________________________
faded
Example:
and
shut
I brought the little
black and white
cat home for
the children.
1 She was wearing a beautiful _____________________ dress.
5 (an/clock/German/interesting)
_________________________________________________
2 We entered the huge new _________________ airport building.
6 (little/a/lovely/baby)
_________________________________________________
3 After the ________________________ people came down
from the mountains, we found them somewhere warm to sleep.
7 (green/a/valley/pleasant)
_________________________________________________
4 It was clear who had stolen the money: it was an
_______________________________ case.
8 (a/man/tall/young)
_________________________________________________
5 The old man was poor, and he wore a
________________________________ jacket.
9 (round/box/a/plastic)
_________________________________________________
6 The ancient ___________________________ sculptures
looked beautiful in the sunlight.
177
78
Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young
interesting, interested
It’s good to learn.
The young learn more.
FORMS
This programme is interesting.
Adjectives with ~ing endings
No, it isn’t. It’s boring!
The programme is interesting.
(amusing, boring, exciting, horrifying, surprising, worrying)
You should watch. It’s good
to learn about science.
Adjectives with ~ed endings
Alan is interested.
(amused, bored, excited, horrified, surprised, worried)
interesting
It’s + adjective + infinitive
bored
It’s good to learn about science.
interested
the young, the old
The young today learn much more about science than their
grandparents did.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
There are some important pairs of ~ing and ~ed participle adjectives that relate to feelings.
A
Adjectives with ~ing endings
These describe something, e.g., a TV programme, a film, a book or a person.
C
It’s + adjective + infinitive
We use this form to make judgements with words like these.
n It’s good/interesting/important to learn about science.
n It’s better/more useful to watch science programmes than
cartoons.
Other adjectives that we often use like this: dangerous, difficult, easy,
funny, important, safe, stupid.
We use a similar pattern to express feelings with words like these.
n I’m happy/sorry to say that I can/can’t go to the meeting.
Other adjectives that we often use like this: afraid, delighted,
embarrassed, pleased, sad, worried
D
the young, the old
We use some adjectives like nouns to describe groups of people
in society.
n The young today learn much more than their grandparents did.
n The old/The elderly often need more help as time goes by.
The following are also common: the disabled, the rich, the poor,
the unemployed.
Compare these examples:
n Ann thinks computer games are boring.
n The football match was exciting.
n Rod works at an amazing speed.
n A bad school report is very depressing.
B
Adjectives with ~ed endings
These describe the way you feel about something, e.g., a TV
programme, a film, a book or a person.
Compare these examples:
n Ann gets bored when her brother plays computer games.
n Everybody at the match was excited.
n We are amazed at the speed Rod works.
n Mum will be very depressed when she reads my school report.
Which should you say? (You will be embarrassed if you make a mistake!)
n I’m boring! OR n I’m bored!
(I’m boring! means that other people are not interested in me.)
Pre-concert suppers
No more
embarrassing
facial hair with
NG
IN THE MEETIE
IT
SU
OM
RO
5
Eat all you can for just £9.9
Epicream!
Start your evening with a tasty
our
pre-concert buffet served by
friendly waiting staff in the
relaxing atmosphere of the
Meeting Room Suite.
178
Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77
We guarantee that you’ll be
thrilled with the results.
/
Two-word nouns ∆ 59
T
SELF-ASSESSMEN
tax?
Are you puzzled by
• Our Mobile Inquiry Centre
is in your area.
• Come and see us
for advice and
information.
CONFUSED?
DEPRESSED?
WORRIED?
Ring our Youth
Counselling Service
for a sympathetic
ear and helpful ad
vice.
Exercises
1 Write the correct adjectives.
Example:
Thunderstar 2 is the most
exciting
film of the year.
(exciting/excited)
1 Everybody was __________________ when we reached the
huge waterfall. (exciting/excited)
2 The map of the city was out of date, and I was soon
__________________. (confusing/confused)
3 One of the __________________ things about Steve is his
stupid laugh. (annoying/annoyed)
4 I was __________________ by the engines in the Science
Museum. (fascinating/fascinated)
5 It’s __________________ that Tina is late. She’s usually on
time. (surprising/surprised)
6 The story of the Earth’s development is __________________.
(amazing/amazed)
(bore)
This programme is
Yes, I’m
bored
3 Complete the statements. Use these words with the correct
endings:
amuse, frighten, horrify, relax, satisfy, terrify, worry
Example:
I don’t like being high up. It’s really
frightening.
1 That boy always wants more to eat! He’s never
__________________.
2 Susan keeps refusing to eat and is losing weight. It’s very
__________________.
3 When we got back to town, we saw the __________________
damage done by the storm.
4 The president is feeling __________________ after a good
holiday.
5 The film isn’t very funny, but it’s quite __________________.
2 Write the correct adjectives.
Example:
6 (tire)
I’ve been working all day, but I don’t feel _________ at all.
Well, you’re lucky. I find this job very ____________.
boring.
with it too. Let’s turn it off.
1 (astonish)
I was __________________ that Tim passed the exam.
Yes, he found it __________________ too!
2 (shock)
The way Sam talks to people is _______________.
I know. I was __________ when I heard him being so rude.
3 (embarrass)
It was really ____________________ to ask for my money.
Why? You shouldn’t be ________________ to ask for the
money people owe you.
4 (depress)
I’ve failed my driving test again. I’m very ______________
about it.
I remember the feeling. It certainly is ________________.
6 We thought the plane was going to crash. We were all
__________________.
4 Complete the statements. Use these endings:
to go home.
to have you with us.
to play with matches.
to meet you.
to remember to post them. to understand.
Example:
Goodbye for now. It was nice
to meet you.
1 Put them down. It’s dangerous _________________________
2 I’ve really enjoyed this holiday. I’ll be sorry ________________
3 Please don’t forget these letters. It’s very important
_________________________________________________
4 Of course you can come too. We’ll be delighted
_________________________________________________
5 They were speaking very fast, so it was difficult
_________________________________________________
5 (interest)
Here’s an __________________ job advert in the paper.
Are you __________________ in applying for it?
179
79
Adjectives and adverbs
He’s a brilliant guitarist.
He played brilliantly tonight.
FORMS
Jet’s a brilliant guitarist.
Adjective or adverb
Noun + adjective
He’s a brilliant guitarist.
Verb + adverb
He played brilliantly.
Adjective
brilliant
Regular adverb
brilliantly
➞
➞
Irregular forms
1 good/well
2 hard, fast, etc.
3 hard/hardly, etc.
4 friendly, lively, likely, etc.
Yes, he played
brilliantly tonight.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
A
Adjectives
Adjectives add information to nouns.
n Jet is ➞ brilliant.
loud.
amazing.
B
This sentence uses the linking verb is. Other linking verbs include
appear, be, become, feel, get (= become), look, seem, smell, sound,
stay, taste.
n Jet
seems
brilliant.
sounds
looks
Adverbs
Adverbs say more about verbs.
n He plays ➞ brilliantly.
loudly.
amazingly.
The sentence below uses an action verb, work. Other action verbs
include run, talk, drive and write. Adverbs go with action verbs, not
linking verbs.
n That boy
works
slowly.
moves
runs
Some verbs are both linking and action verbs, but with different meanings.
As linking verbs they take adjectives. As action verbs they take adverbs.
n Ann looked happy.
n Peter looked quickly in the box.
n The milk tasted bad.
n I tasted the food nervously.
n I felt awful, so I went to bed.
n The chef felt the fruit carefully to choose the best.
C
Adjective ➞ regular adverb
We form most adverbs from adjective + ~ly, e.g., slow + ~ly ➞ slowly.
beautifully, carefully (l + ~ly ), coldly, freely, quickly, quietly, sadly,
safely, warmly
We form other adverbs according to special spelling rules. (See Appendix 2.)
angry ➞ angrily, easy ➞ easily, lucky ➞ luckily
n Luckily, I was able to answer all the exam questions quite easily.
comfortable ➞ comfortably, gentle ➞ gently, possible ➞ possibly
n We moved the old man gently until he was lying comfortably.
true ➞ truly, whole ➞ wholly
n The expedition’s food supplies had been wholly destroyed by the
fire, and we are truly desperate.
180
Use of adjectives; word order ∆ 77
/
Adverb positions ∆ 80
/
D
Irregular forms
good ➞ well
Note this irregular form – good ➞ well. Well is also an adjective.
n The car goes well.
Is she well?
No, she’s ill.
hard, fast, etc.
These are both adjectives and adverbs: deep, direct, early, far, fast,
free, hard, high, late, long, low, near, right, short, straight, wrong.
n It’s a deep swimming pool. n He dived deep into the water.
n It’s a fast car.
n He climbed the tree fast.
hard/hardly, etc.
A few words have two adverb forms – one form is like the adjective and
one form ends in ~ly. They have different meanings. Compare the
sentences in Section E.
free/freely, hard/hardly, high/highly, late/lately, near/nearly, short/shortly
Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2
CROSSCHECK
E
Single adjective/adverb form
Airline staff can fly free. (without paying)
n We worked hard all night. (with a lot of energy)
n John works high above the city, on the 83rd floor. (a long way up)
n I have to work late this evening. (a long time after normal)
n Can we see the mountain? Yes, we’re going to drive very near it. (close)
n My brother was very ill, so we cut short our holiday and went home. (reduced)
n
F
Special ~ly form
The animals can move round freely. (without control)
n We had hardly any sleep that night. (almost no)
n This snake is highly poisonous. Don’t touch it! (very)
n What’s Sue doing these days? I haven’t seen her lately. (recently)
n We’ve nearly run out of bread. I’ll buy some more. (almost)
n The bus will be here shortly. (soon)
➞ n
➞
➞
➞
➞
➞
~ly adjectives
These adjectives end in ~ly: deadly, friendly, likely, lively, lonely, lovely, silly, ugly.
n They’re a very friendly family. nThat poor girl is lonely.
We cannot use them as adverbs. We have to say in a + adjective + way.
He spoke in a lively, friendly sort of way.
n He always speaks in that silly way of his.
n
Readers’
hobbies:
ered ...
your questions answ
blend aromatherapy
Q I’ve heard that you can
how do you know which
essential oils together, but
ones work well together?
s
just a few sensible guideline
A Well, luckily, there are
you can follow…
CAUTION
Who’s at risk?
If you drink at all, you
’re affected by
alcohol. Generally, if you
only drink a
little and if you don
’t drink very
frequently, the risks are
very small. But
the more you drink and
the more frequently you
drink, the higher the risk
s.
That’s why it’s important
to look carefully at you
r
drinking habits. This boo
klet will help you to find
out if you are a sensible
drinker, or what you can
do to become one.
GOAL! What an amazing goal from Hinks! The
keeper looked disgusted with himself but he didn’t
stand a chance. What a game this is turning into!
SHALLOW POOL
NO DIVING – SWIM SAFELY
181
Exercises
1 Write an adjective after a linking verb or an adverb after an
action verb.
Examples:
n The old man looked
n The old man spoke
sad. (sad)
sadly to us. (sad)
1 We finished the work _______________, so we were able to
go home early. (quick)
2 Ann looks very ____________ in that dress. (nice)
3 This soup tastes _____________________. What’s in it?
(wonderful)
4 Have a good trip home. It’s a little foggy so drive
____________. (safe)
5 Spring is coming and the weather is getting ____________.
(warm)
6 Mrs Pearce greeted the new neighbours ____________ and
she invited them for coffee _____________________. (warm)
(immediate)
7 Old Tom seems very ____________, but he’s really very
4 (pleasant/pleasantly)
The weather is very _____________________ at this time
of year.
And the garden looks really _____________________
now, with all the flowers coming out.
5 (intelligent/intelligently)
Sally dealt with the problem very ___________________,
I thought.
Yes, she’s a very ________________________ woman.
6 (bad/badly)
Look, the builders have built this wall really ____________.
You’re right. They’ve done a very ____________ job.
They’ll have to do it again.
7 (effective/effectively)
Which of these cleaning chemicals is more
_______________, do you think?
Well, Clean-ezy works more __________________ with
really thick dirt, but Clean-up seems just as
__________________ as Clean-ezy for most jobs.
____________. (bad tempered) (kind)
3 Write the correct adverbs.
8 The back of the ship rose ____________, high into the air, and
then the whole ship slid ____________ into the cold, black
Example:
Ann sang that song
beautifully . (beautiful)
1 Ellen didn’t panic after the accident. She acted very
__________________. (sensible)
sea. (slow) (quiet)
2 Write the correct adjectives or adverbs.
Example:
(slow/slowly)
Arthur is a
slow
worker.
Yes, he does everything very slowly.
1 (proper/properly)
Is this the ____________ tool for the job?
No, I’m afraid this one won’t do the job ____________.
2 (quiet/quietly)
Lucy is a very _______________ person, isn’t she?
Yes, she talks so _______________ that it’s sometimes
difficult to hear her.
3 (smooth/smoothly)
I drove the new Porsche the other day. It was a very
__________________ drive.
I agree. And it handles extremely __________________
in wet road conditions too.
182
2 We were able to cut through the dead wood ____________.
(easy)
3 The pilot is looking for somewhere to land ____________.
(safe)
4 The astronauts completed all their tasks
_____________________. (successful)
5 I had forgotten to take any cash. ____________, I had my
cheque book with me. (lucky)
6 We don’t usually think __________________, but this time I
____________ agree with you. (similar) (whole)
7 ________________________, everything went wrong with my
plan, and now I’m ____________ and _________ sorry for
the problems I’ve caused you all. (unfortunate) (real) (true)
4 Complete the statements. Use these irregular adverbs:
direct, early, far, hard, high, late, low, short, straight, well, wrong
Example:
The bus goes
straight
from Oxford to London
without stopping.
1 We got home very ____________ that night.
2 The children sang ____________ in the concert.
3 They’ll have to leave ____________ in the morning, or they’ll
miss the train.
4 The horse jumped really ____________, and it got over all the
fences.
5 They worked ____________ all night to get the car working
again.
6 The plan seemed to be working, but then everything went
____________ at the last minute.
7 I tried to throw a rope up to the girl, but it fell ____________.
8 The Clark family don’t live ____________ from here – just five
minutes on foot.
9 You don’t need to ask the hotel telephone operator. You can call
any outside number ____________.
10 The helicopter flew so ____________ over the trees that it
nearly touched them.
3 (near/nearly)
a The ball landed on the ground ____________ the house.
b It very ____________ hit the kitchen window.
4 (free/freely)
a After the borders were opened, people like us were able to
move much more ____________ round Europe.
b As we were students, we couldn’t afford to pay much for our
travel, but we often travelled for ____________ by
hitchhiking.
5 (short/shortly)
a Unfortunately, we have fallen ____________ of our sales
target for this year.
b However, the economy is getting better, and we expect
better sales ____________.
6 (direct/directly)
a Please call me _______________ if you get any more
news.
b You can call me _______________ on this number.
6 Write the correct adverbs or adjectives. Choose from these,
changing the form where necessary:
early, easy, good, hard, late, long, quick, serious, tired, well
Tom:
Oh, hi Ann. It’s good to see you. How have you been
keeping?
Ann:
I’ve been keeping very 1_______________, thanks. And
what have you been doing 2_______________?
Tom:
Oh, well, I’ve just been working really 3_______________
to pass my exams.
Ann:
Oh, I’m sure you’ll pass them 4______________– no
problem! You should relax more. Why not finish work
5
_______________ this evening and come out with us for
an hour or two? You don’t need to stay out for very
6
_______________.
5 Write the correct forms of the adverbs.
Example:
(late/lately)
a) Have you seen Peter
lately?
b) He’ll be in trouble if he goes back to college
late.
1 (hard/hardly)
a The people in this part of Africa have got ____________
any food left to eat.
b The UN are working ____________ to get help to the
people soon.
Tom:
No, sorry, I don’t think I should. I’m feeling really
_______________ and I’d like to finish as
8
_______________ as possible and then just go to bed.
7
2 (high/highly)
a Our pilots are all ____________ aware of the need for
safety in the air.
b They watch the plane’s control systems at all times as they
fly ____________ above the ground.
Ann:
Well, all right, but I think you should take life a bit less
_______________.
9
183
80
Adverb positions
He drove slowly.
He slowly drove.
FORMS
Adverbs (and adverbial phrases) in front, middle and end
positions
It’s a quiet road, and Brian usually drives quite fast along
there. Luckily, he was only driving slowly that day. Suddenly,
he saw the tree. He hit it, but he wasn’t hurt.
Adverbs in questions
Have you ever had an accident before?
How fast were you driving when it happened?
A
B
Front position
We often use an adverb in front position to show a feeling, or to create
special emphasis. The adverb adds its meaning to the whole sentence.
n Luckily, he was only driving slowly. (speaker’s feeling)
n Finally, we all decided to go. (special emphasis)
Middle position
Main verb only: before the main verb:
n He usually drives a long way.
n We quickly finished dinner.
Auxiliary verb only: usually after the auxiliary verb:
n He is certainly a good driver.
n We were always the first to arrive.
One auxiliary + main verb: between the auxiliary and the main verb:
n He was only driving a short distance.
n Ron has always lived in London.
Two auxiliaries/modal + auxiliary + main verb: after the first element:
n The car has definitely been damaged.
n The tree should never have been left on the road.
C
End position
We often put the adverb after the verb, at the end of a sentence. An
adverb of time goes after any other adverb or an adverbial phrase.
n He was driving slowly today.
n I’ll be working over there tomorrow.
n We’re living in London now.
D
Adverbs in questions
We do not usually put the adverb in front position in questions. The
adverb usually goes in middle or end position.
n Has Ron always lived in London? n Was he driving slowly?
n Where has Ron always lived?
n Who was driving slowly?
To find out more about an action, we often add an adverb to the
question word how, e.g., how fast, how far, how well.
n How well does Brian drive?
We do the same with adjectives to find out more about someone or
something, e.g., How bad was the crash?
184
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
/
Adverb types ∆ 81
East Salterton
welcomes you
Please drive slowly
through the village
you
‘Are you in earnest? Do you truly love me? Do
’
wife?
sincerely wish me to be your
swear it.’
‘I do: and if an oath is necessary to satisfy, I
you.’
y
marr
‘Then, sir, I will
(Jane Eyre, Charlotte Brontë, 1816–1855)
Another important factor
in preventing
osteoporosis is getting
out into the
sunshine. Ultraviolet ligh
t helps the
body make its own Vita
min D, which is
essential for the absorp
tion of calcium.
You only need 15 minute
s a day
outside during the sum
mer months,
so you won’t put yourse
lf at risk of
premature ageing and ski
n cancer.
Always remember to use
the right
factor sunscreen.
If the surface
becomes dirty,
wipe it gently
with a soft cloth.
Exercises
1 Write these adverbs in front position. Add commas.
Speaker’s feeling: amazingly, frighteningly, hopefully, luckily, sadly
Special emphasis: angrily, finally, quietly, stupidly
Example:
Amazingly,
John learned French in a month.
(speaker’s feeling)
5 (don’t work) (usually)
We ______________________________ on Saturdays.
6 (clearly) (has been failing)
Alan _______________________________________ to do
this job properly.
1 _____________________ we’ll be able to finish work in time
to go to the cinema. (speaker’s feeling)
7 (have you been) (ever)
_________________________________ to Japan before?
2 _____________________ I forgot to take my passport with me
to the airport. (special emphasis)
8 (must talk) (never)
You ______________________________ like that again.
3 _____________________ the boss banged his desk and
shouted, ‘Get out!’ (special emphasis)
4 _____________________ pieces from the ceiling started to
fall around us. (speaker’s feeling)
5 _____________________ the bus arrived – 45 minutes late!
(special emphasis)
6 _____________________ Bob moved past the sleeping dogs
and escaped. (special emphasis)
7 _____________________ the great painter died before
finishing the picture. (speaker’s feeling)
8 _____________________ the burning plane managed to land
without crashing. (speaker’s feeling)
2 Write the verbs and adverbs with the adverbs in the correct
middle positions.
Example:
(is flying) (probably)
John is
probably flying home now.
1 (get) (always)
I _____________________ to work at 8:30.
2 (only) (was trying)
Everybody was angry with Sam, but he
___________________________ to help them.
3 (sometimes) (can see)
You ______________________________ France from
England.
4 (will be) (only)
Peter _____________________ here for two days.
3 Write the adverbs and adverbial phrases in end position.
Example:
(all day) (very hard)
I’ve been working
very hard all day.
1 (very soon) (there)
Don’t worry. We’ll be ________________________________
2 (in America) (for five years)
Brian lived ________________________________________
3 (yesterday) (very heavily)
It snowed _________________________________________
4 (since last September) (much harder)
Lisa has been studying _______________________________
_________________________________________________
5 (as soon as possible) (over here)
Please get ________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 (wrong) (all the time)
Poor old Paul. He gets things __________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Add these adverbs to the e-mail:
over here, usually, last week, sadly, last year, definitely, this time, soon
Dear Chris,
It was good to hear from you last
week. We were pleased to hear
you’ll be travelling 1______________. 2______________, we were
away when you visited Miami 3______________. So you must
4
______________ stay with us 5________________. We’re
6
____________ at home in the evening, so call us 7___________.
185
81
Adverb types
fast, there, today, usually, luckily, very, etc.
FORMS
A breakdown truck soon got there from a local garage.
Fortunately, the garage was able to repair Brian’s car quite
quickly. Now he always drives extremely carefully.
A
B
Adverb type
Expresses
Examples
Manner
how
fast, slowly, wrongly
Place
where
there, here, outside
Time
when
today, now, then
Frequency
how often
usually, always
Degree
how much
very, only, quite
Sentence
the speaker’s feeling
special emphasis
luckily, certainly
Adverbs of manner (fast, quickly, etc.)
These usually go in end position and sometimes also in middle position.
However, irregular adverbs, e.g., fast, well, etc, go in end position.
For special emphasis, we can use front position, often with a comma.
n Peter quickly stopped.
n Peter stopped quickly.
n Quickly, Peter stopped.
Adverbs of place (there, outside, etc.)
These usually go in end position. They do not go in middle position. Use
front position for emphasis.
An adverb of place usually goes after an adverb of manner.
n The children are playing outside.
n I know I’ll find her somewhere.
n Somewhere I know I’ll find her.
C
Adverbs of time (today, tomorrow, etc.)
These usually go in front position or end position. In end position, a time
adverb goes after any other adverb.
n Tomorrow we’re all going to the beach.
n We’re all going to the beach tomorrow.
D
Adverbs of frequency (usually, always, etc.)
These usually go in middle position. Adverbs of frequency include:
always, almost always, usually, generally, normally, often, frequently,
sometimes, occasionally, hardly ever, rarely and never.
n I always go to bed at 10:30.
n Pete usually plays football on Sundays.
n It’s sad, but I hardly ever see my brother because he lives in Australia.
n They never ate sweets when they were children.
See the following diagrams for more information on meanings.
‘Tomorrow never comes.’
always
sometimes,
occasionally
almost always
hardly ever,
rarely
usually,
generally,
normally
never
often,
frequently
We often use ever in questions about frequency.
Have you ever visited London?
Yes, I’ve often been there.
You can show frequency with adverbial phrases like these. They usually go
in end position.
once
a day
twice
a week
three times
a month
several times
a year
n
n
Most people eat three times a day.
I take the medicine once a day.
‘Have you given him up?’
‘No, father,’ she answered.
He looked at her again for some moments without speaking.
‘Does he write to you?’ he asked.
‘Yes, about twice a month.’
The Doctor looked up and down the valley, swinging his
stick; then he said to her, in the same low tone,
‘I am very angry.’
(Proverb)
(Washington Square, Henry James, 1843–1916)
186
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
/
Adverb positions ∆ 80
/
too and enough ∆ 84
/
a bit, very ; much, a lot ; so, such ∆ 85
E
Adverbs of degree (very, quite, etc.)
Use these adverbs to make an adjective or another adverb weaker or
stronger.
Weak: slightly, a little, a bit (informal)
n I felt slightly ill, but I didn’t stop.
Stronger: *quite, fairly, rather, pretty (informal)
n It isn’t snowing, but it’s fairly cold. Bring some warm clothes!
Strongest: very, extremely, really (informal)
n Eddy is extremely good at tennis. In fact, he’s Number 10 in the
world.
Be careful: very and too are different. Too means ‘more than a certain
amount’.
n I was very tired, but I went on walking.
n I was too tired to walk. I had to stop.
WE DON’T SERVE
FAST FOOD, …
… WE SERVE GOOD
FOOD FAST!
Learn French Fast
Intensive French classes
starting now
*quite: This often means different things in British and American English.
BE: We were quite pleased to have a short rest. (= fairly, but not very)
AE: We were quite pleased to meet the star of the show. (= very)
F
Sentence adverbs (luckily, probably, etc.)
Sentence adverbs often go in front position. They give their meaning to
the whole sentence. They show the speaker’s feeling about the
information in the sentence. Sentence adverbs include luckily, sadly,
surprisingly, disappointingly, obviously, certainly, probably and perhaps.
n Then we ran out of petrol. Luckily, there was a petrol station 300
metres along the road.
n Sadly, Alan is ill and can’t be with us.
n The train will probably be late, and then we obviously won’t get
to the meeting.
We answer your
For a free brochure,
call 0171 888 9999
The Natural Bedroom
natural,
Our bedlinen ranges are all made from
this makes
chemical-free, unbleached cloth. Initially,
become
them a little crisp, but with washing they
delightfully soft and comfortable.
holiday questions ...
Q I never burn so do I really
need to use a sun cream
at all?
A Yes! UV light speeds the
ageing process, especially
if your skin has been
unprotected. Years of
exposure can cause
lasting damage and
be dangerous.
PROJECT: Building a traditional picket fence
Lay a pair of pre-cut rails on a flat surface
and carefully position the first upright
section at one end of the rails. Then use
re
another upright at the other end to ensu
that the rails are parallel.
Next, fix the other
uprights, being careful
to space them
equally along
the rails.
187
Exercises
1 Find and write the adverbs.
Example:
My brother arrived yesterday.
Example:
yesterday
1 The boys are working upstairs. ____________
2 The train is definitely late. ____________
3 Time passed slowly as we waited. ____________
4 I’m tired, so I’m going to bed now. ____________
5 This book is hard to understand. ____________
6 John always does what he promises. ____________
7 Luckily, the tree fell just behind our car. ____________
2 Name the types of adverb and adverbial phrase in italics.
Choose from these.
well
1 there
2 very
3 extremely
4 slowly
5 all night
6 finally
7 at 6.00
8 terribly
9 immediately
degree, frequency, manner, place, sentence, time
10 a lot
I remember one Japanese national holiday well. Some friends and I
decided to go to the mountains 100 kilometres from Tokyo in two
cars. The problem was that everybody else in Tokyo seemed to be
going 1there too. The road was 2very busy and we moved
3
extremely 4slowly. We travelled 5all night and we 6finally got to the
house 7at 6:00. We were 8terribly tired, and we went to sleep
9
immediately.
11 once a day
We enjoyed the next three days 10a lot. We walked through the
woods to the village 11once a day to buy food. And 12every day we
cooked our meals 13outside on a barbecue. Time went 14quickly, and
the last day came. We 15certainly didn’t want to return to Tokyo but,
16
sadly, we had to go.
‘Let’s leave 17late,’ somebody said. ‘That way the roads will be
quieter.’ 18Unfortunately, everybody else had the same idea. The
journey home was just as slow as the trip from Tokyo. We seemed to
get 19nowhere in the long, long line of cars. At 2:00, the people in
the first car 20suddenly left the main road to try a smaller road. We
followed in the second car. Five more cars followed us, so we
thought, ‘This must be a good road. The Japanese are using it too.’
12 every day
13 outside
14 quickly
15 certainly
16 sadly
17 late
18 Unfortunately
19 nowhere
20 suddenly
21 Strangely
22 slowly
Strangely, the road became narrower. At 2:45 it came to an end.
We were back in the mountains again. The cars stopped, and
everybody 22slowly got out. The Japanese were embarrassed. ‘We
didn’t know you were foreigners,’ one of them said. ‘You 23definitely
seemed to know the way, so we followed you.’ Everybody laughed
24
politely, but we all felt 25really tired.
23 definitely
We reached Tokyo 26early in the morning, and 27then we all had to
go to work.
27 then
21
28
After that, I 29always stayed at home during national holidays!
24 politely
25 really
26 early in the morning
28 After that
29 always
188
manner
3 Write the adverbs and phrases of manner, place and time in
end position.
Example:
(soon) (somewhere)
I’m tired of driving. Let’s stop
somewhere soon.
5 Emphasize the speaker’s feeling. Change the adjective in the
second sentence into an adverb in front position. Leave out
unnecessary words.
Example:
I fell. It was lucky that I managed to catch a tree
branch.
1 (before midday) (there)
Hurry up! We have to get _____________________________
2 (beautifully) (yesterday)
The team played ___________________________________
3 (for a year) (everywhere)
The police looked for the two men _____________________
________________________________________________
4 (angrily) (last night) (at the meeting)
A lot of people spoke ________________________________
________________________________________________
5 (at college) (these days) (well)
Harry is doing _____________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write the adverbs and phrases of frequency in the most usual
position – middle or end.
Examples:
n Jack goes into town. (sometimes)
n
Jack sometimes goes into town.
n A ship visits the island. (twice a month)
n
A ship visits the island twice a
month.
1 I do the washing on Monday. (usually)
________________________________________________
2 Do you visit your old school? (ever)
________________________________________________
3 Flights to New York leave. (once an hour)
________________________________________________
4 You have to take the medicine. (twice a day)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 I used to go windsurfing in the old days. (often)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
I fell. Luckily, I managed to catch the
tree branch.
1 I called Ann at 7:00. It was sad that she’d already gone.
I called Ann at 7:00. _________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Bill is getting better. We’re hopeful that he’ll be well soon.
Bill is getting better. _________________________________
________________________________________________
3 My wife and I are scientists. We were surprised that our children
were good at Art.
My wife and I are scientists. ___________________________
________________________________________________
4 The prize goes to Clint Starr. It’s unfortunate that he isn’t here to
receive it.
The prize goes to Clint Starr. __________________________
________________________________________________
6 Write the words in the best order.
Example:
(will be) (probably) Ann
will probably be
late
home.
1 (has finished) (definitely)
The football game __________________________________
___________________ now.
2 (’ll visit) (never)
I __________________________ that place again!
3 (are delivered) (always)
New books _______________________________________
on Monday morning.
4 (hasn’t understood) (definitely)
She _____________________________________________
anything I’ve said.
5 (’ll see) (hardly ever)
If you move away from here, I _________________________
you again.
189
82
Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs
cheaper, cheapest
more expensive, most expensive
more quickly, most quickly
FORMS
Comparison with adjective + ~er/~est
The Highlight car is cheaper than the Gazelle. It’s the cheapest
of the three.
Comparison with more/most, less/least + adjective
The Rebel is more expensive than the Gazelle. It’s the most
expensive car.
Comparison with two-syllable adjectives
He wants the Rebel, but she is happier with the Gazelle.
Comparison with adverbs
The Rebel accelerates more quickly than the others. It
accelerates the most quickly.
A
Comparison of adjectives
We use a comparative form of an adjective (adjective + ~er or more +
adjective) to compare two things. We use a superlative form of an
adjective (adjective + ~est or most + adjective) when one of a group is
beyond the others, e.g., the cheapest and the most expensive. Compare:
Comparative cheaper (than)
more expensive (than)
adjectives:
less
Superlative
(the) cheapest
(the) most expensive
adjectives:
(the) least
We usually use than after a comparative form. It connects the two
things that we are comparing. We usually use the before a superlative
form. It refers to the thing that we are describing.
B
Comparison with adjective + ~er/~est
We use ~er/~est with nearly all one-syllable adjectives. Note the spelling
changes. (See Appendix 2 for more information on spelling rules.)
Adjective + ~er
+ ~est
Adjective
+ ~r
+ ~st
small
smaller
smallest
nice
nicer
nicest
slow
slower
slowest
large
larger largest
n
Cars are more reliable now than they were 20 years ago.
n She’s the most beautiful girl in the world!
n I’m less tired than I was yesterday.
n It’s the least tiring job.
We can also use these forms for all adjectives with two syllables.
n Jack is the most lazy boy I know.
n John’s work is less careful than it should be.
We can also use more/most and less/least like fewer/fewest to talk
about quantity.
The advanced
Foto-Tekniks
system is the newest, most
exciting and fastest-growing
format in photography.
Adjective + doubled consonant + ~er
+ ~est
big
+g
bigger
biggest
hot
+t
hotter
hottest
n His house is smaller than hers.
n Mexico City is the largest city *in the world.
n Today is the hottest day **of the year.
*in + place or group, e.g., in the world/my class
**of + period of time or several different things, e.g., of the year/of the
three cars
C
190
SALE
Further reductions
The Bigger Sale
with Lower
Prices
Comparison with more/most or less/least + adjective
We use more/most or less/least for all adjectives with three syllables or
more. We also use these forms for all adjectives ending in ~ing or ~ed,
e.g., pleasing/pleased, tiring/tired, worrying/worried and
embarrassing/embarrassed.
Participle adjectives; it + adjective + infinitive; the young ∆ 78
Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2
/
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
/
a bit, very, much, a lot; so, such ∆ 85
/
D
Comparison with two-syllable adjectives
You can use more/most and less/least for all adjectives with two
syllables.
n As a family car, the Gazelle is more useful than the little Rebel
sports car.
n In fact, I think it’s the most useful of the three.
However, we usually use ~er/~est with two-syllable adjectives ending
in ~y, e.g., dirty, easy, funny, happy, lazy, lovely, pretty, silly, sunny and
tidy. They change like this: dirty + ~ier/~iest ➞ dirtier/dirtiest.
n Jack is the laziest boy I know.
n Question 2 is easier than Question 1.
These common two-syllable adjectives can take ~er/~est or
more/most, less/least: clever, cruel, gentle, narrow, pleasant, polite,
quiet, simple, stupid, tired.
n Ann is more polite than her sister.
n Tom is the cleverest boy in the class.
PHOTOS
30% BIGGER
PRINTS AND
FASTER TOO!
E
Comparison with adverbs
We use a comparative form of an adverb (more + adverb or adverb +
~er ) to compare two actions. We use a superlative form of an adverb
(most + adverb or adverb + ~est ) when one of a group does something
beyond the others, e.g., … accelerates the most quickly.
Many adverbs have the form adjective + ~ly, e.g., quickly, slowly and
nicely. Just like longer adjectives, these ~ly adverbs take the forms
more/most and less/least.
n Rob works more quickly than Steve.
n Jane sings the most beautifully in the class.
Some adverbs look like short adjectives which take ~er/~est, e.g.,
deep, early, fast, hard, high, late, long and near. Just like these short
adjectives, these adverbs usually take the forms ~er/~est.
n The Rebel goes faster than the Gazelle.
n I arrived the earliest at the meeting.
Note the irregular forms.
Adjective
Adverb
good
well
bad
badly
far
far
This year’s results are better than last year’s.
My headache is getting worse.
n We can’t go any farther tonight.
n
With up to
(Oscar Wilde, 1854–1900)
our
bestsellers
are
better
than
ever!
Perfect for
cross-country
racing
or exploring.
Superlative
best
worst
farthest/furthest
n
rld
‘There is only one thing in the wo
d
worse than being talked about, an
t.’
ou
that is not being talked ab
Introducing the All-Shock disc. The light
est and simplest
way to get the power and control of disc
technology.
Comparative
better
worse
farther/further
50% off
191
Exercises
1 Write the ~er and ~est forms.
Examples:
shorter
pretty prettier
short
Adjective ~er form
shortest
prettiest
~est form
3 We’re coming to the _______________ part of the river now.
Here it’s only five metres wide.
4 Rod is the _______________ member of the team. He’s been
training very hard.
1 long
____________
____________
2 ugly
____________
____________
3 large
____________
____________
4 big
____________
____________
easy, fast, fine, fit, low, white
5 small
____________
____________
Example:
6 nice
____________
____________
7 cool
____________
____________
8 easy
____________
____________
9 simple
____________
____________
10 fine
____________
____________
11 thin
____________
____________
12 hot
____________
____________
2 Write the correct ~er forms of the adjectives in italics.
Example:
Bill has a large car. It’s even larger than my brother’s.
1 Yesterday’s test was easy – much ____________ than last
month’s.
2 Question 2 was simple. It was certainly ____________ than
Question 1.
3 My cousin is nice – a lot ____________ than my brother.
4 It’s been hot today, and it’ll be even ____________ tomorrow.
5 I was away for a long time – much ____________ than I’d
planned.
3 Write the ~est forms. Use these adjectives:
early, fit, funny, late, narrow, quick
Example:
There’s a train at 5:30 am. That’s the earliest one.
5 He was the _______________ man I’ve ever heard. I couldn’t
stop laughing.
4 Complete the radio adverts with regular ~er and ~est forms.
Use these adjectives:
SPEED CLEAN was always the
cleaner. Now it’s
faster
fastest
home
than ever before. It does
the job in seconds.
1 You’ll be ____________ in just three days with the HOME
EXERCISER. And after a month, you’ll be the ____________
you’ve ever been in your life.
2 There’s no ____________ watch in the world than the TIME
PERFECTA. Remember, we’ve been makers of the
____________ watches in the world for 30 years.
3 You’ll find the ____________ prices in town at GOOD WAY
SUPERMARKETS. And that’s a promise. If you can find
____________ prices anywhere else, we’ll pay you twice
the difference.
4 GLEAM CREAM cleans your teeth ____________ than white.
For the ____________, cleanest teeth of all, choose GLEAM
CREAM.
5 Do you hate all those video controls? Well, now TELE-SELECT is
here. It’s the ____________ thing in the world to use. Just talk
to it. Tell it the time, the channel and the film to record, and
TELE-SELECT does the rest. What could be ____________ than
that?
5 Complete the conversations. Use more/most, less/least or
fewer/fewest.
Example:
I’ve just moved to a bigger apartment in the same
building.
Do you have to pay
more
rent?
1 This is the _______________ model. It’s just come out.
Yes, it’s the biggest in the building, so it costs
2 Which is the _______________ way to Paris, please?
the most.
192
1
2
3
Bob seems to get richer but meaner every day. I can’t stand
him these days.
Yes, he’s got ____________ money than ever before, but
he’s got ____________ friends!
I’m still hungry. Is there any ____________ food?
But you’ve already had the ____________ out of
everybody. Don’t be so greedy!
This motorbike is certainly quite cheap. It costs
____________ than all the other models we’ve looked at.
I’ve read that it also costs the ____________ to run out of
all the bikes this size. And I’ve also heard that it has the
____________ mechanical problems.
But if there’s a mechanical problem, spare parts are very
expensive. In fact, they cost the ____________ out of all
the models in the 750cc class.
7 Complete the statements with a verb and comparative adverb.
Example:
n Ann is a quicker worker than Sue.
n Ann works
more quickly than Sue.
1 Grandad is a slower driver than me.
Grandad __________________________________ than me.
2 Stephen Prince is a less exciting writer than Sid Shelley.
Stephen Prince ____________________________________
than Sid Shelley.
3 Don is a lighter sleeper than his brother.
Don ________________________________ than his brother.
4 Ron is a faster thinker than Bob.
Ron always ________________________________ than Bob.
5 Joe is a less intelligent football player than Steve.
Joe ____________________________________ than Steve.
6 Write the comparative and superlative forms of the adjectives.
Example:
less
difficult than I thought. In fact, it’s the least
difficult language I’ve ever studied. (difficult)
8 Write statements with superlative adverbs.
No language is easy to learn, but Italian is
1 Joe is doing well at art college. He isn’t the _______________
student in his year, but he’s ________________________
than 90% of the other students. (talented)
2 Why do you always have to buy the ____________________
thing in the shop? Couldn’t you choose something
________________________? (expensive)
3 I think rock climbing is even __________________________
than deep-sea diving. In fact, I think it’s one of the
___________________________ outdoor activities you can
do. (dangerous)
4 I don’t like Robin Black’s new book as much as his last one. It’s
___________________________. In fact, I think it’s the
___________________________ book he’s ever written.
(interesting)
5 Rough, uncut diamonds straight from the ground are already
valuable, but they are much ___________________________
than diamonds that are cut and polished. One of the
__________________ diamonds in the world is the Millennium
Star, with an insured value of US$205,000,000. (valuable)
We tested three washing machines – the Crystal, the Wash-Tech
and the Snowline. Here are the results.
Examples:
(Snowline/wash/+ good/Crystal/wash/- effective)
The Snowline washed the best, and the
Crystal washed the least effectively.
1 (Crystal/perform/+ reliable/Wash-Tech/perform/- reliable)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 (Wash-Tech/run/- economical/Crystal/run/+ cheap)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 (Crystal/finish/+ fast/Snowline/finish/- quick)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
193
83
Comparison 2: sentence patterns
Hill finished faster than Rossi.
He’s the fastest man in the world.
FORMS
A
Sentence patterns with comparatives
A comparative sentence compares two things. When we mention both
things, we link them with than.
n Hill is faster than Rossi.
n A film lasts longer than a TV show.
Sentence patterns with comparatives
But we do not always mention both things.
Which is your jacket?
The bigger one.
Tell me about Rossi and Hill.
Hill drove faster.
Hill is the fastest man in the world.
Hill finished faster than Rossi.
Sentence patterns with superlatives
Sentence patterns with (not) as ... as
Rossi is good, but he is not as good as Hill.
We often repeat comparative forms to express continuing change in an
informal way.
n I feel happier and happier every day.
n The weather is getting more and more terrible.
Comparison and object pronouns
I drove faster than he did. ➞ than him.
Fantastic! Nigel Hill is first on
Number 32! And Carlo Rossi
is second. So Hill is the new
champion – the fastest man
in the world on t wo wheels!
Note these common idiomatic patterns with comparative adjectives and
adverbs.
I’ve brought lots of money.
Good! The more the better.
I’ll get there as fast as I can.
Please! The faster you can get
here, the sooner we’ll get the
job done.
n The more he talks, the less I understand what he is saying.
B
Sentence patterns with superlatives
We usually use the before superlative adjectives.
n Paul is the tallest person here. He’s also the most pleasant.
We often do not use the before superlative adverbs. Compare the following:
n Which is the best song?
n I like Sad Heart best.
We can use in or of after a superlative. Use in to talk about places and
groups. Use of to talk about periods of time or several different things.
n I’m the tallest boy in the class.
n July is the warmest month of the year.
C
Sentence patterns with (not) as … as
Use as … as to say that two things or actions are equal.
n Paul is as tall as his father now. n I drive as well as Tom.
Use not as … as (or not so … as) to say that two things or actions are
not equal.
n English isn’t as difficult as Maths. (Maths is harder than English.)
n He can’t work as quickly as I can. (I can work faster than he can.)
D
Comparison and object pronouns
After a comparative with than or as … as, we often talk about another
person. If we use a name, we can do it in these two ways:
n I drove faster than Carlo did. n I drove faster than Carlo.
A subject pronoun + auxiliary verb (be, do or have) often changes to an
object pronoun.
A subject pronoun + modal verb often changes in the same way.
n I drove faster than he did. ➞ I drove faster than him.
n He can’t run as quickly as I can. ➞ He can’t run as quickly as me.
194
Uses of adjectives; word order ∆ 77
/
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
/
For art lovers, St Just is an excellent base
to tour the many galleries of the area –
quieter and less expensive than St Ives.
And for those who like hitting small balls
all over the place, there is a magnificent
18-hole golf course nearby.
‘You know,’ he said very gravely, ‘it’s one of the most serious
things that can possibly happen to one in a battle – to get one’s
head cut off.’
(Through the Looking-Glass, Lewis Carroll, 1832–1898)
I don’t think I
deser ve a zero
for this test.
Words
of players.
A game for any number
d.
The letter dice are rolle
to list as
ute
min
1
e
hav
ers
Play
from
many words as they can
the letters shown.
The longer the word, the
ner
bigger the score. The win
.
101
to
get
to
first
the
is
Full instructions inside.
Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs ∆ 82
Neither do I,
but it’s the
lowest mark
I can give you.
/
Some spelling rules ∆ Appendix 2
Exercises
1 Write statements with comparative adjectives.
Example:
Tom is 17. Sam is 19. (old)
3 Correct the statements. Use isn’t nearly as … as …
Example:
Sam is older than Tom.
1 Sue is 10. Ann is 12. (young)
________________________________________________
2 The Honda costs £21,000. The Toyota costs £23,000.
(expensive)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Robin can do 100 metres in 10 seconds. Jack can run 100
metres in 10.5 seconds. (fast)
________________________________________________
4 Five climbers have died on Mount George. Eleven climbers have
been killed on Mount Egmont. (dangerous)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 The journey by sea is an hour. The journey by tunnel is only half
an hour. (short)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Kuwait is larger than Saudi Arabia.
That’s not right. Kuwait
isn’t nearly as large
as Saudi Arabia.
1 A Jumbo 747 is faster than a space rocket.
That’s wrong. _____________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Britain is warmer than Egypt.
I’m afraid that’s not quite right. ________________________
________________________________________________
3 Silver is more expensive than gold.
I’m sorry, but that’s wrong. ___________________________
________________________________________________
4 Rome is older than Athens.
No, it’s the opposite. ________________________________
________________________________________________
5 I think English food is better than French food.
I’m afraid I don’t agree. I think _________________________
________________________________________________
4 Write the correct pronouns.
2 Write statements with superlative adjectives and be in the
correct form.
Example:
(the new Airbus/be/big/plane in the world)
The new Airbus is the biggest plane
in the world.
1 (yesterday/be/hot/day of the year)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Examples:
n He’s cleverer than
4 (some people say Casablanca/be/fine/film of all time)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
they are. (they/them)
them. (they/them)
Tom:
Sue, why did you give the mailroom manager’s job to Tim?
Ann is twice as clever as 1______ is. (he/him)
Sue:
Yes, but he knows the work better than 2______. (she/her)
Remember, he’s been with the company much longer than
3
______ has. (she/her)
Tom:
Well, what about Alan and Emma? Tim hasn’t been here any
longer than 4______ have. (they/them) And he certainly
doesn’t know the work any better than 5______.
(they/them)
Sue:
Yes, but they’re both cleverer than 6______, and I’m going
to give them better jobs. (he/him)
Tom:
Well, I still don’t agree about Tim.
Sue:
Believe me, you don’t know him as well as 7______ do.
(I/me) If you did, I’m sure you’d make the same decision as
8
______. (I/me)
2 (the XL400/be/popular/car in Europe this year)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 (Tom and Sam/be/good/players in last year’s team)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
n He’s cleverer than
195
84
too and enough
The truck is too heavy.
The bridge is not strong enough.
FORMS
We have to go on! It would take too much time to
go by another route, and I haven’t got enough fuel.
too + adjective/adverb
The truck is too heavy.
The SUV was not too heavy.
Adjective/adverb + enough
The road is wide enough.
The bridge is not strong enough.
Further patterns
It would take too much time (for us to go another route).
I haven’t got enough fuel (for us to do that).
The truck is too heavy
for the bridge.
to cross the bridge.
A
too and enough
We use too and enough when we talk about right and wrong quantities,
e.g., with size, weight, food, time, money and age.
Too and enough go with adjectives and adverbs. Too goes before an
adjective/adverb. Enough goes after an adjective/adverb.
Adjectives
Adverbs
n The truck is too heavy to cross. n Slow down! We’re going too
fast.
n The bridge is not strong enough. n The driver is not slowing
down fast enough.
B
too + adjective/adverb
Too means more than the right quantity. Not too means a quantity that
is acceptable. Note: We often leave out the last part in brackets.
n At eight tonnes, the truck is too heavy (to cross).
n At four tonnes, the SUV was not too heavy (for the bridge).
Too is not the same as very. Compare the following.
n The SUV was very heavy, but it was able to cross.
n The truck is too heavy. It cannot cross.
C
D
196
Adjective/adverb + enough
Enough means a quantity that is acceptable. Not enough means less
than the right quantity. Note: We often leave out the last part (shown in
brackets).
n The road is seven metres across, so it’s wide enough (for the truck).
n The bridge can only carry 7.5 tonnes, so it isn’t strong enough
(to carry the truck).
Further patterns
Enough can go with a noun – before, not after. Too needs much or
many to go with a noun.
n I haven’t got enough fuel. n It would take too much time.
We can put the following for and infinitive structures together.
n It would take too much time for us to go another route.
n I haven’t got enough fuel for us to do that.
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
/
Comparison 1: adjectives and adverbs ∆ 82
The bridge is too weak for the truck to cross.
Too tired to party?
Try
WakeMeUp
Multivitamins
The par ty’s jus t beginning!
Mark Seed
House and
Garden Maintenance
Free estimates
No job too small!
Help
We still don’t have
enough items for
our jumble sale on
Friday. So please have
another look in the
attic and bring those
unwanted books,
clothes, bric-a-brac
and toys into school
by Thursday.
Many thanks.
Tom appeared on the sidewalk with a bucket of whitewash and a longhandled brush. He surveyed the fence, and the gladness went out of
nature, and a deep melancholy settled down upon his spirit. Thirty yards
of broad fence nine feet high! ...
He began to think of the fun he had planned for this day, and his
sorrows multiplied. Soon the free boys would come tripping along on
all sorts of delicious expeditions, and they would make a world of fun
of him having to work. He got out his worldly wealth and examined it
– bits of toys, marbles and trash; enough to buy an exchange of work
maybe, but not enough to buy so much as half an hour of pure freedom.
(The Adventures of Tom Sawyer, Mark Twain, 1835–1910)
Exercises
1 Write too + these adjectives or adverbs.
1
Mr Simpson:
Adjectives: late, strong, young
Adverbs: loudly, quickly, quietly, slowly
Example:
Can’t you work faster? You’re working
too slowly.
1 I’m only 15, so I can’t drive yet. I’m __________________.
Assistant:
2
Mr Simpson:
2 Time goes __________________ when you’re having fun.
3 I couldn’t hold the thief. He was __________________.
4 I ran, but I missed the train. I was __________________.
Assistant:
3
Mr Simpson:
5 Tell Ann to speak up. She’s speaking __________________.
6 Could you all please keep the noise down? You’re talking
__________________.
Assistant:
Adverbs: carefully, hard, quickly, well
Can’t you work faster? You aren’t working
(7 glue/7 stapling machines/7 staples)
We’ve got _________________________ and
we’ve got ________________________________
And we have ___ got _______________________
The boys don’t like the weather. It’s too hot.
The weather is too hot for the boys.
Adjectives: big, good, soon
Example:
(7 brown sticky tape/7 clear tape/3 elastic bands)
We’ve got ________________________________
and we have ____ got ______________________
But we’ve got _____________________________
4 Write statements.
Example:
2 Write these adjectives or adverbs + enough.
(7 large paper clips/7 medium clips/3 small clips)
We have ____ got _________________________
and we’ve ____ got ________________________
But we’ve got _____________________________
quickly
enough.
1 I can’t climb through the window. It isn’t ________________.
2 I can tell you the answer tomorrow. Is that _______________?
3 The engine broke down. The engineers hadn’t checked it
___________________________.
4 Nick is going to lose the race. He hasn’t trained
___________________________.
1 I really want a holiday. I haven’t got enough money.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Your mother won’t like this coffee. It’s much too strong.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 All the family are very happy with the new house. It’s big enough.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Write statements.
5 I’m going to buy the smaller sound system. It isn’t the best, but
it’s ___________________________.
Example:
6 Cathy didn’t get the role she wanted in the new musical. She
doesn’t sing ___________________________.
1 We don’t want to go out. It isn’t warm enough.
________________________________________________
3 Complete the dialogues. Use too + little/few, enough or not/n’t
… enough.
2 They tried to catch the bird. It was too fast.
________________________________________________
Mr Simpson and his assistant are checking stock in his small
stationery shop.
Example: (3 A5 paper/7 A4 paper/7 brown envelopes)
Mr Simpson: We’ve got enough A5 paper, but we have n’t
got enough A4 paper.
Assistant:
And we’ve got too few brown envelopes.
I don’t want to go out. It’s too hot.
It’s too hot to go out.
3 We wanted to catch the bus. We were too late.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 The plane missed the mountain. It was flying just high enough.
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
197
85
a bit, very ; much, a lot ; so, such
I felt a bit ill.
I felt much better.
I felt so tired.
FORMS
a bit, very, etc. + adjective/adverb
Climbing the mountain, he felt a bit tired, but he did not stop.
much, a lot, etc. + comparative adjective/adverb
He was able to come down the mountain much more quickly.
He felt a lot better.
so + adjective/adverb, such (+ adjective) + noun
Back at home, he was so tired that he went straight to sleep.
It had been such a hard journey that he rested all the next day.
A
B
a bit, very, etc. + adjective/adverb
Use these to give a weaker or stronger feeling. A bit, pretty, really
are informal.
Weakest
Weak
Stronger
Strongest
not (+ verb) + very slightly, a little, quite, rather, very, extremely,
a bit
fairly, pretty
really
n He didn’t feel very well. In fact, he felt really ill.
n Eddy is extremely good at tennis. He’s Number 10 in the world.
much, a lot, etc. + comparative adjective/adverb
Use these to give a weaker or stronger feeling.
Weak
Strong
Strongest
slightly, a little, a bit
much, a lot
far
n Could you please talk a little more quietly?
n I felt a lot better after a good night’s sleep.
n Susan can speak Japanese far better than she can write it.
I didn’t see. It happened so
quickly!
such (+ adjective) + noun
Use such to add strength.
n He always talks such rubbish!
n What took you such a
long time?
n Look! Can you see? That’s
such a beautiful house.
Add a that phrase to show the result of the so/such part of the sentence.
n The story was so exciting
n It was such an exciting
(that) I couldn’t stop reading.
story (that) I couldn’t stop
reading.
n I was so cold that I wore two
n It was such a cold day
sweaters.
that I wore two sweaters.
D
198
£79.99
These are my
favourites.
Very stylish
and comfortable.
I would feel so
good in them,
I could wear
them anywhere.
/
Adverb types ∆ 81
/
∆ Appendix 6
So good, it’s a pity
to share them ...
Ego
chocolates
...They make
you selfish
... and that was our last review
tonight in Movie Spot. It’s been
such a good week for movies
but that last one is great for a
date. So scary you’ll spend all
evening in each other’s arms ...
So + many + countable noun + that ; so + much + uncountable
noun + that
Use this form to talk about a countable quantity.
n He ate so many cakes (that) he made himself ill.
Use this form to talk about an uncountable quantity.
n He spent so much money (that) he had none left.
Adjectives and adverbs ∆ 79
CAT
****
Oxford Boots
(Sydney Carlton’s last thoughts before being guillotined.
A Tale of Two Cities, Charles Dickens, 1812–1870)
so + adjective/adverb
Use so to add strength.
n The film was so boring!
n What took you so long to get here?
n
Mayfield XCS
**
Black leather and
rubber training boots
£75
A bit heavy, but with
the right trousers
very cool and stylish.
‘It is a far, far better thing that I do, than I have ever done;
it is a far, far better rest that I go to, than I have ever known.’
CCROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
C
Outdoors
***
Classic brown
leather boots
£85
Not really my
style, but very
comfortable and
SO light.
/
too and enough ∆ 84
Exercises
1 Complete the statements. Use these words:
4 Match statements 1–8 and a–h. Then join them using so or
such … (that).
a bit, not very, quite, very
Example:
The traffic was travelling at 5 kph. The journey was
very
1 The weather was bad.
2 The students made a noise.
slow.
3 The birds are friendly.
1 Sally is doing much better at Maths now, but she’s still
____________ slow.
4 The children made a mess.
5 Everybody is busy.
2 I like football, but I’m ____________ good at it.
6 I haven’t driven for a long time.
3 I’m ____________ hungry. I need food now!
7 After the trip we were all tired.
4 The new XR200 is ____________ a good car, but it isn’t my
favourite.
5 Don’t climb on that old fence. It’s ____________ strong.
b They nearly missed their plane.
d They even take food from your hand.
a little, far, much
Tony is still very ill, but he’s getting a
a All the neighbours complained.
c We went straight to sleep.
2 Complete the statements. Use these words:
Example:
8 They took a long time to get ready.
little
better
every day.
e We gave up our holiday and went home.
f
Nobody is answering the phone.
g I feel quite nervous about going on the road.
1 Both pairs of shoes look the same, but these are $300 more
than those. They’re ____________ more expensive!
2 I failed my driving test badly the first time, but I did
____________ better the second time, and I passed.
3 Sue is ____________ older than Tim. She’s 10 and he’s 9.
h It took an hour to clean the room.
1e
1
2 ___ 3 ___ 4 ___ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___ 8 ___
The weather was so bad (that) we gave up our
holiday and went home.
4 Our new house is ____________ bigger than our old one. It’s
got six bedrooms instead of two.
2 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Tony used to be a really terrible driver. Now though, he drives
____________ more carefully than he did a few years ago, but
he still sometimes frightens me a bit!
3 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Complete the conversation with so or such.
You’re so quiet! Is anything wrong?
It’s my exams. They’re 1______ soon, and I’ve got 2______ a lot
of work to do. I’ve got to stay up all night.
Don’t be 3______ an idiot! You’re obviously 4______ tired that
you can’t work properly. It would be 5______ a waste of time if
you stayed up all night! What’s more, you’d be 6______
exhausted tomorrow that you’d waste the whole day!
But I’m 7______ worried! If I don’t pass, it’ll be 8______ a disaster!
You’ll pass. The trouble with you is that you’re 9______ a
worrier, and you’ve really 10______ little to worry about!
4 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
7 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
199
86
Prepositions 1: place and movement
on, onto, into, out of, across, by, down, from, in, through, under, etc.
Uses
The prepositions in this unit help to express place or movement. The preposition refers to the noun which always follows it.
n The hotel is down the hill. (place)
n The Wood family are walking down the hill. (movement)
A
B
on, on top of
n There’s a suitcase on the chair. (place)
n There’s another suitcase on top of that tall cupboard. (place)
on, onto, off
Nick Wood is putting a pile of clothes onto/on the bed.
(movement)
n His cap is falling off the pile. (movement)
n
C
in, into, out of
There are some clothes in the cupboard. (place)
n Nick is taking some more clothes out of the cupboard. (movement)
n He’s putting them into/in the case. (place)
n
D
down, up
n Nick is taking his case down the stairs. (movement)
n His sister is coming up the stairs. (movement)
n Their house is up the hill. (place)
E
inside, outside
n There are two sports bags inside the front door. (place)
n There are some beach things outside the front door. (place)
n We went outside the back door. (movement)
F
behind, in front of, around, round
n The car was in the garage behind the house. (place)
n Now it’s in front of the house. (place)
n Mr Wood has brought it around/round the house. (movement)
200
Prepositions 2: place ∆ 87
/
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
G
next to, by, beside
The car is next to/by/beside the garden fence. (place)
n There are some pieces of luggage next to/by/beside the
car. (place)
n Mr Wood is standing next to/by/beside the car. (place)
n
H
across, along
n Mrs Wood is going across the road. (movement)
n A friend is coming along the road. (movement)
I
near, from, to
n The Wood family live in Sandford near Oxford. (place)
n Today they’re driving from Sandford to Heathrow Airport.
(movement)
J
away from, towards, past
n They’re driving away from Sandford. (movement)
n They’re going towards the motorway. (movement)
n They’re driving past the motorway sign. (movement)
K
over, under, through
n They’ve just driven over a bridge. (across a bridge is also
possible.) (movement)
n There’s a river under the bridge. (place)
n They’re going to drive through a tunnel. (movement)
L
above, below
n The Wood family have caught their plane. Soon it’s above the
clouds. (place)
n Nick is watching the clouds below the plane. (place)
M between, among, opposite
n The Woods finally reach their hotel. It’s between the hills and
the sea. (place)
n It stands among a lot of trees. (place)
n It’s opposite a small island. (place)
201
Exercises
1 Look at the picture. Then complete the statements with these
prepositions:
above, behind, between, in, in front of, near, next to, on, opposite,
under
Example:
There is a light
near
the window.
4 There is a lamp ____________ the desk.
5 There is a rubbish bin ____________ the desk.
6 There is an empty box ____________ the rubbish bin.
7 There is a phone ____________ the desk.
1 There is a desk ____________ the window too.
8 There is a filing cabinet ____________ the desk.
2 There is a light ____________ the desk.
9 There is a large wall map ____________ the window.
3 There is a chair ____________ the desk.
10 The desk is ____________ the window and the wall map.
2 Write the correct prepositions.
Example:
There were a lot of people
outside
the cinema
before the doors opened. (inside/outside)
1 There’s someone ___ the door. Could you answer it, please? (in/at)
2 Is Lucy ___ home today? (in/at)
3 Listen! I think I can hear somebody ___ the garden. (in/at)
4 I’m sorry. Mr Davis isn’t ___ his office just now. He’s seeing the
Director. (in/at)
5 There’s a newspaper shop on the other side of the road,
____________ our house. (opposite/in front of)
202
6 Please don’t stand ____________ the children. They can’t see
what’s happening. (opposite/in front of)
7 Look! Can’t you see your glasses now? They’re right
____________ you. (opposite/in front of)
8 Swindon is a large town about halfway ____________ London
and Bristol. (between/among)
9 ____________ all the white sheep in the field there were a few
black ones. (between/among)
10 The woods are lovely there, and we camped ____________ the
trees by the stream. (between/among)
3 Look at the picture. Then complete the statements with
prepositions.
7 Next it went ____________ our summer house.
(across, along, into, past, through)
Example:
The cat walked
along
the road for a while.
8 It jumped ____________ the flower bed on the way.
1 It went ____________ the bus stop.
9 It climbed ____________ one side of the summer house.
2 Then it suddenly ran ____________ the road.
(away from, down, inside, out of, under)
3 It came ____________ our garden.
10 And it climbed ____________ the other side.
4 It came in ____________ the gate.
11 Next, it crawled ____________ the summer house.
(along, over, round, towards, up)
12 Then it went ____________ the summer house for a moment.
5 It walked a little way ____________ the garden path.
13 But then it jumped ____________ the window.
6 Then it ran ____________ the tree.
14 Finally, it ran ____________ the summer house and left the garden.
203
87
Prepositions 2: place
at, in, on
Where do you live in England?
Where do you live?
I live at Number 25.
I live in a village called
Sandford. It’s on the
River Thames.
A
at
Use at for an exact place, e.g., at your house.
n Where’s Mary? She isn’t at her desk.
n I’ll meet you at the cinema entrance.
Saint Catherine’s
Woodbridge
The present church was begun in
the 13th century. The tower was
added in 1409 with fascinating
gargoyles at each angle.
Use at for an event.
n Were you at the football match?
n Over 100 people were at the meeting.
B
in
Use in when there is something around, e.g., a person in a village or a country.
n She isn’t in the kitchen. Perhaps she’s in the garden.
n Did you put the pen in your pocket?
Compare the use of in and at.
n The meeting was in Room 93. (the place)
n Over 100 people were at the meeting. (the event)
C
on
Use on for any surface.
n Nick was standing on the chair.
n There’s a mark on the ceiling.
204
A selection of last-minute holidays and travel opportunities
at home, on the continent, further afield; in the country,
on the coast, near national parks; many at bargain prices.
Phone GETAWAY BREAKS,
the last-minute specialists
on 0171 599 3111.
n Her name is on the door.
After my work in the City, I like to be at home. What’s the good of a
home, if you are never in it? ‘Home, Sweet Home’, that’s my motto.
n The answer is on page 75.
(The Diary of a Nobody, 1892, George & Weedon Grossmith)
Use on for a line that runs between two places, e.g., a river.
Our house is right on the River Thames.
n The Wood family were on the road to the airport.
n There were guards on the frontier between India and Pakistan.
The Thelma Hulbert
n
D
Pack your bags
Common expressions of place
at
in
at school/work/home/college in hospital/town
at the library/crossroads
in the country/a forest
at the (third) turning
in the middle of the road
at the front/back of a
in the front/back of a
queue/hall/bus/plane
car
at a party/meeting/lesson
in a group/queue/line
at the top/bottom of a hill
in the middle/centre of
at the end of a road/line
a city/town/village
Prepositions 1: place and movement ∆ 86
G
A
L
L
E
R
T
on
on holiday/business
on a lake/island
on the right/left
on the front/back of
an envelope/a book
on TV/DVD
on the edge/outskirts
of town/a city
Y
he Thelma Hulbert Gallery is situated in Elmfield House, Honiton.
The Gallery incorporates a changing display of paintings by artist
Thelma Hulbert together with temporary exhibitions of contemporary
art and craft.
Thelma Hulbert was born in Bath, Somerset, in 1913. She
studied painting and design at Bath School of Art before moving to
London in the early 30s.
Breathless, we flung us on the windy hill,
Laughed in the sun, and kissed the lovely grass.
(The Hill, Rupert Brooke, 1887–1915)
Exercises
1 Match statement halves 1–10 and a–j. Then write the
complete statements.
1 Tom lives at
2 There’s a notice on
3 Ann is buying some things in
4 Dad is having a sleep in
5 My aunt lives in
6 Come and meet all the trainees in
9 ________________________________________________
10 ________________________________________________
2 Complete the statements. Use these phrases:
at that desk, at the entrance, at the meeting, in a village, in the
garden, in the middle of, on that wall, on the way, on the bottle,
on the edge of
Example:
Sally lives
on the edge of
London. She can see
the country from her house.
7 I want you to introduce me to everyone at
8 There are two men working on
1 I live ________________________ London. It takes an hour to
get out of the city.
9 Sally put the vase of flowers on
10 Both London and Oxford are on
a the shopping centre.
2 We can stop for some petrol ________________________ to
the shops.
3 A lot of people spoke _______________________________
b Room 564.
c a small town outside London.
4 Let’s put this picture ________________________________
d the small bedroom.
5 What does the label _____________________________ say?
e the roof.
6 My brother usually works _____________________________
f the party.
7 You can buy your ticket ______________________________
g Number 25, North Street.
8 Mary is picking some flowers __________________________
h the River Thames.
i the wall outside my office.
j the table.
1
g
1
Tom lives at Number 25, North Street.
2 ___ 3 ___ 4 __ 5 ___ 6 ___ 7 ___ 8 ___
9 ___ 10 ___
2 ________________________________________________
3 ________________________________________________
4 ________________________________________________
5 ________________________________________________
9 My sister lives __________________________ near Oxford.
3 Complete the dialogues. Use in, on or at.
Excuse me. Where can I find a photocopier?
There’s one in Room 303. Go upstairs and turn right 1____
the top of the stairs. It’s 2____ the right 3____ the end of the
corridor.
Look. There’s a note 4____ the front door.
Oh, yes. It’s written 5____ the back of an envelope. It’s from
Jenny. She says she’s 6____ a meeting 7____ college. She’ll be
back for dinner.
Is Sue 8____ home this afternoon?
No, sorry. She’s 9____ the library.
6 ________________________________________________
7 ________________________________________________
8 ________________________________________________
Is that the one 10____ Bath Street 11____ town?
No, she always uses the one 12____ the shopping centre 13____
the edge of town.
205
88
Prepositions 3: time 1
at, in, on
past, to
from … to, between … and
FORMS
We’ll arrive at 12:40 local time.
at, in and on
The Wood family had their holiday in July.
They left on Saturday.
They left on 7th July.
They left at 7:20 in the morning.
past and to
They left at twenty past seven.
They arrived at twenty to one local time.
C
A
Use on for special days.
n I visited my parents on New Year’s Day.
n I didn’t have a party on my birthday.
n Did things go well on your wedding day?
at
Use at for time.
n Lunch will be at 1:00.
n Mum called us at dinner time.
Use at for a known point in the past or the future.
n They married young. At that time, they were poor.
n We will arrive at 10:00. At that point, you will open the main door.
Use at for special days, short holidays and festivals.
n We always have a party at New Year.
n I often go surfing at the weekend.
B
in
Use in for centuries, years, months and seasons.
n The car was invented in the 19th century.
n We bought our house in 1989.
n School started again in September.
n We always go skiing in (the) winter.
As there was no sign of Lupin moving at nine o’clock, I
knocked at his door, and said we usually breakfasted at halfpast eight, and asked how long would he be? … he said he
could do with a cup of tea, and didn’t want anything to eat.
Lupin not having come down, I went up again at half-past
one, and said we dined at two; he said he ‘would be there’.
He never came down till a quarter to three.
Use in for parts of the day (but not usually with the word night ).
n I ate in the morning/afternoon/evening.
n We arrived late at night.
Use in for a measured time.
n Tony finished the job in three weeks.
n Your pizzas will be ready in ten minutes.
/
Days, dates and times ∆ Appendix 5
Do not use in or on with this, last, next, yesterday, tomorrow, each
and every.
n I came to work late this morning.
n Did you go away last weekend?
n Tom cleans his car every weekend.
August 6, Bank Holiday.
Compare these examples with at + short period of time.
n We always have a party at New Year.
n What are you doing at the weekend?
Prepositions 4: time 2 ∆ 89
Use on for parts of a particular day. Compare the following.
n Did they go on Saturday morning?
n Did they go in the morning?
Note these common expressions with at, in and on + time(s).
n He’s usually happy, but at times he feels sad. (sometimes)
n He’s rich now, but at one time he was very poor. (for a time in the past)
n The soldiers climbed the ropes (three) at a time. (three together)
n We met in time to talk before the film. (with enough time)
n The plane took off on time. (at the right time – not too early, not too late)
n You must always get to work on time. (You must not be late for work.)
Also use in for periods of time.
n We don’t do much work in the holidays.
n Are you going away in the summer break?
206
on
Use on for days and dates.
n They arrived on Saturday.
n We left on 7th July.
(The Diary of a Nobody, 1892, George & Weedon Grossmith)
/
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
D
past and to
We can tell these times in different ways.
n 12:15 ➞ twelve fifteen OR quarter past twelve
n 12:30 ➞ twelve thirty OR half past twelve
n 12:45 ➞ twelve forty-five OR quarter to one
n 12:50 ➞ twelve fifty OR ten to one
b
Steve and Kate Bolton
together with
John and Loraine Harwood
We can also tell between the ‘fives’ and ‘tens’ times in different ways.
If we use the second way, say minutes.
n 1:03 ➞ one oh three OR three minutes past one
n 1:39 ➞ one thirty-nine OR twenty-one minutes to two
request the pleasure of your company
at the marriage of
Lisa Bolton
&
Aaron Harwood
Note: In American English, after and of are often used instead of past
and to. A is used with quarter. With times between the ‘fives’ and ‘tens’,
minutes is usually left out:
n 12:20 ➞ twenty after twelve
n 12:22 ➞ twenty-two after twelve
n 12:45 ➞ a quarter of one
E
From … to, between … and
We use both these different pairs of words to express a length of time.
From … to is more common.
n I was at home from 6:00 to 9:00.
n Between the ages of 16 and 19. Harry never saw his family.
at Wilderhope Manor
on Saturday the 29th of October at 4 p.m.
RSVP
c
REHEARSALS for the
Exmouth Choral and
Orchestral Society’s ‘Mass
in C Minor’ by Mozart
started on Monday at
Glenorchy Church, Exeter
Road.
The mass will be
performed at Holy Trinity
Church on April 25.
oni Morrison was born in 1931 in
a small steel town in Ohio in the
United States. In those days blacks lived
separately from whites, but Morrison
says she never felt inferior because of her
colour. She was more aware of being
poor than black.
d
Rehearsals
start for
Mozart Mass
3
At half past twelve I left home.
I walked to the centre
of town. I wanted to arrive on
time for my appointment
with the bank manager at a qua
rter to one. When I
arrived at the bank ten minutes
later, I didn’t notice
anything unusual at first. It was
only when I knocked
on the manager’s door, that I rea
lized the building was
completely empty.
T
a
O Five
Cornish Artis
invite you to
a pr
on Sunday 10
th
ivate view of
ts O
their
work
May from 4:3
0 to 6:30 p.m
.
(thereafter 11
.00–5.00 from
Tuesday 12th
at the Brick St
May to Saturd
reet Gallery, Pe
ay 30th May)
nzeen (just be
hind the Corn
Market).
207
Exercises
1 Complete the conversation. Use at, in and on.
Tony and his mother are talking on the phone.
Mum: So can you come home
on Saturday, Tony?
Tony: I’m sorry, Mum, but I can’t come 1_____ the weekend this
week or next week.
Mum: Well, are we going to see you 2_____ the holidays? Can you
get away from London 3_____ the last week of December?
12 What are you doing _____ Wednesday evening?
13 We’ll be at a party _____ New Year’s Eve.
14 We’ll be away for a week _____ New Year.
15 Hurry! We have to leave _____ an hour’s time.
16 The climbers reached the top _____ the fifth day.
17 Tom left home _____ the age of 15.
Tony: Well, I can get away 4_____ the 30th.
Mum: The 30th. That’ll be a Thursday, won’t it?
Tony: That’s right. And New Year’s Eve will be 5_____ Friday. I’ll be
able to stay until the following Monday.
Mum: Good! So you’ll be with us 6_____ New Year. It’s good to be
at home with your family 7_____ that time of the year.
Tony: Right. And we’ll have a good time 8_____ New Year’s Eve –
just like the old days.
Mum: Wonderful! So what time can we expect you? Will you be
arriving late 9_____ night?
Tony: I’ll probably leave London 10_____ lunchtime, so that means
I’ll get to you 11_____ about 6:00.
Mum: So you’ll be with us 12_____ the evening. Dad and the
children will be pleased.
2 Complete the statements. Use at, in and on.
Example:
I’ll be away
on
Thursday.
1 The meeting will start _____ 10:00.
2 I took a short holiday _____ January.
3 Columbus sailed across the Atlantic _____ 1492.
4 We flew to Malta late _____ Saturday.
5 Are you doing anything special _____ your birthday?
6 The telephone was invented _____ the 19th century.
18 We finished the job _____ less than a week.
19 I haven’t got any money _____ the moment.
3 Complete the conversation. Use at, in, on or nothing (7).
Hello, Fred. I was trying to call you 7 last weekend.
Did you call on Saturday?
Yes, that’s right. I phoned 1___ Saturday morning and again 2___
lunchtime.
I’m sorry, but I was out. I always go sailing 3___ Saturdays.
So I suppose that means you’re going sailing again 4___
Saturday 5___ this weekend too.
I’m afraid so. What’s the problem?
Well, I’d like your help with a new computer that I bought 6___
last week.
Sure. No problem. I can help you 7___ Sunday night.
Ah, but I’ll be away all day until late. You see, I visit my parents
8
___ each Sunday.
I see. Well, what about 9___ the evening? I’m free after I finish
work 10___ 5:30. In fact, I don’t usually do much 11___ the week
these days, and I’m free 12___ nearly every evening.
Well, I have to go out 13___ tonight, but could we get together
14
___ tomorrow evening?
Fine. I’m free 15___ the evening tomorrow too. I’ll come round to
your place 16___ 7:00. Thanks.
7 I’ll be in New York _____ this time next week.
That’ll be really great!
8 We always go to France _____ the summer.
4 Complete the statements. Use these phrases.
9 I won’t be away for long. I’ll be home _____ three days.
at times, at a time, at one time, in time, on time
10 The president is arriving _____ midday.
Example:
11 Ann usually watches TV _____ the evening.
1 The runners left in groups every two minutes. They left six
__________________.
208
Don’t be late. Make sure you’re there on
time .
2 I enjoy life most of the time, but __________________ I’d like
to go back to the old days.
3 We arrived just _________________. The shop was just going
to close.
4 There are factories everywhere here now, but
__________________ there were just green fields.
5 The trains always leave _______________. They’re never late.
4 Moving into June now, ______________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Write the times in words. Use past and to.
Examples:
n 12:15
n 10:41
quarter past twelve
nineteen minutes to eleven
1 3:10 ___________________________________________
2 7:50 ___________________________________________
7 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
8 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 9:30 ___________________________________________
4 2:45 ___________________________________________
5 5:15 ___________________________________________
6 1:13 ___________________________________________
Diary
May
Mon, 26th May
7 11:31 __________________________________________
8:30 a.m. – travel to NY
8 12:59 __________________________________________
Wed, 28th May
3:45 p.m. – return to London
6 Rewrite the diary notes as full statements. Use the present
continuous.
You work for a busy company director. Remind him of his activities
in the next two weeks.
Example:
On Monday the 26th, you’re travelling
to New York at 8:30 in the morning.
1 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 ________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Fri, 30th May
all day – meet Japanese visitors from the Subarashi Corporation
Sat, 31st May
evening – speak at the goodbye party for the Managing Director
June
Mon, 2nd June
p.m. – attend the sales conference
Tues, 3rd June
a.m. – talk at the sales conference
Thurs, 5th June
7:15 a.m. – fly to Rome
Fri, 6th June
11:45 a.m. – leave Rome for Madrid
Sat, 7th June
midday – travel back to London
209
89
Prepositions 4: time 2
for, since
ago, before
during, while
until/till, by
FORMS
for and since
I have lived here for 50 years.
He has lived there since the 1960s.
ago and before
He moved there 50 years ago.
He had lived with his parents before that.
during and while
A lot has changed during those 50 years.
A lot has changed while he has been there.
until/till and by
He will be there until/till he dies.
I’ve lived here for 50 years.
And I’ll stay here till I die.
By the year 2020 he will be 80 years old.
CROSSCHECK
CROSSCHECK
for
We use for to say how long in any tense, in the past, present or future.
n It rained for three hours.
©™ since
We use since to say how long mainly in the present perfect.
He’s lived here since 1945.
n
We use since with the present perfect to say how long up to the present.
Since refers to the start.
We use for with the present perfect to say how long up to the present. For
refers to the time between the start and now.
ago
We use ago to say when something happened in the past.
Count back from the present.
n Where’s my book? It was here a minute ago!
©™ before
We use before to say when something happened in the past. Count back
from another event in the past.
n I finished at 4:30, but the others had finished two hours before.
during
©™
We use during to refer to a period of time expressed as a unit of time. Use
during + noun, e.g., the day, or + noun phrase, e.g., the early afternoon.
n I’ll call again during the week.
while
We use while to refer to a period of time expressed as an activity. Use while
+ verb, e.g., ... while I was training, or + clause, e.g., ... while I was away
on holiday.
n I’ll visit you while I’m in town.
until/till
Until/till refers to a period continuing to a point in time.
©™ by
By refers to a point in time.
n I’ll be busy until 5:00. (I have no free time between now and 5:00.)
n Please reply by 5:00. (Please call at or before 5:00. 5:00 is the latest
Therefore I can’t call before 5:00, but I will be able to call at 5:00.)
possible time. Before 5:00 is better.)
Th e Fa c ts
Motorized road traffic is projected to at least
DOUBLE on 2005 levels by the year 2035.
There are more bicycles than cars in
Britain, but most are little used because
people won’t ride them along the polluted,
congested and frankly dangerous roads
which characterize our towns and cities.
210
Present perfect 2 ∆ 12
/
Prepositions 3: time 1 ∆ 88
Meet the Chef!
Paul Dazzel began working in the
kitchen at Nebford House 12 years
ago, washing up in the evenings
while he was still at school. Now at
the ripe old age of 25, he has been
head chef here for 16 months. Paul
has retained the standard of
Burton’s Restaurant cuisine at the
AA Two Red Rosette level and he
intends to increase that to Three
Rosettes this year.
During the two decades since StayClear began, thousands of
homeowners have been delighted to discover that not all window
firms are the same.
WE make the difference with our unique blend of product quality,
installation experience and good old-fashioned customer service.
PASSPORT
PHOTOS
Retake your photo
until you are happy with it
– at no extra cost
Exercises
1 Complete the story with for or since.
Oxford Lasers (OL) has been in business
5 Somebody got into the house _________ the night.
since 1977, and it has
held an important place in the high-tech world of laser technology
for many years. The five directors had done a lot of work on lasers
at Oxford University 1_________ several years before they started
their company, and they continued to work at the university
2
_________ some time after 1977 too. Because of this, OL
developed very slowly, but it has come a long way 3_________ the
introduction of its early products in the 1980s. There were financial
problems in the early 1990s 4_________ a year or two, but the
company got through these and has remained a leader in laser
technology 5_________ then. 6_________ a number of years it has
been developing sales world-wide, and 7 _______ 1985 it has also
owned a company in the USA. More recently, 8_______ 2000, OL
has been developing a number of laser systems that cut and
measure materials with microscopic accuracy. These technologies
will find new uses in communications and other industries
9
_______ many more years to come.
6 They’d never seen anything like that _________ their whole
time in Canada!
7 I worked out my travel plans _________ I was waiting for the
train.
8 _________ you’re cleaning the car, could you also check the
oil, water and tyres? Thanks!
4 Complete the dialogues with by or until/till.
Example:
tomorrow morning?
Yes, but I’ll have to work
Tim bought a BMW two days
He had an old Fiat
before
1
You went to Ibiza two years _________, didn’t you?
That’s right. We’d never been there _________.
2
How long _________ did you try to call her?
An hour _________. But she’d left ten minutes _________.
3
Lucy went away to college three years _________, didn’t she?
Yes, and it was a hard time because she hadn’t been away
from home very much _________.
3 Complete the statements with during or while.
Examples:
n Jim Brown called
while
midnight to do it.
Ann was already married _________ the age of 19.
She lived at home _________ then, didn’t she?
2
I’m sorry, sir. Your car won’t be ready _________ early
tomorrow afternoon.
So, if I come at 4:30, will it be ready _________ then?
Oh, yes. No problem, Sir.
3
_________ this time tomorrow, I’ll be in Tokyo.
How long are you going to stay there?
_________ this time next week.
4
I’m sure Tony has left the office _________ now.
I don’t think so.
He said he’d have to work _________ late this evening.
ago.
didn’t he?
until
1
2 Complete the dialogues with ago or before.
Example:
by
Do you think you’ll be able to finish the picture
5 Complete the story. Use prepositions from Exercises 1–4.
Arthur had worked in the same, large office for 30 years. ‘I’ve
worked here 1_________ I was 19,’ he often thought. ‘And
2
_________ all those years I haven’t done anything very exciting.’
you were out.
n There will be a fire practice
during
the morning.
1 What’s Tom going to do _________ he’s in America?
2 _________ the meeting, we’ll discuss the sales report.
3 _________ you’re at the bank, could you get me some money too?
4 Are you going to visit Australia _________ your trip round the
world?
One day, 3_________ he was at a very boring meeting, he suddenly
decided to change his life completely. He thought, ‘I’ll go on working
4
_________ another six months – 5_________ my 50th birthday –
and then I’ll stop. I’ll sell the house, buy a boat and go sailing.’
6
_________ the middle of the following year he had done all these
things. As he sailed among the Scottish islands on his first long trip,
he thought, ‘Why didn’t I do this 7_________? I should have left
that office ten years 8_________!’
211
90
A
Preposition + noun; noun + preposition
by Shakespeare, for you, on TV, etc.
Preposition + noun
Many phrases have the form preposition + noun. Here are some common ones.
Here you are. It’s a
play by Shakespeare.
Thanks, Dad.
It’s for you.
n
It’s a picture by Rembrandt.
I paid by credit card/cheque. (But in cash)
n They cut through the rock by hand.
n We sent the package by special delivery.
n
n
There’s someone on the phone. It’s for you.
We’re having fish for dinner/lunch/breakfast.
n Let’s go out for a walk/swim/run/meal.
n They’ve gone for a short holiday. (But go on holiday)
n
n
I’ve seen this on TV.
I heard it on TV/on the radio. (But at the cinema/theatre)
He hurt her on purpose. (But by accident/mistake/chance)
n The house is on fire.
n Sally is on a diet. She wants to lose six kilograms.
n
n
I’m going on a school trip
to see it in London soon.
The bus leaves at 12:00, so be there on time.
n We’re going to stop for tea on the way there.
n Bill is going to Africa on business/holiday/safari.
n They’re going on a trip/bus tour.
n
We’re going by bus and not by train.
B
212
Noun + preposition
Many phrases have the form noun + preposition. Here are some
common ones.
n Tom’s teacher sent the theatre a request for 60 tickets. (also
application for/need for/reason for)
n He was very pleased as the theatre reduced the price of the
tickets by 20%. (also cost of/hope of/way of )
n Unfortunately, there was a problem with the bus company.
(also trouble with/matter with)
n There was a rise in the cost of hiring the bus. (also
fall/increase/decrease in)
Adjective + preposition ∆ 91
/
Prepositional verbs ∆ 92
We’re going by car/bike/plane/train/ship/road/air/rail/sea.
(But on foot)
Here, by refers to the method of transport (just like by hand, by
special delivery above). We use in or on for a specific vehicle.
n He’s in his car/on his bike.
n He’s on the bus/plane/train/ship.
Romantic
Flowers
by post from Guernsey
for Birthdays and Anniversaries
Exercises
1 Complete the dialogues with at, by, for, in and on.
Example:
Did you go by bus?
No, we went
1
2
3
4
5
6
in
Steve’s car.
7 They’re showing a new film ________________________ in
George Street.
Let’s go to the beach ______ foot.
No, let’s go ______ bike. It’s quicker.
8 If you want to get this package to the customer early tomorrow,
send it ________________________.
I saw you! You hit Sam ______ purpose!
No, I didn’t. I did it ______ accident!
There’s someone ______ the phone, and it’s ______ Bob.
He isn’t here. He’s gone out ______ a run.
I’m going to have some toast ______ breakfast.
No, you aren’t. It’s ______ fire! Can’t you smell it?
Are you here ______ holiday?
No, I’m ______ a short business trip.
Can I pay ______ cheque?
I’m sorry, sir. We can only accept payment ______ cash
or ______ credit card.
7
Is there anything good ______ TV tonight?
No, and there’s nothing interesting ______ the radio either.
8
What’s the new play ______ the theatre this week?
It’s called Paris in the Spring. It’s ______ that new writer,
Mark Ross.
2 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition
before each one.
a diet, air, an artist, a school trip, a tour, a walk, dinner, his bike,
my car, special delivery, the cinema
Example:
I’m hungry. Let’s stop at that restaurant
6 It’s a nice day. Let’s go ________________________ along the
river.
for
dinner.
1 My cousins from Australia are visiting Britain. They’re
________________________ of the country.
2 Their car is full. You’d better go ________________________.
3 Tony’s class is going ________________________ to Italy.
4 Tony and his friends are travelling to Italy
________________________.
5 Can you see Rob? He’s over there. He’s going down the road
________________________.
9 We aren’t eating very much at the moment. We’re
________________________.
10 It’s a wonderful picture. It’s ________________________ who
lived about 600 years ago.
3 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition
after each one.
applications, call, difficulties, fall, hope, increase, interested, matter,
need, problem, way
Example:
We’ve had a lot of
applications for
the job of
Chief Engineer.
1 What’s the __________________ you? You always seem angry
about something.
2 Could you please keep quiet? There’s no __________________
all this noise.
3 We’d better stop here for tonight. There’s no
__________________ reaching the village before dark.
4 Prices have gone up a little this year. There’s been a small
__________________ the cost of living.
5 Scientists have found a new __________________ producing
electricity cheaply.
6 There’s a __________________ your plan. I’m afraid it won’t
work.
7 The rescue team has had a __________________ help. They’re
on their way to the accident now.
8 There has been a __________________ the size of families.
They’re smaller nowadays.
9 I’m very _______________________ photography.
10 Peter had _______________________ his homework.
213
91
Adjective + preposition
He’s good at figures.
Some adjectives take one or more prepositions. Here are some common ones
and some examples on the right.
1
n
2
n
1
2
3
4
Sam is a junior accountant. He’s excited about his first business
trip next month.
He’s worried/anxious about his accountancy exams next week.
n He got angry/annoyed about a noisy party next door last night.
n His neighbour was sorry about the noise.
n
n
He got angry/annoyed with his neighbour last night.
He sometimes gets bored/fed up with his work.
n
He’s afraid/nervous of failing his exams next week.
He isn’t at all sure of passing them.
n His family will be proud of him if he passes.
n He’s tired of studying late every night.
n
n
n
3
n
He’s not used/accustomed to so much hard work.
Luckily, he's very interested in what he’s doing.
Sam was amazed/surprised/shocked at/by the number of
books he had to read for the exams.
n
His boss is pleased/happy with/about Sam’s work now.
n He was disappointed with/about Sam’s work at first.
n Sam is very careful/careless with/about his work.
n
n
n
n
n
n
4
Sam is responsible for the weekly sales figures.
The figures are nearly ready for printing.
He’s late/early for a meeting.
Sam’s family feel sorry for him when he works late.
His mother thinks the work is bad for his eyes.
His father knows the work is good for his future.
n
He’s good/brilliant at figures.
n He’s bad/terrible/hopeless at languages.
n
Life for Sam often seems quite similar to school.
n ‘With all the exams, work is no different from/to my last year at
school,’ he often tells his parents.
Football news now, and non-league Tinford
went out of the FA Cup yesterday but
they have no reason to feel disappointed
with their performance.
ON YOUR BIKE!
Cycling is the trendy way to travel,
according to Sustrans (which stands for
Sustainable Transport), the national cycle
network. Apparently, cyclists suffer less
from pollution than many motorists! And if
you’re worried about cycle safety, Sustrans
has lots of tips on their website ...
Looking for a bargain late
break on the Cote d’Azur?
You can be sure of a
wonderful welcome
at the fabulous
L’hotel beau
from
£595 *p.p.p.w.
*per person per week
H a i r
C l i n i c
I’m fed up with my shoulder-length hairstyle.
Whenever I wash it, it just tends to get
very static. What do you suggest I do?
Mrs C Louch, Nottingham
214
Preposition + noun; noun + preposition ∆ 90
/
Prepositional verbs ∆ 92
Exercises
1 Complete the statements with about, at, for, of and with.
Example:
I feel very sorry
for
7
I hope you got to the interview on time.
Yes, I did. In fact, I was twenty minutes _______________ it.
8
Have Robin and Steve reached Australia in their little boat yet?
No. They’re two weeks late, and we’re very _______________
them.
Ann. The poor girl has been ill
for so long.
1 Are you ready _________ a big surprise?
2 Tim is quite good _________ sport.
3 I’m very angry _________ Sam. He never answers my letters.
3 Write statements using the underlined words and the words in
brackets.
4 We really thought our team would win, so we were disappointed
_________ the bad result.
Example:
5 I wish they’d be more careful _________ their work.
1 Mrs Elfin shouted at her children. (angry)
She was __________________________________________
6 You must stop working day and night. It’s very bad _________
you.
7 I’m fed up _________ eating at home all the time. Let’s go out.
8 Tony and Lisa were so annoyed _________ the people next
door that they called the police.
2 Complete the statements with these words. Put a preposition
after each one.
different, early, good, late, proud, responsible, shocked, terrible,
worried
Example:
I was
shocked at
the bad sales figures.
Ann reads a lot about sailing. (interested)
She’s
interested in sailing.
2 Working at night was strange at first, but it’s all right now.
(used)
I’m ______________________________________________
3 Bob is going to give away all his old computer games. (tired)
He’s _____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Peter isn’t sure if his first business trip on his own will go well.
(anxious)
He’s _____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Me too. I’d expected much better sales.
1
I can’t understand this Maths problem.
But it’s easy! You must be really _______________ Maths.
2
People in Manchester are very _______________ their
football team.
Yes, especially as they’ve won the championship again.
3
4
The men have done the job again, but it still looks bad.
I agree. It’s no _______________ last time.
It isn’t _______________ small children to stay up late
at night.
That’s right. It means they’re very tired the next day.
5
Calm down! Why are you running around like that?
Because I’m _______________ a very important meeting.
6
Have you heard? Joe’s a senior manager now.
Yes, I hear he’s _______________ the whole factory now.
5 The airline staff felt bad because of the long delay at the airport.
(sorry)
They were ________________________________________
_________________________________________________
6 Bill decided to turn the never-ending radio programme off. (bored)
He was ___________________________________________
_________________________________________________
7 Old Mrs Price doesn’t like going out alone at night. (nervous)
She’s ____________________________________________
_________________________________________________
8 It was a fantastic surprise to see the huge number of people at
the concert. (amazed)
We were __________________________________________
_________________________________________________
215
92
A
Prepositional verbs
She applied for several jobs.
He stole $600 from her.
Verb + preposition
Some verbs take a preposition followed by an object.
Here are some common ones.
1 n Claire looked for a job before she left college.
n She asked for details of lots of jobs.
n She applied to a lot of companies.
n She applied for lots of jobs.
n She waited hopefully for the replies, but they were all negative.
n
n
n
n
n
Then she heard about a good job in Paris.
She had never dreamed of a job abroad before.
But she talked about it with her friend.
She read about the company on the Internet.
She thought about the job a lot.
1
2
3
4
n
Then she wrote to the company in Paris.
The director replied to her letter immediately.
n He talked to her on the phone.
n
2
Be careful. A few verbs take different prepositions – with different meanings.
n Look at this photo. It’s beautiful.
n I’m looking for my glasses. Can you see them?
n Could you look after the baby for a few minutes?
n
I think about the job a lot – the good things and the bad things.
Listen! I’ve just thought of an amazing new idea!
n When I dream about the crash, I always wake up.
n Harry dreams of success, but it’s never going to happen!
n
B
LOOKING FOR A PUBLISHER?
DO YOU DREAM OF BECOMING AN AUTHOR?
Verb + object + preposition
Some verbs take an object and then a preposition followed by another
object. Here are some common ones:
n The company invited Claire to an interview.
n They provided her with train tickets.
3 n In Paris, she asked someone for directions.
Don’t sign a contract before reading the cover story in Writing
Magazine, now on sale in newsagents and bookshops for £3.75.
Adopt a panda
and save him
from extinction.
n
At the interview, she asked them about the job.
They told her about the pay and conditions.
n She accepted the job and they congratulated her on her decision.
n
4
n
n
n
n
n
n
Adoption costs just £15 a year.
When we hear from you, we’ll
send you a certificate, a photo
of your animal and a quarterly
progress report.
She also had a bad experience in Paris. A thief robbed her
of her money.
He stole 300 from her.
Fortunately, she had insured herself against theft.
She blamed herself for the theft because she had left her
purse on a cafe table.
She informed the police of/about the theft immediately.
She described the purse to the police, but they never found it.
Send for your pack today.
SCENE
QuickReach Messaging Service
To contact me via my QuickReach messager:
• Dial my messager number (see reverse).
• Wait for a bureau operator to answer, then leave a short message of up to 90 characters (about 15 words).
216
Preposition + noun; noun + preposition ∆90
/
Adjective + preposition ∆ 91
/
magazine
British and American English ∆ Appendix 6
The only magazine
that specializes in
bringing you what’s
hot in music, fashion
and the world of art.
Exercises
1 Complete the statements with about, for, and to.
Example:
A boy came to the door and asked
for
3 Complete the statements with these verbs. Add prepositions.
a glass of water.
ask, congratulate, insure, provide, steal, tell
Example:
1 I’ll wait ____________ you outside the cinema.
Companies need to
insure
themselves
against
injuries to their staff.
2 Ann is on the phone. Could you talk ____________ her,
please?
3 They’re very bad. They take ages to reply ____________
letters.
1 The old man __________________ us _________ some
money, so we gave him £1.
2 Mrs Brett, we’d all like to __________________ you
_________ reaching the fantastic age of 100.
4 The family talked ____________ their plans every night.
5 Danny dreams ____________ being famous one day.
3 We __________________ all employees of the company
_________ identity cards.
6 Every night, Suzanne dreams ____________ her family back
home in Canada.
4 There’s a reporter here. He wants to __________________
you _________ your plans for a new factory.
2 Complete the dialogues with the correct forms of the verbs
and prepositions.
Example:
There’s Mark Blake. He’s famous!
Mark Blake? I’ve never
1
5 The reporter said, ‘Could you please __________________
me _________ your ideas for a new factory in town?’
heard of
him! (hear)
Hello, I’m Tom Grant.
Hello. I’ve often _____________________ you. It’s nice
to meet you at last. (hear)
6 I’m sure you’re wrong about the missing money. Sam would
never __________________ anything _________ anybody.
4 Complete the statements. Write the words in order and put the
verbs in the correct forms. Add prepositions.
Example:
2
3
4
5
I hear you’re looking for a new job.
That’s right. I’ve _____________________ several
companies. (apply)
What sort of job are you _____________________? (apply)
I’m trying to get a job in sales.
Have you found an answer to the problem yet?
No. I’ve been _____________________ it for ages, but
I haven’t got any ideas. (think)
Can you see what to do about the problem?
Well, yes, I’ve suddenly _____________________ a new
idea! (think)
stole my wallet from my
pocket. (my/my/steal/pocket/wallet)
Yesterday a thief
1 Tim couldn’t understand the homework task, so he _____________
_______________________________ (the/help/ask/teacher)
2 We phoned the doctor, and we _________________________
_______________________________ (him/the/tell/accident)
3 It wasn’t Tony’s fault, but they still ______________________
_______________________________ (him/the/crash/blame)
4 The police are coming soon, so you can __________________
_____________________________ (them/man/describe/the)
6
7
8
Who waters the plants when you’re away?
My neighbours _____________________ them. (look)
What sort of bike would you like?
One like this! Come and _____________________ it. (look)
Oh, no! I’ve lost my wallet.
Don’t worry. I’ll help you _______________ it. (look)
5 It’s my birthday next week, and I’m _____________________
_________________________ (my/my/invite/all/party/friends)
6 The police took the man’s gun, arrested him and ___________
________________________________________________
(him/right/silent/inform/to remain/him)
217
93
Phrasal verbs
come in, sit down, give out, pick up, turn over, etc.
FORMS
You can turn over your papers and begin.
Verb + adverb
The students came in and sat down.
Verb + adverb + object
The teacher took out the exam papers, and then he gave them out.
Verb + adverb + preposition
The students carried on with their work.
All these phrasal verbs are without objects. Here are some
more examples.
Last month, I went away for my summer holidays. I had an early start
when my alarm clock went off at 3:45. I woke up, but then I nearly
fell asleep again. I finally got up at 3:55. I quickly had breakfast and
then went out at 4:20. I put my luggage in the car, got in and set off.
I arrived at the airport at 5:00, went in and checked in. Then I sat
down and waited for hours: my flight didn’t take off till 9:30!
B
A
Meanings of phrasal verbs
We use phrasal verbs a lot, especially in informal conversation. They all
include a verb and an adverb, and many of them are easy to
understand: they mean what the verb and the adverb together say.
n Hearing Joe and the other students outside the classroom, their
teacher stood up and called out, ‘Come in, everyone, and
please sit down.’
Adverbs which are used in phrasal verbs include: about, across, along,
around, away, back, behind, by, down, forward, in, off, on, out, over,
round, through, to, under, up
Although some phrasal verbs are easy to understand, e.g., Come in,
everyone …, many have special meanings that you have to learn. Here
are a few examples:
n That new hairstyle came in last year. (became popular)
n Reports of a big earthquake are coming in. (are being received)
n We came in second out of 15 boats. (finished the race)
(And from this, you can also see that the same phrasal verb may have
several different meanings.)
Some of the most common verbs in English, e.g., come, go, put, take, are
the ones that form the most phrasal verbs. Take the verb come: it forms
phrasal verbs with several other adverbs. Here are a few examples:
n She’s a good speaker. Her ideas come across very clearly. (are
understood)
n This plan is really no good. It just won’t come off! (succeed)
n When Ian came round after the crash, he saw that the car was on
fire. (became conscious again after an injury, often to the head)
n I have to go. Something has come up at the office. (happened
unexpectedly)
218
Prepositional verbs ∆ 92
Phrasal verbs with and without objects; object word order
Some phrasal verbs have no object, e.g., all the ones in Section A.
But many do.
n The teacher put down her briefcase.
n She took out the exam papers.
n She gave out the exam papers.
n The students turned over the papers.
n They picked up their pens and started writing.
These noun objects are in end position. We can also usually put a noun
object in mid-position. Compare:
n The teacher gave the exam papers out.
n The students picked their pens up and started.
But if the noun object is more than one or two words long, we usually
keep it in end position.
n The teacher gave out the Information Technology exam
papers.
On the other hand, if the object is a personal object pronoun, it nearly
always stays in mid-position.
end position
mid-position
I
I
n The teacher took out the exam papers. Then she gave them out.
n Joe carefully worked out each answer. Then he wrote it down.
But other types of pronoun can come in end position, particularly for
emphasis.
n The teacher gave out the wrong papers. She gave out these ones,
and she should have given out those.
n Joe and Sue picked up the wrong pens. He picked up hers, and
she picked up his.
Here are some more examples of phrasal verbs with objects:
After work in London, Dan always gets on the train at exactly 5:35.
He opens up his newspaper at the page where he stopped on the
train to work in the morning. He gets off the train at 6:17, and he
walks home. When he gets there, he takes off his jacket, and he
puts away his briefcase. He then goes to the freezer, takes out
some food, puts it in the microwave and turns it on. He eats at
7:00, and then he does what he loves best. He puts on his black
motorbike leathers and helmet, takes out his powerful
motorbike and roars off down the road at high speed!
Verb + adverb + preposition
Idiomatic phrasal-prepositional verbs are common.
phrasal preposition
I
I
n Joe often looked up at the clock as he worked.
As with phrasal verbs, the same words can mean different things.
n We have to get on with the job quickly. (continue doing)
n Joe gets on with Mark very well. (has a good relationship)
Here are some more examples of phrasal verb + preposition.
Several months ago, Lucy decided to go in for the London Marathon.
But she soon came up against a problem: work had become very
busy. As a result, she did not get round to doing much training for
ages. Finally, she realized that she was running out of time to
prepare. She knew she could not get away with running a marathon
like this. So last month she faced up to the need for a tough training
programme. She often does not feel up to running before work, but
she always does. She recently joined in with some other people
preparing for the race. At first, she could not keep up with them, but
now she is doing better. At last, she is looking forward to the ‘big
day’ – which is good because it’s tomorrow!
rs will be
ttery numbe
National Lo
ay and
ne
ery Wed sd
broadcast ev
ening on
Saturday ev
io 5 Live.
ad
R
BBC1 and
Need some holiday inspiration
?
Do you feel the need to spice up
your
holiday plans this year? Don’t put
up with
the same old ideas.
Come with us and discover a worl
d of
difference.
Different
Destinations
you to drop in
nd
Debbie and Chris invite
p.m. on October 22
10
d
an
.
p.m
6
n
ee
tw
be
nk.
for a housewarming dri
Our new address is:
10 Links Road
Marfield
MA10 5HR
Tel: 01633 234568
If you want to cut out
SMOKING,
help is at hand.
AUTUMN SALE NEWS
C
r the
Look out fo bers!
missing num
with
r in your garden, or you want to fill it up
If you’re looking for winter and spring colou
it.
with
on
get
to
time
the
now’s
then
s,
long-lasting perennials and shrub
Our ‘Winter Mix’ primroses will
brighten any dull, end of winter day
as they push their way up through
cold, wet snow.
(36 plugs + 6 free!) CODE: NG6441
£18.49 £10.99
And why not turn up the heat next
spring with everyone’s favourite pansies?
‘Party Splash’ will create a carpet of
living colour everywhere!
(72 plugs + 12 free!) CODE: NG5273
£11.49
219
Exercises
1 Complete the statements with these phrasal verbs.
call out, come in, get on, give out, pick up, put away, sit down, stand
up, turn over, turn up, write down
Example:
I can’t find my book now, but I know it’ll
turn up
later.
1 Could you _______________ all the rubbish on the floor,
please? It looks very untidy.
2 I’m going to _______________ sets of working clothes to all
the new trainees.
3 Please _______________ on the chairs over there.
4 We always have to _______________ our papers when we
finish work and leave our desks clean.
5 _______________ the paper and start the exam, please.
5 You can go home now, but please _______________ to the
office by 2:00.
6 I don’t _______________ immediately in the morning. I lie in
bed and plan my day.
7 That coat looks good on you, but does it look all right from the
back? _______________ slowly and let me see.
8 Pat was so tired that she couldn’t _______________. She
didn’t open her eyes for ten minutes.
3 Use these phrasal verbs with objects to complete the
statements. Change forms as necessary.
pay in/take out (e.g., money at the bank)
put on/take off (e.g., clothes)
put up/bring down (e.g., shop prices)
switch on/switch off (e.g., lights)
6 Don’t wait outside the door. Please _______________.
turn up/turn down (e.g., radio volume)
7 I’ve still got a long way to go this evening, so I’d better
_______________.
8 Please take a seat. I’ll _______________ your name when it’s
your turn.
9 When the President enters the room, everyone has to
_______________.
10 Can I ask you to _______________ your name and contact
details, please?
2 Use these phrasal verbs without objects to complete the
statements.
Moving: come in, come back, go on, go out, move away, turn round
Resting: get up, lie down, wake up
Example:
Please
come in. The door is open.
Example:
It’s getting dark. I’ll
switch on
the lights.
1 I’ll need some money for the weekend. I’d better find a cash
machine and ________________________ £50.
2 Look. They’ve ________________________ the price of these
laptops. They’re only $650 now.
3 Could you ________________________ the TV, please? It’s
too loud.
4 Tom ________________________ his dirty boots before he
went into the house.
5 It was raining, so I ________________________ a coat when
I went out.
6 Oh, no! They’re ________________________ the price of
petrol again! It’s getting expensive!
1 I’m tired. I’m going to _______________ and have a rest.
2 This place is horrible. Let’s get on the road again, and let’s
_______________ to the next town and stay there.
7 When Ted goes away on holiday, he always _______________
______________ the TV at the wall.
3 Let’s _______________ and get some fresh air for an hour.
8 I ________________________ the radio because I couldn’t
hear what they were saying.
4 If you _______________ and live abroad, we may never see
you again.
9 I ________________________ some cash and some cheques
at the bank.
220
4 Complete the statements. Change the noun objects into
pronoun objects.
Example:
Bob told me to give out the clothes, so I
gave them
out.
2 Listen, we really have to reduce the amount we spend every
month.
Listen, we really have to ________________________ the
amount we spend every month.
1 Ann wanted Tom to pick up the rubbish, so he _____________
________________________________________________
3 Are you well enough to feel like going to the party tonight?
________________________ going to the party tonight?
2 Dad asked us to switch off the TV, so we _________________
________________________________________________
4 The engineers have hit a huge problem, and they’re not sure of
the answer.
The engineers have ________________________ a huge
problem, and they’re not sure of the answer.
3 My boss told me to put away my papers, so I ______________
________________________________________________
4 Sue asked the men to put down the cases, so they _________
________________________________________________
5 Steve wanted his brother to turn up the volume, so he _______
________________________________________________
6 The boss asked us to pay in the money at the bank, so we
________________________________________________
7 My sister wanted me to try out her new fish pie recipe, so I
________________________________________________
8 The children kept asking Lynda to finish off their bedtime story,
so she ___________________________________________
9 The strange woman kept asking Mrs James to call her back, so
she finally ________________________________________
10 Mum told Tina to turn over the sausages before they got burned,
so she ___________________________________________
5 Add a verb + adverb + preposition with a similar meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each sentence. Choose from the
following.
come up against cut back on face up to feel up to
get away with get on with get round to go back on
join in with put up with run out of
Example:
I can’t accept the neighbours’ noise any more. I’m
calling the police!
I can’t
put up with
the neighbours’ noise any
5 It’s time to look clearly at the fact that we need to replace this
old cooker.
It’s time to ________________________ the fact that we need
to replace this old cooker.
6 Did you take part in that great big street party in town last
New Year?
________________________ that great big street party in
town last New Year?
7 Well, it’s nice talking, but now I must begin cooking dinner for
the family.
Well, it’s nice talking, but now I must ____________________
______ cooking dinner for the family.
8 I think we’re going to have no milk left very soon, so I’ll add it to
the shopping list.
I think ________________________ milk very soon, so I’ll add
it to the shopping list.
9 Tidying up his room is something that Harry never seems to find
enough time to do!
Tidying up his room is something that Harry never seems to
________________________ doing!
10 Mark’s the only one not helping, and no one is saying anything!
How does he manage to do that without getting into trouble?
Mark’s the only one not helping, and no one is saying anything!
How does he manage to ________________________ that?
more. I’m calling the police!
1 Peter said he would help us, but it seems he’s reversed his decision.
Peter said he would help us, but it seems he’s
_______________________ his decision.
221
94
Linking ideas in a single clause
We sell office machinery as well as stationery.
FORMS
We stock paper in plain white and in many colours.
We supply printer ink cartridges, but not spare parts.
You can buy notebooks singly or in packs of five.
We sell office machinery as well as stationery.
We’ve got office furniture such as desks and filing cabinets.
Michael found everything on his list except for a traditional
desk lamp.
He was able to take everything by car apart from the furniture.
At Planet Office we sell everything
you can think of for the office.
A
Conjunctions in a clause
A clause is the simplest sentence unit, and it may just contain a subject
and a verb. (∆ Unit 2C)
Subject
Verb
Michael
was shopping.
However, a clause usually contains more.
n Tom was shopping (at Planet Office).
n He was checking (the prices of various things).
The total cost of his new office was $1,320 for everything but
carpets.
B
Other ways of adding information to a clause
We can avoid a second clause (or a second sentence) in other ways too.
Compare:
n We sell office machinery, and we also sell stationery equipment.
➞ We sell office machinery as well as stationery equipment.
Compare these further examples:
n We’ve got furniture. For example, we’ve got desks and filing
cabinets. ➞ We’ve got furniture such as desks and filing cabinets.
n Michael found nearly everything, but he did not find a lamp.
➞ Michael found everything except for/apart from/but a lamp.
Sentences often contain a second idea. This may be in a second clause
with another verb, but we can often add the idea without another verb.
We usually use the conjunctions and, but and or to do this.
n Tom bought a printer and (he bought) some copy paper.
n The printer is very good but (it is) very expensive/not cheap.
n It can print in one colour or (it can print) in full colour.
CAR PARK
With and and but, you can say and/but also or and/but … too for
emphasis.
n Tom bought a printer and also some copy paper.
n The printer is very good but very expensive too.
Parking is at owners’ risk.
The management will not be
responsible either for theft
or for damage.
With or, you can say either … or for emphasis.
n It can print either in one colour or in full colour.
For stronger emphasis on the second alternative, you can add else.
n You can buy either standard Ace paper or else the much better
Super Ace quality.
The horrific Black Death, which
swept across Europe in 1347–51,
killed about 25 million people –
a third of the total population. In
many communities, all but a few
died; in others none at all survived.
Similar two-part expressions for emphasis include both … and and
neither … nor.
n To our surprise, Alan bought both a PC and a laptop.
n Despite their promises, the company delivered neither the desks
nor the chairs.
Note: The form positive verb + neither/nor is formal.
222
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
/
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–98
/
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Exercises
1 Expand the sentence parts. Add and, but or or.
Example:
Did you buy the eggs and the tomatoes I asked you
3 Sarah is setting up her new office at home and is shopping for
things she needs. Rewrite underlined parts of the
conversation, using these words:
to get?
(get)/eggs/not/tomatoes
I got the eggs but not the tomatoes.
as well as
except for/apart from/but
Example:
Sarah
such as
I see you’re having a sale.
Assistant Yes, there’s 20% off, and there’s also a
1
2
3
I’d love something cold to drink.
(can have) orange juice/ice coffee
________________________________________________
What did you do yesterday evening?
(go) into town/then/all the way/Jack’s house
________________________________________________
Have they managed to do all the work yet?
(finish)/sales figures/not/report
________________________________________________
2 Complete the statements. Choose between the words in
brackets.
Example:
I thought the new manager would do badly, but he’s
been making good decisions
and
quick decisions
too. (but … too / and … too)
1 Tom was growing fast, and just a year later, he was a lot taller
_______________ a lot stronger. (and also / but also)
2 As Tammy gets older, she works less _______________ more
efficiently. (and also / but also)
3 The Laser X sports car looks fast and exciting. But I’m sorry to
say that it’s __________ fast __________ exciting to drive.
(neither … nor /both … and)
4 That day, I left my wallet at the supermarket ______ my mobile
at a sandwich bar ______. (and … too / but … too)
5 We have to choose. For dinner tonight we can have ______
steak and chips ______ fish and chips. (neither … nor / either
… or)
30% discount on sales over £500.
Yes, there’s 20% off as well as
a 30% discount on sales over
£500.
1 Sarah
Does the sale include everything in the shop?
Assistant It includes nearly everything, but it doesn’t include
computers.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
2 Sarah
Let’s start with printers. Have you got any that are
especially suitable for a very small office?
Assistant Well, there are several suitable printers. For
example, we’ve got these Logimax machines.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
3 Sarah
I’ve heard the Logimax printers are good.
Assistant Yes, they’re reliable, and they’re also economical
to use.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
4 Sarah
And what sort of paper should I buy? It’s only for
ordinary text, not for anything special like colour
photos.
Assistant I suggest you try a medium-price make. For
example, you could try Paper Magic.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
5 Sarah
6 I’m not sure that life today is better than it was 100 years ago.
People now have more possessions ______ more stress in their
daily lives ______. (and … too / but … too)
7 Compared with the old machines, the new ones are ______
more reliable ______ less expensive to run. (both … and /
neither … nor)
I need a photocopier too, but as I said, my office is
quite small. Which of these smaller machines would
you recommend?
Assistant I’d recommend nearly all, but I wouldn’t recommend
the Dynaprint.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
223
95
Linking ideas in sentences 1: overview
and, or, but, although, to, so that, so, because, if, when
FORMS
Clause
Linking word
(conjunction)
+ Clause
Ann is in Oxford,
and
she has to go to
London.
She can take a train,
or
she can take a bus.
The train is faster,
but
it is more expensive.
WELCOME TO THE
NEW SEASON’S CATALOGUE
It will soon be spring and to celebrate we’ve put together
a marvellous new collection of home storage items.
A
Linking two clauses
A clause has a subject and a verb and can be a complete sentence.
n Ann is in Oxford.
n She has to go to London.
Basic linking words (conjunctions) and, but and or link clauses like
these. And adds one thing to another; but contrasts one thing with
another; or expresses one possibility instead of another.
‘If everybody minded their own business,’ said the
Duchess in a hoarse growl, ‘the world would go round
a deal faster than it does.’
(Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll, 1832–1898)
We usually put a comma (,) between two clauses, especially long
clauses: see main sentence 1 below. Main sentence 2 below has only
one verb, and so it needs no comma.
1 They didn’t take a train, and they didn’t take a bus. They took
a taxi.
2 They didn’t take a train *or a bus. They took a taxi.
*In a negative clause listing two or more items, the linking word is or,
not and.
B
224
URGENT: Motor Insurance Expiry Warning
Dear Mrs Oliver
Motor Policy No: 22042904/8207
Renewal Date: 31/01/13
I wrote to you recently with details of your motor insurance
premium for the coming year. So far, I have not received
your instructions to renew, so I am writing to you again
to remind you that your cover expires at noon on the
renewal date.
More ways to link clauses in sentences
There are many ways to link clauses. Units 96–98 expand on these
types of link.
1 Contrast: compare the following: (∆ Unit 96)
n I don’t have much money, but I’m going to take the train.
n Although/Even though I don’t have much money, I’m going
to take the train.
2 Purpose: compare the following: (∆ Unit 97)
n I have to take the train to/in order to/so as to get there on time.
n I have to take the train so that I can get there on time.
3 Reason and result: compare the following: (∆ Unit 97)
n I don’t have much time, so I’m going to take the train.
n I’m going to take the train because I don’t have much time.
4 Conditions: compare the following: (∆ Unit 98)
n If I take the train, I’ll get there on time.
n I won’t get there on time unless I take the train.
5 Future time connections: compare the following: (∆ Unit 98)
n When I get on the train, I’ll start preparing for the meeting.
n I’ll prepare for the meeting while I’m travelling to London.
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
/
Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94
You don’t have to be
CRAZY
to work here,
but it helps!
/
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 96–98
/
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Exercises
1 Connect the clauses with and, but, or or.
Example:
You can buy
or
rent the apartment.
1 I’m tired, ______ I’m hungry too.
2 The Prince was rich, ______ he wasn’t happy.
3 You can take the money now, ______ you can take it later.
2 Connect clauses 1–3 and a–c with and, but or or.
Example:
but we’re eating at
7:30 this evening.
We usually eat at 8:00,
a he can see it at 4:00 instead.
b he seems very tired at the moment.
c he also owns a house in Scotland.
1 I was very tired, so I went to bed.
_________________________________________________
2 It was dark, so we couldn’t see much.
_________________________________________________
3 I have to go out now, so I’ll call you later.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 The train was late, so we couldn’t get to the meeting.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
5 Connect the clauses with in order to, because, even though, if,
when or nothing (7) in the correct position.
Examples:
7
I drove fast
________
in order
to get to the
hospital quickly.
1 Ben has an apartment in London, _______________________
_________________________________________________
2 Sam can watch the film at 1:45, ________________________
_________________________________________________
3 John is usually very energetic, _________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Rewrite the but statements. Change the clause order and use
even though/although in middle position.
Example:
7
I got home, ________
everybody was eating.
1 __________________ I’d known about Ann’s illness,
__________________ I wouldn’t have asked her for help so
much.
2 __________________ Mary would lend you £100
__________________ you asked her.
3 __________________ Harry worked all day,
__________________ he still couldn’t finish the job.
The engine is still new, but it’s already going wrong.
The engine is going wrong even
though/although it’s still new.
1 Sally is young, but she does her job well.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 The film is quite old, but it’s still very popular.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 Their new house was expensive, but it looks terrible.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Ed never seems to try very hard, but he always does well.
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Rewrite the so statements. Change the clause order and use
because/as in middle position.
Example:
When
4 __________________ Annie ran home
__________________ she was afraid of the dark.
5 __________________ Rod went on the Internet
__________________ find the cheapest seats.
6 __________________ Amy gets this note,
__________________ I’ll already be in Canada.
7 __________________ Tony has looked after our old car so well,
__________________ I think we should give it to him as a
present.
8 __________________ Sam remembered to phone home
__________________ he arrived in Australia.
9 __________________ I decided to play in the match
__________________ I still didn’t feel very well.
10 __________________ pay for the holiday,
__________________ we started saving money every week.
This car is ancient, so I’m getting a new one.
I ’m getting a new car because/as this
one is ancient.
225
96
Linking ideas in sentences 2: contrast
Despite starting well, they’re losing control.
FORMS
A
But, whereas, while
But is the most basic (and the safest) way to show contrast. The more
formal linking words whereas and while express contrast and also
comparison between ideas. They sometimes can and sometimes cannot
take the place of but.
n United played well in the first half, but/whereas/while City are
playing better in the second half. (contrast with comparison)
n United played well in the first half, but (whereas/while) they are
going to lose the match. (contrast without comparison)
Whereas and while can be used before the first clause, and not just
(like but) between the contrasting clauses.
n Whereas/While United won everything last year, they certainly
won’t be champions again this year.
B
United are very inexperienced, but they came out
fighting and scored an early goal. Despite starting
well, they’re beginning to lose control. They’re
making mistakes now, whereas City are doing
better and have just scored another goal. United
might still come back, although it really doesn’t
look very likely.
Although, though, even though
Instead of but, we can use although, though or even though – in this way.
n United’s captain was hurt, but he played on. ➞ Although/
Though/Even though the captain was hurt, he played on.
n The captain played on, although/though/even though he was hurt.
These three linking words are similar to but. However:
• they can be used before the first clause, and not just between
the clauses;
• they show contrast + surprise: we do not expect the captain to
play on.
There are differences between them.
• Although is more formal than though.
• Even though is stronger than the other two, i.e., it shows more surprise.
• We can use though at the end of a sentence.
n United hoped to win. They’re going to lose, though.
C
A short guide to classical mus
ic
Opera – Fidelio
Although Beethoven explored
many operatic ideas from
1800 to 1815, he completed
just one opera – Fidelio. It is,
though, one of the greatest of
all German operas.
Despite, in spite of
These linking words are similar to although in meaning, but different
grammatically: although takes a verb, but despite/in spite of take a
noun or an ~ing form.
n Although they started well, they are going to lose.
n Despite
starting well,
they are going to lose.
n In spite of their good start, they are going to lose.
Like although, they can go to the second clause.
n The captain played on, in spite of being hurt.
We can also say despite/in spite of the fact that + verb (like
although + verb).
n The captain played on, despite the fact that he was hurt.
Rediscovery
& Restoration
Despite having fallen into disrepair for
nearly 100 years, much of the route
survived and was rediscovered by Jack
Dalby. It was his book that inspired
others to consider, first documentation,
and then restoration of the canal.
CARS COMPARED
The 1.8-litre saloon has a top speed of 118 mph,
whereas the more powerful 2-litre sports version
offers a maximum speed of 132 mph.
226
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
/
Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94
/
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95, 97–98
/
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Exercises
1 Match clauses a–c to clauses 1–3. Join them using but,
whereas or while.
Example:
Other staff work from 9:00 to 5:00,
a I prefer to stay at home.
b the nights are still quite cold.
c it does not appear to help others.
1 The spring days are warm now,
_________________________________________________
2 The new flu vaccine is helping some people,
_________________________________________________
3 The others all want to go out,
_________________________________________________
2 Decide which linking words are possible. Write
but/whereas/while or just but.
but I can’t tell anyone else.
Tom told me something, but/whereas/while
n Tom told me something,
n
Example:
whereas I
work from 8:30 to 4:30.
Examples:
3 Put the sentence parts in order to form statements.
Sam said nothing.
1 a I’m driving as fast as I can, ________________________
I won’t get home till late.
b I’m driving as fast as I can, ________________________
Lisa is going very slowly.
2 a Some people wanted to do drama, ___________________
others chose sport.
b Some people wanted to do drama, ___________________
there was no more room in the group.
3 a I can go on walking a bit longer, _____________________
I’m getting tired.
b I can go on walking a bit longer, _____________________
the others want to stop for a rest.
4 a Emma wants to go to the cinema, ____________________
Peter wants to go to the concert.
b Emma wants to go to the cinema, ____________________
she hasn’t got any money.
(tired,/I kept working/Although I felt)
Although I felt tired, I kept working.
1 (he never puts them/ideas,/into action/Sam has/Although)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 (we/more milk/We bought/had some./even though)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 (were not close friends./we/although/friendly,/We were)
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Rewrite the although and but sentences with the forms in
brackets. Where necessary, change adjectives into nouns.
Example:
Lisa felt sad, but she kept smiling.
Despite feeling sad, Lisa
kept smiling.
(in spite of + noun) In spite of her sadness,
Lisa kept smiling.
(despite + ~ing)
1 Dan was still ill, but he went back to work.
(despite + noun) ___________________________________
_________________________________________________
(in spite of + ~ing) _________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 Although I had doubts about the plane, I believed the pilot.
(despite + ~ing) ___________________________________
_________________________________________________
(in spite of + noun) _________________________________
_________________________________________________
3 They had a long talk, but the two sisters could not agree.
(in spite of + ~ing) __________________________________
_________________________________________________
(despite + noun) ___________________________________
_________________________________________________
4 Although we’re happy now, we’re still worried about the future.
(in spite of + noun) _________________________________
_________________________________________________
(despite + ~ing) ___________________________________
_________________________________________________
227
97
Linking ideas in sentences 3: purpose, reason and result
It’s to get away from the traffic.
So your plan has failed.
FORMS
1 Purpose
Lyn:
What are we turning off for, Ted?
Ted:
To get away from the traffic – so that we can get to the
coast faster.
Lyn:
I’m not sure about this. The thing we need is a satnav.
2 Reason and result
Lyn:
Ted, why is this road empty?
Ted:
I think I can see why. It’s because it doesn’t go
anywhere. We’re back to where we started!
Lyn:
So your plan has failed!
The Millers are driving to the coast for a day by the sea. So are millions of others!
A
Purpose: to, in order to, so as to
We often use to + infinitive to express purpose, especially in speaking.
n Ted is turning off to get away from the traffic.
More formally, we can use in order to or so as to.
n Ted is turning off in order to/so as to find a better way.
We also use the negative forms in order not to and so as not to.
n Ted is turning off in order not to/so as not to stay in the traffic.
B
Purpose: so that
With so that, we need a subject and a verb. We usually use a modal
verb.
n Ted is turning off so that they can get to the coast faster.
n Ted turned off so that they wouldn’t have to stay in the traffic.
C
D
Reason: because, because of, etc.
We use because, since and as to express a reason.
n The road is empty because/since it doesn’t go anywhere.
n Since/As it was a lovely day, millions headed for the coast.
We also give reasons with as a result of, because of, due to, in view of,
owing to followed by a pronoun, noun (phrase) or ~ing form. These
expressions are quite formal.
n Here is the News. Travel conditions are difficult everywhere today
as a result of/because of/due to very heavy traffic.
E
Result: so, therefore
We often use so to express a result.
n The road didn’t go anywhere, so Ted’s plan failed.
More formally, we use therefore, often before a main verb.
n Millions of vehicles are at a standstill, and the police are,
therefore, advising drivers to return home.
Purpose: for
We often use What … for? when we ask about purpose.
n What are we turning off for, Ted?
We also often use for + noun (phrase) to express purpose.
n Let’s go for a drive.
n They’re driving to the coast for a day by the sea.
We express a general purpose with for + ~ing form (or to + infinitive).
n A satnav is used for finding/to find the best route from A to B.
Adult Learning Course Guide
Languages and Communication
Our five-week introductory courses are designed for
complete beginners, as a taste of the language before
investing further. You will learn how to introduce
yourself and order a snack, drink and other basics.
Due to popular demand, you can now continue to enjoy
your studies in smaller groups at a slightly higher cost.
Perhaps you just want to learn enough to get by on
your holiday abroad? Have a look at our five-week
Holiday or Get By courses advertised for the new year.
Learn to sing in four-part male voice harmo
ny
FREE 8-week course
Starts 7:30 p.m., Wednesday 14th
September at Old School Hall, Cum
nor,
OX2 9PE
To find out more, please contact
Mike Weston on 07826 456219
Or e-mail harmony4oxford@hotma
il.co.uk
228
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
Toddle along to your library
/
Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94
/
Because:
• We have loads of books for
babies and small children …
and they’re free.
• You can borrow a DVD to watch
together or why not try some
nursery rhymes and songs?
• Books give babies an early start
to reading.
Share a book and watch them grow!
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–96, 98
/
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Exercises
1 Rewrite the statements using the expressions of purpose in
brackets.
Example:
3 Match purposes a–d to actions 1–4. Add for and complete the
statements of purpose.
Amy and Dan want to visit Thailand, so they are saving
Example:
hard. (so as to)
a a good night’s sleep.
Amy and Dan are saving hard so as to
visit Thailand.
b a swim in the sea.
Lisa is going away
for a short holiday.
c a nice meal.
1 Jack needs to buy a car, so he is borrowing some money.
(so as to)
________________________________________________
d the London Marathon.
2 Carrie carried the vase carefully as she didn’t want to drop it.
(so as not to)
________________________________________________
2 I’m tired and I’m going home ___________________________
3 I want to grow my own vegetables, so I’m planting lots of seeds.
(in order to)
________________________________________________
4 We’re going early as we don’t want to be late for the party.
(in order not to)
________________________________________________
2 Complete the statements using so that and the verbs in
brackets. Change the verb forms as necessary.
Example:
(be able to run) Lyn is training
be able to run
so that she will
the London Marathon.
1 (can see) Let’s go outside ____________________________
the fireworks more clearly.
2 (can save) Lisa got everything ready that night _____________
______________________ time the next morning.
3 (be able to speak) Amy is learning Greek _________________
___________________ to people when she goes there.
4 (know) I must report the problem to the others _____________
______________________ what to do about it in future.
5 (be able to help) Jenny moved next door to her elderly parents
______________________________ look after them.
6 (always know) Jack keeps his workshop very tidy
______________________________ where everything is.
7 (not have to work) I’m doing extra hours this week
______________________________ next Monday.
1 It’s my birthday, so we’re going out ______________________
3 They’re training _____________________________________
4 It’s a lovely day. Let’s go to the beach ____________________
4 Complete the sentences with because or because of.
Examples:
The trip took hours
The trip took hours
because the traffic was terrible.
because of the terrible traffic.
1 I’m going to call Carry __________________ I think she needs
my help.
2 The manager needs an assistant __________________ his
heavy work load.
3 __________________ the very long meeting, we had no time
to see the city.
4 __________________ they were good friends at college, Fred
and Jim decided to go into business together.
5 Rewrite the statements using the expressions of reason and
result in brackets.
Example:
I was hungry, so I went to the fridge. (... because ...)
I went to the fridge because I was hungry.
1 As Kate hadn’t flown before, she was very nervous at first. (…, so …)
________________________________________________
2 We’re sad to go because we’ve had a nice time here. (…, so …)
________________________________________________
3 I’m very tired, so it’s time to go to bed. (… because …)
________________________________________________
4 They had been kind, so she gave them all presents. (… as …)
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
229
98
Linking ideas in sentences 4: conditions and future time connections
If we hire two, that’ll be enough.
After they get there, they’ll cook.
FORMS
1 Conditions
Sam: If we hire two boats, that’ll be enough for everyone.
Amy: But we must hurry. They’ll all be taken by other people
unless we book them soon.
Sam: OK, I’d better do it today, or I’ll forget.
Ben:
We should give you some money in case you have to
pay when you book.
2 Time connections
When college finishes next week, Sam and his friends want to go on a river trip.
A
B
C
D
230
As soon as they take out the boats, they will go up the river till
they come to Green Island. After they get there, they will have
a barbecue. While Sam and Amy are cooking, the others will
be making sandwiches for everyone. They will stay until about
6:00, but then they must leave because they will have to get the
boats back before the boat company closes at 7:00.
Conditional forms: if, as long as, provided (that) (∆ Unit 52)
If is the basic way to express conditionals.
n If they hire two boats, there will be enough room.
We sometimes use substitutes for if, including as long as and provided (that).
n They will have a great day, as long as/provided the weather stays good.
Note: These are like the first conditional if sentence: the following verb refers
to the future, but is in the present simple. (The forms below – with unless and
in case – do the same.)
VOLUNTEERS NEEDED URGENTLY
Residents in Binkfield are encouraged to help their local
post office in a bid to save it from shutting down. ‘Any
time you can give will help us loads’, says volunteer
Lucy Clarke. Unless more people come forward to help,
the post office may be forced to close forever.
Conditional forms: unless, or (∆ Unit 52)
Unless means if … not. Compare these sentences:
n The boats will all be taken if we don’t book them soon.
n The boats will all be taken unless we book them soon.
We can express a similar meaning differently with or.
n We should book them soon, or they will all be taken.
Across the world and around the corner
The British Red Cross helps people in crisis, whoeve
r
and wherever they are. We are part of a global volunta
ry
network, responding to conflicts, natural disasters and
individual emergencies. We provide a range of local
services in the UK every day. All are delivered by skilled
volunteers and staff.
in case
In case means ‘because it is possible that’, so Ben means, ‘We should give you some
money because it is possible that you will have to pay.’ Look at this sentence:
n We should take umbrellas in case it rains.
We mean: ‘because it is possible that it will rain’.
First aid at events
When large numbers of people gather for an event, there
needs to be first aid cover in case anything goes wrong.
Our teams of trained volunteers attend everything from
football matches to flower shows, from concer ts to car
rallies.
Future time connections: after, as soon as, before, etc.
When we use these linking words to talk about the future, most work like if
in a first conditional sentence: the following verb is in the present simple, but
it refers to the future.
n As soon as they take out the boats, they will go up the river.
n They will go up the river *till they come to Green Island.
However, to express a continuing ‘long’ action, we often use the present
continuous, especially after while, as and sometimes also when.
n While Sam and Amy are cooking, the others will be making sandwiches.
*Till and until mean the same, though till is more informal and is often used
in speaking. Note the different ~ll and ~l spellings.
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
/
Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94
, you’ll soon come
When you leave Beechford on the A391
there into
to a roundabout. You’ll need to turn right
Then you’ll
miles.
3
for
Lansdowne Road and keep going
come to
you
before
just
Lane
see a left turn into Honey
you’ll
there,
turn
you
as
soon
As
.
bridge
the old stone
the
pass
you
after
Just
right.
your
on
barn
big
see a
for Greenhill
barn, you’ll see a farm gate and a big sign
drive carefully,
Farm Bed & Breakfast – and that’s us. So
es.
minut
20
and we’ll see you in about
/
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–97
/
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Exercises
1 Complete the pairs of sentences. Add if, as long as or
provided and unless, and put the verbs in the correct forms.
Examples:
If I can leave work early, I’ll be able
to meet you at 5:00. (can leave) (be able to meet)
b I won’t be able to meet you at 5:00
unless I can leave work early. (not be able to
a
meet) (can leave)
1 a _______________ we _______________ walking,
_________________ home by 6:00. (keep) (get)
b _______________ we _______________ walking,
_________________ home by 6:00. (keep) (not get)
3 Match possible situations a–e to advice 1–5. Add in case and
complete the statements.
Example:
Situation: It may rain.
Advice: You’d better take an umbrella.
You’d better take an umbrella in case
it rains.
a It’s possible you’ll find the same product for less money.
b They may be faulty and have to be replaced.
c It’s possible that it’s exactly the job you need.
d You may have to wait for a long time at the hospital.
2 a The work _______________ long _______________
we all _______________. (not take) (help)
b The work _______________ ages ________________
we all _______________. (take) (help)
3 a _______________ Stella _______________ some
good friends, _______________ life at college. (make)
(enjoy)
b _______________ Stella _______________ some
good friends, _______________ life at college. (make)
(not enjoy)
4 a We _______________ the job tomorrow
______________ the goods _______________ today.
(start) (arrive)
b We _______________ the job tomorrow ____________
the goods _______________today. (not start) (arrive)
2 Rewrite the sentences with should … or and unless in middle
position.
Examples:
If we go early, we’ll get good seats.
We should go early or we won’t get
good seats.
b We won’t get good seats unless we go
early.
a
1 If you think carefully, you’ll find the answer.
a ______________________________________________
b ______________________________________________
2 If we get petrol now, we won’t have to fill up later.
a ______________________________________________
b ______________________________________________
e It may break down a long way from a garage.
1 You’d better take something to read ____________________
________________________________________________
2 Keep receipts for things you buy _______________________
________________________________________________
3 You ought to check some more websites _________________
________________________________________________
4 You should keep a tool kit in your car ___________________
________________________________________________
5 I suggest you answer the advert _______________________
________________________________________________
4 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
OK, so you’ve never flown before, so here’s what you’ll have to
do when you get to the airport. (have to do) (get to) As soon as
you 1____________, you 2____________ straight to the check-in
desk. (arrive) (go) After the assistant 3____________ your passport
and ticket, she 4____________ your luggage, and then she
5____________ you your boarding pass. (check) (check in) (give)
Security 6____________ at this and your passport before you
7____________ through to the departure lounge. (look) (go) There
you 8____________ until you 9____________ the gate number for
your flight up on the flight departures screen. (have to wait)
(see) While you 10____________, you 11____________ time
for a coffee and sandwich. (wait) (have) Then, when you
12____________ your gate number you 13____________ to go
straight there, ready to get on your flight. (see) (need)
3 If they don’t repair the wall soon, it’ll fall to pieces.
a ______________________________________________
b ______________________________________________
231
99
Connecting sentences
and, but, or, so
In addition, However, Alternatively, As a result
FORMS
Dear Sir,
Thank you for your order on 13th March for 4,000 K52 Matsuo
MP3 players.
We note your specific colour requirement for black. In addition,
we note your required delivery date of 30th March. However, we
are sorry to say we cannot meet that schedule. Demand has been
heavy for this popular product. As a result, we are now out of
stock and are waiting for new supplies from Japan. Nevertheless,
we can promise delivery by 10th April. Alternatively, we can offer
you immediate delivery of the K53 model.
A
Sentence connectors instead of and, but, or and so
We use and, but, or and so to link parts of sentences. (∆ Units 94–97)
n Harry found some bread, but there was no butter.
We also often want to connect the ideas in two separate sentences. In
spoken English, we often use and, but, or and so.
n He’s very good at football. And he’s a great runner too.
What’s in your garden?
In formal, written English, we usually avoid this use of and, but, or and
so. Instead, we use connectors like the ones in the letters.
n And > In addition,/Furthermore,/Moreover, we note your required …
n But > However, we cannot meet that schedule.
n Or > Alternatively,/Instead, we can offer you the …
n So > As a result,/As a consequence,/Consequently,/Therefore,
we are now out of stock.
The letter also uses Nevertheless, meaning Despite this,/In spite of this,.
Some connectors can be used formally or informally. For example:
We cannot accept the goods due to late delivery. Besides,/What
is more, many units arrived damaged. (adding support to the
previous point)
n There are several alternatives to the K52. For example,/ For instance,
we can offer the K53.
n The K52 is slower than the K53. On the other hand,/At the
same time,/Still, it is less expensive. (making a contrasting point)
n
You will sometimes see these connectors in other parts of the sentence,
with or without commas. However, at the start of a sentence, always
use a comma.
B
232
Fill in the enclosed form and tell us what birds you
have in your garden. Alternatively, you can fill in the
form online. Happy spotting.
ARE YOU READY?
PREPARING FOR EMERGENCIES
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
Be a good neighbour
In many emergencies some mem
bers of the community
may be more vulnerable than othe
rs, so it is good to know
your neighbours.
For example, the elderly, very youn
g or disabled are more
vulnerable to extreme heat and cold
.
You should always ensure that you
and your family are safe
first. However, helping your frien
ds and neighbours is also
important and can save lives.
Sentence connectors with pronouns, etc.
With some of the sentence connectors in A, we can make the meaning
clearer by referring back to the previous point in this way:
connector + preposition + reference (pronoun, noun (phrase) or
~ing form).
n In addition to this, we note your requirement for ...
n As a result of the heavy demand, we are now out of stock.
n Instead of buying the K52, they will take the K53.
Other connectors which can do this are: as an alternative (to), as a
consequence (of).
In these forms, they are like linking words in sentences. (∆ Units 95–98)
The sentence: types and structures ∆ 2
/
Linking ideas in a single clause ∆ 94
ROAD RESURFACING
As a result, this road will
be closed from
25th–28th September.
/
Linking ideas in sentences ∆ 95–98
Exercises
1 Change the informal spoken statements to formal statements
from a business report. Use full verb forms and change and,
but, or or so to the following:
3 Choose the right connecting statements from a–f to complete
the teacher’s reports 1–6.
Example:
Alternatively, As a result, However, In addition,
Example:
We’re unable to meet the schedule, so we won’t get
the contract.
We are unable to meet the schedule. As a
result, we will not get the contract.
1 It’s possible to update our present model, or it’s possibly the
right time for a completely new model.
_________ possible to update our present model.
______________________________ possibly the right time
for a completely new model.
2 We’ve reached this year’s production target already, and we’ve
managed to cut waste by 8%.
______________________________ this year’s production
target already. ____________________________________
__________________ to cut waste by 8%.
3 We’re reducing most costs successfully, but we’re failing to hold
down the cost of wages.
________________________ most costs successfully.
__________________________________________ to hold
down the cost of wages.
4 We haven’t tried selling to America up till now, so we don’t yet
know if it’ll be a good market for us.
_________________________________ selling to America
up till now. ____________________________________
_______________ if __________________ a good market for
us.
2 Write nothing (7) or one of these words to complete the
connectors.
Susan has not worked hard this year. Despite this,
she has done enough to pass the year.
a she has behaved badly in class all year.
b she could go on to do extra Science.
c she has achieved a Grade A.
d she has found it difficult to improve.
e she has often failed to complete her homework.
f
she must learn to do some hard work.
1 Sally is very intelligent and has worked extremely well.
As a result, _______________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2 Lisa has worked very well in class. However, ______________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Tessa has failed to produce any good work. In addition,
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Lucy is clever, but she seems to spend her time thinking about
pop music. Instead, ________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
5 Kate has tried hard this year. In spite of this, ______________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
for, from, of, to
Example:
Apart
from this,
1 As a result ______ this,
5 In addition ______ this,
2 Despite ______ this,
6 In spite ______ this,
3 Due ______ this,
7 Instead ______ this,
6 Denise is very talented at both Maths and Science. She may
decide to take Higher Maths. Alternatively, _______________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Except ______ this,
233
100
Shaping discourse
Talking about Max, he’s doing very well.
FORMS
A
Discourse and discourse markers
Discourse is a piece of language with more than one sentence.
Discourse markers hold the discourse together, organizing it and
creating connections. Sentence connectors (∆ Unit 99) create logical
connections between sentences. But there are other ways of connecting
and shaping such as the following.
B
Linking
We can express a connection between something already said and
something that we now want to talk about. In informal conversation, we
can say:
n Talking about …, n Which reminds me, … n By the way, …
n Incidentally, … n Going back to what you said about …,
I can’t wait to see you and Lucy again!
Which reminds me, Lucy wants you to come to a barbecue she’s
having on Saturday – the day after you get back.
In formal business letters, we often say:
n With reference to your letter of … n Further to your quotation, …
C
Reacting
We can react to another speaker’s expectation – sometimes positively,
but often negatively.
n To tell (you) the truth, … n Actually, …
n In fact, … n As a matter of fact, …
It’s a good film, isn’t it?
Yes, in fact, it’s great./Well, actually, I think it’s awful.
D
234
Correcting and making oneself clear
We can make adjustments to what we have just said. We can make a
correction:
n Or rather, … n Or to be more exact, …
Where did you stay that night?
We got as far as Bordeaux – or rather, a small village just outside
Bordeaux.
Connecting sentences ∆ 99
Tina:
There’s Max Hill with the director. I wonder what they’re
discussing.
Bill:
Oh, yes … Talking about Max, he’s doing very well in
his new job, isn’t he?
Tina:
To tell the truth, I’m not sure that he is. Or rather, I’m
pretty sure that he isn’t. For one thing, he hasn’t got the
right experience. And for another, he hasn’t got the right
personality. I mean, he doesn’t get on well with people,
does he? In other words, I think he was the wrong
person for the job.
Bill:
Well, anyway, the important thing is what he actually
does in the job. By the way, how’s your sister getting
on with her move to Italy?
We can also make something clearer or add extra support.
n I mean, … n In other words, … Formally: n That is to
say, …
How many of you will be coming to the party?
Well, we’d all love to come. In other words, all five of us, if that’s
all right.
E
Listing
We can list facts and arguments in different ways.
Formally: n First,/Firstly,/First of all, … n Secondly, …
n Thirdly, … n Finally, …
Informally: n To start with, … n For one thing, … n And for
another, … n Then again, … n And last but not least, …
We can see that you want Jackie Smith to be the new manager,
don’t you? Perhaps you could give us your reasons.
Certainly. You see, first of all, she’s well organized. Secondly,
she’s got a lot of experience. And finally, everyone in the
department likes and respects her.
F
Refocusing on the main point
We can close down an unimportant point, and go back to what you
think is the important thing.
n (Well,) anyway, … n (Well,) anyhow, … n (Well,) at any rate, …
Did you hear him singing while he was working? It was awful!
Well, at any rate, he did a good job, and that’s the main thing.
G
Changing the subject
Linking (Section B) half-changes the subject, but sometimes we want a
complete change. We can say:
n (But) changing the subject, …
n (Yes, well,) on a completely different matter, …
More formally: n On another/On a different matter,/issue,/point, …
… And we had a really nice time chatting about the old days.
Yes, well, on a completely different matter, I think we should
have a look at this problem with our sales figures.
Exercises
1 Link to something that has been said.
Example:
Your friend has just mentioned the concert on
Saturday, and you remember that there are still some
tickets for sale.
I’ll be alright. Honestly.
No, listen! You might be kidnapped or even killed! In
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
Things are busy at the Town Hall. There’s a big
party on Friday, and there’s a jazz concert on
Saturday.
concert, there are still
some tickets for sale.
Talking about the
A minute ago, your friend mentioned a special bus trip to London,
and you would like to go if there are still some seats available.
On Saturday, there’s a special bus trip to London. And then next
Wednesday, we’ll be visiting Oxford.
Going back to _____________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
2 React to something that has been said.
Your friend has just said something unpleasant about the
neighbour’s new cat, but you think it is lovely.
Samantha’s new cat is horrible, isn’t it?
Well, ____________________________________________
________________________________________________
3 Correct something that you have said.
You have just said that you chose the present that you are giving
your friend, but now you want to correct yourself and say that Josie
and you both decided it was the right colour.
5 Give a list of points.
You are going to move from your small apartment to a house with a
garden, and you are explaining some of the advantages to your
friend. These include:
* an extra bedroom;
* more living space;
* a garden;
* a garage for your car.
Are you sure it’s worth all the trouble of moving?
Yes, for lots of reasons. For one ________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
6 Close off a subject of conversation.
You and your friend have been talking about young Sam, who was
dangerously ill in hospital but is now getting better. Your friend is
complaining about Sam, but you want to focus on the important
thing – that he has left hospital now and he is recovering at home.
And, you know, he keeps asking for things all day long – ice
cream, for example.
Well, ____________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
It’s lovely! Thank you so much!
7 Change the subject.
I decided it was just the right colour for you ... Or __________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
4 Make yourself more clear.
Your friend wants to backpack through a dangerous part of the
world, and you have stated several reasons why you think this is a
bad idea. You want to finish by saying very clearly that you really
don’t think he should go.
Your friend has been talking about her wonderful new camera for
the last five minutes, and you are tired of this. You are also worried
about the project you have been doing together. You need to talk
about the deadline for finishing it.
… And I just can’t stop taking pictures and trying out all the
different things you can do with it.
But _____________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
235
Answer key
Unit 1
Exercise 1
1 Adjective
2 Noun
3 Determiner
4 Conjunction
5 Verb
6 Adverb
7 Preposition
Exercise 2
1 bedrooms
2 bathroom
3 living room
4 television
5 dining room
6 visitors
7 kitchen
8 food
9 dishes
10 garden
11 time
12 flowers
13 vegetables
14 supermarket
Exercise 3
1 cooks
2 get
3 leave
4 is
5 drops
6 work
7 have
8 takes
9 drives
10 has
Exercise 4
1 only
2 big
3 badly
4 right
5 fine
6 fast
236
7
8
9
10
nearly
quickly
late
certainly
Exercise 5
1 It
2 a
3 we
4 we
5 a
6 it
7 the
8 the
9 whole
10 the
11 Ours
12 a
13 Most
14 in
15 one
16 An
17 a
18 of
19 along
20 the
21 us
22 They
23 us
24 to
25 the
Unit 2
Exercise 1
1 Question
2 Order
3 Exclamation
4 Statement
5 Question
6 Statement
7 Exclamation
8 Order
Exercise 2
1 S V C
2 V O
3 S A V O
4 A V O
5 S
V O
6 V S C
7 S
V O
Exercise 3
1 Your brother seems very
tired.
2 Don’t put the boxes over
there.
3 Did you see the news
yesterday?
Exercise 4
1 and
2 or
3 but
Exercise 5
1 if
2 in order to
3 even though
4 because
Unit 3
Exercise 1
1 Be
2 don’t be
3 Be
4 Don’t be
5 Be
6 Don’t be
7 Be
8 Don’t be
Exercise 2
1 Don’t play
2 Take
3 Turn off
4 Don’t talk
5
6
7
8
Don’t forget
press
Don’t drive
Write
Exercise 3
1 put in
2 place/put
3 press/push
4 choose
5 place/put
6 press/push
7 take
8 enjoy
Exercise 4
1 Turn
2 Turn
3 Take
4 Pass
5 Follow
6 turn
7 Cross
8 turn
9 Drive
10 take
Unit 4
Exercise 1
1 live
2 like
3 cries
4 start
5 goes
6 fetches
7 has
Exercise 2
1 want; love
2 use; doesn’t work
3 doesn’t get; eats
4 don’t like; don’t enjoy
5 doesn’t swim; goes
6 don’t drink; keeps
7 doesn’t drive; walks
Exercise 3
1 Does Tom drive?
2 Do you know Ann Smith?
3 Does the TV work?
4 Do you go out much?
5 Does Marie speak French?
6 Do Fred and Mary live near
here?
Exercise 4
1 How does Tom go to work?
2 When does Sally visit her
parents?
3 Where do they go on holiday
every year?
4 What time does Mark get
home in the evening?
5 Why do we always make
mistakes?
6 How long do the children
watch TV after school?
7 Which newspaper does Lucy
usually buy on Sunday?
Unit 5
Exercise 1
1 are
2 Is
3 is
4 Am
5 Are
6 is
7 Are
8 am; is; are
Exercise 2
1 I’m
2 he’s
3 they’re
4 you’re
5 I’m not
6 he isn’t/he’s not
7 they aren’t/they’re not
8 you aren’t/you’re not
Exercise 3
1 I’m not 80 kilos. I’m 85 kilos.
2 Alan isn’t in Berlin. He’s in Paris.
3 You aren’t 1 metre 75. You’re
1 metre 80.
4 They aren’t at home. They’re
at school.
Exercise 4
1 Yes, she is.
2 No, we aren’t. We’re very
late.
3 No, it isn’t. It’s 30th April.
4 Yes, there are.
5 No, I’m not. I’m only 28.
Exercise 5
1 How old is he?
He’s 25.
2 What’s his job?
He’s a designer.
3 Where’s his office?
It’s on the second floor.
4 Which is his desk?
It’s the one by the window.
5 How many people are there in
his office?
There are six.
Unit 6
Exercise 1
1 I’m going.
2 You aren’t going./You’re not
going.
3 He isn’t going./He’s not going.
4 They’re going.
5 It isn’t going./It’s not going.
Exercise 2
1 I’m not feeling
2 aren’t working.
3 is ringing; isn’t answering
4 I’m looking for
isn’t working; He’s visiting
5 She’s having
6 aren’t watching
They’re listening
Exercise 3
1 are the children doing?
They’re playing
2 Are you enjoying
am
3 is Bill training
He’s trying
4 Is Sally going
isn’t
5 are we flying?
We’re doing
6 Are the boys washing
they’re cutting
7 What’s the cat eating?
It’s eating
Exercise 4
1 He’s getting
2 are choosing
3 Are you writing
4 I’m planning
5 We’re leaving
6 are you cutting
7 is making
Exercise 5
1 I’m working
2 We’re building
3 are
4 studying
5 I’m not
6 I’m training
7 is
8 going
9 He’s starting
Unit 7
Exercise 1
1 Are you going
2 Are you doing
3 is staying
4 I’m taking
5 aren’t doing
6 aren’t going
7 are you planning
8 We’re having
Exercise 2
1 don’t need
2 look
3 do you say
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
don’t like
Does the bus stop
doesn’t do
does Lisa leave
goes
walk
don’t mind.
Do you know
Exercise 3
1 You’re
2 don’t
3 What‘s
4 Are
5 does
6 do
7 isn’t
8 does/doesn’t
9 Do
10 I‘m
Exercise 4
1 I’m making
2 I’m staying
3 do
4 get up
5 start
6 eat
7 own
8 I’m living
9 takes
10 train
11 He’s finishing
12 I’m writing
Unit 8
Exercise 1
1 asked
2 was/were
3 broke
4 called
5 did
6 drove
7 ate
8 found
9 went
10 had
237
11 invited
12 jumped
13 kept
14 left
15 met
16 needed
17 opened
18 ran
19 saw
20 woke up
Irregular verbs: be, break, do,
drive, eat, find, go, have, keep,
leave, meet, run, see wake up
Both main and auxiliary verbs: be,
do, have
Exercise 5
1 When did she go there?
2 How did she get there?
3 Why did she go?
4 What time did she get there?
5 Who did she meet?
Exercise 2
1 saw
2 jumped
3 ran
4 ate/had
5 had
6 left
7 drove
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Exercise 3
1 found my old suit; didn’t find
my new one.
2 cleaned her red shoes; didn’t
clean her black ones.
3 called their mother; didn’t call
their sister.
Exercise 4
1 Did Tim and Fred visit Paris
too?
No, they didn’t.
2 Did Ann run well too?
Yes, she did.
3 Did they have a French test
too?
No, they didn’t.
4 Did Peter practise the piano
too?
Yes, he did.
238
Unit 9
Exercise 1
1 was; were
2 were; was; were
3 were; was; was
4 were
was; was
Exercise 2
1 was
Was
was
were
were
was
wasn’t
weren’t
were
wasn’t
Exercise 3
1 How old was the house?
About 100 years old.
2 How many bedrooms were
there?
Four.
3 How big was the living room?
10 x 6 metres.
4 Where was the kitchen?
At the back of the house.
5 What was outside?
A garden with a stream.
6 What was the only problem?
The price.
7 How much was the house?
£900,000.
Exercise 4
1 are; were
2 was; isn’t; wasn’t; is
3 weren’t; they’re
4 were; we‘re
5 is; were
6 wasn’t; he‘s
Unit 10
Exercise 1
1 was calling
2 were swimming
3 was watching
4 were having
5 was getting
6 were riding
Exercise 2
1 was; calling
was calling
2 were; riding
were riding
3 Was; listening
wasn’t; was watching
was he watching
was watching
4 were; swimming
were swimming
Were they swimming
weren’t; were swimming
Exercise 3
1 were you doing
2 was he running
3 was driving; broke down
4 opened; was shining
5 were working; rang
6 hit; was trying
7 was trying; crashed
Exercise 4
1 was
2 were singing
3 was walking
4 noticed
5 was playing
6 called
7 looked
8 shouted
9 invited
10 were playing
11 stopped
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
were eating
decided
happened
was getting
began
fell
were watching
started
felt
Unit 11
Exercise 1
1 asked
2 been
3 chosen
4 done
5 eaten
6 found
7 given
8 had
9 invited
10 joined
11 kept
12 left
13 made
14 needed
15 opened
16 put
17 run
18 started
19 taken
20 woken up
Irregular verbs: be, choose, do,
eat, find, give, have, keep, leave,
make, put, run, take, wake up
Both main and auxiliary verbs: be,
do, have
Exercise 2
1 found
2 bought
3 started
4 joined
5 made
6 met
7 been
8 invited
Exercise 3
1 They’ve broken
2 has painted
3 have arrived
4 has won
5 has got
Exercise 4
1 has joined the school drama
group; hasn’t joined the
tennis club.
2 has made a cake; hasn’t
made any sandwiches.
3 have brought their books;
haven’t brought their pens.
4 have chosen the carpets for
their new house; haven’t
chosen any furniture.
5 I’ve washed the car; haven’t
washed the children’s bikes.
6 We’ve invited Alan to the
party; haven’t invited Joe.
Exercise 5
1 Have the boys done their
French homework too?
No, they haven’t.
2 Has Mark been busy all day
too?
Yes, he has.
3 Have you learnt to fly too?
Yes, I have.
4 Has Sally brought her books
too?
No, she hasn’t.
Exercise 6
1 How long has Emma lived in
London?
2 Why have you come home so
late?
3 What have you done with my
shirt?
4 Where has Andy put the bike?
5 How many kilometres have
you driven today?
Exercise 7
1 Yes, she’s just gone to Rome.
2 No, I haven’t met them yet.
3 Yes, he’s just bought some
chocolate.
4 No, we haven’t finished work
yet.
5 No, they haven’t come home
yet.
6 Yes, I’ve just bought some.
7 Yes, I’ve just put them in your
room.
Exercise 8
1 But you still haven’t called
him.
2 We’ve already bought the
tickets.
3 But you still haven’t packed
your bag.
4 She’s already got £150.
5 It’s already doing 300 kph.
6 But I still haven’t had a reply.
Unit 12
Exercise 1
1 This land has belonged to Mr
Hill since 1980.
2 Sally has had the same car
for five years.
3 We’ve lived in this house
since I was 25.
Exercise 2
1 have they had
Since
2 has he worked
For
3 have they wanted
Since
4 has he lived
For
Exercise 3
1 He hasn’t seen her for three
weeks.
2 They haven’t met since
Claire’s wedding.
3 We haven’t had fish for
dinner for months.
Exercise 4
1 Have you ever stayed in
Miami?
Yes, I’ve stayed there three
times.
2 How many times has he seen
Avatar?
He’s seen it seven times.
3 Have they ever tried Indian
food?
Yes, they’ve tried it a few times.
4 How often has it rained
today?
It’s rained twice today.
Exercise 5
1 Have; been
has; gone
2 He’s gone
He‘s; been
Unit 13
Exercise 1
1 did you do?
2 went
3 looked
4 Did you find
5 weren’t
6 was
7 didn’t call
8 didn’t want
9 did you do
10 phoned
Exercise 2
1 have you put
haven’t seen
2 Have you packed
I’ve left
3 Has Dad given
hasn’t
4 I’ve brought
has gone
Exercise 3
1 asked
asked
2 was/were
been
3 cut
cut
4 did
done
5 found
found
6 went
gone
7 had
had
8 invited
invited
9 joined
joined
Irregular verbs: be, cut, do, find,
go, have
Both main and auxiliary verbs: be,
do, have
Exercise 4
1 has
2 didn’t/has
3 hasn’t
4 Did
5 haven’t
Exercise 5
1 haven’t written
2 has been
3 have begun
4 I’ve had
5 told
6 He’s let
7 got
8 I’ve found
9 signed
10 gave
Unit 14
Exercise 1
1
2
3
4
5
I’ve been working
They’ve been playing
has been using
I’ve been doing
She’s been studying
Exercise 2
1 hasn’t been spending;
He’s been saving
2 haven’t been going;
We’ve been going
239
3 hasn’t been doing;
She’s been listening
Exercise 3
1 have you been doing
2 has he been getting on
3 Has he been learning
4 Have you been eating
5 have they been working
Exercise 4
1 has Pam been doing
She’s been looking for a new
job.
has she been doing
Since last month./For a month.
2 have Nick and Andy been
doing
They’ve been training for the
London Marathon.
have they been doing
Since the month before
last./For two months.
Unit 15
Exercise 1
1 had gone
2 had taken
3 had eaten
4 He’d changed
5 we’d seen
6 had bought
7 he’d left
8 they’d started
Exercise 2
1 she’d already arranged
2 They’d never seen
3 had just started
4 She’d recently heard about
5 still hadn’t repaired
6 had already spent
Exercise 3
1 arrived; had gone
2 had got away; closed
3 we’d crossed; were able
4 left; we’d done
5 turned back; they’d run out of
240
Exercise 4
1 We drove out of town when
we’d loaded the Jeep.
2 We stopped for a rest when
we’d driven into the hills.
3 We started again when we’d
had a good rest.
4 We finally stopped for the
night when we’d been on the
road for over ten hours.
5 We started to cook dinner
when we’d unpacked the
Jeep.
6 We went to sleep when we’d
finished dinner.
Unit 16
Exercise 1
1 I’m going to wash it after
lunch.
2 She’s going to clean them
now.
3 They’re going to mend them
this evening.
4 It’s going to have it in a
minute.
Exercise 2
1 It’s going to rain.
We’re going to get
2 isn’t/He’s not going to get
He’s going to miss
3 We’re going to run out of
aren’t/We’re not going to reach
4 isn’t/He’s not going to give up
He’s going to finish
Exercise 3
1 Is Sam going to pass his
exams?
Yes, he is.
2 Are your parents going to
take you out?
No, they aren’t.
3 Are you going to watch TV
this evening?
Yes, I am.
4 Is Sally going to buy a
newspaper?
No, she isn’t.
Exercise 4
1 Where is she going to put
them?
2 When are they going to move
out?
3 How many are you going to
make?
4 What is he going to see?
Unit 17
Exercise 1
1 won’t find
2 will cross
3 won’t open
4 They’ll do
5 won’t be
Exercise 2
1 I’ll buy
2 won’t be
3 I’ll wash
4 I’ll close
5 won’t make
6 won’t forget
Exercise 3
1 He’ll get
2 She’ll give
3 I’ll carry
4 I’ll cut
Exercise 4
1 Will Ann be ten next week?
Yes, she will.
2 Will the boys like their new
school?
No, they won’t.
3 Will Mr Hall arrive tonight?
Yes, he will.
4 Will next term start on 15th
April?
No, it won’t.
Exercise 5
1 I’ll phone
2 won’t be
3 Will everybody want
4 will
5 will we need
6 We’ll have to
7 Will we need
8 won’t
9 we’ll have
10 won’t rain
Unit 18
Exercise 1
1 At 9:45 he’ll be (doing) Art.
2 At 10:30 he’ll be (learning)
French.
3 At 11:15 he’ll be (studying)
Maths.
4 At 12:00 he’ll be (having)
English.
5 At 12:45 he’ll be having
lunch.
Exercise 2
1 I’ll be meeting the sales
manager.
2 I’ll be visiting the factory.
3 I’ll be having meetings with
the sales team.
4 I’ll be showing visitors round
London all day.
5 I’ll be spending the day in
Paris.
Exercise 3
1 When will he be flying to
Florida?
Next Monday.
2 How long will he be riding
across America?
For two months.
3 Where will he be arriving in
ten weeks?
In California.
4 Where will he be going from
there?
To Alaska.
5 How will he be crossing to
Asia after that?
By ship.
Unit 19
Exercise 1
1 she’ll have written a book of
short stories.
2 she’ll have produced a play in
London.
3 she’ll have published a bestselling novel.
4 she’ll have won an important
international prize.
5 she’ll have made a lot of
money.
Exercise 2
1 won’t have finished
2 will have sold
3 they’ll have gone
4 she’ll have got
5 won’t have had
Exercise 3
1 What will they have finished
They’ll have put in the
windows, but they won’t have
fitted the doors.
2 What will they have done
They’ll have done the wiring,
but they won’t have laid the
floors.
3 What will they have completed
They’ll have plastered the
walls, but they won’t have
painted the house.
Unit 20
Exercise 1
1 We’re going to crash
We’ll be
2 Are we going to eat
we’re going to go
3 I’ll have
4 Will you answer
It’ll probably be
5 You’ll be; are you going to
leave
I’m going to study
6 will the meeting start
won’t be
Exercise 2
1 They’re taking
2 reaches
3 They’re flying
4 takes off
5 arrives
6 are staying
Exercise 3
1 I’ll be flying; will you be doing?
I’ll be working
2 she’ll pass
won’t do
3 will Sam be
will have
we’ll be talking
4 we’ll be waiting
I’ll have
Exercise 4
1 will have laid
2 will be working
3 will be working
4 I’ll be taking
5 I’ll have left; I’ll be training
6 will be arriving
won’t have finished
Unit 21
Exercise 1
1 Have you got
haven’t got; he’s got
hasn’t got
2 he’s got
Has he got
hasn’t
Exercise 2
1 Do you have
don’t have; has
doesn’t have
2 has
Does she have
doesn’t
3 Did you have
did; didn’t have; had
4 do you have?
don’t have; haven’t had
did you have?
5 has
has he had
he’s had; doesn’t have
Exercise 3
1 have got
2 hasn’t got
3 they’ve got
4 they’ve had
5 they’ve
6 had
7 didn’t have
8 had
9 they’ve got
10 they’ve got
11 it’s had
Exercise 4
1 has a look
2 has a chat
3 have time
4 have coffee
5 has a game
6 has a swim
7 have lunch
8 have a rest
9 has a run
10 has a chance
Unit 22
Exercise 1
1 know
drives
2 start
begins
3 like
watches
4 have
has
5 goes
go
does; takes
Exercise 2
1 finishes
2 I’m listening
3 hope
4 is he making
5 does she go
6 Are you enjoying
Exercise 3
Verbs with no change:
cost
cost
cost
cut
cut
cut
hit
hit
hit
let
let
let
Verbs with one change:
feel
felt
felt
get
got
got
keep
kept
kept
make
made
made
Verbs with two changes:
give
gave
given
ride
rode
ridden
see
saw
seen
take
took
taken
Exercise 4
1 cut
cut
2 make
made
3 ride
ride; rode
4 let
let; hit; got
Exercise 5
1 done
made
2 seen
given
3 seen
got
4 hit
cut
241
Unit 23
Exercise 1
1 I’m
2 is
3 We’ll be
4 has been
5 were
6 I’ve been
7 Are
8 was
Exercise 2
1 do
don’t
2 Do
don’t
3 did
didn’t
4 does
don’t
5 Did
didn’t
6 Does
doesn’t
Exercise 3
1 Have
haven’t; haven’t
2 hasn’t
3 Have
I’ve; haven’t
4 hadn’t
5 We’ll have
6 has
He’s
7 won’t have
8 they’d
Exercise 4
1 Hasn’t Paul come home yet?
2 Why didn’t they call the
police?
3 Aren’t you enjoying the film?
4 Why don’t you agree with
me?
5 Isn’t Rosie going to the
wedding?
242
6 Don’t you have to go home
now?
7 Which parts don’t we have to
learn?
8 Which questions haven’t they
answered yet?
Exercise 5
1 have you
2 doesn’t he
3 weren’t they
4 do you
5 didn’t he
6 haven’t they
7 does he
8 wasn’t she
9 are you
10 did he
Exercise 6
1 Neither/Nor do we.
2 So does Alan.
3 Neither/Nor have I.
4 Neither/Nor did Lisa.
5 So have her brothers.
6 Neither/Nor is she.
7 Neither/Nor had we.
8 So did the van.
Exercise 7
1a What are you having for
lunch?
We’re having chicken.
b What did you have for lunch?
We had chicken.
c What have you had for lunch?
We’ve had chicken.
2a How much work is he doing?
He’s doing ten hours.
b How much work did he do?
He did ten hours.
c How much work has he
done?
He’s done ten hours.
3a Why are they being so slow
with their work?
Because they’re being
careful.
b Why were they so slow with
their work?
Because they were careful.
c Why have they been so slow
with their work?
Because they’ve been careful.
Unit 24
Exercise 1
1 You’re
2 He’s
3 I’m
4 What’s
5 We’ll
6 he’s; he’ll
7 you’d
8 she’d; she’d
9 They’ve
10 I’d
Exercise 2
1 don’t
2 isn’t
3 hasn’t
4 won’t
5 Don’t; didn’t
6 I’m not
7 isn’t; doesn’t
8 hadn’t; wouldn’t
9 haven’t
10 wasn’t
Exercise 3
1 don’t
2 I’m
3 What’s
4 I’ve
5 You’d
6 I’d
7 haven’t
8 I’m
9 Don’t
10 You’re
11 won’t
12 doesn’t
13 I’ll
14 he’ll
15 we’ll
16 That’s
Exercise 4
1 we have
2 are not
3 do not
4 I am
5 they are
6 will not
7 we are
8 have not
Exercise 5
1 we had
2 you would
3 it is
4 he has
5 He is
6 I would
Unit 25
Exercise 1
1 Does Bob like football too?
2 Is Lucy good at cooking too?
3 Has Dad had dinner too?
4 Did Jim cook the meat too?
5 Are you going out tonight too?
Exercise 2
1 Does he have to go now too?
2 Must she finish the letters too?
3 Can he swim fast too?
4 Should we train every evening
too?
5 Will we have to write to all
our friends too?
Exercise 3
1 Have they been married for
long?
2 Did they move to Manchester
at that time?
3 Have they got any children?
4 Do the children go to school?
5 Is she starting school soon?
Exercise 4
1 Isn’t it a good one?
2 Don’t you like flying?
3 Hasn’t he gone to college yet?
Unit 26
Exercise 1
1 Where
2 Whose
3 How long
4
5
6
7
8
How many
Which
When
Why
What
Exercise 2
1 How old are you?
I’m …
2 What’s your address?
It’s ...
3 What does your father do?
He’s a/an …
4 Why are you learning English?
Because …
Exercise 3
1 Why hasn’t he answered the
e-mail?
2 What haven’t we done?
3 Why won’t they be able to go
on holiday?
4 Where didn’t we go?
5 Why isn’t she going to go out
tonight?
6 Why doesn’t he like this
television programme?
Exercise 4
1 Who called the police?
2 What went wrong?
3 What did Bob find by the
door?
4 Who did Tom phone?
5 What did the car run over?
6 Who saw Peter?
7 What did Julie eat?
Unit 27
Exercise 1
1 won’t you
2 has it
3 aren’t they
4 didn’t it
5 is she
6 was he
7 can he
8 shouldn’t he
9 need we
10 mightn’t she
11 won’t he
12 have you
13 won’t they
14 has it
15 is it
16 wasn’t it
17 doesn’t he
18 didn’t you
19 don’t you
20 didn’t she
Exercise 2
1 didn’t it
2 were they
3 aren’t you
4 is she
5 haven’t you
6 will they
Exercise 3
1 isn’t it
2 are there
3 are they
4 have I
5 didn’t you
6 won’t we
Exercise 4
1 didn’t I
2 haven’t you
3 weren’t they
4 aren’t we
5 does it
6 don’t we
7 is there
Unit 28
Exercise 1
1 I haven’t
2 I do
3 I’m not
4 we should
5 I would
6 there aren’t
7 I haven’t
8 he is
9 I can’t
10 I did
11 I must
Exercise 2
1 I’m not
2 I haven’t
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
I wasn’t
I didn’t
I was
I was
I did
I was
I did
I was
Exercise 3
1 Yes, I am./No, I’m not.
2 Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
3 Yes, it is./No, it isn’t.
4 Yes, I am./No, I’m not.
5 Yes, they do./No, they don’t.
6 Yes, they do./No, they don’t.
7 Yes, I do./No, I don’t.
8 Yes, I will./No, I won’t.
9 Yes, I have./No, I haven’t.
Unit 29
Exercise 1
1 Do you know what date it is
today?
2 Could you tell me when Ann
is coming home?
3 Do you have any idea why
Tom has gone?
4 Can you say how long you’ll
be away?
Exercise 2
1 Do you know if/whether
they’ve had lunch?
2 Can you say if/whether you’ll
be home tonight?
3 Do you have any idea
if/whether the team are going
to win?
4 Can you tell us if/whether
we’re having a test this
week?
Exercise 3
1 Can you tell me if/whether
Tom goes to college?
2 Can you say if/whether the
ring cost a lot?
3 Could you tell us when the
bus went?
4 Do you know how the engine
works?
Exercise 4
1 Why do you think he arrives
late?
2 Do you think they’re going to
finish today?
3 How far do you think they
walked?
4 Do you think we’ve made a
mistake?
Exercise 5
1 Can you tell me where to post
these letters?
2 Can you tell us what to say to
the boss?
3 Do they know how long to
wait at the station?
4 I’m not certain how far to
drive along the road.
Unit 30
Exercise 1
1 Neither/Nor do I
2 So am I
3 So am I
4 So did I
243
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Neither/Nor did I
So did I
Neither/Nor could I
So was I
So is mine
So does mine
So is mine
Exercise 2
1 neither/nor is Ted
2 so is Sally
3 so does Claire
4 so does Ken
5 so can Ted
6 neither/nor can Claire
Exercise 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
I expect so.
I suppose so.
I don’t think so.
I’m afraid not.
I guess not.
I think so.
Unit 31
Exercise 1
1 can see
2 can go
3 can’t walk
4 can’t catch
Exercise 2
1 can’t; could
2 can; couldn’t
3 couldn’t; can’t
4 could; can’t
Exercise 3
1 could hear
2 could remember
3 could understand
4 could feel
Exercise 4
1 could
2 could
3 were able to
4 was able to
5 could
244
Exercise 5
1 were able to
2 could
3 can
4 couldn’t
5 be able to
6 can’t
7 were able to
8 couldn’t
Exercise 6
1 can’t have
2 could have
3 can’t have
4 could have
Unit 32
Exercise 1
1 can
2 Would/Could
3 Would/Could
4 can
5 May/Could
6 May/Could
Exercise 2
1 Can I borrow your book?
2 Can you lend me your pen?
3 Would/Could you tell me your
address?
4 Would/Could you take a seat,
please?
5 May/Could I put your bag
away?
6 Would/Could all passengers
remain in their seats until the
plane stops?
Exercise 3
1 Yes, you can.
2 No, you can’t.
3 Yes, you can.
4 No, you can’t.
Exercise 4
1 would/could
2 Can/Could
3 would/could
4
5
6
7
can/could
Shall
could/may
can
Unit 33
Exercise 1
1 ought
2 should
3 ought
4 should
5 should
Exercise 2
1 ought
2 oughtn’t
3 should
4
5
6
7
8
ought/oughtn’t
shouldn’t
should
should
ought
Exercise 3
1 You’d better
2 He’d better not
3 We’d better not
4 They’d better
Exercise 4
1 You ought to do more
exercise.
2 You’d better see a dentist.
3 You shouldn’t watch any TV.
4 You oughtn’t use the phone
so much.
5 You’d better not go out yet.
6 You should go to the beach.
Exercise 5
1 He should have seen the
doctor.
2 They shouldn’t have played
outside.
3 We ought to have turned left
at the traffic lights.
4 She oughtn’t to have bought it.
5 You shouldn’t have gone to
Miami. You ought to have
chosen somewhere else.
Unit 34
Exercise 1
1 has he had to pay for it?
2 will she have to go to
London?
3 did they have to go last
week?
4 does she have to change all
her plans?
5 have they had to live in the
flat?
Exercise 2
1 must rest for a week, Mr
Robbins.’
2 have to pay immediately.
3 must check in two hours
before the flight.’
4 have to complete a
registration form.
5 must be home by 6:00.’
6 had to go to the police
station.
Exercise 3
1 must
2 has to
3 must
4 had to
5 must
6 have to
7 must
Exercise 4
1 mustn’t
2 don’t have to
3 mustn’t
4 mustn’t
5 doesn’t have to
6 don’t have to
7 mustn’t
8 don’t have to
Unit 35
Exercise 1
1 needn’t
2 mustn’t
3 mustn’t
4 needn’t
5 mustn’t
6 needn’t
Exercise 2
1
2
3
4
I have to work late.
Where do they have to go?
Does she need to go so soon?
Do you have to work
tomorrow?
5 I don’t need to do my
homework.
6 Why do they need to learn
French?
Exercise 3
1 Do you need to
2 needn’t
3 need to
4 need to
5 needn’t
6 need to
7 mustn’t
8 do we need to
9 need to
10 mustn’t
Exercise 4
1 didn’t need to
2 needn’t have
3 needn’t have
4 didn’t need to
5 didn’t need to
6 needn’t have
Unit 36
Exercise 1
1 may/might
2 may/might
3 may not/might not
4 may/might
5 may not/might not
6 may not/might not
Exercise 2
1 He can’t be under 60.
He may be/might be about 64
or 65.
He must be 65 because he’s
just retired from work.
2 It can’t be Rod. Rod is taller.
It must be Julian because
that looks like his jacket.
It may be/might not be him.
He’s walking towards some
other people.
3 It can’t be Sue’s. She’s
carrying hers.
It may be/might be Maria’s.
She isn’t carrying a sports bag.
No, it must be Lucy’s. It’s got
her name on it.
Exercise 3
1 can’t be doing
2 can’t be playing
3 must be practising
Exercise 4
1 can’t have dropped
2 may/might have left
3 must have put
Unit 37
Exercise 1
1 could
2 had to/needed to
3 was able to
4 had to/needed to
5 didn’t need to/didn’t have to
6 had to/needed to
7 couldn’t
8 had to
9 could
10 needed
11 couldn’t
12 couldn’t/wasn’t able to
13 was able to
Exercise 2
1 can’t have
2 may/might/could have
3 may/might/could have
4 may/might/could have
5 must have
Exercise 3
1 wouldn’t have
2 should have
3 needn’t have
4 could have
5 would have
6 I’d have
7 shouldn’t have
8 We’d have
Unit 38
Exercise 1
1 can’t; Can
2 could
3 couldn’t
4 Could
5 were able to
6 Was he able to
Exercise 2
1 Can/Could I borrow your
book?
2 May/Can I help you?
3 Could/Can you get the red
file, please?
4 Would you like/Can I offer you
a cup of tea?
5 Could/May I have your name,
please?
6 Can/Could you lend me some
money?
7 May/Could I have a day off
next week, please?
8 May/Can I park my car
outside the entrance?
Exercise 3 (Possible answers)
1 You should go to the dentist.
2 They oughtn’t to watch TV.
3 You’d better get some
glasses.
4 He ought to find a better job.
5 He’d better not miss the next
test.
6 He shouldn’t go out yet.
Exercise 4
1 mustn’t; must
2 mustn’t; we’ll have to
3 must; must
4 can’t/mustn’t; must/have to
Exercise 5
1 don’t need to/needn’t
2 didn’t need to/didn’t have to
3 don’t have to; have to
4 had to; didn’t have to/didn’t
need to
5 don’t need to/needn’t;
need to/have to
Exercise 6
1 will
2 may
3 may not
4 It’ll
5 could/might/may
6 could/might/may
7 won’t
Exercise 7
1 must be meeting Stephen
Fisher.
2 may be at the City Hotel;
may be at the Ritz Grill.
3 can’t be in Birmingham.;
must be travelling to Liverpool
or Manchester.
Exercise 8
1 should have/ought to have
2 can’t have/couldn’t have
3 shouldn’t have/oughtn’t to
have
4 needn’t have
5 would have/could have
Unit 39
Exercise 1
1 is made
2 is produced
3 are provided
4 are brought
5 is put
6 are then delivered
245
Exercise 2
1 was built
2 were used
3 were flown
4 were found
5 were carried
6 were begun
7 were provided
8 was employed
Exercise 3
1 First, the new factory was
built.
2 Then the new Superbike
2,000 was designed.
3 The design wasn’t shown to
anyone.
4 Over 1,000 were bought in
the first year.
Exercise 4
1 When was oil first used?
It was first used thousands of
years ago.
2 Was it burned for light?
Yes, it was.
3 When was far more oil
needed?
It was needed about 100
years ago.
4 Was more oil found at that
time?
Yes, it was.
5 How many barrels of oil are
pumped every day now?
About 80 million barrels (are).
Unit 40
Exercise 1
1 We were being called by
somebody.
2 They are being pulled down
next week.
3 The work wasn’t being done
efficiently.
246
4 She was being looked after by
Sue.
5 It’s being serviced at the
garage.
Exercise 2
1 A lot of new houses have
been built.
2 It hadn’t been driven for 20
years.
3 We’ve been left behind.
4 We hadn’t been told anything
about it.
Exercise 3
1 Up to five books can be
borrowed.
2 Books should always be
returned on time.
3 Books cannot be renewed
more than three times.
4 Protective clothing must be
worn at all times.
5 Food must not be brought
into the office.
6 Personal calls should not be
made from company phones.
Exercise 4
1 This castle was built in 1760.
2 Tony was being pulled along
the road.
3 The match won’t be won by
Alan. It’ll be won by Jim.
4 Contracts should always be
read before they’re signed.
5 A memo has been written by
Bob, and it’s being read by
the staff.
6 The garage isn’t being
cleaned out by Julie. That job
is being done by Sue.
Unit 41
Exercise 1
1 No one is thought to know
everything that happened.
2 This jewellery is said to be
nearly 3,000 years old.
3 Ancient sea levels are known
to have been much lower
than they are now.
4 This city is considered to be
developing into the world’s
financial capital.
Exercise 2
1 It has been agreed that both
sides should meet.
2 It has been announced that
last year’s sales were up.
3 It is assumed that the truth
will never be known.
4 It used to be believed that the
world was flat.
Exercise 3
1 Sam got stopped for speeding
by the police./by the police
for speeding.
2 Amy’s brave actions got
mentioned in the newspaper
report.
3 We never get to do a lot of
important jobs at home.
4 Do all the letters to customers
get checked before they get
sent out?
Exercise 4
1 I need to get changed into
some warmer clothes.
2 You’ll get lost without a
satnav.
3 They’re planning to get
married in June.
4 Poor Roz! She got burned
very badly by the sun.
5 Lucy hopes to get qualified as
a doctor by the age of 24.
Exercise 5
1 Let’s get the windows
mended now.
2 Let’s have these brochures
printed soon.
3 Let’s get this wall rebuilt
tomorrow.
4 Let’s have the door painted
before winter.
Unit 42
Exercise 1
1 to play
2 to give
3 to see
4 to get
5 to win
6 to move
7 to climb
8 to learn
Exercise 2
1 watching
2 losing
3 buying
4 eating
5 saying
6 waiting
7 smoking
8 walking
Exercise 3
1 to spend
2 arriving
3 to have
4 to save
5 smoking
6 going
7 to see
8 doing
9 going
10 to go
11 walking
Exercise 4
1 not to mind what he said.
2 not making so much noise?
3 not having the money to
repay Sam.
4 not to go out with the others.
5 not to talk to Bill any more.
Unit 43
Exercise 1
1 to be
2 to take
3 forming
4 to provide/providing
5 to ask/asking
Exercise 2
1 to get up/getting up
2 to go
3 to check/checking
4 to swim/swimming
5 to read/reading
6 to do
7 to visit
8 to play/playing
9 to know/knowing
10 to live/living
Exercise 3
1 to post
2 to buy
3 asking
4 hearing
5 saying
6 saying
7 to get
8 to do
Exercise 4
1 to get/getting
using
2 writing; signing
to do
3 correcting
to do
Exercise 5
1 to get the licence on his way
home from work.
2 to develop a new kind of
solar-powered engine.
3 remember having fights with
other children when I was
young.
4 stop making so much noise
late at night.
5 to tell you that your son has
done very badly in his exams.
6 stop here for a minute to buy
some things for dinner at this
supermarket.
7 throwing your work away and
starting all over again from
the beginning.
8 to phone you this morning,
but I was just too busy.
9 really need painting.
Exercise 6
1 training
2 to find
3 doing
4 to do
5 thinking
6 passing
7 leaving
8 to take
9 to say
10 to catch up
11 to study
Unit 44
Exercise 1
1 Alan to be quiet.
2 Rob not to drive so fast.
3 me not to take photos.
4 her son to take his medicine
after lunch.
5 everybody to try the cake.
6 the man to stop.
Exercise 2
1 Tina not to buy the dress.
2
3
4
5
6
the climbers to turn back.
our boat to roll over.
us go out.
the boys run five kilometres.
you buy now and pay later.
Exercise 3
1 to buy that car.
2 Tom to get the job.
3 Mrs Jones to leave her cases
(there).
4 to see the contract.
5 our friends (to) cut down a
tree.
6 for you to see your present yet.
Exercise 4
1 swimming
2 to have
3 to help
4 to get
5 buying
6 talking
Unit 45
Exercise 1
1 for breaking
2 on paying
3 about moving
4 to going
5 like doing
6 about/of joining
Exercise 2
1 My brother and I disagreed
about selling the old family
house in London.
2 I must apologize for arriving
so late at night.
3 They finally succeeded in
discovering a new route
through the mountains.
4 We want to concentrate on
planning the company’s next
project in China.
Exercise 3
1 You can’t prevent me from
winning.
2 Ben’s father punished him for
breaking the window.
3 I must warn you about going
sailing in this wind.
4 I can’t forgive her for hurting
my child.
5 You can’t blame him for
leaving that terrible job.
6 We can’t stop the dogs from
fighting.
Exercise 4
1 thought about/of going
2 decided against doing
3 discouraged us from
choosing
4 insisted on inviting
5 looking forward to showing
6 dreamt of visiting
7 thank her for asking
Unit 46
Exercise 1
1 capable of hurting
2 excited about going
3 fond of visiting
4 interested in studying
5 pleased about passing
6 fed up with hearing
7 bad at cooking
Exercise 2
1 Mark was very grateful for
having a chance to show his
invention on TV.
2 We’re all very interested in
taking cookery classes.
3 We feel annoyed about
playing badly and almost
losing the match.
4 Later, Alan felt ashamed of
failing to help anyone else.
5 I’m not very keen on meeting
those people.
Exercise 3
1 Isn’t Pat worried about losing
his place in the football team?
2 Ed is tired of travelling to
work in the city every day.
3 Naomi is responsible for
choosing office equipment at
her company.
4 Our engineers were anxious
about failing to find the fault
in the ship’s engines.
247
Exercise 4
1 Have you got used to living
I‘m not used to coping
you‘ll get used to
2 did you use to do
used to be
Did you use to work
used to make
Unit 47
Exercise 1
1 Watching; saw;
decrease/decreasing
2 was making; rising; falling
3 saw; appear
4 Moving; pushed
5 Staring; said
6 Not understanding; replied
7 heard; say
Exercise 2
1 Adding; disappeared; had
appeared
2 Shaking; stared
3 Having thought; sent
4 Having heard; was
5 Putting; went
Exercise 3
1 Despite being; felt
2 instead of continuing;
changed
3 Without knowing; followed
4 On getting; spotted
5 By following; found
Exercise 4
1 After rescuing; began
2 While/When fighting; caught;
sunk
3 After making; was
4 before leaving; was hit/had
been hit
5 Although not expecting;
continued
248
Unit 48
Exercise 1
1 go jogging
2 go swimming
3 go shopping
4 go camping
5 go diving
Exercise 2
1 It’s no use shouting.
2 It’s worth taking
3 It’s no good sending
4 It’s useless applying
5 It’s not worth buying
Exercise 3
1 Right now, Anne’s very busy
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
writing a report about her
business trip.
I wasted a lot of time looking
for the book in all the
bookshops.
I’m having big problems
finding Gabriella’s address
and phone number.
Alan is having a lot of trouble
understanding our new
software systems.
It was a complete waste of
time and money trying to
repair that old car of mine.
I had no trouble working out
the solution to that puzzle
really quickly.
There’s simply no point (in)
trying to teach this stupid
animal anything at all.
We won’t have any difficulty
getting the job done by
midday, I can promise you.
There’s no harm (in) checking
all the equipment again
before we go, is there?
I spent three hours trying to
finish my report last night.
Unit 49
Exercise 1
1 the oil light comes on.
2 it becomes ice.
3 it soon goes bad.
4 the lights come on.
5 the machinery soon breaks
down.
Exercise 2
1 arrives
2 will tell
3 won’t let
4
5
6
7
I’ll call
will lend
won’t listen
don’t come
Exercise 3
1 If the police come, they’ll ask
about Tom.
2 If you enter the race, you’ll
probably win.
3 If the party goes on till late,
we’ll go home early.
4 If you call the office at 2:00,
Tony will be there.
5 If Ann doesn’t call, I’ll be
worried.
6 If you finish the job today, you
won’t have to come
tomorrow.
Exercise 4
1 won’t be able
2 is
3 decide
4 will come
5 will you join
6 organize
7 go
8 we’ll have
9 I’ll come
10 isn’t
11 find
12 it’ll cost
13 don’t act
14 will take
15 we’ll miss
Unit 50
Exercise 1
1 had
2 I’d go
3 lost
4 followed
5 she’d be
6 wouldn’t believe
7 we’d stay
Exercise 2
1 Ann would be pleased if Tom
called.
2 If you didn’t visit us again,
we’d be very sad.
3 I’d get fit quite fast if I worked
out at the gym.
4 If Barry didn’t argue so much,
he’d have more friends.
5 If Hiroko had more money,
she’d fly home to Tokyo.
6 The team would win more
games if they trained harder.
Exercise 3
1 he’d waste
2 I’d become
3 You’d enjoy
4 might never see
Exercise 4
1 Where would they stay if they
visited Turkey?
They’d stay at cheap hotels.
2 Who would we see if we
complained at the Head
Office?
You’d talk to the Sales
Manager.
3 How would you travel if you
visited Scotland?
I’d go by car.
4 What would they do if they
left school now?
They’d look for jobs.
5 Which would you choose if
you could borrow a DVD?
I’d take the new Will Smith
film.
Unit 51
Exercise 1
1 you’d have loved
2 she’d gone
3 hadn’t shown
4 had been
5 she’d saved; she’d have had
6 wouldn’t have asked
hadn’t been
Exercise 2
1 If Jim had asked us, we’d
have lent him our car.
2 If I hadn’t written down her
phone number, I’d have
forgotten it.
3 The car wouldn’t have
crashed if Tom had kept to
the speed limit.
4 I’d have forgotten to buy
Ann’s birthday present if you
hadn’t reminded me.
Exercise 3
1 If we’d had a map, we’d have
found the house.
2 If they hadn’t opened the last
box, they wouldn’t have found
the books.
3 If the tree had fallen on the
car, the driver would have
been hurt.
4 If I’d turned back, I wouldn’t
have got lost on the mountain.
Exercise 4
1 We could have visited the
Statue of Liberty too.
2 He might have won the race.
3 They could have caught the
thieves.
4 We’d have got home an hour
ago.
Unit 52
Exercise 1
1 If only the shoes weren’t so
expensive!
2 If only we didn’t have to pay
so many bills!
3 If only I got regular money for
clothes!
4 If only we could buy
everything we want!
5 If only I didn’t upset Mum so
much and so often!
Exercise 2
1 I wish you’d listen to other
people’s ideas!
2 I wish you wouldn’t arrive late
for everything!
3 I wish you’d tell the truth!
4 I wish you wouldn’t keep
smoking all the time!
Exercise 3
1 If only I hadn’t agreed to
speak at a meeting that
evening! I wish I’d refused to
go!
2 If only I hadn’t got the 8:15
train to London! I wish I’d
caught the 7:55 instead!
3 If only I hadn’t left the family
dinner in the oven for over
three hours! I wish I’d taken it
out at the right time!
Exercise 4
1 unless you buy your tickets
now.
2 unless we’d hired an off-road
vehicle.
3 Unless I knew some of the
other guests,
Unit 53
Exercise 1
1 staying indoors and sitting by
their fire.
2 it’s hot there and he’s sitting
outdoors with Suzie by their
new pool.
Exercise 2
1 He said he was working away
from London that month.
2 He told me he’d finished his
college course the year before.
3 He said he hadn’t been to see
his parents for ages.
4 He told me he’d arrived home
with his family the day before.
5 He said they were going back
to London the next day.
6 He told me they couldn’t stay
for long as he had to get back
to work.
7 He said they might come
back the following year. He
didn’t know.
8 He told me he’d e-mail soon
and send me a photo of the
family.
Exercise 3
1 But you said you loved this
sort of music.
2 But you told me he wouldn’t
sell his bike.
3 But you said you were going
to write her a letter.
4 But you told me it was on
tomorrow night.
5 But you said they’d lose the
match.
6 But you told me she’d be at
home tomorrow night.
7 But you said they hadn’t sent
you anything.
8 But you told me they couldn’t
swim at all.
Unit 54
Exercise 1
1 we’re going for our holiday
this year.
2 if we’re going to visit them
again.
3 we’re doing this winter.
4 if we’re taking a skiing
holiday again.
Exercise 2
1 Jim asked me if I’d sold my
terrible old car.
2 Jim asked me if I still lived
with my parents.
3 Jim asked me if I was going
to visit London soon.
4 I asked him if there was room
for me to stay with him.
5 I asked him if I could have his
phone number.
6 I asked him if he’d met his
wife at college.
Exercise 3
1 They asked him what part of
France he came from.
2 They asked him how long
he’d been in Britain.
3 They asked him why he’d
decided to go to college here.
4 They asked him how long he
was going to stay.
5 They asked him where he
was living at the moment.
Exercise 4
1 Two Swedish students asked
me if I knew the way to the
station.
2 Some Turkish students asked
me if I could help them find a
flat.
3 A Lebanese student asked
me what the best way to send
a parcel home was.
4 Two Italian students asked
me how long it would take
them to travel to Edinburgh.
249
Unit 55
Exercise 1
1 The girl asked me to open the
door.
2 Carol instructed the new
assistant not to use the
photocopier.
3 Tom invited us to come for
dinner on Saturday.
4 Celia reminded me not to be
late for the party.
5 Ann asked everybody not to
make so much noise.
6 Mrs Davis told Tony to give
his name to the receptionist.
7 Bob warned Emma not to
touch the red button.
8 The manager reminded her
assistant to post the letters.
Exercise 2
1 She agreed to meet at 7:30.
2 He promised to be there on
time.
3 She threatened not to wait for
him if he was late.
4 He offered to get there an
hour early.
5 She threatened again to leave
if he wasn’t there at 7:30.
6 He promised not to be late.
Exercise 3
1 Maria suggested going
parachuting.
2 Barry insisted on going
immediately.
3 Barry admitted feeling
scared.
4 Maria apologized for
suggesting the idea of
parachuting.
5 Barry insisted on jumping.
250
Unit 56
Exercise 1
1 an
2 an
3 a
4 an
5 a
6 an
7 a
8 an
9 an
10 a
11 a
12 an
Exercise 2
1 a letter
2
3
4
5
6
an umbrella
some paint
some glasses
an egg
a taxi
Exercise 3
1 Do
2 Is
3 are
4 Does
5 is
6 is
7 Are
8 are
Exercise 4
1 some
2 x
3 some
4 x
5 some
6 some
Exercise 5
1 Colleges are places to study.
2 A large plane can carry a
heavy load.
3 Students need to use the
Internet efficiently.
4 A car uses more energy per
person than a bus.
Exercise 6
1 some
2 x
3 x
4 a
5 an
6 x
7 some
8 some
9 a
Unit 57
Exercise 1
1 police
2 cattle
3 contents
4 scissors
5 clothes
6 glasses
7 shorts
8 sheep
Exercise 2
1 is
2 Does
3 are
4 Is
5 are
6 is
7 is
8 is
9 Does
10 are
11 are
12 were
Exercise 3
1 children
2 person
3 foot
4 teeth
5 tooth
6 people
7 women
8 child
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Exercise 4
knives
matches
potatoes
loaves
photos
wives
batteries
lives
leaves
Unit 58
Exercise 1
1 apples
2 bananas
3 beans
4 biscuits
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
carrots
eggs
olives
onions
oranges
peas
potatoes
tomatoes
apple juice
bread
butter
cheese
cooking oil
milk
mineral water
rice
salt
soup
sugar
tea
Exercise 2
1 meat
2 vegetables
3 beans
4 onions
5 rice
6 bread
7 bread rolls
8 tomatoes
9 olive oil
10 list
Exercise 3
1 some
2 information
3 ideas
4 is
5 furniture
6
7
8
9
10
some
a
luggage
hair
any
Exercise 4
1 g
2 c
3 d
4 f
5 b
6 e
7 a
Unit 59
Exercise 1
1 a sales chart
2 a football player
3 a credit card
4 a desk lamp
5 a text message
6 a travel agent
Exercise 2
1 credit card
2 coffee table
3 city centre
4 director’s assistant
5 gas fire
6 steak knife
7 phone number
8 car park
9 business cards
10 swimming pool
Exercise 3
1 five-day job
2 two-tonne stones
3 1,500-kilometre race
4 six-part college course
5 four-litre bottle of milk
6 5,000-metre mountain
7 6,700-kilometre river
Unit 60
Exercise 1
1 an
2 a
3 an
4 a
5 an
6 a
7 an; a
8 an; a
Exercise 2
1 1a
2 the
3 some
4 some
2 1 some
2 some
3 the
4 The
5 the
3 1 some
2a
3 the
4 an
5 The
6 the
7a
8 The
9 an
10 the
11 some
4 1a
2 the
3 the
5 1 the
2 some
3 some
4a
5a
6 some
7 the
8 the
9 the
Exercise 3
1 1a
2 the
3a
4 the
5 the
6a
2 1a
2a
3 the
4a
5 the
6a
7 an
8 the
9 the
10 the
11 the
12 The
13 the
14 the
15 the
16 a
17 the
18 the
19 The
20 a
Exercise 4
1 the beach
2 The sun
3 the sky
4 The birds
5 the
6 trees
7 the
8 fields
9 the
10 wind
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
the
sea
the
waves
the
sand
the world
Exercise 5
1 a the
ba
2 a the
ba
3 a the
ba
4 aa
b the
5 aa
b the
6 a the
ba
7 a the
ba
8 a the
ba
9 aa
b the
10 a the
ba
Exercise 6
1 A reporter answered when I
phoned the newspaper.
2 Joe fell and knocked a vase
over.
3 The police officer stopped me
for driving too fast.
4 The ship can travel from
Britain to the USA in four
days.
5 When I was away, I brought a
present for my parents.
6 I picked the phone up and
called my sister.
7 Sarah wrote a long e-mail to
her father.
251
8 Carrie called an electrician to
change the kitchen lights.
9 I called the mechanic to book
a service for my car.
Unit 61
Exercise 1
1 d A camera is for taking
pictures.
2 e A pen is for writing.
3 a A fork is for picking up
food.
4 b A file is for holding papers.
5 g A diary is for noting dates
of meetings, etc.
6 f A fridge is for keeping food
cold.
7 c A CD-ROM is for storing
computer data.
Exercise 2
1 g Bell invented the telephone.
2 d Otis invented the
lift/elevator.
3 b Marconi invented the radio.
4 f Biro invented the ballpoint
pen.
5 a Edison invented the electric
lamp.
6 c Dunlop invented the
modern car tyre.
7 e Singer invented the sewing
machine.
Exercise 3 (Possible answers)
1 I (don’t like) black coffee.
2 I (like) fast cars.
3 I (don’t mind) homework.
4 I (don’t like) loud rock music.
5 I (like) swimming.
6 I (don’t mind) tennis.
Exercise 4
1 the horse
2 companies
3 the salt
4 The books
5 Money
252
6 water
7 Elephants
8 The phone
Exercise 5
1 the unemployed
2 the old
3 The young
4 The blind
5 the poor
Exercise 6
1 the Australians
2 the British
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
the Chinese
the Danes/Danish
the Egyptians
the French
the Indonesians
the Japanese
the Kuwaitis
the Dutch
the Portuguese
the Spanish
the Russians
the Turks/Turkish
the Americans
the Venezuelans
Exercise 7
1 The; the
2 x; x
3 x; the; the
4 x; the; the
5 The; the; the; x; the; the
Exercise 8
1 the
2 the
3 x
4 the
5 x
6 x
7 x
8 the
9 x
10 the
11 x
12
13
14
15
x
the
the
the
Unit 62
Exercise 1
1 Ann gave her parents a
present.
2 Nick sent a book to his niece.
3 Did you really buy it for me?
4 Could you lend Harry some
money?
5 I’ll take Celia some
magazines next time I visit
her in hospital.
6 Susie’s grandmother made a
lovely dress for her.
7 Could you pass the report to
the boss when he arrives?
8 I offered Rob a place to stay
as he had nowhere else to go.
Exercise 2
1 No, don’t sell them to Sally.
Sell them to me.
2 No, don’t take it there. Take it
to the one near my house.
3 No, don’t buy it for Sally. Buy
it for her brother.
4 No, don’t show it to him.
Show it to the police.
5 No, don’t cook it for the
children. Cook it for the
adults.
6 No, don’t pay it to Tom’s
teacher. Pay it to the school
secretary.
7 No, don’t by one for me. Buy
one for the children.
Exercise 3
1 for
2 for
3 to
4 to
5 for
6
7
8
9
for
to
to
for
Unit 63
Exercise 1
1 those
2 That
3 these
4 this
5 those; that
those
this
Exercise 2
1 this; this
2 this
that
3 this
this; That
4 This; these
This
5 these
those
those
Exercise 3
1 these
Those ones; These ones
2 that; one
this one
that one
3 these ones
those ones
these ones
Exercise 4
1 one
the one
2 ones
the; ones
3 the one; the one
4 ones; the; ones; the; ones
5 the one; the one
the one; the ones
Unit 64
Exercise 1
1 some
2 any
3 some
4 any
5 some
6 any
7 some
Exercise 2
1 some; any
some
2 some
any; some
3 some; any
some
4 some
any
Exercise 3
1 anything; something
2 anything
somebody
3 anybody
some
4 somebody
some
5 something
anything
6 any
anybody
Exercise 4
1 any colour
2 anybody
3 anything
4 anywhere
5 any show
Unit 65
Exercise 1
1 some
2 anything
3 any
4 somewhere
5 anybody
6 some
7
8
9
10
anybody/anyone
some
anywhere
something
Exercise 2
1 everybody/everyone
2 Everywhere
3 something
4 Nobody/No one
5 anybody/anyone
6 anywhere
7 anything
8 nothing
9 somewhere
Exercise 3
1 everywhere
2 anywhere
3 somewhere
4 Somebody/Someone
5 anybody/anyone
6 somewhere
7 nowhere
8 nobody/no one
9 something
10 anything
Exercise 4
1 nothing interesting
2 something else
3 somewhere else
4 anybody/anyone nice
5 everywhere possible
6 nowhere else
Unit 66
Exercise 1
1 Are there any potatoes?
Yes, there are some in the
bag.
2 Is there any coffee?
No, there isn’t. I’ll buy some.
3 Is there a large pan?
No, there isn’t. I’ll buy one.
4 Are there any carrots?
No, there aren’t. I’ll buy
some.
5 Is there any butter?
Yes, there’s some in the fridge.
6 Is there a teapot?
Yes, there’s one on the shelf.
Exercise 2
1 There wasn’t
2 There was
3 There weren’t
4 There were
5 There was
6 There were
7 There was
Exercise 3
1 There are; They
2 There wasn’t; it
3 There weren’t; they
4 There’s; him?
5 There aren’t; them
6 There isn’t; it
Exercise 4
1 It’s good/lovely to
2 It’s not worth
3 It’s no use
4 It was a pity/very sad that
5 It was very sad that
Unit 67
Exercise 1
1 a lot of/lots of; much
2 a lot of/lots of; many
3 a lot of/lots of; much
4 much
much
5 many
many; a lot of/lots of
6 much
A lot
7 many
many
8 much
much
Exercise 2
1 a little; a few
2 little; little
3
4
5
6
7
8
A few; few
a little; a few
a few; little
a little; a few
few; little
a little
A few
Exercise 3
1 little
2 a lot/lots
3 a few
4 many
5 a lot of/lots of
6 much
7 a lot
8 much
9 little
10 a little
Unit 68
Exercise 1
1 a few of them.
2 all of them.
3 some of them.
4 most of them.
5 two of them.
Exercise 2
1 Both of you
2 Half of them
3 All/Most of you
4 Both of them
5 a few of us; most of us
Exercise 3
1 neither of
2 none of
3 any of
4 either of
5 None of
6 Neither of
7 any of
8 either of
9 either of
10 any of; none of
253
Exercise 4
1 both
2 every
3 all
4 all
5 each
6 Each
7 Every
Unit 69
Exercise 1
1 Bill
2 Bill
3 Paul
4 the practice
5 Paul
6 Bill
7
8
9
10
Neil
the film
People
Paul, Bill, Neil
Exercise 2
1 They’re
2 she’s
3 We’re
4 It’s
5 he’s
6 You’re
I’m
7 You’re
it’s; I’m
Exercise 3
1 her
2 you
3 him
4 them
5 you
me; him
6 us
you; you; her
Exercise 4
1 He’s
2 you
3 It’s
4 you
254
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
me
We
you
me
I
it
her
They’re
She
them
It’s
I
Unit 70
Exercise 1
1 your
2 his
3 our
4 their
5 her
6 my
7 its
Exercise 2
1 No, it isn’t his. His is older.
2 No, they aren’t hers. Hers are
newer.
3 No, it isn’t theirs. Theirs is
smaller.
4 No, it isn’t mine. Mine is
nicer.
5 No, they aren’t ours. Ours are
longer.
6 mine
Exercise 3
1 They’re yours. Look, they’ve
got your name inside.
2 It’s his. Look, it’s got his
name inside.
3 They’re theirs. Look, they’ve
got their names inside.
4 It’s mine. Look, it’s got my
name inside.
5 It’s hers. Look, it’s got her
name inside.
6 They’re ours. Look, they’ve
got our names inside.
Exercise 4
1 it’s
2 its
3 It’s
4 it’s
5 Its
6 it’s
Exercise 5
1 parents’
2 Peter’s
3
4
5
6
Sally West’s
policeman’s
workers’
Tony’s; people’s
Unit 71
Exercise 1
1 themselves
2 itself
3 herself
4 myself
5 himself
6 ourselves
7 yourself
8 yourselves
Exercise 2
1 save himself
2 kill yourself
3 looked at herself
4 made myself
5 bought themselves
6 push ourselves
7 wash itself
8 look after yourselves
Exercise 3
1 me
2 yourselves
3 herself
4 us
5 ourselves
6 them
7 him
Exercise 4
1 No, I paid for it myself.
2 No, she prepares them herself.
3 No, he’s bringing it himself.
4 No, they’ll have to tidy it
themselves.
5 No, we’re going to clean it
ourselves.
6 No, you’re going to make it
yourself.
Unit 72
Exercise 1
1 which/that
2 which/that
3 which/that
4 who/that
5 which/that
6 who/that
7 which/that
8 who/that
9 who/that
10 which/that
Exercise 2
1 The pilot who/that crashed
his small plane in a lake near
Oxford escaped without
injury.
2 The student who/that broke
the 10,000-metre record
yesterday has got a place in
the national team.
3 The bus which/that was
taking people to the airport
broke down on the motorway.
4 The file which/that has all the
information is lying up there
on the top shelf.
5 The policeman who/that
rescued 15 people from a fire
last year has received an
award for bravery.
6 The woman who/that phoned
last night wanted to speak to
you about work.
Exercise 3
1 who/that scored all the goals?
2 which/that will pay a better
salary.
3 who/that can repair my old
motorbike?
4 which/that teaches Japanese.
5 who/that are warm and
friendly.
6 who/that painted that picture?
7 who/that was lost for five
days.
8 who/that invented the petrolengine car.
Unit 73
Exercise 1
1 The book which/that has all
the answers has disappeared.
2 We climbed over the fence
which/that separates the
fields.
3 The old man who/that crashed
his car can’t see very well.
4 I’m going to give the boy
who/that found my camera
some money.
Exercise 2
1 The taxi which/that I’d
ordered finally arrived.
2 The girls who/that we met at
the wedding seemed sad.
3 The flowers which/that she
bought for us are now dying.
4 The man who/that we were
discussing is coming to see
us this afternoon.
5 The museum which/that you
recently mentioned is putting
on two new exhibitions.
Exercise 3
1 x
2 who/that
3 x
4 x
5 which/that
6 who/that
Exercise 4
1 station (x) the train stopped at.
2 coat (x) I was looking for.
3 who/that is applying for the
new job in Sales.
4 car (x) I asked about at the
car showroom.
5 manager who/that apologized
for the delivery delay.
6 boys (x) the farmer shouted at.
Unit 74
Exercise 1
1 which/that
The pyramids.
2 who/that
Yuri Gagarin.
3 whose
Marie Curie.
4 who/that
Marco Polo.
5 whose
Japan.
6 which/that; whose
Texas.
Exercise 2
1 He was the one whose wife
had a wonderful diamond
necklace.
2 They were the ones whose
children fell in the pool.
3 She was the one whose hat
flew off in the wind.
4 They were the ones whose
car broke down.
Exercise 3
1 That’s what I’d like for my
birthday.
2 This is what I was telling you
about.
3 That’s what is going to cause
the greatest problems in the
coming years.
Exercise 4
1 They talked about the reason
why their boat nearly turned
over.
2 They talked about the old
hotel where they dried out
their clothes.
3 They talked about the storm
when the rain almost washed
their tent away.
Unit 75
Exercise 1
1 showing
2 arriving
3 entering
4 finishing
5 working
6 standing
7 wearing
Exercise 2
1 used
2 being painted
3 being prepared
4 written
5 being repaired
6 made
7 hidden
8 being loaded
Exercise 3
1 Dan lives in that house
painted yellow and white.
2 I wrote a long report
consisting of three sections.
3 That vase standing on the
bookcase is 100 years old.
4 The wallet left at the
checkout belonged to a
customer.
Exercise 4
1 Yes, he was the last guest to
leave.
2 Yes, she was the only one to
meet Tina.
3 Yes, he was the first to study
Jupiter’s moons.
4 Yes, Felipe was the oldest to
climb Everest.
5 Yes, this is the most beautiful
flower species to grow here.
Unit 76
Exercise 1
1 adding; … , which is a very
impressive building, …
2 defining
3 defining
4 adding; … , whose most
famous book is ‘Glory’, …
Exercise 2
1 Old Professor Jones, who’s
nearly 70 years old, is going
to stop work soon and retire.
2 To the north of India are the
Himalayas, which include the
highest mountains in the
world.
3 After leaving college, I bought
myself some good, new
clothes, which I needed for
my exciting new job.
4 Amazingly, Barry Stone, who
works as a video game
designer, has actually built his
own house.
Exercise 3
1 d The baby cried all night,
which meant I was tired all
next day.
2 a The old ship stayed in port,
which saved it from the
storm.
3 c I was out when Peter
called, which was why I
didn’t hear the news.
4 g The company has won the
contract, which is good
news.
255
5 b They’ve started doing road
repairs, which is causing
bad traffic delays.
6 e The sun has come out at
last, which means we can
go to the beach.
7 f I took the wrong turning,
which is the reason why I
got here late.
Unit 77
Exercise 1
1 feel tired.
2 get angry.
3 sounds terrible.
4 smells delicious.
5 seem; happy.
6 stay fresh
Exercise 2
1 a boring old book
2 an unusual blue diamond
3 an exciting new film
4 a strange yellow light
5 an interesting German clock
6 a lovely little baby
7 a pleasant green valley
8 a tall young man
9 a round plastic box
Exercise 3
1 He was a funny, little, old
man.
2 It was an ugly, brown, metal
box.
3 They were beautiful, new,
Italian, silk jackets.
4 They were wonderful, tall,
round, Chinese vases.
Exercise 4
1 red and blue
2 glass and steel
3 cold and exhausted
4 open and shut
5 faded and torn
6 carved and polished
256
Unit 78
Exercise 1
1 excited
2 confused
3 annoying
4 fascinated
5 surprising
6 amazing
Exercise 2
1 astonished
astonishing
2 shocking
shocked
3 embarrassing
embarrassed
4 depressed
depressing
5 interesting
interested
6 tired
tiring
Exercise 3
1 satisfied
2 worrying
3 horrifying
4 relaxed
5 amusing
6 terrified
Exercise 4
1 to play with matches.
2 to go home.
3 to remember to post them.
4 to have you with us.
5 to understand.
Unit 79
Exercise 1
1 quickly
2 nice
3 wonderful
4 safely
5 warm
6 warmly; immediately
7 bad tempered; kind
8 slowly; quietly
Exercise 2
1 proper
properly
2 quiet
quietly
3 smooth
smoothly
4 pleasant
pleasant
5 intelligently
intelligent
6 badly
bad
7 effective
effectively; effective
Exercise 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
sensibly
easily
safely
successfully
Luckily
similarly; wholly
Unfortunately; really; truly
Exercise 4
1 late
2 well
3 early
4 high
5 hard
6 wrong
7 short
8 far
9 direct
10 low
Exercise 5
1 a hardly
b hard
2 a highly
b high
3 a near
b nearly
4 a freely
b free
5 a short
b shortly
6 a directly
b direct
Exercise 6
1 well
2 lately
3 hard
4 easily
5 early
6 long
7 tired
8 quickly
9 seriously
Unit 80
Exercise 1
1 Hopefully,
2 Stupidly,
3 Angrily,
4 Frighteningly,
5 Finally,
6 Quietly,
7 Sadly,
8 Luckily,
Exercise 2
1 always get
2 was only trying
3 can sometimes see
4 will only be
5 don’t usually work
6 has clearly been failing
7 Have you ever been
8 must never talk
Exercise 3
1 there very soon.
2 in America for five years.
3 very heavily yesterday.
4 much harder since last
September.
5 over here as soon as
possible.
6 wrong all the time.
Exercise 4
1 over here
2 Sadly
3 last year
4 definitely
5 this time
6 usually
7 soon
Unit 81
Exercise 1
1 upstairs
2 definitely
3 slowly
4 now
5 hard
6 always
7 Luckily
Exercise 2
1 place
2 degree
3 degree
4 manner
5 time
6 time
7 time
8 degree
9 time
10 degree
11 time
12 time
13 place
14 manner
15 degree
16 sentence
17 time
18 sentence
19 place
20 manner
21 sentence
22 manner
23 degree
24 manner
25 degree
26 time
27 time
28 time
29 frequency
Exercise 3
1 there before midday.
2 beautifully yesterday.
3 everywhere for a year.
4 angrily at the meeting last
night.
5 well at college these days.
Exercise 4
1 I usually do the washing on
Monday.
2 Do you ever visit your old
school?
3 Flights to New York leave
once an hour.
4 You have to take the medicine
twice a day.
5 I often used to go windsurfing
in the old days.
Exercise 5
1 Sadly, she’d already gone.
2 Hopefully, he’ll be well soon.
3 Surprisingly, our children are
good at Art.
4 Unfortunately, he isn’t here to
receive it.
Exercise 6
1 has definitely finished
2 I’ll never visit
3 are always delivered
4 definitely hasn’t understood
5 I’ll hardly ever see
Unit 82
Exercise 1
1 longer
2 uglier
3 larger
4 bigger
5 smaller
6 nicer
7 cooler
8 easier
longest
ugliest
largest
biggest
smallest
nicest
coolest
easiest
9
10
11
12
simpler
finer
thinner
hotter
simplest
finest
thinnest
hottest
Exercise 2
1 easier
2 simpler
3 nicer
4 hotter
5 longer
Exercise 3
1 latest
2 quickest
3 narrowest
4 fittest
5 funniest
Exercise 4
1 fitter; fittest
2 finer; finest
3 lowest; lower
4 whiter; whitest
5 easiest; easier
Exercise 5
1 more; fewer
2 more
most
3 less; least; fewest
most
Exercise 6
1 most talented; more talented
2 most expensive; less
expensive
3 more dangerous; most
dangerous
4 less interesting; least
interesting
5 more valuable; most valuable
Exercise 7
1 drives more slowly
2 writes less excitingly
3 sleeps more lightly
4 thinks faster
5 plays football less intelligently
Exercise 8
1 The Crystal performed the most
reliably, and the Wash-Tech
performed the least reliably.
2 The Wash-Tech ran the least
economically, and the Crystal
ran the most cheaply.
3 The Crystal finished the
fastest, and the Snowline
finished the least quickly.
Unit 83
Exercise 1
1 Sue is younger than Ann.
2 The Toyota is more expensive
than the Honda./The Honda is
less expensive than the
Toyota.
3 Robin can run faster than
Jack.
4 Mount Egmont is more
dangerous than Mount
George./Mount George is less
dangerous than Mount
Egmont.
5 The journey by tunnel is
shorter than the journey by
sea.
Exercise 2
1 Yesterday was the hottest day
of the year.
2 The XL400 is/has been the
most popular car in Europe
this year.
3 Tom and Sam were the best
players in last year’s team.
4 Some people say Casablanca
was/is the finest film of all
time.
Exercise 3
1 A Jumbo 747 isn’t nearly as
fast as a space rocket.
2 Britain isn’t nearly as warm
as Egypt.
257
3 Silver isn’t nearly as
expensive as gold.
4 Rome isn’t nearly as old as
Athens.
5 English food isn’t nearly as
good as French food.
Exercise 4
1 he
2 her
3 she
4 they
5 them
6 him
7 I
8 me
Unit 84
Exercise 1
1 too young
2 too quickly
3 too strong
4 too late
5 too quietly
6 too loudly
Exercise 2
1 big enough
2 soon enough
3 carefully enough
4 hard enough
5 good enough
6 well enough
Exercise 3
1 We haven’t got enough large
paper clips, and we’ve not got
enough medium clips.
But we’ve got enough small
clips.
2 We’ve got too little brown
sticky tape, and we haven’t
got enough clear tape.
But we’ve got enough elastic
bands.
3 We’ve got too little glue, and
we’ve got too few stapling
machines.
258
And we haven’t got enough
staples.
Exercise 4
1 I haven’t got enough money
for a holiday.
2 This coffee is too strong for
your mother.
3 The house is big enough for
all the family.
Exercise 5
1 It isn’t warm enough to go
out.
2 The bird was too fast to
catch.
3 We were too late to catch the
bus.
4 The plane was flying just high
enough to miss the mountain.
Unit 85
Exercise 1
1 a bit
2 not very
3 very
4 quite
5 not very
Exercise 2
1 far
2 much
3 a little
4 far
5 much
Exercise 3
1 so
2 such
3 such
4 so
5 such
6 so
7 so
8 such
9 such
10 so
Exercise 4
1 e The weather was so bad
(that) we gave up our
holiday and went home.
2 a The students made so
much noise (that) all the
neighbours complained.
3 d The birds are so friendly
(that) they even take food
from your hand.
4 h The children made such a
mess (that) it took an hour
to clean the room.
5 f Everybody is so busy (that)
nobody is answering the
phone.
6 g I haven’t driven for such a
long time (that) I feel quite
nervous about going on the
road.
7 c After the trip we were all so
tired (that) we went straight
to sleep.
8 b They took such a long time
to get ready (that) they
nearly missed their plane.
Unit 86
Exercise 1
1 near
2 above
3 behind
4 next to
5 under
6 in
7 on
8 in front of
9 opposite
10 between
Exercise 2
1 at
2 at
3 in
4 in
5 opposite
6 in front of
7
8
9
10
in front of
between
Among
among
Exercise 3
1 past
2 across
3 into
4 through
5 along
6 round
7 towards
8 over
9 up
10 down
11 under
12 inside
13 out of
14 away from
Unit 87
Exercise 1
1 g Tom lives at Number 25,
North Street.
2 i There’s a notice on the wall
outside my office.
3 a Ann is buying some things
in the shopping centre.
4 d Dad is having a sleep in the
small bedroom.
5 c My aunt lives in a small
town outside London.
6 b Come and meet all the
trainees in Room 564.
7 f I want you to introduce me
to everyone at the party.
8 e There are two men working
on the roof.
9 j Sally put the vase of
flowers on the table.
10 h Both London and Oxford
are on the River Thames.
Exercise 2
1 in the middle of
2 on the way
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
at the meeting.
on that wall.
on the bottle
at that desk.
at the entrance.
in the garden.
in a village
Exercise 3
1 at
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
on
at
on
on
at
at
at
at
on
in
in
on
Unit 88
Exercise 1
1 at
2 in
3 in
4 on
5 on
6 at
7 at
8 on
9 at
10 at
11 at
12 in
Exercise 2
1 at
2 in
3 in
4 on
5 on
6 in
7 at
8 in
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
in
at
in
on
on
at
in
on
at
in
at
Exercise 3
1 on
2 at
3 on
4 on
5 x
6 x
7 on
8 x
9 x
10 at
11 in
12 x
13 x
14 x
15 in
16 at
Exercise 4
1 at a time
2 at times
3 in time
4 at one time
5 on time
Exercise 5
1 ten past three
2 ten to eight
3 half past nine
4 quarter to three
5 quarter past five
6 thirteen minutes past one
7 twenty-nine minutes to eleven
8 one minute to one
Exercise 6
1 On Wednesday the 28th,
you’re returning to London at
3:45 in the afternoon.
2 On Friday the 30th, you’re
meeting Japanese visitors
from the Subarashi
Corporation all day.
3 On Saturday the 31st, you’re
speaking at the goodbye
party for the Managing
Director in the evening.
4 Moving into June now, on
Monday the 2nd, you’re
attending the sales conference
in the afternoon/evening.
5 On Tuesday the 3rd, you’re
talking at the sales
conference in the morning.
6 On Thursday the 5th, you’re
flying to Rome at 7:15 in the
morning.
7 On Friday the 6th, you’re
leaving Rome for Madrid at
11:45 in the morning.
8 On Saturday the 7th, you’re
travelling back to London at
midday.
Unit 89
Exercise 1
1 for
2 for
3 since
4 for
5 since
6 For
7 since
8 since
9 for
Exercise 2
1 ago
before
2 ago
ago; before
3 ago
before
Exercise 3
1 while
2 During
3 While
4 during
5 during
6 during
7 while
8 While
Exercise 4
1 by
until/till
2 until/till
by
3 By
Until/till
4 by
until/till
Exercise 5
1 since
2 during
3 while
4 for
5 until/till
6 By
7 before
8 ago
Unit 90
Exercise 1
1 on
by
2 on
by
3 on; for
for
4 for
on
5 on
on
6 by
in; by
259
7 on
on
8 at
by
Exercise 2
1 on a tour
2 in my car
3 on a school trip
4 by air
5 on his bike
6 for a walk
7 at the cinema
8 by special delivery
9 on a diet
10 by an artist
Exercise 3
1 matter with
2 need for
3 hope of
4 increase in
5 way of
6 problem with
7 call for
8 fall in
9 interested in
10 difficulties with
Unit 91
Exercise 1
1 for
2 at
3 with
4 with/about
5 with/about
6 for
7 with
8 with
Exercise 2
1 terrible at
2 proud of
3 different from
4 good for
5 late for
6 responsible for
7 early for
8 worried about
260
Exercise 3
1 She was angry with her children.
2 I’m used to working at night.
3 He’s tired of all his old
computer games.
4 He’s anxious about his first
business trip on his own.
5 They were sorry about the
long delay at the airport.
6 He was bored with the neverending radio programme.
7 She’s nervous about going
out alone at night.
8 We were amazed at the huge
number of people at the
concert.
Unit 92
Exercise 1
1 for
2 to
3 to
4 about
5 of
6 about
Exercise 2
1 heard about
2 applied to
3 applying for
4 thinking about
5 thought of
6 look after
7 look at
8 look for
Exercise 3
1 asked; for
2 congratulate; on
3 provide; with
4 ask; about
5 tell; about
6 steal; from
Exercise 4
1 asked the teacher for help.
2 told him about the accident.
3 blamed him for the crash.
4 describe the man to them.
5 inviting all my friends to my
party.
6 informed him of his right to
remain silent.
Unit 93
Exercise 1
1 pick up
2 give out
3 sit down
4 put away
5 Turn over
6 come in
7 get on
8 call out
9 stand up
10 write down
Exercise 2
1 lie down
2 go on
3 go out
4 move away
5 come back
6 get up
7 Turn round
8 wake up
Exercise 3
1 take out
2 brought down
3 turn down
4 took off
5 put on
6 putting up
7 switches off
8 turned up
9 paid in
Exercise 4
1 picked it up.
2 switched it off.
3 put them away.
4 put them down.
5 turned it up.
6 paid it in.
7 tried it out.
8 finished it off.
9 called her back.
10 turned them over.
Exercise 5
1 gone back on
2 cut back on
3 Do you feel up to
4 come up against
5 face up to
6 Did you join in with
7 get on with
8 we’ll run out of
9 get round to
10 get away with
Unit 94
Exercise 1
1 You can have orange juice or
ice coffee.
2 I went into town and then all
the way to Jack’s house.
3 They’ve finished the sales
figures but not the report.
Exercise 2
1 and also
2 but also
3 neither; nor
4 and; too
5 either; or
6 but; too
7 both; and
Exercise 3
1 It includes everything
but/except for/apart from
computers.
2 Well, there are several
suitable printers such as
these Logimax machines.
3 Yes, they’re reliable as well as
economical to use.
4 I suggest you try a mediumprice make such as Paper
Magic.
5 I’d recommend all except
for/but/apart from the
Dynaprint.
Unit 95
Exercise 1
1 and
2 but
3 or
Exercise 2
1 and he also owns a house in
Scotland.
2 or he can see it at 4:00 instead.
3 but he seems very tired at the
moment.
Exercise 3
1 Sally does her job well even
though/although she’s young.
2 The film is still very popular
even though/although it’s
quite old.
3 Their new house looks terrible
even though/although it was
expensive.
4 Ed always does well even
though/although he never
seems to try very hard.
Exercise 4
1 I went to bed because/as I
was tired.
2 We couldn’t see much
because/as it was dark.
3 I’ll call you later because/as I
have to go out now.
4 We couldn’t get to the
meeting because/as the train
was late.
Exercise 5
1 If; x
2 x; if
3 Even though; x
4 x; because
5 x; in order to
6 When; x
7 Because; x
8 x; when
9 x; even though
10 In order to; x
Unit 96
Exercise 1
1 The spring days are warm
now, but/whereas/while the
nights are still quite cold.
2 The new flu vaccine is
helping some people,
but/whereas/while it does not
appear to help others.
3 The others all want to go out,
but/whereas/while I prefer to
stay at home.
Exercise 2
1 a but
b but/whereas/while
2 a but/whereas/while
b but
3 a but
b but/whereas/while
4 a but/whereas/while
b but
Exercise 3
1 Although Sam has ideas, he
never puts them into action.
2 We bought more milk even
though we had some.
3 We were friendly although we
were not close friends.
Exercise 4
1 Despite his illness, Dan went
back to work.
In spite of being ill, Dan went
back to work.
2 Despite having doubts about
the plane, I believed the pilot.
In spite of my doubts about
the plane, I believed the pilot.
3 In spite of having a long talk,
the two sisters could not agree.
Despite a long talk, the two
sisters could not agree.
4 In spite of our happiness now,
we’re still worried about the
future.
Despite being happy now,
we’re still worried about the
future.
Unit 97
Exercise 1
1 Jack is borrowing some
money so as to buy a car.
2 Carrie carried the vase
carefully so as not to drop it.
3 I’m planting lots of seeds in
order to grow my own
vegetables.
4 We’re going early in order not
to be late for the party.
Exercise 2
1 so that we can see
2 so that she could save
3 so that she will be able to
speak
4 so that they will know
5 so that she would be able to
help
6 so that he always knows
7 so that I won’t have to work
Exercise 3
1 for a nice meal.
2 for a good night’s sleep.
3 for the London Marathon.
4 for a swim in the sea.
Exercise 4
1 because
2 because of
3 Because of
4 Because
Exercise 5
1 Kate hadn’t flown before, so
she was very nervous.
2 We’ve had a nice time here,
so we’re sad to go.
3 It’s time to go to bed because
I’m very tired.
4 She gave them all presents
as they had been kind.
Unit 98
Exercise 1
1 a If we keep walking, we’ll
get home by 6:00.
b Unless we keep walking,
we won’t get home by
6:00.
2 a The work won’t take long
if/as long as/provided we
all help.
b The work will take ages
unless we all help.
3 a If/As long as/Provided
Stella makes some good
friends, she’ll enjoy life at
college.
b Unless Stella makes some
good friends, she won’t
enjoy life at college.
4 a We’ll start the job
tomorrow, if/as long
as/provided the goods
arrive today.
b We won’t start the job
tomorrow unless the goods
arrive today.
Exercise 2
1 a You should think carefully
or you won’t find the answer.
b You won’t find the answer
unless you think carefully.
2 a You should get petrol now
or you’ll have to fill up later.
b You’ll have to fill up later
unless you get petrol now.
3 a They should repair the wall
soon or it’ll fall to pieces.
b The wall will fall to pieces
unless they repair it soon.
Exercise 3
1 You’d better take something
to read in case you have to
wait for a long time at the
hospital.
261
2 Keep receipts for things you
buy in case they’re faulty and
have to be repaired.
3 You ought to check some more
websites in case you find the
same product for less money.
4 You should keep a tool kit in
your car in case you break
down a long way from a
garage.
5 I suggest you answer the
advert in case it’s exactly the
job you need.
Exercise 4
1 arrive
2 will go
3 checks
4 will check in
5 will give
6 will look
7 go
8 will have to wait
9 see
10 wait
11 will have
12 see
13 will need
Unit 99
Exercise 1
1 It is; Alternatively, it is
2 We have reached; In addition,
we have managed
3 We are reducing; However,
we are failing
4 We have not tried; As a result,
we do not yet know if it will be
Exercise 2
1 As a result of this,
2 Despite (x) this,
3 Due to this,
4 Except for this,
5 In addition to this,
6 In spite of this,
7 Instead of this,
262
Exercise 3
1 As a result, she has achieved
a Grade A.
2 However, she has often failed
to complete her homework.
3 In addition, she has behaved
badly in class all year.
4 Instead, she must learn to do
some hard work.
5 In spite of this, she has found
it difficult to improve.
6 Alternatively, she could go on
to do extra Science.
Unit 100 (Possible answers)
Exercise 1
Going back to what you said
about a special bus trip to
London, I would like to go if there
are still some seats available.
Exercise 2
Well, as a matter of fact, I think
it’s lovely.
Exercise 3
I decided it was the right colour for
you … Or to be more exact, Josie
and I both decided it was the right
colour.
Exercise 4
In other words, let me say very
clearly that I really don’t think you
should go.
Exercise 5
For one thing, there’s an extra
bedroom. And for another, there’s
more living space. Then again, it’s
got a garden. And finally, there’s a
garage for my car.
Exercise 6
Well, at any rate, the important
thing is that he’s left hospital
now, and he’s recovering at
home.
Exercise 7
But changing the subject, I’m
worried about the project we’ve
been doing together. We need to
talk about the deadline for
finishing it
Checkpoint self-test
About the Checkpoint self-test
The Checkpoint self-test (pages 263–269) is a 100-question test that you can use by yourself. It uses
simple multiple-choice questions, and it quickly checks your understanding of 100 key points of English
grammar. It also shows you the units in the book that teach these key points and also give you practice.
You can use the test in two ways:
1 You can use it if you are not sure what to study. Check your answers on page 270 to see
what you do and do not need to study.
2 You can use some or all of the Checkpoint self-test after you have studied some or all of the
units in English Practice Grammar.
Like the book, the test is divided into sections – Basic verb forms, Question forms and answers, etc., so
that you can focus on particular areas of English grammar. You may want to use the Checkpoint self-test
several times.
For each question, choose the correct answer. Then check your answers on page 270. If you have made
mistakes, or if you are just not very sure about some of the answers, then you probably need to study
the units listed to the right of the questions.
Basic verb forms
1 Alice is a strange girl. She ___________________ much.
UNITS
4
a says not b don’t say c doesn’t say d doesn’t says
2 I’m going to the party tomorrow, and Jamie ___________________, too.
a is going b is go c goes d are going
6, 7
3 Jack ___________________ basketball much, but he really loves football.
a isn’t liking b doesn’t like c isn’t like d don’t like
4, 7
4 It was a great film, and we ___________________ it a lot.
a were enjoyed b enjoying c was enjoy d enjoyed
8
5 I stayed at home because I ___________________ well.
a didn’t feel b felt not c didn’t felt d no feel
8
6 We ___________________ talk much, but now we’re very good friends.
a wasn’t used to b didn’t use to c didn’t used to
8
7 Tim ___________________ TV when the letter arrived.
a was watching b was watched c were watching d watched
10
8 Emma ___________________ to Canada today to be with her mother.
a flew b is flown c have flown d has flown
11, 13
9 I ________________________ what sort of work to look for.
a still have decided b still haven’t decided c haven’t still decided
12
263
10 Tony has lived in Wilton Street ___________________.
a with five years b for five years c since five years d five years ago
12
11 The new restaurant ___________________. Today is its first day.
a has opened b did open c opened d has been open
11, 13
12 Ben ____________________ that workshop since 2010, and it still isn’t finished.
a has been building b built c has built d is building
14
13 I got to the station too late. The train ___________________.
a has gone b went c had gone d has been going
15
14 ‘This car doesn’t sound right.’ ‘I know, and that’s why _____________________
it to the garage tomorrow.’
a I’m going to take b I’ll take c I take
16, 20
15 Look at those black clouds! ___________________ in a minute!
a It’s raining b It’s going to rain c It rains
16, 20
16 ‘Could you do the washing when you have time?’
17, 20
‘Yes, certainly. ___________________ it right now.’
a I’m going to do b I’m doing c I do d I’ll do
17 I can’t come tomorrow. ___________________ all day.
a I’ll be working b I’ll work c I work
18, 20
18 They ______________________ by 1:00, but the job will be done by 3:00.
a don’t finish b aren’t finishing c won’t have finished
19, 20
19 Kim is tired. ___________________ a rest at the moment.
a She’s b She has got c She has d She’s having
21
20 The family ___________________ to Florida for their holidays last summer.
a flew b have flown c had flown d have been flying
22
21 Don’t say things like that. You’re just ___________________ silly!
a be b been c being
23
22 I can hear the bus. ___________________ coming now!
a It’s b Its c It
24
Question forms and answers
23 ___________________ tennis every Saturday?
a Do he play b Does he plays c Does he playing d Does he play
264
25
24 ‘_______________________ the match?’ ‘No, I’m afraid they’re losing.’
a Are they no winning b Aren’t they winning c Aren’t winning they
25
25 Why ___________________ home so early yesterday?
a they went b they did go c did they go d did they went
26
26 Who _________________________ see at the office?
a are you going to b you are going to c you go to d you going to
26
27 What happened? Which company ___________________ the contract?
a did get b did it get c got it d got
26
28 Lucy works in Paris, ___________________?
a don’t she b do she c doesn’t she d isn’t she
27
29 ‘Has Peter gone on holiday yet?’ ‘___________________.’
a No, he not gone b No, he hasn’t c No, not go d No, he isn’t
28
30 Can you tell me ___________________ at 6:00 yesterday?
a if Lyn arrived b whether Lyn she arrived c did Lyn arrive d if did Lyn arrive
29
31 Do you know when _______________________?
a closes the library b does it close the library c the library closes
d does the library close
29
32 ‘Anne is very happy that you got the job.’ ‘___________________!’
a So I am b So are I c I am so d So am I
30
Modal forms
33 The bus was leaving, so I ran and I ___________________ catch it.
a can climb b could climb c was able to climb d could have climbed
31
34 ‘___________________ carry your shopping for you?’ ‘Thanks very much!’
a Shall I b Will I c Would I d Do I
32
35 It’s getting late. ___________________ stay any longer.
a I’d better not to b I’d better not c It’s better not d It would be better to not
33
36 ‘Tom was doing 70 mph when the police stopped him.’ ‘Oh, no! He
_________________________ driven so fast.’
a ought to not have b didn’t ought to c oughtn’t to be d ought not to have
33
37 The boss says we can go. We ___________________________ any longer.
a can’t stay b mustn’t stay c don’t have to stay d needn’t have stayed
35
38 Dan isn’t on the train, so he ___________________ to London today.
a can’t be going b mustn’t go c mustn’t be going
36
39 I __________________________ you, but I thought you were out.
a would visit b must have visited c could call d would have visited
37
Passive verb forms
40 That day, our boat ___________________ by a three-metre wave.
a was hitting b was hit c hit d had hit
39
41 A new road to the north ___________________ at the moment.
a is building b is being built c is built d is been built
40
42 When ___________________ returned to the library?
40
a the books must be b must the books to be c must the books be
d must the books being
265
43 Old Josh should look after his eyes better. He ___________________ for
five years.
a hasn’t had them checked b hasn’t them checked c hasn’t checked
d hasn’t have them checked
Infinitives and ~ing forms
44 I enjoy ___________________ the football on TV every Saturday.
a to watch b watching c that I watch d watch
42
45 I don’t remember ___________________ downstairs when I was young.
a to fall b falling c to have fallen
43
46 The boss wanted ___________________ to a meeting with him.
a that I go b that I would go c me to go d me going
44
47 I don’t blame Harry ___________________ all our money.
a to use b for use c by using d for using
45
48 I’m interested ___________________ this motorbike.
a in buying b about buying c to buy d in to buy
46
49 Despite ___________________ little money, Terry tried to help his son.
a he had b that he had c having
47
50 It’s not worth ___________________ to her. She won’t listen to any of us.
a to talk b talking c for you to talk d that you talk
48
Conditional forms
51 If we ___________________ this match, we’ll be out of the competition.
a would lose b lost c lose d will lose
49
52 I’m too busy to go, but if ___________________ time, I’d love to visit Italy.
a I had b I had had c I would have d I have
50
53 If I’d got up earlier, I _________________________ the train.
a hadn’t missed b wouldn’t have missed c didn’t miss d wouldn’t miss
51
54 If only it ___________________ raining, we could go out and have fun!
a stops b would have stopped c would stop d should stop
52
Reported speech
55 Tammy told me that she___________________ again the next day.
a calls b called c would call d would have called
266
41
53
56 Jason asked Rob where ___________________ the day before.
a had he been b was he c has he been d he had been
54
57 The police officer told us ___________________ any closer to the building.
a not to go b not going c to not go d not go
55
Nouns and articles
58 I’ve just bought ___________________________ for myself.
a a jeans b a pair jeans c a jean d a pair of jeans
57
59 Have you got a little time to talk? I need ___________________ about work.
a an advice b some advice c some advices
58
60 The children had brought _________________________ for the ducks in the park.
a a bread b some breads c some piece of bread d some pieces of bread
58
61 We took ___________________ flight to South Africa.
a a twelve hours b twelve hours c a twelve-hour d twelve-hour
59
62 ‘Does little Jenny go to ___________________ now?’ ‘Yes, she goes to the
new school on Green Road.’
a a school b school c the school
61
63 I want to climb _____________________________.
a Mont Blanc in the Alps b the Mont Blanc in the Alps
c the Mont Blanc in Alps d Mont Blanc in Alps
61
64 I gave ___________________ about France.
a a book him b to him a book c him a book d him to a book
62
Other determiners and pronouns
65 I asked for a litre of olive oil, but the shop didn’t have ____________ at all.
a any b a c some d no
64
66 ___________________ a lot you can choose to do at college. It must
be hard to decide.
a It must b There must c It must be d There must be
66
67 Julie spent ___________________ money on those shoes she’s wearing.
a few b much c a lot of d many
67
68 ___________________ parents do all they can for their children.
a Most b Most of c The most of d The most
68
69 ‘These aren’t Susie’s shoes.’ ‘Oh, well, I’ll ask Pam. Maybe they’re
___________________.’
a her b hers c her’s
70
Relative clauses
70 There’s the man ___________________ wanted to talk to you.
a he b what c who d which
71 Australia is a country ___________________ population lives mainly on the coast.
a that b whose c who
72
74
267
72 My glasses were found by someone ___________________ along the beach.
a walking b walked c was walking d who walking
75
73 Sarah said she would visit us, ___________________ was fantastic news.
a it b that c which d what
76
Adjectives and adverbs
74 We gave Emma some ________________________ shoes for her birthday.
a little red lovely b red lovely little c lovely little red d red little love
75 ___________________ that they all survived the crash.
a I’m amazing b It’s amazing c it’s amazed
78
76 Society has to bring up ___________________ to be good, responsible adults.
a young ones b the young c youngs d the youngs
78
77 We ___________________ to get the job finished on time.
a worked hardly b hardly worked c hard worked d worked hard
79
78 Are you sitting ___________________? Then I’ll begin.
a comfortable b comfortablely c comfortably d comfortabley
79
79 At the factory, ___________________________ very long hours.
a always they have to work b they always have to work
c they have always to work d they have to work always
80
80 The new LX model is _________________________ the old model.
a reliable than b more reliable as c reliable as d more reliable than
82, 83
81 Lucy is __________________________ of us all.
a the most intelligent b the intelligentest c the most intelligentest
d most intelligent
82, 83
82 Mark was driving ___________________ at the traffic lights.
a too fast as to stop b too fast for stopping c too fast so as to stop
d too fast to stop
84
83 I don’t have ___________________________ the report now.
a time enough for writing b enough time for write
c enough time to write d time enough for writing
84
84 After some practice, Harry could walk _____________________ than before.
a a lot more easily b quite more easily c very more easily
d fairly more easily
85
85 Lynda was ___________________ that she couldn’t stop talking.
a such excited b so excited c so exciting
85
Prepositions
86 We live in a village ___________________ the city of Oxford.
a by b near c out of d in front of
268
77
86
87 Rob and Jill met ___________________ Tony’s birthday party.
a in b at c to d on
87
88 The taxi arrived for Alex _________________________________.
a at 4:30 in Friday afternoon b at 4:30 at Friday afternoon
c at 4:30 on Friday afternoon d in 4:30 at Friday afternoon
88
89 Old Jack has been in the same job ___________________ 33 years!
a for b during c since d until
89
90 ‘Can I pay ___________________ credit card?’ ‘Yes, a credit card is fine.’
a in b on c with d by
90
91 I’m sorry ___________________ the noise last night. I hope I didn’t wake you.
a for b over c with d about
91
Prepositional and phrasal verbs
92 Listen! I’ve suddenly thought _______________ a new way to solve the problem.
a about b of c over d through
93 I took the reports to the meeting, and I ______________________ to everyone.
a gave them out b gave out c gave out them
Linking ideas, sentences and discourse
94 I prepared all the food for the picnic ___________________ the cold drinks.
a apart from b such as c as well as d except for
92
93
94
95 We’re going to buy some more coffee ___________________ we’ve run out.
a even though b because c unless d so that
95
96 ___________________ Tim had made a lot of money, he soon lost it again.
a Although b Despite c Whereas d In spite of
96
97 A thermometer is used ___________________ measuring temperature.
a so as to b so that we can c in order to d for
97
98 You should take your phone ___________________ you need to contact me.
a if b in case c unless d when
98
99 By mistake, the goods were not sent express. ___________________, they
arrived the next morning – much to our surprise.
a On the other hand b As a result c Nevertheless d Moreover
99
100 ‘I was thinking about our holiday plans last night.’ ‘Ah, yes,
______________________, I’ve done some research on places to stay.’
a talking about that b changing the subject c to start with d in other words
100
269
Checkpoint self-test answer key
Basic verb forms
1c 2a 3b 4d 5a 6b 7a 8d 9b
10 b 11 a 12 a 13 c 14 a 15 b 16 d
17 a 18 c 19 d 20 a 21 c 22 a
Question forms and answers
23 d 24 b 25 c 26 a 27 d 28 c 29 b
30 a 31 c 32 d
Modal forms
33 c 34 a 35 b 36 d 37 c 38 a 39 d
Passive verb forms
40 b 41 b 42 c 43 a
Infinitives and ~ing forms
44 b 45 b 46 c 47 d 48 a 49 c 50 b
Conditional forms
51 c 52 a 53 b 54 c
Reported speech
55 c 56 d 57 a
Nouns and articles
58 d 59 b 60 d 61 c 62 b 63 a 64 c
Other determiners and pronouns
65 a 66 d 67 c 68 a 69 b
Relative clauses
70 c 71 b 72 a 73 c
270
Adjectives and adverbs
74 c 75 b 76 b 77 d 78 c 79 b 80 d
81 a 82 d 83 c 84 a 85 b
Prepositions
86 b 87 b 88 c 89 a 90 d 91 d
Prepositional and phrasal verbs
92 b 93 a
Linking ideas, sentences and discourse
94 c 95 b 96 a 97 d 98 b 99 c 100 a
Appendix 1 Irregular verbs
These common irregular verbs have the following forms:
A Verbs with no change
Infinitive
cost
cut
hit
hurt
let
put
set
shut
spread
Past tense
cost
cut
hit
hurt
let
put
set
shut
spread
Past participle
cost
cut
hit
hurt
let
put
set
shut
spread
B Verbs with one change
Infinitive
beat
bring
build
burn
buy
catch
deal
dream
feel
fight
find
get
have* (see below)
hear
hold
keep
lay
lead
learn
leave
lend
lose
make
mean
meet
pay
read (sounds like need)
say
sell
send
sit
shoot
sleep
slide
smell
spell
spend
stand
swing
teach
tell
think
understand
win
Past tense
beat
brought
built
burnt/burned
bought
caught
dealt
dreamt/dreamed
felt
fought
found
got
had
heard
held
kept
laid
led
learnt/learned
left
lent
lost
made
meant
met
paid
read (sounds like red)
said
sold
sent
sat
shot
slept
slid
smelt/smelled
spelt/spelled
spent
stood
swung
taught
told
thought
understood
won
Past participle
beaten
brought
built
burnt/burned
bought
caught
dealt
dreamt/dreamed
felt
fought
found
got
had
heard
held
kept
laid
led
learnt/learned
left
lent
lost
made
meant
met
paid
read (sounds like red)
said
sold
sent
sat
shot
slept
slid
smelt/smelled
*Note that the 3rd person singular of have in the preset simple is he/she/it has.
271
spelt/spelled
spent
stood
swung
taught
told
thought
understood
won
C Verbs with two changes
Infinitive
be* (see below)
become
begin
bite
blow
break
choose
come
do* (see below)
draw
drink
drive
eat
fall
fly
forget
give
go
grow
hide
know
lie
ride
ring
rise
run
see
shake
show
sing
sink
speak
steal
272
swim
take
throw
wake
wear
write
Past tense
was/were
became
began
bit
blew
broke
chose
came
did
drew
drank
drove
ate
fell
flew
forgot
gave
went
grew
hid
knew
lay
rode
rang
rose
ran
saw
shook
showed
sang
sank
spoke
stole
swam
took
threw
woke
wore
wrote
Past participle
been
become
begun
bitten
blown
broken
chosen
come
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
fallen
flown
forgotten
given
gone
grown
hidden
known
lain
ridden
rung
risen
run
seen
shaken
shown
sung
sunk
spoken
stolen
swum
taken
thrown
woken
worn
written
*Note that be in the present simple is I am, he/she/it is and you/we/they are.
*Note that the 3rd person singular of do in the present simple is he/she/it does.
Appendix 2 Some spelling rules
These spelling rules deal with spelling changes with grammatical word endings.
A Some spelling terms
To study this Appendix you need to know the terms vowel and consonant.
Vowel letters are a, e, i, o and u.
Vowel sounds are sounds written with two or more vowel letters, e.g., ai, au, ea, ee, ei, ie, oa, oo, ou, etc.
Consonants are the other letters of the alphabet and their sounds, e.g., b, c, d, f, g, etc.
A short vowel is e in get and o in got.
A long vowel is ee in keep, ea in heat, oo in soon and ou in route.
You also need to know the term syllable. This is a unit of sound within a word.
stand (1 syllable) un•der (2 syllables) un•der•stand (3 syllables)
mis•un•der•stand (4 syllables) mis•un•der•stand•ing (5 syllables)
B Word endings
English adds the following grammatical word endings to words.
Noun
Verb
Verb
Verb
Adjective
Adjective
Adjective
~s
~s
~ing
~ed
~er
~est
~ly
cars
looks
looking
looked
quicker
quickest
quickly
planes
works
working
worked
slower
slowest
slowly
(Plural)
(3rd person
present simple)
(Present
participle)
(Past simple,
past participle)
(Comparative) (Superlative) (Adverb)
Sometimes there is a spelling change when we add an ending to a word. There are clear rules for these
changes – see Sections C–G.
C Noun and verb endings with ~es
Add ~es when the word ends in ~s, ~ss, ~sh, ~ch and ~x.
bus
boss
dish
match
box
buses
bosses
dishes
matches
boxes
Many verbs and nouns end in an ~e which we do not say. But if the silent e comes after c, s, x or z, just
add ~s. We then sound the e + s together.
race
practise
axe
organize
races
practises
axes
organizes
273
After other consonants, we do not sound the silent e – see Section D below.
bikes
scenes
tapes
votes
consumes
We add ~es after some nouns ending in ~o, but not others. Compare the following:
cargoes heroes
potatoes tomatoes volcanoes
discos
studios
photos
radios
steroes
Note also the verbs go
goes and do
does.
Some nouns which end in ~f or ~fe change their endings to ~ves.
knife
life
loaf
shelf
wife
knives
lives
loaves
shelves wives
D Words that end in silent e
After final, silent e just add ~s.
bikes
scenes
tapes
votes
consumes hopes
rules
types
(Plural nouns)
(3rd person present simple)
But see Section C for pronunciation of words like the following:
races
practises
axes
organizes
Leave out e and add ~ing to form the present participle.
dance
handle
hope
smile
write
dancing handling hoping
smiling
writing
After e just add ~d for regular past tense and past participle forms.
consumed
hoped
ruled
typed
Just add ~r and ~st for comparative and superlative forms.
brave
large
rude
wide
braver
larger
ruder
wider
bravest
largest
rudest
widest
Just add ~ly to most adjectives for adverb forms.
bravely
largely
rudely
widely
But if an adjective ends in ~le, leave out e and just add ~y.
able
capable
horrible probable
ably
capably
horribly
probably
Note these special ~ly cases.
day
due
true
daily
duly
truly
274
whole
wholly
E Words that double the final consonant
Words that end in one short vowel + one consonant often double that consonant before ~ing, ~ed, ~er
and ~est.
Most words like occur, with two syllables or more, double the last consonant when the last syllable is
stressed. But compare the following:
frighten
permit
benefit
occur
occurring frightening permitted benefited
But words which end in one vowel + l are different in British English (though not
American English). They all double the l.
quarrel
quarrelling
(Present participle)
travel
travelled
(Past simple, past participle)
beautiful beautifully
(Adverb)
F Words that end in ~y
Before s, y changes to ie and becomes ~ies.
Before ed, y changes to ie and becomes ~ied.
applied
emptied studied
tried
(Past simple, past participle)
Before er and est, y changes to i and becomes ~ier or ~iest.
But a y ending does not change before ing.
applying emptying studying trying
(Present participle)
Most words with a vowel + y ending (~ay, ~ey, ~oy) do not change at all.
play
grey
boy
plays
greyer
boys
playing greyest
played
But note these special cases.
day
lay
pay
daily
laid
paid
say
said
G Words that end in ie
A few verbs end in ~ie. With these, ie changes to y and becomes ~ying.
die
lie
tie
dying
lying
tying
275
Appendix 3 Punctuation
A Types
Study the punctuation in the following:
dashes
capital
letter
colon
apostrophe
James – that’s Peter’s younger brother – shocked us last night at the concert: he
suddenly said, ‘Listen, everybody! Can we go home? I’m tired of this music.’
comma
exclamation
mark
question
mark
full stop
speech marks
B Apostrophe (…’)
Use this:
n in short forms of verbs: It’s cold. (It’s = It is)
I don’t want to go out. (don’t = do not)
Be careful with the different meanings of ’s and ’d: He’s working. (He’s = He is)
He’s finished. (He’s = He has) We’d finished by 5:00. (We’d = We had)
We’d like to go home now. (We’d = We would)
n
n
in short forms of other words, mainly years: I met Joe in June ’89.
to show possession after nouns: I’m Peter’s younger brother.
A possessive apostrophe goes after a plural noun with s: We can use my parents’ car.
Possessive adjectives and pronouns do not take apostrophes: This is my coat, and this is hers.
Be careful with its (possessive adjective) and it’s (it is/it has): Look at the fish. It’s opening and closing
its mouth.
C Capital letter (I, P, J, L, etc.)
Use this:
n for the 1st person singular: I
n for the name of a person, place, geographical name, country, nationality: James, The Palace
Hotel, London, the River Nile, Canada, Canadian
n for abbreviations: the UN (the United Nations), the USA (the United States of America)
D Colon (:)
Use this:
n to introduce a list of things: Remember to bring the following: thick jacket, walking boots,
sleeping bag.
n to lead from a general heading into a particular example: Summer camp: equipment
n to show a connection between two ideas: I’ve got the answer: 2,301.
You should take a coat:
it’s going to rain.
276
E Comma (,)
Use this:
n between separate clauses in one sentence: We were shocked, but Peter just smiled.
n to separate other parts of a sentence, e.g. connectors and sentence adverbs: We were tired.
However, we had to keep running. Surprisingly, it got easier as we continued.
n between words in lists: I bought some bread, butter, cheese and tomatoes.
It was a lovely, warm, sunny day for a picnic.
n to introduce direct speech in a story: Bob arrived and said, ‘Hello.’
F Dash (–)
Use this:
n to show an extra idea added to a sentence: I met Carol – she’s the one in a blue dress – when
we were both students. She’s going to France next month – or at least that’s what she told me.
G Exclamation mark (!)
Use this:
n to show strong feeling in written form: ‘I’m so happy!’
‘Listen! I’ve got an idea!’ ‘Help!’
This takes the place of a full stop – see Section H.
‘That was really stupid!’
H Full stop (.)
Use this:
n to show the end of a statement: The men are not due to go home this week. They will return
next week.
n in abbreviations (optional): I work for the B.B.C.
It’s 10 a.m. Have you seen Mrs. Jones?
I Question mark (?)
Use this:
n to end a sentence in question form: Can they do the job?
This takes the place of a full stop – see Section H.
They can do it, can’t they?
J Speech marks (‘ … ’)
These are also called quotation marks or inverted commas.
Use these:
n to mark direct speech in a story: Ann turned to Bob and said, ‘Hi.’
You can also use speech marks in double form: Ann turned to Bob and said, “Hi.”
n to mark something for special attention: The letters ‘Dr’ stand for ‘Doctor’.
277
Appendix 4 Numbers
A Whole numbers
Write
Say
101
a hundred and one
199
a hundred and ninety-nine
235
two hundred and thirty-five
1,001
a thousand and one
1,135
one thousand, one hundred and thirty-five
1,000,001
a million and one
1,135,199
one million, one hundred and thirty-five thousand, one hundred and ninety-nine
Compare the following:
a hundred BUT exactly one hundred
about a hundred BUT exactly one hundred and twelve
B Telephone numbers
Write
Say
521 301377
five two one … three oh one … three seven seven
OR
five two one … three zero one … three double seven
999 775666
nine nine nine … seven seven five … six six six
OR
treble nine … double seven five … treble six
C Decimals
Write
31.3166
33.3333
Say
thirty-one point three one six six
thirty-three point three recurring
D Fractions
Write
Say
⁄2
⁄3
1
⁄4
1
⁄5
1
⁄6
1
⁄10
a half
a third
a quarter
a fifth
a sixth
a tenth
1
1
278
1 ⁄2
2 2⁄3
5 3⁄4
7 4⁄5
9 5⁄6
10 7⁄10
1
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
one half
one third
one quarter
one fifth
one sixth
one tenth
one and a half
two and two-thirds
five and three quarter
seven and four-fifths
nine and five-sixths
ten and seven-tenths
E Mathematical terms
Write
Say
7+2=9
seven plus/add/and two equals/is nine
9–3=6
nine minus/take away three equals/is six
6 x 3 = 18
six times/multiplied by three equals/is eighteen
18 ÷ 2 = 9
eighteen divided by two equals/is nine
F Ordinal numbers
Write Write or say
(e.g., in dates)
1st
first
2nd
second
3rd
third
4th
fourth
5th
fifth
6th
sixth
7th
seventh
8th
eighth
9th
ninth
10th
tenth
11th
eleventh
12th
twelfth
13th
thirteenth
14th
fourteenth
15th
fifteenth
…
19th
nineteenth
Write
Write or say
(e.g., in dates)
20th
twentieth
21st
twenty-first
22nd
twenty-second
23rd
twenty-third
24th
twenty-fourth
…
30th
thirtieth
40th
fortieth
50th
fiftieth
60th
sixtieth
70th
seventieth
80th
eightieth
90th
ninetieth
100th
hundredth
101st
hundred and first
…
279
Appendix 5 Days, dates and times
A Days and months – abbreviations
Note that the short forms of days and months may have a full stop, e.g., Mon. and Oct.
Days
Full
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Short
Mon
Tue/Tues
Wed
Thu/Thur/Thurs
Fri
Sat
Sun
Months
Full
January
February
March
April
May
June
Short
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
–
Jun
Full
July
August
September
October
November
December
B Dates – word order
Write
Say
1st January the first of January
January 1st January the first
C Dates – abbreviations
Write
Say
Monday, 21st January
Monday, the twenty-first of January
Mon, 21st Jan
Mon, 21 Jan
D Dates in numbers
Write
Say
30/6
the thirtieth of June
31/12/94
the thirty-first of December, 1994
E Times
Write
10:00
10 a.m.
3:00 p.m.
10:00 p.m.
12 a.m./12 p.m.
1:15/1:30/1:45
2:10/2:20/2:40
3:13/3:59
280
Say
ten o’clock
ten a.m./ten o’clock (in the morning)
three p.m./three o’clock (in the afternoon)
ten p.m./ten o’clock (at night)
midday/midnight
a quarter past one/half past one/a quarter to two OR
one fifteen/one thirty/one forty-five
ten past two/twenty past two/twenty to three OR
two ten/two twenty/two forty
thirteen minutes past three/one minute to four OR
three thirteen/three fifty-nine
Short
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Appendix 6 British and American English
There are some grammatical and other differences between British English and American English. Here
are the more important ones:
Units 11–13 Present perfect and past simple
British English (BE)
American English (AE)
BE uses the present perfect for past actions
connected with the present, especially with
already, just, yet.
I’ve bought a new car. There it is!
In the same situations, AE uses either the present
perfect or the past simple.
Has he finished work already?
We’ve just had breakfast.
Have you seen Tony yet?
BE normally uses the present perfect with
ever/never.
Have the children ever flown before?
Tom has never stayed away from home before.
I’ve bought a new car. There it is!
I bought a new car. There it is!
Has he finished work already?
Did he finish work already?
We’ve just had breakfast.
We just had breakfast.
Have you seen Tony yet?
Did you see Tony yet?
AE normally uses the past simple with ever/never.
Did the children ever fly before?
Tom never stayed away from home before.
Unit 17 will and shall
BE sometimes uses shall instead of will in the 1st
person for the future.
I will/shall be at home tomorrow.
Also:
Offers: Shall I help you?
Suggestions: Shall we have lunch now?
AE does not normally use shall and finds other
forms of expression.
I will be at home tomorrow.
Offers: Should I help you?
Suggestions: How about lunch now?
Would you like to have lunch now?
281
Unit 21 have (got) and gotten
BE uses both have and have got in positive
statements.
We have/We’ve got plenty of time.
AE also uses both have and have got in positive
statements.
We have/We’ve got plenty of time.
Questions and negative statements normally take
one of these forms.
 Does he have much money?
 No, he doesn’t have any.
 Has he (got) much money?
 No, he hasn’t (got) any.
Questions and negative statements normally take
the do auxiliary form.
 Does he have much money?
 No, he doesn’t have any.
BE normally uses the did form in the past.
Did he have much money?
Had he got much money?
AE always uses the did form in the past.
Did he have much money?
BE does not use gotten.
AE uses gotten in two ways.
For actions: They’ve gotten/bought a lot of land.
We’ve gotten/got over the bad times.
Meaning become: She’s gotten good at drawing.
Unit 21 have and take
BE often uses have as a main verb for actions,
including these.
have a bath
have a look
have a break
have a shower
have a holiday
have a walk
AE also often uses have as a main verb for
actions, but it uses take for these.
take a bath
take a look
take a break
take a shower
take a holiday
take a walk
Unit 35 needn’t and don’t need to
BE uses both forms.
You needn’t say anything. I know!
You don’t need to say anything. I know!
AE normally only uses don’t need to.
You don’t need to say anything. I know!
Unit 57 Group nouns
When a group noun refers to a group of people,
it can usually be seen as either singular or plural
in BE.
The team is/are playing tomorrow.
The committee is/are meeting now.
282
In AE, a group noun normally remains singular.
The team is playing tomorrow.
The committee is meeting now.
Unit 60 the
BE uses the with musical instruments.
She plays the violin and the guitar.
AE usually leaves out the.
She plays violin and guitar.
BE says to/in hospital
He went to hospital by ambulance.
I had to stay in hospital for a week.
AE says to/in the hospital.
He went to the hospital by ambulance.
I had to stay in the hospital for a week.
Units 86–92 Prepositions
Place and direction
We stayed at home.
We sat at the front/back of the hall.
People are the same all around/round the world.
I live in East Street.
I climbed out of the window.
Let’s look outside the house.
There will be rain toward/towards the north.
We stayed home.
We sat in the front/back of the hall.
People are the same all around the world.
I live on East Street.
I climbed out/out of the window.
Let’s look outside/outside of the house.
There will be rain toward the north.
Time
I go out at the weekend/at weekends.
I’m here from Friday to/till/until Monday.
It’s quarter past four.
It’s twenty-five to six.
I go out on the weekend/on weekends.
I’m here (from) Friday through Monday.
It’s a quarter past/after four.
It’s twenty-five to/of six.
Prepositional verbs
I met/visited Tony last month.
I talked to him for an hour.
I wrote to him last week.
I met/visited with Tony last month.
I talked to/with him for an hour.
I wrote him/to him last week.
Other
The city was different from/to what I had
imagined.
Luke has got a place in the team.
The city was different from/than what I had
imagined.
Luke has got a place on the team.
Unit 93 Phrasal verbs
I’ve filled in all the forms.
How are you getting on at college?
Alice gets on well with Sue.
I’ve filled out all the forms.
How are you doing at college?
Alice gets along well with Sue.
283
Appendix 1 Irregular verbs
In BE, some verbs can be irregular (with a t
ending) as well as regular.
burn burnt/burned burnt/burned
In AE, all these verbs remain regular.
burn
burned
burned
Other similar verbs:
dream, learn, smell, spell
In BE, the verb dive is regular.
dive dived dived
In AE, dive is often irregular.
dive dove/dived
Appendix 2 Spelling rules
In BE, verbs ending with l double the l when ~ing
and ~ed are added.
cancel > cancelling, cancelled
travel > travelling, travelled
In AE, verbs ending with l remain the same when
~ing and ~ed are added.
cancel > canceling, canceled
travel > traveling, traveled
In BE, the noun is practice and the verb is
practise.
In AE, the noun and the verb are both the same:
practice.
Appendix 4 Numbers
BE uses and between hundred and the rest of the
number.
three hundred and thirteen
For numbers 100–199 BE usually uses a.
It contains a hundred and ten parts.
AE usually leaves out and after hundred.
three hundred thirteen
For numbers 100–199 AE often uses one.
It contains one hundred ten parts.
Appendix 5 Dates
284
These are the normal ways of writing and saying
dates in BE.
15/15th April
‘the fifteenth of April’
‘April the fifteenth’
These are the normal ways of writing and saying
dates in AE.
April 15
‘April fifteen/fifteenth’
Be careful when writing/reading all-number
dates. In BE, 10/11/2013 means: the tenth of
November, 2013.
Be careful when writing/reading all-number
dates. In AE, 10/11/2013 means: October
eleventh, 2013.
Index
a/an
type of determiner 1
singular and plural 56
a/an, some and the 60
for general meaning 56, 61
a bit
+ adjective/adverb 85
+ comparative 85
able (see be able to) 31, 38, 53
a few
a few/a little 67
a few/few 67
a little
a little/a few 67
a little/little 67
+ adjective/adverb a little tired 85
+ comparative a little better 85
a lot
a lot (of), many and much 67
a lot and lots 67
+ comparative a lot better 85
about
adjective + about 91
prepositional verbs 92
accommodation uncountable noun 58
‘adding extra’ (non-defining) relative
clauses 76
adjectives
word class 1
adjective + preposition + ~ing form tired of
working 46, 91
adjective + preposition + noun tired of work
46, 91
use of adjectives 77
word order with adjectives 77
adjectives with and 77
participle adjectives boring and bored 78
adjective + infinitive It’s good to learn 78
adjectives and adverbs loud and loudly 79
adjectives ending in ~ly 79
comparative forms cheaper, more
expensive 82
superlative forms cheapest, most
expensive 82
irregular comparison forms better, best 82
comparison: sentence patterns
faster than 83
the tallest boy in the class 83
(isn’t) as tall as 83
comparison and object pronouns is faster
than him 83
spelling rules with comparison Appendix 2
adverbials 2
adverbs
word class 1
adverbs and adjectives loudly and loud 79
irregular forms 79
adverb positions He drove slowly. He slowly
drove. 80
adverb types 81
manner quickly 81
place there, outside 81
time today, then 81
frequency usually, hardly ever 81
degree very, slightly 81
sentence luckily, certainly 81
comparative forms more quickly 82
superlative forms most beautifully 82
irregular comparison forms better, best 82
comparison: sentence patterns
lasts longer than 83
likes best 83
works (doesn’t work) as quickly as 83
comparison and object pronouns drove faster
than him 83
spelling rules with comparison Appendix 2
advice uncountable noun 58
advise + object + to or + ~ing He advised us
to do. He advised doing. 43
a few
a few and a little 67
a few and few 67
after
in connecting clauses 15
in prepositional verbs look after 92
285
against
in prepositional verbs insured against 92
ago
with past simple 8
ago and before 89
all
all week 14
all (of) the students 68
all cats 68
as subject and object 68
allow + object + to + ~ing 43
already 11
alternatively 99
an (see a) 56, 60–61
and 94–95
any
any and some 64
anything, somebody, etc. 64, 65
any of 68
not … any of and none of 68
apostrophe (’s, s’ ) punctuation Appendix 3
appear stative verb 7
articles
a, an and some 56, 60
a, an and the 60
a and an with rates 100 kph 60
no article with plurals 56
the and a, an 60
the with positions on the right 60
the with superlatives the fastest,
the worst 60
the with groups the rich, the French, the
Himalayas 61
the with regions and other names the Far
East, the Sahara Desert 61
school and the school 61
the with time expressions in the morning 61
by plane and on the 5:00 plane 61
general statements A plane is a beautiful
thing. 61
general and specific students and the new
students 61
as
= at the same time as 10
as long as 52
286
(not) as … as 83
= because 97
as a result (of), as a consequence (of) 99
at
with indirect objects They’re laughing at us.
62
in and on for place 86, 87
at, in and on for time 88
adjectives + at good at 91
prepositional verbs with at look at 92
auxiliary verbs be, do, have 23
baggage uncountable noun 58
be
with present forms am, is, are 5
with past forms was, were 9
in continuous tenses I am/was/have been/will
be doing 6, 10, 14, 18
as an auxiliary verb 23
as a main verb 23
in passive verb forms it is tested, it is being
finished 39–40
be able to
ability in the past 31, 38
in conditional forms 52
in reported forms 53
because
in linking clauses 95, 97
because and so 95
because of 97
been to and gone to 12
before
in connecting clauses Had it begun before
you arrived? 15
+ a time or date 19
before and ago 89
begin + to and + ~ing 43
being
as a main verb He’s being stupid. 23
in continuous passive tenses It is being
finished. 40
believe stative verb 7
belong stative verb 7
better and best
good, well, better, best 82
had better 33, 38
be used to + noun/~ing form I’m used to
hard work. I’m used to working hard. 91
bit (see a bit) 85
both
both (of) the instructors 68
as subject and object 68
but 95–96
by
+ time by 4:00 19, 89
by and until/till 89
+ noun by car 90
adjective + by surprised by 91
can 31–32, 36–38
can’t have (done) 31, 36–38
can’t be 36
capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) punctuation
Appendix 3
clauses 2
colon (:) punctuation Appendix 3
comma (,) punctuation Appendix 3
comparative forms cheaper, most quickly
82, 83
comparison: adjective and adverb forms
cheaper, most quickly 82
comparison: sentence patterns
is faster than 83
is the tallest boy in the class 83
isn’t as tall as 83
complement Tom is the driver. 2
conditional forms 49–52
connectors (linking words) in addition,
however, etc. 99
consonants (b, c, d, f, g, h, etc.) Spelling
rules Appendix 2
continuous tenses
I am doing 6
I was doing 10
I have been doing 14
I will be doing 18
could
could have 31, 36–37, 50–51
couldn’t have 31, 36
in conditional forms 50–51
countable and uncountable nouns olives,
olive oil 58
’d and they would or they had 24
dash (–) punctuation Appendix 3
dates Days, dates and times Appendix 5
days Days, dates and times Appendix 5
demonstratives
as determiners (demonstrative adjectives)
this, those (+ noun) 1
as pronouns (demonstrative pronouns) this,
those (+ verb) 1
this, that, these, those 63
despite 96
determiners
word class 1
determiners and pronouns 1
detest stative verb 7
did 8
direct and indirect objects 62
do
do and does 4, 7
auxiliary verb forms do, be, have 23
main verb form 21
dream about and dream of 92
due to 97
during and while 89
each and every 68
~ed (past) participles
present perfect 11–13
past perfect 15
future perfect 19
passive sentences 39–41
with relative clauses 75
irregular past participles break – broken, etc.
Appendix 1
either
either of 68
not … either of and neither of 68
enough and too 84
even though 95
ever
ever and never 12, 81
hardly ever 81
287
every and each 68
except for 94
exclamation mark (!) punctuation
Appendix 3
exclamations 2
extremely 85
fairly, pretty, quite and rather 85
farther and farthest 82
few
few and little 67
a few and few 67
for
for and since 12, 89
for + indirect object 62
time 89
before and after nouns 90
after adjectives 91
in prepositional verbs 92
purpose 97
forget stative verb 7
forget to buy and forget reaching 43
from
movement 86
time 88
after adjectives different from 91
full forms and short forms he is and
he’s 24
full stop (.) punctuation Appendix 3
furniture uncountable noun 58
furthermore 99
future
present tenses for the future 7, 20
going to 16
going to and present continuous for the
future 16
will 17
future continuous I will be swimming 18
future perfect I will have done 19
will and going to 20
future continuous
I will be doing 18
I will be cleaning and I will do 20
I will be doing and I will have done 20
288
future perfect
I will have done 19
future perfect with before, by and not …
until/till 19
I will have done and I will be doing 20
genitive ~’s Tim’s shirt 70
geographical names the Himalayas, Mount
Everest 61
get and have something done 41
going to
I am going to do and I am doing 16
I am going to do and I will do 20
gone to and been to 12
go on to do and go on doing 43
got have got and have 21
had
with past perfect The film had started 15
had better 33, 38
had to 37, 38
hard and hardly 79
hate stative verb 7
have
with present perfect I have done 11, 12
present perfect or past simple? I have done
and I did 13
with present perfect continuous I have been
doing 14
have and have got 21
have + action have a swim 19
auxiliary verb forms have, be and do 23
main verb form 23
can’t have and could/couldn’t have 31, 37
should/shouldn’t have and ought/oughtn’t to
have 33, 37
have/get something done 41
have to and have got to 34, 38
he 69
health uncountable noun 58
hear stative verb 7
help 44
her
object pronoun I called her. 69
possessive adjective This is her coat. 70
hers 70
herself 71
him 69
himself 71
his
possessive adjective This is his car. 70
possessive pronoun This car is his. 70
how, how much, how many, how often, etc.
question words 26
if
conditional forms If it rains, we’ll … 49–51
if only 52
linking ideas in sentences 95, 98
imperatives Do and Do not … 3
in
in and on for place 86, 87
in, on and at for time 88
adjectives + in interested in 91
phrasal verbs with in come in 93
in addition and in addition to 99
indirect forms I wonder what time it is. 29
infinitives hold, play, talk, etc. 3, Appendix 1
information uncountable noun 58
in front of 86
~ing participles
present continuous I am flying 6
past continuous I was looking 10
present perfect continuous I have been
waiting 14
future continuous I will be swimming 18
relative clauses 75
spelling rules Appendix 2
in order to, so as to and to 95, 97
inside 86
in spite of 96
instead and instead of 99
into 86
irregular adverbs well, fast, hard 79
irregular comparative and superlative
forms better, worst, etc. 82
irregular noun forms clothes, sheep, team,
etc. 57
irregular verb forms break, broke, broken,
etc. Appendix 1
in past simple 8
infinitive, past form and past participle 11
it
it and there There was a hotel.
It wasn’t … 66
it for time, distance and weather
It’s 5:00. 66
it as an empty subject It’s a good
idea to … 66
subject pronoun It saw me. 69
object pronoun I saw it. 69
its
possessive pronoun Its name is fluffy. 70
possessive adjective This is its food. 70
it’s and its 24, 70
itself 71
just 11
know stative verb 7
knowledge uncountable noun 58
like
stative verb 7
like doing and like to do 43
linking words and, although, when, etc. 1,
94–98
word classes 1
linking clauses 94–98
linking sentences 99
linking verbs become, feel, look, seem,
sound, etc. 77
little
little and few 67
little and a little 67
look stative verb 7
look after, look at and look for 92
lot (see a lot ) 67
lots (see a lot ) 67
love stative verb 7
luggage uncountable noun 58
main clauses 95
main verb forms 22
289
many
how many 26
many, much and a lot of 67
may
for requests, permission and offers 32, 38
may be 36, 38
may have 36–38
me 69
mean stative verb 7
mean to do and mean doing 43
might
might be 36, 38
might have 36–38
might in conditional forms 50
might have in conditional forms 51
mine 70
modal forms can, must, etc.
can, could and be able to 31
can’t have, could have and couldn’t have 31
can, could, would and may 32
should, ought to and had better 33
should have and ought to have 33
must and have to 34
mustn’t, can’t and not have to 34
needn’t and mustn’t 35
needn’t have and didn’t need to 35
may, might and could 36
may be, might be, must be and can’t be 36
may have, must have and can’t have 36
could, had to and needed to 37
may have, must have, can’t have and could
have 37
review of modal forms 38
most
most of the students and most students 68
in superlative forms most quickly 82
much
how much 26
much, many and a lot of 67
much + comparative much better 85
music uncountable noun 58
must
for necessity 34, 38
must be 36, 38
must have 36, 37–38
290
mustn’t, can’t, not have to, needn’t 34, 38
mustn’t and needn’t 35
my 70
myself 71
near 86
need modal form
need stative verb 7
need to 34, 38
needn’t and not need to 35, 38
needn’t and mustn’t 35, 38
didn’t need to and needn’t have 35
need to do and need doing 43
negative questions 23, 25, 26
neither/nor and so 23, 30
neither
neither of 68
neither of/not … either of 68
never and ever 12, 81
news uncountable noun 58
next to 86
no
There was no … 66
No man can fly. 68
none
none of 68
none of and not … any of 68
not and so I’m afraid not and I hope so. 30
nouns
word classes 1
singular and plural 56
irregular forms 57
countable and uncountable 58
noun + preposition the price of 90
numbers 60, Appendix 4
object pronouns
me, him, us, etc. 69
in comparison faster than him 83
objects
direct and indirect objects 62
objects in sentence structure 2
of
in partitives all of us 68
noun + preposition the price of 90
adjective + preposition nervous of 91
prepositional verbs dream of 92
off
preposition of movement 86
phrasal verbs come in 93
on
on and in for place 87
on, in and at for time 88
on with nouns on holiday 90
on with prepositional verbs + object
congratulate her on 92
with phrasal verbs carry on 93
once connecting clauses 15
one
one and ones 63
one of 68
onto 86
on top of 86
opposite 86
or 95, 99
orders 2
ought to
modal verb 33, 38
ought to have 33, 38
our 70
ours 70
ourselves 71
out of 86
outside 86
over
movement 86
with phrasal verbs turn over 93
own stative verb 7
participles See past (~ed) participles and
present (~ing) participles.
passive verb forms
forms with simple tenses It is mended. 39
by + agent It was mended by the
mechanic. 39
forms with continuous tenses It is being
mended. 40
forms with modal verbs It can be
mended. 40
have and get something done 41
irregular past participles Appendix 1
past
movement 86
telling the time with past and to 88
past continuous
past continuous of main verbs I was
working 10
past continuous and past simple I was
working and I worked 10
with linking words when, as and while 10
spelling rules Appendix 2
past (~ed) participles
present perfect 11–13
past perfect 15
future perfect 19
passive sentences 39–41
with relative clauses 75
irregular past participles break – broken, etc.
Appendix 1
past perfect
past perfect of main verbs I had worked 15
past perfect and past simple I had worked
and I worked 15
with linking words when, after, before, once,
until and as soon as 15
irregular past participles break – broken, etc.
Appendix 1
past simple
past simple of main verbs I worked 8
used to 8
past simple of be I was, they were 9
past simple and past continuous I worked and
I was working 10
with linking words when, as and while 10
past simple and present perfect I worked and
I have worked 11
past simple and past perfect I worked and I
had worked 15
irregular past forms break – broke, etc.
Appendix 1
291
personal pronouns
pronouns and determiners 1
subject and object 69
phrasal verbs
meanings Come in and sit down. That
hairstyle came in last year. 93
noun and pronoun objects They put down
their pens. They put them down. 93
plural and singular nouns
regular plurals book – books, etc. 56
plurals without articles They’re maps. 56
irregular plurals man – men, etc. 57
spelling rules Appendix 2
possessive forms
possessive pronouns mine, yours, etc. 1, 70
possessive adjectives or determiners my,
your, etc. 1, 70
noun + ’s Sally’s coat 70
punctuation (’s and s’ ) Appendix 3
prefer
stative verb 7
prefer doing and prefer to do 43
prepositional verbs apply for 92
prepositions
place on, in, behind 86–87
movement onto, into, out of 86
time at, in, on, etc. 88
time for, since, ago, before, during, while,
until/till, by 89
preposition + noun for the children 90
noun + preposition price of 90
adjective + preposition worried about 91
present continuous
present continuous of main verbs I am
working 6
present continuous and present simple I am
doing and I do 7
future meaning 6–7, 20
spelling rules Appendix 2
present (~ing) participles
present continuous I am flying 6
past continuous I was flying 10
present perfect continuous I have been
flying 14
future continuous I will be flying 18
292
with relative clauses 75
spelling rules Appendix 2
present perfect
present perfect of main verbs I have
worked 11
with yet, just, up to now, so far, still (not),
already 11
with for and since 12
with ever and never 12
been to and gone to 12
present perfect and past simple I have
worked and I worked 13
present perfect and present perfect continuous
I have worked and I have been working 14
irregular past participles break – broken, etc.
Appendix 1
present perfect continuous
present perfect continuous of main verbs
I have been working 14
present perfect continuous and present perfect
I have been working and I have worked 14
spelling rules Appendix 2
present simple
present simple of main verbs I work, she
works 4
present simple of be I am, he is, you are 5
future meaning 5, 7, 20
verbs taking simple not continuous tenses 4, 7
present simple and present continuous I do
and I am doing 7
spelling rules Appendix 2
pretty, quite, rather and fairly 85
pronouns
word classes 1
pronouns and determiners 1
demonstrative pronouns one and ones; this
and those 63
demonstrative pronouns and demonstrative
adjectives 63
something, anybody, etc., and somewhere,
anywhere, etc. 64, 65
there is/are; it and they 66
subject pronouns I, we, they, etc. 69
object pronouns me, us, them, etc. 69
possessive pronouns mine, yours, etc. 1, 70
possessive adjectives or determiners
my, your, etc. 1,70
reflexive pronouns myself, ourselves,
themselves, etc. 71
relative pronouns who, which and that 72
relative pronoun whose 74
provided that 52
punctuation Appendix 3
quantifier
quantifier + of all of, most of, none of, both of,
neither of, either of, etc. 68
type of determiner some, a lot of,
no (+ noun) 1
type of pronoun some, a lot,
nobody (+ verb) 1
quantity a lot of, many, much, a few and
a little 67
question forms
Yes/No questions Are you from Japan? 25
Wh~ questions Where are you going? 26
negative questions Aren’t you going? Why
aren’t you going? 25, 26
tag questions You’re 18, aren’t you? 23, 27
question mark (?) punctuation Appendix 3
question words what, where, who, etc. 26
quite, rather, fairly and pretty 85
rather, fairly, pretty and quite 85
realize stative verb 7
reflexive pronouns myself, ourselves,
themselves, etc. 71
regret to say and regret saying 43
relative clauses He’s the person who …,
etc. 72–76
defining relative clauses He’s the person
who 72
relative pronouns who, which and that 72
reduced relative clauses The man they want
is coming … 73
prepositions in relative clauses 73
relative pronoun whom 73
relative pronoun whose 74
relative clauses with what, when, where and
why 74
relative clauses with ~ing and ~ed participles
Experts examining the ingots …, etc. 75
‘adding extra’ relative clauses Alan Brant,
who won in Monaco, is … 76
remember
stative verb 7
remember to do and remember doing 43
reported speech 53–55
statements He said he would go. 53
questions He asked if he could go. 54
orders, requests and invitations He told me
to go. 55
promises and offers He promised to go. 55
suggestions and apologies He suggested
going. 55
reporting verbs invite, promise, etc. 55
round 86
’s possessive This is Tim’s. 70
see stative verb 7
seem stative verb 7
sentence connectors In addition, However,
etc. 99
sentence structure subject, verb, etc. 2
sentence types statement, question, etc. 2
shall 17
short answers
Yes, I do. 23, 28
with so and neither/nor So do I. 23, 30
short forms and full forms he’s and
he is 24
should
modal verb 33, 38
should have 33, 37, 38
since and for 12, 89
singular and plural 56, 57
smell stative verb 7
so
so and neither/nor 23, 30
so and not I think so and I’m afraid not. 30
so and such so long and such a long
time 85
linking clauses 95, 97
so and because 95, 97
so as to, so that, in order to and to 95, 97
293
some
some, a and an 56, 60
some and any 64
somebody, anything, etc. 64, 65
some of 68
Some trees grow fruit. 68
sound stative verb 7
speech marks (‘ ’) punctuation Appendix 3
statements 2
still (not) 11
stop to do and stop doing 43
subject 2
subject pronouns I, we, they, etc. 69
subject questions with who and what 26
subordinate clauses 2
such and so such a long time and so long 85
suggest 55
superlative forms cheapest, most quickly
82, 83
syllable Spelling rules Appendix 2
tag questions 23, 27
taste stative verb 7
than 82–83
that
demonstrative adjectives and pronouns 63
that, who and which in relative clauses
There’s the car that … 72, 76
the
type of determiner 1
a/an, the and some 60
for general meaning 56, 61
their 70
theirs 70
them 69
themselves 71
there is and there are 66
they 69
they and there There were some shops. They
were … 66
think about and think of 45, 92
this, that, these and those 63
through 86
till/until 19, 89
till/until and by 19, 89
294
times Days, dates and times Appendix 5
to
with indirect objects Pass it to me. 62
movement 86
time 88
adjective + preposition similar to 91
prepositional verb talk to 92
to, in order to, so as to, so that 97
too
too and enough 84
too/very 84
try to do and try doing 43
under 86
understand stative verb 7
unless 52
until/till 19, 89
until/till and by 19, 89
up
movement 86
in phrasal verbs pick up 93
us 69
used to
as a verb: used to + bare infinitive I used to
go training. 8
as an adjective: (be/get) used to + noun or
~ing form I’m used to hard work. I’m
used to working hard. 91
verb forms, auxiliary be, do, have 23
verb forms, main fall, falls, fell, fallen,
falling 22
verb + object + preposition + noun or ~ing
form? I thanked her for the present. I
thanked her for coming. 45, 92
verb + preposition + noun or ~ing form?
I’m thinking about the race. I’m thinking
about entering the race. 45, 92
verb tenses, active 4–20
verb tenses, passive 39, 40
verb + object + to + infinitive I want you to
go. 44
verb + infinitive or verb + ~ing form? want
to go and like doing 42, 43
very and too 84
vowels (a, e, i, o, u) Spelling rules Appendix 2
was and were 9, 10
we 69
were
in past tenses 9, 10
in conditional sentences If I were you,
I’d … 50
Wh~ question words What ..., When ...,
Where ..., etc. 23, 26
when
when with past simple + past continuous and
past simple + past simple 10
linking word 10, 15, 49, 95
Wh~ question word 26
when, where and why in relative clauses
There was a time when … 74
where
Wh~ question word 26
where, when and why in relative clauses
I remember the house where … 74
which
Wh~ question word 26
which, who and that in relative clauses
There’s the car which … 72, 76
while
linking word 10, 95, 98
while and during 89
who
Wh~ question word 26
who and what in subject and object questions
Who called Lisa? Who did Lisa call? 26
who, which and that in relative clauses
He’s the driver who … 72, 76
whom 73
whose
Wh~ question word 26
in relative clauses He’s the man
whose car … 74
why
Wh~ question word 26
why, where and when in relative clauses
That’s the reason why … 74
will
will for future facts Sam will be 20 next
month. 17
will for prediction You’ll pass your exams. 17
will for stating a new decision. It’s cold. I’ll
close the window. 17
will for promises, etc. I promise I won’t be
late. 17
will for requesting Will you post this? 17
will and shall 17
future continuous I will be doing 18
future perfect I will have done 19
will do and going to do 20
will do and will be doing 20
wish 52
with
noun + preposition a problem with 90
adjective + preposition angry with 91
prepositional verbs (verb + object +
preposition) provide her with 92
word classes verb, noun, etc. 1
worse and worst 82
Yes/No questions Are you from Japan? 25
yet 11
you 69
your 70
yourself and yourselves 71
295
The new edition of English Practice Grammar contains the
essential grammar needed for successful communication in
English up to and including the intermediate level. It is designed
as a complete reference guide for all students of English studying
at this level, whether within the secondary school system, private
language schools or for independent study.
This simple and easy-to-use book makes use of a straightforward
layout, enabling the student to quickly find the information
required. Each unit begins with an illustration to put the structural
area into context. Clear explanations of each grammatical point
are followed by examples in everyday language. A feature of the
book is the contextualization of grammar in a wide variety of
authentic texts. These include newspaper extracts,
advertisements, letters, e-mails and many more.
English Practice Grammar is a reference and practice book in one.
It is perfect for both self-study and for use in class.
Suitable for:
Pre-intermediate to intermediate
IELTS 3.0 – 4.0+
CEF A2 – B1
ISBN 978-1-85964-688-5
www.garneteducation.com
9 781859 646885
Téléchargement